Bob Vilahttps://www.bobvila.comen-USThu, 20 Feb 2025 04:19:03 -0500WordPress 6.7.2hourly1<![CDATA[How to Paint Behind a Toilet]]>Repainting the bathroom? We'll show you the best ways to apply paint in the hardest-to-reach spot: behind the toilet.

The post How to Paint Behind a Toilet appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-paint-behind-a-toilet/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=101295Wed, 19 Feb 2025 15:13:10 -0500DIYBathroom RemodelingBathroomsInteriorPainting & FinishingToiletsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

The cramped space behind the toilet is a difficult portion of the bathroom to maintain, posing a challenge when it comes time to dust and an even larger one when repainting. A toilet tank situated not quite flush against the wall leaves very little room to operate a brush or paint roller but just enough that it would be noticeable to leave the color unchanged while the rest of the room gets a refresh. Fortunately, DIY-inclined homeowners and renters have two easy options for how to paint behind a toilet, neither of which require moving the bulky ceramic out of the way.

  • Option 1: Cover your toilet with a trash bag and line the floor with drop cloths so that you can work without fear of mess. This option is ideal when you are repainting your entire bathroom or the full wall where your toilet sits.
  • Option 2: Enlist a specialty tool called the Paint Behind to slide into the narrow space behind a toilet and pad on paint. Use it together with Option 1 to ensure a complete and flawless paint job or alone as a “quick fix” to correct discoloration on the patch of wall directly behind the toilet.

Before you begin, make sure to select the right primer and paint. Bathrooms, of course, are exposed to a lot of moisture and humidity, so your paint choice should be designed to withstand the combination. Consider a paint with anti-microbial additives, like Benjamin Moore’s Aura Bath and Spa collection, or an interior paint with semi- or high-gloss finish—this sheen repels moistures better than matte paints. And don’t forget to start with a top-quality, moisture-resistant paint primer. The right primer will prevent peeling and water damage for years.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

OPTION 1: Cover the toilet with a trash bag, then brush freely.

How to Paint Behind a Toilet
Photo: istockphoto.com

When painting the entire bathroom, prep the toilet with a drop cloth before you start but save the actual painting of the tight space behind your toilet for last—it requires the most detailed attention.

Step 1: Ventilate the bathroom.

Bathrooms are often small, enclosed spaces with poor air circulation. Materials like shower curtains and towels that retain moisture also keep them consistently humid. To boost bathroom ventilation and minimize paint drying time, remove the shower curtain, floor rug, bath, and hand towels. If your bathroom has windows, make sure they are open. Run the ventilation fan or plug in a small circulating fan.

To prevent paint fumes inhalation, you may also wish you wear a painter’s mask.

Step 2: Clean and prepare the area behind the toilet.

Clean the walls, floor, wall, and toilet surfaces with a cellulose sponge dipped in a mixture of dish soap and water. This will help remove dust and dust and hair build-up. Dry the area thoroughly with terry cloths.

Next, cover the floor around the toilet with a tarp or plastic sheet secured with painter’s tape.

Then, cover the toilet with an extra-large plastic garbage bag. (Tip: You’ll find contractor clean-up bags at your local home improvement store in sizes of up to 50 gallons, and these resist accidental tearing.) Tape the bag in place around the toilet’s base. Take care to wrap any piping or trim that might be exposed with painter’s tape.

Tried-and-True Advice

“There’s no way to paint behind a toilet with it being a bit awkward. Removing the toilet is an option, but that adds a series of steps to the process that are difficult and best avoided unless you have plumbing skills. I find that removing the lid and covering the toilet with a trash bag is efficient, and it allows for full paint coverage when using narrow, spongy brushes. Look for long handle options to make the process easier.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

Step 3: Prime and paint the wall.

Start with one to two coats of primer to ensure the best paint adhesion. To reach behind the toilet and around pipes, you’ll want to do the following:

  • Use a narrow paint roller to apply paint primer around the shape of the toilet, cutting in as best you can. Roll with the metal frame on the outside in order to get as close to the covered toilet tank as possible.
  • Switch to a 3-inch-wide foam brush to paint behind the toilet. Carefully load one side of the foam brush with paint primer and, when you reach behind the toilet, keep the paint-covered side in direct contact with the wall. Apply in small strokes.
  • Use a 1-inch-wide angled brush for detail work around the pipes.

Let the primer dry thoroughly before applying paint. (The paint’s drying time will depend on the temperature and humidity level in your bathroom, as well as the paint primer you choose; refer to the can for an estimated dry time between coats and before paint.)

After priming, clean your paint pan before pouring fresh paint into it. To apply your paint, follow the same tips. After the first coat, wait the amount of time recommended by the manufacturer (longer, if your bathroom is not well ventilated) so that the wall is completely dry before applying a top coat.

OPTION 2: Purchase a special painting tool to access the area behind a toilet tank.

Painting the wall behind the toilet tank can be less of a pain when you use a tool designed to fit the narrow gap between the toilet tank and wall. Sure, it may be that you only have a paint job like this once every five to 10 years (maybe more, if you are a renter who appreciates a fresh coat of paint when you move in and then often needs to repaint before you move out). There’s an innovative painting tool you can buy online to access hard-to-reach areas called the Paint Behind. It’s a flat, extendable-to-12-inches paint brush that can reach behind toilets, pipes, radiators, and other tight spots.

Person using a Paint Behind paint brush to paint the wall behind the toilet a teal color.
Photo: Amazon

Step 1: Ventilate the bathroom, then prep for painting.

Proceed in establishing good bathroom ventilation and a clean slate for best adhesion, just as you would in Steps 1 and 2 of Option 1.

Clean the wall behind the toilet with a cellulose sponge dipped in a mixture of dish soap and water (you might also try dipping a microfiber cloth in the cleaning solution and wrapping it around the Paint Behind, and extending the tool to clean behind the tank). While the wall air dries, clean the stick and let it dry completely before painting.

Cover the bathroom floor with a drop cloth held in place with painter’s tape, but skip bagging the toilet. Keep a damp paper towel nearby to wipe up any marks.

Step 2: Dip the tool into primer, and glide it across the wall. Repeat the process with coats of paint.

Dip the Paint Behind’s applicator pad into the paint tray to get primer on pad. Then, glide the paint wand the wall behind the toilet, pressing firmly to make sure the entire paint-saturated surface meets the wall.

Apply two coats of primer this way, leaving time between them as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Then, clean the Paint Behind with water and let it dry. Repeat the process with two coats of paint using the Paint Behind.

The post How to Paint Behind a Toilet appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T15:13:10-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Plug-In Air Fresheners]]>Keep your home free of unpleasant smells and odors with the best plug-in air freshener. See top-rated options and shopping tips here.

The post The Best Plug-In Air Fresheners appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-plugin-air-freshener/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=160448Wed, 19 Feb 2025 11:45:32 -0500ReviewsCleaningCleaning & OrganizingCleaning SuppliesDIYInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Spray an air freshener and it may mitigate bad house smells momentarily. But, plug-in air fresheners combat unpleasant odors continuously, masking or even eliminating them completely. These products come in a number of different formats and typically work by heating oil or wax to aerosolize or vaporize fragrances. Although air purifiers sanitize the air by filtering out dust, mold spores, pet dander, and more.

While choosing the best plug-in air freshener might seem like a simple decision, there are a number of considerations to weigh. Our favorite was the plug-in air freshener from Febreze because of its simple design and effective refills. This guide explores important features and considerations and some of the top products on the market.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Febreze Odor-eliminating Plug Air Freshener
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Air Wick Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit
  3. BEST ECO-FRIENDLY: Air Wick Botanica Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit
  4. BEST DIFFUSER: Pure Daily Care Ultimate Aromatherapy Diffuser Set
  5. BEST AIR PURIFIER: LEVOIT Smart WiFi Air Purifier for Home
  6. BEST MINI AIR PURIFIER: Germ Guardian Pluggable Air Purifier & Sanitizer
  7. BEST FOR BATHROOM: Mindful Design Frosted Pagoda Wax Warmer Plug-In
The Best Plugin Air Freshener Options
Photo: amazon.com

Product Comparison

TypeScent(s)Longevity
Febreze Odor-eliminating Plug Air FreshenerHeated oilClean linen, lily, and pear50 days (per refill)
Air Wick Plug in Scented Oil Starter KitHeated oilLavender and chamomile60 days (per refill)
Air Wick Botanica Plug in Scented Oil Starter KitHeated oilCaribbean sweetgrass and sandalwood, French lavender and honey, pineapple and Tunisian rosemary, and Himalayan magnolia and vanilla60 days (per refill)
Pure Daily Care Ultimate Aromatherapy Diffuser SetEssential oil diffuserLavender, eucalyptus, tea tree, orange, peppermint, lemongrass, jasmine, nutmeg, clove, and spearmintUnlimited
LEVOIT Smart WiFi Air Purifier for HomeAir purifierN/AUnlimited
Germ Guardian Pluggable Air Purifier & SanitizerAir purifierN/A4,000 to 5,000 hours
Mindful Design Frosted Pagoda Wax Warmer Plug-InWax warmerUniversal4 to 8 hours

Our Top Picks

The following recommendations take into account the abovementioned factors and features for choosing the best plug-in air freshener, in addition to overall quality and value. Check out these top options in a variety of categories for eliminating unpleasant odors and controlling the air quality in your home.

Best Overall

Febreze Odor-eliminating Plug Air Freshener

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: Febreze Odor-eliminating Plug Air Freshener
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Refill cartridges
  • Suitable for large and small spaces
  • Compatible with horizontal and vertical outlets
  • Compact and lightweight

What We Don’t Like

  • Should not be used in enclosed areas with pets
  • Cannot be used with extension cords
  • Not compatible with wet or moist areas

This heated oil set from Febreze packs a serious punch—and some pleasant scents. It includes the plug-in warmer as well as one to two refill cartridges, each of which features two rotating, complementary scents that feature notes of lily and pear. Use the highest setting for large open spaces and the lowest setting for smaller rooms.

Each cartridge operates for 1,200 hours (approximately 50 days) at the lowest setting. The warmer is also compatible with all other versions of Febreze plug-in cartridges for more tropical, musky, or floral scents. The warmer is compatible with both horizontal and vertical outlets and can be placed upside down if necessary.

Product Specs

  • Type: Heated oil
  • Scent(s): Clean linen, lily, and pear
  • Longevity: 50 days (per refill)

Get the Febreze plug-in air freshener at Target or Walmart.

Best Bang for the Buck

Air Wick Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: Air Wick Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Extra refills
  • 5 settings
  • Lasts for 360 days total on the lowest setting
  • Dye- and phthalate-free
  • Recyclable and eco-friendly

What We Don’t Like

  • Some users report issues with the scent quality

Air Wick’s scented oil starter kit features two warmers and six refills at a budget-friendly price. Control the amount of fragrance emitted by choosing from five settings for tackling cooking, musty, and pet odors. This kit provides a lavender aroma for 360 days on the lowest setting, with each cartridge lasting for approximately 60 days.

The oil is free of dyes and phthalates and contains natural fragrances, which include notes of lavender essence as well as chamomile and woods. The packing materials and glass cartridges are recyclable to make the product eco-friendly. The refills are also compatible with all other Air Wick plug-in air fresheners.

Product Specs 

  • Type: Heated oil
  • Scent(s): Lavender and chamomile
  • Longevity: 60 days (per refill)

Get the Air Wick Starter Kit at Amazon, The Home Depot, and Walmart.

Best Eco-Friendly

Air Wick Botanica Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: Botanica by Air Wick Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Free of propellants, dyes, and phthalates
  • Cruelty-free
  • Responsibly-sourced oil
  • 100 percent recyclable packaging

What We Don’t Like

  • Some users report poor scent quality

Air Wick’s Botanica line is tough on unpleasant smells and gentle on the planet. The oil contains responsibly sourced ingredients and no chemical propellants, dyes, or phthalates, and it was not tested on animals. The scent features Caribbean sweetgrass and sandalwood, and the sweetgrass essential oil is responsibly sourced from Haiti. It comes in a 100 percent recyclable box and is made in a zero-waste plant.

The kit includes two warmers and six refills, each of which provides up to 60 days of pleasant, warm aromas on the lowest setting. Air Wick also makes a number of other eco-friendly Botanica fragrances, including French Lavender and Honey, Pineapple and Tunisian Rosemary, and Himalayan Magnolia and Vanilla.

Product Specs 

  • Type: Heated oil
  • Scent(s): Caribbean sweetgrass and sandalwood, French lavender and honey, pineapple and Tunisian rosemary, and Himalayan magnolia and vanilla
  • Longevity: 60 days (per refill)

Get the Air Wick Scented Oil Starter Kit at Amazon.

Best Diffuser

Pure Daily Care Ultimate Aromatherapy Diffuser Set

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: Pure Daily Care Ultimate Aromatherapy Diffuser Set
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Suitable for aromatherapy
  • 10 essential oils with amber jars for sun protection
  • BPA-free plastic construction
  • 400-millimeter capacity
  • 7 ambient light modes

What We Don’t Like

  • No longevity between reloads listed
  • Pricey compared to similar options

Pure Daily Care makes an excellent starter kit for those interested in aromatherapy. This diffuser comes with 10 therapeutic-grade essential oils, including lavender, eucalyptus, tea tree, orange, peppermint, lemongrass, jasmine, nutmeg, clove, and spearmint. Each is packaged in a 10-milliliter amber jar that protects the oil from sun degradation.

The diffuser itself is made from BPA-free plastic with a wood grain design and has a 400-milliliter capacity. It features seven ambient light modes with two light intensity settings as well as a timer and an auto-shutoff feature that detects low water levels.

Product Specs 

  • Type: Essential oil diffuser
  • Scent(s): Lavender, eucalyptus, tea tree, orange, peppermint, lemongrass, jasmine, nutmeg, clove, and spearmint
  • Longevity: Unlimited

Get the Pure Daily Care diffuser set at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Air Purifier

LEVOIT Smart WiFi Air Purifier for Home

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: LEVOIT Smart WiFi Air Purifier for Home
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Connects to Wi-Fi networks; controllable through smartphones and tablets
  • Removes 99.97 percent of airborne contaminants
  • 3-step filtration system
  • Circulates air multiple times per hour
  • Night mode

What We Don’t Like

  • Pricey
  • No air quality sensor built-in

LEVOIT smart air purifier connects to a Wi-Fi network, allowing users to control it remotely from a smartphone or a tablet. Eliminate 99.97 percent of airborne contaminants that are 0.3 microns in size, including dust, pollen, mold, and pet dander, using the ultrafine nylon prefilter, activated carbon filter, and HEPA filter. In a 183-square-foot room, this air purifier circulates air five times per hour and twice per hour in a 376-square-foot room.

For uninterrupted sleep, users can turn off all display lights while the purifier is operating. Sleep mode also operates quietly at just 24 decibels, while “high-speed” mode produces 45 decibels of sound, which is comparable to the sound of a fridge running.

Product Specs 

  • Type: Air purifier
  • Scent(s): N/A
  • Longevity: Unlimited

Get the LEVOIT Smart WiFi air purifier at Amazon or Target.

Best Mini Air Purifier

Germ Guardian Pluggable Air Purifier & Sanitizer

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: Germ Guardian Pluggable Air Purifier & Sanitizer
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compatible with standard wall outlets
  • UV-C light technology; removes VOCs, germs, and viruses
  • Compact, lightweight design

What We Don’t Like

  • Not suitable for large spaces
  • Replacement bulbs sold separately

Many plug-in air purifiers sit on a tabletop, but mini models rest directly on a wall outlet, taking up minimal space. Despite its compact size, this Germ Guardian product is powerful enough to sanitize the air in small spaces. Rather than filters, it uses UV-C light to remove airborne germs and viruses and reduce volatile organic compounds (VOCs). The light actually alters the genetic structure of particles like influenza, killing them before they are breathed in. Each bulb lasts for between 4,000 and 5,000 hours.

Product Specs 

  • Type: Air purifier
  • Scent(s): N/A
  • Longevity: 4,000 to 5,000 hours

Get the Germ Guardian mini air purifier at Amazon, The Home Depot, and Walmart.

Best for Bathroom

Mindful Design Frosted Pagoda Wax Warmer Plug-In

 The Best Plugin Air Freshener Option: Mindful Design Frosted Pagoda Wax Warmer - Plug-In
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Removable dish
  • Toggle switch turn-on
  • Produces aroma and light

What We Don’t Like

  • Wax not included
  • Should be used with soy-based waxes for best results

To bring a spa-style vibe to any bathroom, consider this Mindful Design product. As a wax warmer, it provides the peaceful ambiance of a scented candle without the stress of an open flame. The pagoda-shaped warmer has a wood frame and glass siding, and it uses a glowing filament bulb to create a gentle golden glow for a relaxing atmosphere.

The outlet cord features a toggle switch so users can easily turn the warmer off when leaving the room. The bowl is removable for easy cleanup once the wax has cooled. The wax is not included; purchase soy-based wax for the best results.

Product Specs 

  • Type: Wax warmer
  • Scent(s): Universal
  • Longevity: 4 to 8 hours

Get the Mindful Design plug-in air freshener at Amazon.

How We Chose the Best Plug-In Air Fresheners

We researched the most sought-after plug-in air fresheners in their respective categories and discovered that the best options are determined by their type, size, fragrances offered, longevity, ease of setup and use, and other special features included by top brands.

To ensure our list included top picks that satisfied a range of preferences, we included heated oil models, essential oil diffusers, air purifiers, and wax melts that are compact enough to fit standard wall outlets as well as tabletops and vehicles. While many options come with various fragrances, some options remove unpleasant odors with air purification and elimination without the use of natural or artificial fragrances.

Though some options on our list provide unlimited usage, all of the other products listed above offer odor control for 4 hours to as long as 360 days at a time in small to large rooms. Each option is also easy to set up and use by simply plugging in or refilling a reservoir with water and compatible essential oils. Plus, these air fresheners are suitable for use in living room, kitchen, automotive, and bathroom spaces and their odors.

What to Consider When Choosing the Best Plug-in Air Freshener 

A number of factors and product features may affect a plug-in air freshener’s scent, settings, aesthetic, convenience, and overall quality. Keep reading to learn important considerations when shopping for the best plug-in air freshener for unpleasant home smells.

Types of Plug-in Air Fresheners

There are four basic types of plug-in air fresheners for unpleasant odors: heated oils and sprays, wax warmers, essential oil diffusers, and air purifiers. Each provides varying benefits and offers differing levels of convenience, longevity, and additional features.

Heated Oil and Spray

These standard plug-in air fresheners are energy efficient, emitting a fairly strong fragrance while using a minimal amount of electricity. They feature cartridges filled with a wide variety of scented oils, which are then aerosolized and sprayed into the room. Most models are compatible with any refill cartridge from the same brand. Each cartridge lasts between 30 and 60 days, though longevity varies from brand to brand.

Some folks find the fragrance from this type of air freshener to be overpowering, but there are products that let you control the level of scent emitted, adjusting it to room size or user preference. Be mindful of standard plug-in air fresheners when it comes to children and pets, because heated oils and sprays are dangerous if ingested.

Wax Warmers

Wax warmers act as a safer alternative to burning candles, relying on either a light bulb or a warming plate as a heat source instead of an open flame. Bulbs for plug-in wax warmers range from 25 to 40 watts, and various models may emit soft, ambient light to mimic a candle. While some models may come with wax, it can also be purchased separately.

These products feature a heat-resistant bowl where users place wax melts or pucks that come in various natural and synthetic fragrances. The wax takes several hours to cool completely and should not be accessible to children or pets. Each wax melt lasts for up to 10 hours.

Essential Oil Diffusers

Essential oils are natural, plant-derived substances said to have a number of aromatherapeutic benefits. Essential oil diffusers heat essential oils to break them down and dispense the smaller particles into the air. Most models also use water to provide both a humidifying and air- freshening effect.

While the water reservoir must be refilled daily, only a few drops of essential oil are required. Some oil diffusers are sold with essential oils while others require that you purchase them separately. Essential oil diffusers should only be used for half an hour at a time because prolonged exposure to essential oils may have negative health effects.

Air Purifiers

Air purifiers actually eliminate unpleasant odors rather than simply covering them up. Not only that, but they also improve air quality by removing dust, pollen, mold, and pet dander. They are the ideal choice for reducing airborne contaminants that aggravate allergy symptoms and cause respiratory issues. They draw in odors and particles from the air, then use filters to purify the air before recirculating it into the room.

The highest-quality filters are known as HEPA (high-efficiency particulate air) filters. They have been certified to trap 99.97 percent of all particles that are 0.3 microns or larger in size. HEPA filters must be changed every 3 to 6 months.

When choosing an air purifier, consider the size of your space. Most manufacturers will stipulate the ideal room size for their product and provide an air change per hour (ACH) rate, which lets users know how many times per hour it will filter all of the air in the room.

Location

When choosing an air freshener, first consider where it will be placed. While a stronger fragrance may be a great choice for a large open space, it may be overpowering in a small bathroom. Also, consider any pets or young children in the household, and be sure to place the plug-in air freshener out of their reach.

Note that your vehicle may also benefit from a plug-in product. Some are designed to be plugged into a car’s 2-volt outlet, while others use a USB cable. They’re convenient for covering up the smell of fast food or stinky sports equipment. They typically power on when the engine is running to avoid wasting the car’s battery.

Scent

One of the primary considerations when choosing an air freshener is whether to go with a scented or unscented version. Standard air fresheners, as well as essential oil diffusers and wax warmers, feature a wide variety of fresh scents that can be swapped out seasonally or depending on your preference.

Decide whether natural aromas from essential oils or synthetic scents are the better choice for your household, keeping in mind that some artificial smells may act as irritants to allergy sufferers. Also remember that air purifiers eliminate odors without emitting any additional scent.

Settings

Each type of plug-in air freshener can feature a range of settings.

  • Some standard air fresheners allow users to control the level of fragrance emitted based on how strong they want the smell to be. Others feature night-lights that are convenient for late-night bathroom trips.
  • Essential oil diffusers may include timers, ambient light settings, and auto-shutoff features that detect low water levels.
  • Air purifiers often feature different fan settings, timers, and filter change indicators. They may also include smart technology, allowing users to control them remotely via a smartphone or a tablet.

Aesthetic

When choosing an air freshener that will be placed in a visible location, the product’s appearance is a key consideration.

  • Heated oil and spray air fresheners typically have a simple plastic design and display the color of the oil or liquid.
  • Wax warmers vary widely in appearance, with options to suit a number of different decor styles. They may have either a natural, a contemporary, or a bohemian aesthetic.
  • Essential oil diffusers come in a variety of shapes and sizes and feature casings made from plastic, wood, glass, and terra cotta.
  • Air purifiers often feature streamlined modern designs that help them blend in with existing decor items.

Convenience

Some shoppers may prioritize convenience when choosing a plug-in air freshener. Air purifiers offer optimal convenience since their filters only need to be changed a few times per year. Essential oil diffusers, on the other hand, need their water reservoirs filled daily.

When shopping for a standard plug-in air freshener, look for a model that is compatible with both vertical and horizontal outlets that can be plugged in upside down if necessary.

FAQs 

Here are answers to some of the most frequently asked questions about plug-in air fresheners for bad home smells.

Q: Do plug-in air fresheners use a lot of electricity? 

Plug-in air fresheners are very energy efficient, using an average of 4 watts of power.

Q: Are plug-in air fresheners a fire hazard? 

While some plug-in air fresheners have been blamed for causing fires, this is extremely rare. These incidents are typically caused by faulty wiring.

Q: What is the most effective air freshener? 

Air purifiers are more powerful than traditional air fresheners because they actually filter and eliminate dust and mold particles to clean the air in your home. The LEVOIT Smart WiFi Air Purifier for Home is one of the best air purifier options available.

Q: What is the longest-lasting plug-in air freshener? 

The Air Wick Plug in Scented Oil Starter Kit is one of the most long-lasting plug-in air fresheners on the market, with the included cartridges lasting for a total of 360 days.

Q: How often do plug-in air fresheners need to be replaced? 

The cartridges on standard plug-in air fresheners typically need to be replaced every 30 to 60 days, depending on the brand.

The post The Best Plug-In Air Fresheners appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T11:45:32-05:00
<![CDATA[Our Favorite Attic Insulation is Surprisingly DIY-Friendly]]>To keep heat in and cold out, you need the best attic insulation. See shopping tips and top-rated options here.

The post Our Favorite Attic Insulation is Surprisingly DIY-Friendly appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-attic-insulation/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=143589Wed, 19 Feb 2025 11:26:33 -0500ReviewsAtticsHeating & CoolingInsulationInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Adding sufficient attic insulation is an excellent way to protect your home from temperature extremes and moisture damage while reducing heating and cooling costs. Insulation acts as a barrier to prevent the transfer of heat flow from the inside to the outside of the house in winter or from the outside to the inside in summer.

After reviewing several types of attic insulation, including the most sought-after products, our top pick is the Owens Corning R-38 Faced Fiberglass Insulation. Made of stiff fiberglass batts, this insulation is easy to cut and install and won’t slip out of place. It also offers a Kraft paper-faced side to mitigate moisture issues.

We also spoke to a veteran roofer and contractor for an expert opinion on insulation types for attics, R-values, and when to DIY versus when to call in a professional. Read on for key tips and a curated list of some of the best attic insulation products on the market. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Owens Corning R-38 Faced Fiberglass Insulation
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Frost King CF1 “No Itch” Natural Cotton Insulation
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BLANKET: Owens Corning R-30 Unfaced Fiberglass Insulation
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST BLOWN-IN: Greenfiber 25 lbs. Cellulose Blown-In Insulation
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST RADIANT FOIL: US Energy Products Double Bubble Foil Insulation
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST FOAM BOARD: Owens Corning Pink Insulation FOAMULAR 250 Board 
    Jump to Review
The Best Attic Insulation Options
Photo: The Home Depot Photo: homedepot.com

Before You Buy Attic Insulation

In most circumstances, it makes sense to add attic insulation. However, in a few situations, installing insulation can cause serious problems, such as in older homes that were built with large gaps between the walls to account for the moisture that naturally leaks into homes. The gaps allow the moisture to dry without causing damage to the structure, but if these spaces are filled with insulation, it can absorb the moisture and lead to mold and rotted wood.

If you have an old or wood-shingled roof and you attempt to install insulation on the ceiling of your attic, a similar situation could occur. These older roofing materials were made to get wet, breathe, and dry, but with insulation blocking the wood, the moisture will only accumulate. 

According to Michael Casolaro, President & Owner of MCAS Roofing & Contracting, Inc. in Croton-on-Hudson, New York, you should avoid adding insulation to attics with existing ventilation or moisture issues. “If your attic has existing moisture problems, mold, poor ventilation, or exposed wires, homeowners should avoid installing insulation before first fixing these issues. Adding insulation to an attic in any of these conditions can make your problems worse,” he says. 

Also, avoid using insulation anywhere near knob and tube wiring, which is an outdated electrical system that’s a major fire hazard and should be replaced as soon as possible. 

Attic Insulation Comparison Chart

 TypeR-ValueMaterial
Owens Corning R-38 Faced Fiberglass InsulationBlanket R-38Fiberglass
Frost King CF1 “No Itch” Natural Cotton InsulationBlanket R-4Cotton
Owens Corning R-30 Unfaced Fiberglass InsulationBlanketR-30Fiberglass
Greenfiber 25 lbs. Cellulose Blown-In InsulationBlown-in or spray foam R-19 to R-60Cellulose
US Energy Products Double Bubble Foil InsulationRadiant foil Not specifiedAluminum polyester and polyethylene
Owens Corning Pink Insulation FOAMULAR 250 BoardFoam boardR-10Extruded polystyrene

Our Top Picks

The top-rated products below were chosen for their quality, price, and customer satisfaction to help you find the best attic insulation to protect your home from high- and low-temperature extremes.

Best Overall

Owens Corning R-38 Faced Fiberglass Insulation

 The Best Attic Insulation Option: Owens Corning R-38 Kraft Faced Fiberglass Insulation
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • GreenGuard Certified for low chemical emissions
  • Features a Kraft paper vapor retarder
  • DIY-friendly; easy to cut and install
  • Can be installed on top of existing insulation

What We Don’t Like

  • Must be covered with a 15-minute thermal barrier

Specs 

  • Type: Blanket 
  • R-Value: R-38
  • Material: Fiberglass 

Install this insulation from Owens Corning in an uninsulated attic or add it as a second layer to increase the R-value potential of a home and cut heating and cooling costs. It features a Kraft paper barrier to help prevent moisture issues and is GreenGuard-certified for low chemical emissions into indoor air. 

Each package includes eight pieces of fiberglass attic insulation, and each piece measures 48 inches by 16 inches. Using all eight pieces without cutting them covers a 42.67-square-foot space with 12.5-inch thick insulation. This blanket-style attic insulation is easy to cut and install, and the thick insulating material also helps reduce noise and vibration in your home.

Get the Owens Corning R-38 attic insulation at The Home Depot or Lowes.

Best Bang for the Buck

Frost King CF1 "No Itch" Natural Cotton Insulation

 The Best Attic Insulation Option Frost King CF1 No Itch Natural Cotton Insulation
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Suitable for attic floors, ceilings, and walls
  • Doesn’t require gloves or safety glasses when cutting 
  • Works around pipes, ducts, windows, and doors
  • Resistant to mold, mildew, and fire 

What We Don’t Like

  • May not provide ample thermal insulation

Specs 

  • Type: Blanket 
  • R-Value: R-4 
  • Material: Cotton 

Affordable and effective, this natural cotton attic insulation by Frost King is 1 inch thick and measures 16 inches by 48 inches. Use one or more pieces on attic walls, floors, and as attic ceiling insulation, or cut or rip up smaller pieces of insulation to fill in gaps around pipes, ducts, windows, and doors.

While this isn’t waterproof insulation, it’s made with cotton denim that’s resistant to mold and mildew. This is an all-natural alternative to woven fiberglass. Moreover, natural cotton denim is safe and easy to install with just your hands and a utility knife.

Get the Frost King attic insulation at Amazon, Ace Hardware, The Home Depot, and Walmart.

Best Blanket

Owens Corning R-30 Unfaced Fiberglass Insulation

 The Best Attic Insulation Option: Owens Corning R-30 EcoTouch Fiberglass Insulation
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Made with 65 percent recycled content
  • Easy to cut and position
  • Helps regulate heat in every season
  • Provides noise-reducing benefits

What We Don’t Like

  • May not provide ample thermal insulation

Specs 

  • Type: Blanket 
  • R-Value: R-30
  • Material: Fiberglass

This blanket insulation from Owens Corning is easy to cut, position, and install in almost any space. The woven fiberglass insulation is made with 65 percent recycled content and feels as soft as cotton.

This blanket insulation for a roof with attic space comes in 9-inch-thick insulation rolls. It boasts an R-value of 30, keeping your home warm in colder months and cooler in the warmer months. It also aids in reducing the transmission of noise.

Get the Owens Corning R-30 attic insulation at The Home Depot, Lowes, or Ace Hardware.

Best Blown-in

Greenfiber 25 lbs. Cellulose Blown-In Insulation

 The Best Attic Insulation Option: Greenfiber 25 lbs. Cellulose Blown-In Insulation
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • 25 percent reduction in heating and cooling costs 
  • Made with 85 percent recycled material
  • Reduces noise by 60 percent
  • Reduces fire hazards

What We Don’t Like

  • Some users report unpleasant smell

Specs 

  • Type: Blown-in or spray foam 
  • R-Value: R-19 to R-60
  • Material: Cellulose 

With versatile application options and an R-value of R-19, the Greenfiber Cellulose Blown-In insulation is a viable option for attics, sidewalls, and ceilings. Whether you spray it on or opt for blow-in application, this insulation is easy to apply over existing insulation or alone and reduces your heating and cooling costs by up to 25 percent. 

This insulation can cover 48 square feet of attic space and is suitable for all climates. It also reduces noise in your home by 60 percent, is made with 85 percent recycled material, and uses low-energy manufacturing. Finally, it has ample fire resistance and is carbon-locked, which makes it long-lasting. 

Get the Greenfiber attic insulation at The Home Depot or Lowe’s.

Best Radiant Foil

US Energy Products Double Bubble Foil Insulation

 The Best Attic Insulation Option: US Energy Products Double Bubble Foil Insulation
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Reflects up to 97 percent of heat
  • Suitable for high-heat regions
  • Light weight for easy cutting and installation

What We Don’t Like

  • Needs used with foam board or blanket insulation

Specs 

  • Type: Radiant foil 
  • R-Value: Not specified
  • Material: Aluminum polyester and polyethylene 

This radiant foil attic insulation by US Energy Products is a solid option when paired with another insulating material like foam board or blanket insulation because radiant foil can reflect up to 97 percent of radiant heat. The secondary insulator resists the flow of the residual heat. This insulation is easy to cut with a utility knife or scissors and simple to install with staples, nails, or an adhesive.

The insulation acts as a sandwich, with two layers of reflective metalized aluminum polyester film on the outside and two layers of polyethylene air bubbles on the inside. The air bubbles reduce the flow of heat, while the foil reflects the radiant heat. This construction keeps homes cool in warmer climates and warm in colder weather.

Get the US Energy insulation on Amazon.

Best Foam Board

Owens Corning Pink Insulation FOAMULAR 250 Board

 The Best Attic Insulation Option Owens Corning Pink Insulation FOAMULAR 250 Board
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Suitable for attics, cavity wall insulation, and more
  • Easy to install; can be cut if necessary
  • Keeps moisture out
  • Maintains R-value in extreme temperatures

What We Don’t Like

  • Some users report awkward sizing

Specs 

  • Type: Foam board
  • R-Value: R-10
  • Material: Extruded polystyrene

Foam board insulation is rigid and lightweight, making it easy to carry and install on floors, walls, ceilings, and around windows. Use a warm utility knife to slice through this foam board from Owens Corning with a high degree of precision. This method allows users to form the insulation to the exact size requirements or even to cut rounded shapes in the foam board so heat isn’t lost around pipes or other obstructions.

This insulation has low water absorption potential and is ideal for creating a vapor barrier in narrow gaps around windows and doors where significant amounts of heat can be lost from a home in the winter months.

Get the Owens Corning attic insulation on The Home Depot.

How We Chose the Best Attic Insulations

We researched the most sought-after attic insulations in their respective categories and discovered that the best options are determined by their type, R-value, materials, ease of application, and other special features included by select brands.

While assembling our list of top picks, we made sure to include diverse options, including blanket, spray/blow-in, radiant foil, and foam board insulation with R-values ranging from R-1.3 to R-40 for any required heat resistance. These insulation options are made with fiberglass, cotton, cellulose, polyester, polyethylene, and polystyrene, all of which are easy to install and suitable for cutting or adjusting as needed. 

Our top picks also offer mold-, mildew-, and fire-resistance and the added benefit of noise reduction. Plus, many of the above options are made with recycled or pre-consumed materials and are eco-friendly. 

Types of Attic Insulation

Several different types of attic insulation are available, including blanket, spray foam, radiant foil, and foam boards, each with benefits and shortcomings. 

According to Casolaro, the three best types of attic insulation include spray foam, fiberglass batts, and blown-in insulation. “Spray foam does the best job of insulating your attic, but it’s the most expensive,” he says “Fiberglass batts are affordable, but it’s more likely that air will leak through gaps. Most often, I’ll recommend blown-in insulation, which balances effectiveness with cost.”

Read below for a more detailed look at the pros and cons of each type of attic insulation so you can decide which is best for your unique circumstances.

Blanket Insulation

Blanket insulation is one of the most common types of insulation for walls and attic floors; however, don’t use it in open spaces because the fiberglass particles can affect the air quality in your home. Cut the thick pieces of insulation to fit tightly between the gaps in wooden frames or around pipes, wires, and other obstacles.

While this insulation is also one of the most inexpensive and easiest types to install, it isn’t as effective as spray foam insulation. When installing blanket insulation, wear a breathing mask and protective gloves to avoid irritating your lungs and skin.

Spray Foam

Spray foam insulation is the primary type of attic insulation. Pair it with blanket insulation to better insulate edges and corners, and use it to seal gaps in existing walls. Spray foam attic insulation costs more than other types and can be a hassle to remove. However, it’s the most effective option for insulating your home against the transmission of hot and cold air.

The spray foam is made of liquid polyurethane, which, when sprayed into the cavity of your wall or attic, expands and hardens into a solid foam. If you haven’t used spray foam insulation before, consider hiring a professional to install it to ensure your home is adequately protected.

Blow-In 

Blown-in insulation refers to blowing or spraying insulation products into wall cavities, attics, and floors. Methods vary depending on the form of insulation selected. Two of the most common types of blow-in insulation are fiberglass, rock wool, and cellulose, which are applied in an attic space with a blowing machine for easy, even distribution. 

Conveniently, most blown-in options can be applied over existing insulation and fill between existing wall studs and ceiling joists for increased insulation. 

Radiant Foil

Because it’s designed primarily to reflect heat away from your home, radiant foil insulation is more common in warmer climates. It works through its reflective foil barrier, which is attached to kraft paper or polyethylene bubbles. The bubbles help prevent the transfer of heat through the barrier because they provide a pocket of air, which reduces the rate at which heat can move through the substance.

While standard insulation reduces the flow of heat, radiant foil reflects it. Because of this difference, radiant foil cannot be measured using the same factors attributed to blanket, spray, or foam board insulation. Radiant foil usually is the most affordable type of insulation.

Foam Boards

Low in cost and easy to install, foam board insulation is generally made of polyurethane, polystyrene, or polyisocyanurate. Sheets of foam board can be cut to fit tightly between wall studs or attic ceiling joists. Because they are not as effective at insulating, foam boards are not as popular as blanket insulation.

However, foam boards don’t cause moisture accumulation and mold growth as can blanket insulation, because the solid foam doesn’t absorb much moisture. Instead, it dries in a relatively quick time frame. 

What to Consider When Choosing the Best Attic Insulation

Finding the proper insulation for your home isn’t difficult once you’ve determined which type of insulation to purchase. If you’re wondering what is insulation made of or how to find the correct R-value for your geographic location, here’s what you need to know.

R-Value 

Attic insulation ranges in effectiveness, so manufacturers and industry professionals typically reference insulation’s R-value to help people find the best attic insulation for their homes. R-value is a measurement of the insulation’s resistance to the flow of heat. The higher the R-value rating of a product, the more effective it is at reducing energy costs.

R-values for insulation are usually listed in the product description or on the product packaging. However, radiant foil insulation isn’t measured by R-value because it’s designed to reflect heat instead of reducing the transmission of heat. The optimal R-value for the insulation in your home also depends on your geographic location. Review this Energy Star R-value chart to learn the estimated R-value for your area.

Material

Insulation for attic spaces can be constructed from a wide range of materials, including cellulose, fiberglass, mineral wool, liquid polyurethane, and polystyrene.

  • Cellulose insulation was used regularly in buildings for most of the last 100 years. This insulation material consists of cellulosic fibers like newspaper, cardboard, cotton, straw, hemp, and sawdust. At just 3.8 per inch of cellulose insulation, the R-value is relatively low.
  • Fiberglass insulation is made from tightly woven fibers that are light, malleable, and relatively simple to cut and install. This material is regularly used in blanket insulation and has an R-value of 2.7 per inch.
  • Mineral wool has an R-value of 3.3 per inch. It’s a stone-based mineral fiber insulation material that contains basalt rock and recycled steel slag.
  • Liquid polyurethane is the main ingredient in spray foam insulation. The R-value of this type of insulation ranges from 3.5 per inch to 6.5 per inch, depending on whether you’re using open-cell (3.5) or closed-cell (6.5) spray foam.
  • Polystyrene is used to create foam board insulation with a variable R-value of 3.8 per inch to 5 per inch, depending on whether it’s expanded polystyrene (styrofoam) or extruded polystyrene, which can be identified by the blue or pink color.
  • Cotton is a very reliable insulation material for your attic and it is commonly made with recycled materials and is very easy to cut and install. This material is also safer than fiberglass during installation and use as there are fewer fibers floating around. 

Tips for Installing Attic Insulation

Keep in mind that insulation cannot be installed just anywhere in your home. For instance, if blanket insulation is placed over air intake vents, the harmful particles can circulate through your home. Additionally, placing insulation near exposed electrical connections or over the top of heat vents could cause a fire. 

Based on the type and style of the home, also consider how and where to place the insulation. Older homes and homes with wooden shingles may be built with a design that allows the natural evaporation of excess moisture. Insulation installed in these areas acts as a sponge, soaking up the moisture instead of allowing it to dissipate. As moisture builds up, mold can grow and eventually rot out the wood. 

With blanket insulation, cut spaces in the insulation to allow it to fit around obstructions like drainage pipes, large water pipes, attic fans, and HVAC ducts. When blanket insulation becomes compressed, it’s less effective at insulating your home, such as when you forcibly install a piece of insulation around a pipe instead of cutting a gap to allow it to fit comfortably.

  • Don’t install insulation over air vents, near electrical circuits, or in any other areas where it poses a risk.
  • Carefully inspect older homes before installing insulation to ensure it won’t cause moisture accumulation that can lead to mold and rot.
  • Blanket insulation is not as effective if it’s compacted during installation, so cut spaces for large drainage pipes and other obstacles instead of forcing the insulation to fit around them.
  • Don’t install insulation in attics with moisture problems without first rectifying the issue. If you’re unsure if there’s moisture in the walls, use a moisture meter for detection, or call in a pro.

While laying insulation in attic spaces can be DIY-friendly, some situations require a professional insulation contractor. “If you’re a DIYer, you might be able to install your own insulation. However, there are a few situations where you should work with a pro,” advises Casolaro. “If you choose spray foam insulation, it’s tricky to install correctly without experience. Also, if your home is older, there’s a greater risk of exposed wires, moisture, and improper ventilation. A professional is more likely to recognize these issues.”

FAQs 

Before investing in new attic insulation, take a look at these frequently asked questions regarding how to insulate an attic.

Q. What is the best R-value for attic insulation?

The best R-value depends on the typical temperature fluctuations in your city or state, but average R-value recommendations for attic spaces range between R-30 to R-49.

Q. Which type of insulation is the most effective? 

Spray foam insulation is the most effective type, with a maximum R-value of 6.5 per inch.

Q. Can you put too much insulation in the attic?

Yes, you can. If this occurs, moisture can become trapped inside the space, causing mold and air quality problems.

Q. Should you remove the old attic insulation before adding new insulation?

You can remove the old attic insulation before adding new insulation, but it isn’t necessary unless the old insulation is wet, made with hazardous materials (like asbestos), or simply degrading too quickly to serve any remaining purpose.

Q. How often should attic insulation be replaced?

The rate at which attic insulation needs to be replaced depends on the type and whether or not you’ve experienced roof damage or pest infestations. Fiberglass and cellulose insulation can begin degrading 15 to 20 years after installation, while mineral wool, spray foam, and foam board can last for decades. 

Q. How much of a difference does new attic insulation make?

If your attic was previously poorly insulated, new insulation can greatly improve your home’s comfort levels and energy bills. The U.S. Department of Energy estimates that sealing air leaks and adding insulation can help households lower their heating and cooling costs by 20 percent. 

Why Trust Bob Vila

Bob Vila has been America’s Handyman since 1979. As the host of beloved and groundbreaking TV series including “This Old House” and “Bob Vila’s Home Again,” he popularized and became synonymous with “do-it-yourself” home improvement.

Over the course of his decades-long career, Bob Vila has helped millions of people build, renovate, repair, and live better each day—a tradition that continues today with expert yet accessible home advice. The Bob Vila team distills need-to-know information into project tutorials, maintenance guides, tool 101s, and more. These home and garden experts then thoroughly research, vet, and recommend products that support homeowners, renters, DIYers, and professionals in their to-do lists.

The post Our Favorite Attic Insulation is Surprisingly DIY-Friendly appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T11:26:33-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Level a Concrete Floor]]>Leveling a concrete floor is a key step before installing new flooring on top of it. Learn which tools and products make this an easy DIY.

The post How to Level a Concrete Floor appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-level-a-concrete-floor/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=50231Wed, 19 Feb 2025 10:22:06 -0500InteriorBasementsFlooringWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Q: We plan to finish the basement in my house, and there are going to be a couple of sump pumps, so we no longer need the old drain in the middle of the floor. What’s the best way to level a concrete floor?

A: There is no one way to level a concrete floor. Of all the methods available to do-it-yourselfers, which should you employ? That depends on how level you want to make the concrete. And that question, in turn, hinges on a related but different question: What type of flooring do you plan to install in your basement once the floor is level?

Leveling a concrete floor for carpeting

A bird's eye view of a concrete grinder on a concrete floor.
Photo: Nikita Sobolkov / Depositphotos

If you envision carpeting or another type of floor that forgives minor variations in subfloor grade, such as engineered wood or click-and-lock vinyl, then you can probably opt for the least labor-intensive method for leveling a floor.

Here, a concrete grinder would do the bulk of the work. (You can rent a concrete grinder from your local home improvement center.) You’d use it to grind down the most prominent ridges in the floor.

To finish the job, you would then mix a batch of concrete and use it to fill in any dips or depressions.

Tried-and-True Advice

“While floor leveler is an easy way to level floors, especially if you’re planning to lay ceramic tile, it can be a challenge to keep it out of places you don’t want it to go, especially if you’re working in a bathroom where there are plumbing fixtures coming through the floor.

To keep leveler from flowing into toilet holes and floor vents, create a cardboard barrier around these holes by cutting pieces out of an old cardboard box. Shape the cardboard around the toilet flange and any floor vents and caulk or tape them into position. When you pour the floor leveler, it will flow around them instead of going down the holes.”

—Tony Carrick, Contributing Writer

Leveling a concrete floor for tile

Pouring self-leveling compound from a black bucket onto a concrete floor.
Photo: Anna Koldunova / Depositphotos

If you want to install vinyl tile or ceramic tile, things get a bit trickier. For a successful installation, the concrete floor beneath the tile needs to be more or less perfectly level and smooth. That’s true for compact tiles and even more critical for larger ones, including the popular 1-by-2-foot size.

With small tiles, the maximum differential between the lowest and highest point on the floor is 1/4 inch per 10 feet; with larger tiles, the acceptable differential is a mere 1/8 inch per 10 feet.

To achieve such flatness, use a self-leveling compound, such as Rapid Set Concrete Leveler Self-Leveling Underlayment. These products come in powdered form and are mixed with water and a fortifying agent. You end up with a thin liquid that when poured from a bucket flows across the existing uneven concrete. Gravity will bring the liquid to a level, but you can help the process along with a broom or trowel.

Mixing and applying self-leveling compound

Closely follow the manufacturer’s instructions, because every product differs slightly. Generally speaking, no matter which compound you choose, you’ll need to take prepare the basement beforehand:

  • It’s important to remove any flaking paint or loose adhesive from the floor to ensure that the compound will grip to the concrete.
  • So you don’t need an excessive quantity of compound, it’s a good idea to grind down any spots on the floor that are especially high.
  • Floor drains must be capped and sealed around the seams.
Some jobs are better left to the pros
Get free, no-commitment project estimates from concrete flooring experts near you.
+

Pro tip: Wear cleats or rubber boots in case you need to walk across the compound while it’s still wet.

Once the self-leveling compound has set, you can install your chosen flooring. Another option is to eschew a finished floor, and opt instead to stain, paint, or polish the compound that now forms the top layer of your concrete basement floor slab.

The post How to Level a Concrete Floor appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T10:22:06-05:00
<![CDATA[We Tested the Best Upholstery Steam Cleaners for Chemical-Free Sanitizing]]>We tested some of the best upholstery steam cleaners for this review to find out which ones could freshen up furniture, clean floors and lift stubborn stains.

The post We Tested the Best Upholstery Steam Cleaners for Chemical-Free Sanitizing appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-upholstery-steam-cleaner/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-upholstery-steam-cleaner/Wed, 19 Feb 2025 10:17:30 -0500ReviewsCleaningCleaning SuppliesInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Steam cleaners use pressurized steam from heated water to clean both soft and hard surfaces. This method requires zero cleaning solutions and chemicals, making it a preferred cleaning procedure for many health-conscious users, as well as those with sensitivities or allergies. Steam cleaning lifts away dirt and grime from upholstery and other materials while killing germs, bacteria, and pathogens, leaving behind freshened and deodorized surfaces.

To find the best upholstery steam cleaner, we tested a number of popular models that we found through extensive product research and used them to steam furniture, car interiors, throw pillows, and other household surfaces. We also put them through a stain test, evaluating how well each model removed six common household stains. Our top pick was the Kiato handheld steam cleaner thanks to its large amount of steam produced in such a lightweight unit.

In addition to cleaning upholstery, steam cleaners also function well for sanitizing sealed floors, windows, tile, and other indoor and outdoor applications. Read on to learn about the best upholstery steam cleaner for your home and how we tested each model.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Kiato Handheld Steam Cleaner
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Bissell Steam Shot Handheld Steam Cleaner & Sanitizer
  3. BEST FOR CAR UPHOLSTERY: Wagner 925E SteamMachine Elite Portable Steamer
  4. BEST FOR VERSATILITY: Bissell PowerFresh Pet Lift-Off 2-in-1 Steam Mop
  5. BEST CANISTER MODEL: McCulloch MC1375 Canister Steam Cleaner
  6. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: Dupray Neat Steam Cleaner
  7. BEST FOR SPOT CLEANING: Steamfast SF-210 Everyday Steam Cleaner
  8. BEST ACCESSORIES: Costway Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner With Accessories
Woman steam cleaning the arm of a gray recliner
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

TypeTank CapacityDimensionsWeight
Kiato Handheld Steam CleanerHandheld450 milliliters (250 milliliters maximum load)7.48 inches high by 5.03 inches wide by 9.84 inches deep4.66 lbs
Bissell Steam Shot Handheld Steam Cleaner & SanitizerHandheld 6.6 ounces8.5 inches high by 5 inches wide by 9.5 inches deep4 lbs
Wagner 925E SteamMachine Elite Portable SteamerCanister 40 ounces23 inches high by 19.5 inches wide by 23 inches deep8.31 lbs
Bissell PowerFresh Pet Lift-Off 2-in-1 Steam MopHandheld steamer and floor mop13.5 ounces44.7 inches high by 11.14 inches wide by 13.2 inches deep10.6 pounds
McCulloch MC1375 Canister Steam CleanerCanister 48 ounces10.5 inches high by 12.13 inches wide by 15.55 inches deep10.78 pounds
Dupray Neat Steam CleanerCanister 54 ounces9.5 inches high by 10.5 inches wide by 10.5 inches long9 pounds
Steamfast SF-210 Everyday Steam CleanerHandheld 6 ounces8.25 inches high by 5.5 inches wide by 10.5 inches deep2.6 pounds
Costway Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner With AccessoriesCanister steam cleaner and floor mop51 ounces14 inches high by 17 inches wide by 11 inches deep10.8 pounds

Our Top Picks

The following products are some of the best on the market for steam-cleaning upholstered furniture. We tested each, evaluating them for their design, water-tank capacities, power options, accessories, and versatility. These steam cleaners can help keep upholstered furniture fresh and clean.

Best Overall

Kiato Handheld Steam Cleaner

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: Kiato Handheld Steam Cleaner
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Emits large amounts of steam
  • Lightweight and comfortable to use
  • Push-down steam-release button automatically turns off
  • Removed coffee and wine stains

What We Don’t Like

  • Smaller water tank lasts only 8 minutes
  • Holding the steam-release button is cumbersome for large jobs

Product Specs 

  • Type: Handheld steam cleaner
  • Tank capacity: 450 milliliters (250 milliliters maximum load)
  • Dimensions: 7.48 inches high by 5.03 inches wide by 9.84 inches deep
  • Weight: 4.66 lbs

The Kiato handheld steam cleaner is a 10-in-1 tool designed to tackle hard and soft surfaces, including furniture, car interiors, tile, windows, and carpet. It features a lightweight design and a push-button steam release. It also comes with a 10-piece accessory kit that includes a fabric steamer and a microfiber sleeve to go on top.

This model heats up to 221 degrees Fahrenheit in 2 minutes and 30 seconds. After filling the water tank and securing the lid, you can plug this steamer in and wait for the LED light to go off. The unit is then ready for use. Using the Kiato handheld steamer is as simple as pressing the button to release steam. It automatically turns off when you let go of the button. Although it has a 450-milliliter tank capacity, you will only want to add 250 milliliters at a time.

We were impressed by how much steam the Kiato steam cleaner emitted. We used it to steam a microfiber recliner, clean a mattress, and loosen mineral deposits inside a dishwasher. When we put it up against household stains, it performed well, removing the coffee, dirt, and wine stains. It removed about 70 percent of the tomato sauce and some of the chocolate. Like the rest of the models, it didn’t work on oil.

The Kiato handheld steam cleaner was among the easiest to use, and its small size makes storage simple. It never felt uncomfortable, even when we used it for 15 minutes straight. Since it emits so much steam, it’s ideal for blasting stuck-on debris off hard surfaces.

Get the Kiato upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Bissell Steam Shot Handheld Steam Cleaner & Sanitizer

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: Bissell Steam Shot Handheld Steam Cleaner & Sanitizer
Photo: bissell.com

What We Like

  • The fabric steamer attachment left furniture looking clean and refreshed
  • 10 accessories add to the product’s suitability for many household chores
  • Easy to empty after use, and its compact size makes it easy to store

What We Don’t Like

  • Curved-front design; tips forward when holding it
  • Wasn’t able to remove chocolate, tomato sauce, or dirt stains

Product Specs 

  • Type: Handheld steam cleaner
  • Tank capacity: 6.6 ounces
  • Dimensions: 8.5 inches high by 5 inches wide by 9.5 inches deep
  • Weight: 4 lbs

The Bissell Steam Shot steam cleaner is an affordable handheld steam cleaner with 10 multisurface tools. The easy-to-attach accessories make it possible to refresh fabric, brush away grime from hard surfaces, clean windows, and scrub dirty grout. It kills up to 99.9 percent of bacteria and germs on hard surfaces.

The Bissell Steam Shot has only one steam setting, which makes it easy to use. Fill the tank with water, secure the lid, and plug it in. The heater warms in 30 seconds, and when the LED light turns off, the steamer is ready to use. It features a steam-release button that powers off when disengaged.

During testing, the Bissell Steam Shot worked well. It emitted enough steam to leave fabric looking refreshed and loosened dirt on hard surfaces for easy cleaning. The one thing we didn’t like was the curved-front design, which caused this model to lean forward slightly when holding it. It felt less stable than models without a curved design.

The Bissell Steam Shot removed wine and coffee stains during our testing. It only removed about 50 percent of the dirt, chocolate, and tomato sauce stains. While it works great for refreshing fabric and cleaning hard surfaces, it’s not our top pick for stain removal.

Get the Bissell Steam Shot upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon.

Best for Car Upholstery

Wagner 925E SteamMachine Elite Portable Steamer

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: Wagner 925E SteamMachine Elite Portable Steamer
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Performed the best in our stain test, removing dirt, coffee, wine, chocolate, and tomato sauce
  • Long hose, wheeled design, and 20 attachments for easy and versatile use
  • Canister features a built-in compartment for attachment storage, preventing items from getting lost
  • Can use the trigger for steam release, or set it for continuous steam

What We Don’t Like

  • Large tank capacity means a longer wait time for steam, taking up to 9 minutes
  • We experienced some water spitting while steaming, causing excess moisture on the fabric

Product Specs 

  • Type: Canister steam cleaner
  • Tank capacity: 40 ounces
  • Dimensions: 23 inches high by 19.5 inches wide by 23 inches deep
  • Weight: 8.31 lbs

The Wagner SteamMachine Elite steam cleaner features a canister design and 20 attachments. Its large 40-ounce water tank provides up to 40 minutes of continuous steam. This powerful steamer can tackle almost any job, from vehicle carpet and upholstery to dirty barbecue grills.

The 8-foot steam hose and wheeled design make this model easy to maneuver. The canister design also features attachment storage, which helps keep accessories from getting lost.

Getting started is as simple as installing an attachment, filling the water tank, securing the lid, and turning the machine on. After about 9 minutes, it produces large amounts of steam that you can control via a trigger. The trigger has two settings: press release or continuous steam.

The Wagner SteamMachine Elite was one of our favorite models due to its ease of use and efficacy. It performed the best in our stain test, breaking down the wine, coffee, and dirt. It also removed about 90 percent of the tomato sauce and chocolate stains.

This model contains a fabric steamer with a bonnet and a carpet glider. We used both to refresh the fabric interior of a truck. We also tested it on hard surfaces, including a toilet. The steam blasted stuck-on dirt from hard-to-reach nooks and crannies.

Get the Wagner upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best for Versatility

Bissell PowerFresh Pet Lift-Off 2-in-1 Steam Mop

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: Bissell PowerFresh Pet Lift-Off 2-in-1 Steam Mop
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Multipurpose cleaning tool; comes with 13 accessories and works on a variety of surfaces
  • Kills 99.9 percent of germs and bacteria; great for homes with kids and pets
  • Easy to switch from mopping to the handheld attachments for easy whole-house cleaning

What We Don’t Like

  • Somewhat small tank capacity; needs refilling during larger cleaning jobs
  • Handheld steamer spat water and didn’t remove stains as well as other models

Product Specs 

  • Type: Handheld steamer and floor mop
  • Tank capacity: 13.5 ounces
  • Dimensions: 44.7 inches high by 11.14 inches wide by 13.2 inches deep
  • Weight: 10.6 pounds

This steam-cleaning unit from Bissell is designed with versatility in mind. In its fully assembled form, it functions as a heavy-duty floor mop. Alternatively, you can detach the canister and deploy it along with the extension hose and attachments to steam-clean upholstery, pet beds, bathroom and kitchen fixtures, and a variety of other surfaces.

An included tool bag holds a set of 13 accessories for a broad array of cleaning applications. The included fabric-steamer attachment works especially well with the handheld portion of this steam cleaner for cleansing, deodorizing, and sanitizing upholstery.

Water in the 13.5-ounce tank heats up quickly, producing steam that kills up to 99.9 percent of germs and bacteria. The 25-foot-long power cord facilitates steam cleaning of even the most hard-to-reach places.

For testing, we started by using this steam cleaner as a mop, and it worked well, leaving our floors clean and streak-free. Next, we tested the handheld canister on our stain board using the fabric steamer attachment and dabbing the stain with a microfiber cloth. It tackled the dirt, wine, and coffee stains but wasn’t a match for the chocolate or tomato sauce. The handheld steamer spat water more than other models, preventing the steam from being as powerful or continuous.

Even though this steam mop didn’t perform as well in our stain-removal tests, it did a good job overall. It’s an ideal choice for those who want a versatile steam mop with a lift-off canister. However, folks who want just an upholstery steamer might fare better with a different option.

Get the Bissell PowerFresh upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon, Target, Bissell, or Walmart.

Best Canister Model

McCulloch MC1375 Canister Steam Cleaner

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: McCulloch MC1375 Canister Steam Cleaner
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Delivers up to 90 minutes of power, which is enough for most upholstery cleaning
  • Variable steam-flow system with an easy-to-control knob; up to 58-psi steam pressure
  • 20 accessories work on a variety of surfaces; great for tough stains or general cleaning
  • Users can control steam via the trigger or lock it in place for continuous steam

What We Don’t Like

  • Water takes time to heat up; can become frustrating when refilling during long cleaning jobs
  • Using the steamer at its highest power results in a lot of moisture on upholstery

Product Specs 

  • Type: Canister steam cleaner
  • Tank capacity: 48 ounces
  • Dimensions: 10.5 inches high by 12.13 inches wide by 15.55 inches deep
  • Weight: 10.78 pounds

Thanks to its canister design, this steamer houses a large-capacity water tank that delivers up to 90 minutes of continuous steam-cleaning power. The tank holds 48 ounces of regular tap water, and it heats to more than 200 degrees Fahrenheit in under 12 minutes.

The on-demand variable steam-flow system allows users to dial in an exact steam flow from low pressure up to 58 pounds per square inch (psi). Accessing hard-to-reach spaces is easy thanks to an 18-foot power cord and a 7-foot steam hose.

With 20 included accessories, this unit can take on a multitude of house-cleaning tasks. In addition to refreshing upholstery, this steamer works on ceramic tile, sealed flooring, grout, and more.

The McCulloch blasted through dirt, coffee, and red wine stains during testing. It also did the best on oil, eliminating about 50 percent of the stain. Since this model doesn’t come with a dedicated fabric steamer attachment, we used the jet nozzle to steam the soiled areas and then dabbed them with a microfiber cloth. Doing so was effective, lifting dirt and leaving the fabric looking refreshed.

The McCulloch came with a bag for its attachments, which helped us keep everything together. Since the canister is on wheels, it was also easy for us to maneuver. We used the jet nozzle to spray around a sink faucet, and it loosened stuck-on dirt and some of the mineral deposits. This model came with many more attachments, including a mophead. It emitted a large amount of steam, making it ideal for household and heavy-duty jobs.

Get the McCulloch upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Heavy-Duty

Dupray Neat Steam Cleaner

 Dupray Neat Steam Cleaner on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compact and modern design stores easily in a small space
  • Delivers an impressive 50 minutes of continuous steam for tackling large jobs
  • Performed well in our stain test, removing dirt, wine, and coffee from microsuede
  • Mop glides smoothly for easy and streak-free floor cleaning

What We Don’t Like

  • Some water spits out before the steam, which can saturate upholstery

Product Specs 

  • Type: Canister steam cleaner
  • Tank capacity: 54 ounces
  • Dimensions: 9.5 inches high by 10.5 inches wide by 10.5 inches long
  • Weight: 9 pounds

When it comes to taking on big cleaning jobs, this large-capacity steam cleaner should do the trick. Thanks to the portable cube-shaped unit that combines an impressive 54-ounce water tank, 16-foot-long power cord, and 6.5-foot-long steam hose, the Dupray steamer is capable of delivering 50 minutes of continuous steam with ample maneuverability to reach furniture and surfaces throughout the home. The wheels on this steam cleaner allow for smooth rolling from room to room, and a retractable handle makes carrying this 9-pound unit a breeze.

Water in the tank heats to 275 degrees Fahrenheit, producing steam that kills 99.9 percent of bacteria, viruses, and pathogens in upholstery, bedding, and other household surfaces.

When we unboxed the Dupray Neat steam cleaner, we were immediately impressed by the quality. The attachments felt well constructed and the fabric steamer’s microfiber bonnet was much thicker than those from other models. We also liked the unique modern aesthetic and the cord storage on the bottom of the cube.

When we put this model to the test, it blasted through dirt, coffee, and wine stains on our microsuede fabric. It did OK on the tomato sauce and chocolate stains, eliminating about 50 percent of the soiled area. We also tested the mop attachment, which glided smoothly across our hardwood floors, picking up dirt and leaving the floors streak-free.

Get the Dupray upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best for Spot Cleaning

Steamfast SF-210 Everyday Steam Cleaner

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: Steamfast SF-210 Everyday Steam Cleaner
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compact, lightweight unit is comfortable to use and ideal for cleaning tight spaces
  • Includes 6 attachments that are easy to connect and can tackle most cleaning jobs
  • Budget-friendly price point compared to similar options; a good beginner option

What We Don’t Like

  • Runs for only 8 minutes; not suitable for extended use
  • Was the only steamer unable to remove a dirt stain from our microsuede test fabric

Product Specs 

  • Type: Handheld steam cleaner
  • Tank capacity: 6 ounces
  • Dimensions: 8.25 inches high by 5.5 inches wide by 10.5 inches deep
  • Weight: 2.6 pounds

When those everyday oops moments occur, this convenient steam cleaner makes short work of sanitizing household surfaces, including upholstery. The 6-ounce water tank heats up in just 3 minutes, producing 8 minutes of pressurized steam for removing dirt and grime.

Despite its small size—it weighs just 2.6 pounds—this handheld cleaner is surprisingly versatile. Use one of the six included attachments for cleaning upholstered furniture as well as a wide array of hard surfaces in kitchens and bathrooms. A 12.5-foot-long power cord allows for easy maneuverability, while the 28-inch extension hose offers even greater capacity for reaching out-of-the-way surfaces and overlooked crevices.

While it performed the worst in our stain removal tests, this model is still handy for quick fabric refreshes and sanitizing hard surfaces. The Steamfast steam cleaner was able to remove wine, coffee, and tomato sauce from our test fabric but failed to remove dirt, chocolate, or oil.

This steamer is easy to use. It has only one setting, so after filling it with water, all we had to do was plug it in and wait for it to warm up. In addition to steaming upholstery, we used it to steam inside an oven, and it successfully loosened up most of the stuck-on food. The small size makes it easy to store—great for those short on space.

Get the Steamfast upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best Accessories

Costway Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner With Accessories

 The Best Upholstery Steam Cleaner Option: Costway Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner With Accessories
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Multipurpose tool that comes with 18 cleaning accessories to tackle most jobs
  • Unit has 2 large wheels and a 79-inch hose, making it easy to maneuver
  • Includes an organized cable-management system to wind around neatly when not in use

What We Don’t Like

  • Lower steam pressure may struggle with more stubborn stains
  • No indicator light to signal when the steam is ready for use

Product Specs 

  • Type: Canister steam cleaner and floor mop
  • Tank capacity: 51 ounces
  • Dimensions: 14 inches high by 17 inches wide by 11 inches deep
  • Weight: 10.8 pounds

This multipurpose steam cleaner includes 18 attachments for taking on a variety of cleaning tasks around the home. When it comes to cleaning upholstery, the steam jet nozzle and nylon brushes are especially helpful. Functional accessories such as a mophead, brass utility brushes, a scrubbing pad, and a squeegee facilitate cleaning and sanitizing not only upholstery, but also sealed floors, bathroom tile, kitchen appliances, and children’s toys.

The 16-foot power cord and 79-inch steam hose, as well as the wheels, a rolling caster, and ergonomically designed curved handle, offer ample maneuverability for reaching numerous surfaces in the home. In addition to removing dirt, grime, spills, and messes, this steam cleaner sanitizes household surfaces. Unseen and undesirable intruders such as germs, bacteria, viruses, mold spores, and bed bugs are no match for the 226 degree Fahrenheit pressurized steam.

The Costway steam cleaner holds 51 ounces of water in its tank, heating it to produce steam in under 10 minutes. It delivers 40 minutes of continuous steam-cleaning time.

Like the other canister models we tested, the Costway steam cleaner produced large amounts of steam and was better able to power through stains than handheld options. It eliminated dirt, coffee, and wine from our test fabric. While it didn’t completely eliminate tomato sauce or chocolate, it visibly reduced the stained areas.

This model comes with many useful accessories, including a mop and carpet glider. We used the carpet glider to refresh fabric seats and carpet in an old truck and tested the mop on tile floors. The attachments were easy to use, and the mop left the floor clean. We also tried out the trigger that locks in place for continuous steam.

Get the Costway upholstery steam cleaner at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Upholstery Steam Cleaners

We researched the best upholstery steam cleaners with high customer satisfaction in a variety of categories. After compiling our list, we tested each model. Our tests consisted of using each upholstery steam cleaner on furniture, mattresses, and car upholstery to evaluate the ease of use. We then put all models through a more extensive test, assessing how well they could remove six common stains: dirt, vegetable oil, tomato sauce, red wine, coffee, and chocolate sauce.

We assembled a test board consisting of foam, batting, and microsuede fabric attached to plywood. We added ⅛ teaspoon of each test substance to the board and allowed it to dry for an hour. We then used each steam cleaner to remove the stains. If the steam cleaner came with an upholstery steamer and microfiber bonnet, we used it for stain removal. For models that didn’t come with an upholstery steamer bonnet, we relied on the jet nozzle to steam the stain and then dabbed it with a microfiber cloth. These methods were equally effective.

No steam cleaner was able to remove the oil stain, but all had varying degrees of success with the other substances. The biggest factor in stain removal was the amount of steam the machine emitted.

We also evaluated any extra attachments, how easy it was to empty and store each model, and how effective the steamers were for other household surfaces. We assigned and tracked number values for easy comparison.

What to Consider When Choosing an Upholstery Steam Cleaner

Before purchasing an upholstery steam cleaner, it’s essential to consider what your needs are. Manufacturers offer a wide array of types, sizes, water-tank capacities, attachments, and accessories, each with their own benefits and optimal uses. Ahead, learn about the features that may influence your selection process as you search for the best upholstery steam cleaner to suit your purposes.

Unboxed Bissell steam shot with accessories
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

Type

Steam cleaners that work well for upholstery materials are versatile and capable of taking on many other cleaning tasks around the house. Depending on the type, steam cleaners tackle dirt, grime, and messes on both soft and hard surfaces, indoors and outdoors. Here’s an overview of the types of steam cleaners available on the market, along with information about how they function for cleaning upholstery.

  • Handheld steam cleaners make upholstery cleaning easy as you simply hold the steamer units adjacent to the upholstered furniture and move them along the surface.
  • Vacuum-type steam cleaners facilitate the cleaning of floors and carpets, but many of them feature reconfiguration capability, breaking down into handheld units that work well for upholstery. Users move the handheld units along the surface of upholstery fabric for cleaning.
  • Vapor steam cleaners utilize steam from water heated to at least 240 to 260 degrees Fahrenheit, resulting in a low-moisture vapor that leaves minimal residual dampness. Vapor steam cleaners utilize higher temperatures than many other steam cleaners do.
  • Cylinder steam cleaners (also known as canister steam cleaners) feature steam hoses attached to the rolling cylinders or canisters that hold large-capacity water tanks for extended steam-cleaning time. Attachments for the steam hoses facilitate upholstery cleaning as you move them along the surface.
  • Garment steam cleaners feature handheld nozzles on the ends of steam hoses that attach to water tanks. The steam loosens and lifts dirt, deodorizes, and freshens upholstery fabrics on furniture as well as clothing.

Size and Weight

Consider how you plan on using your steam cleaner to determine the ideal size and weight. Larger and heavier models offer the capacity for heavy-duty cleaning and extensive cleaning sessions, while small and lightweight units offer the advantages of portability and convenience for quick cleanups.

For example, canister models are considerably larger and weigh more than handheld steam cleaners, but they offer the advantage of large-capacity water tanks that deliver continuous steam for anywhere between 30 and 90 minutes. On the other hand, a small handheld steamer weighs much less than a canister or vacuum type, but it holds less water and produces steam for only a few minutes before it requires refilling.

Corded vs. Cordless

Steam cleaners operate on corded electrical power from standard household outlets. After the electrical power source heats the water in the cleaner’s water tank to above 212 degrees Fahrenheit, creating steam, the pressurized steam is forced through a hose or a nozzle, delivering powerful cleaning action to household surfaces.

Some steam cleaners include extra-long power cords for enhanced maneuverability, allowing you to access hard-to-reach places throughout the home for cleaning and sanitizing. Since steam cleaners draw a large amount of electricity, there are currently no cordless options.

Power and Runtime

Battery runtime is associated with the volume of water held in the steam cleaners’ tanks. Larger water tanks in canister models may produce steam for up to 90 minutes of continuous cleaning. Alternatively, the small water tanks in lightweight, handheld steam cleaners produce enough steam for approximately 8 to 10 minutes of runtime. Of course, the tanks may be refilled as often as necessary for continuous cleaning.

Heating time is another feature to consider. Related to the volume capacity of the water tanks and the power of the heating elements, heating times vary from approximately 30 seconds to 12 minutes. A faster heating time means that the water converts to steam more quickly, allowing you to jump right into the task at hand.

Steam Settings

In the process of selecting the best steam cleaner for upholstery, shoppers may also want to consider their needs for a steamer that is capable of accomplishing other cleaning tasks. Many steam cleaners offer versatility via low-, medium-, and high-steam pressure settings. Users can adjust the settings to facilitate cleaning various surfaces and accomplishing either light freshening jobs or the tough removal of stuck-on dirt, grime, and stains.

Cleaning upholstery requires low to medium steam pressure, depending on the type of fabric and the degree of soil. Delicate upholstery fabric should be steam-cleaned on the lowest steam setting. Thicker, more durable fabric can tolerate a medium steam setting, especially if tough stains and stuck-on messes present cleaning challenges. Manufacturers of some steam cleaners recommend their use on leather upholstery, but you’ll want to check manufacturers’ information before using steam cleaners on leather furniture.

Alternatively, you can adjust the steam pressure settings to medium or high for cleaning hard surfaces. High-pressure steam works well on tile, grout, granite, stainless steel, and sealed flooring. Keep in mind that using a high-pressure setting will cause the steam to run out more quickly, resulting in the need to refill the water tank.

Tank Capacity

Every steam cleaner contains a water tank with a heating element that heats the water above 212 degrees Fahrenheit to produce steam. Handheld units include tanks that generally hold about 6 to 8 ounces of water for steam production. These are lightweight and easy to handle, but they produce steam for only about 8 to 10 minutes before the small water tanks run dry. Handheld steam cleaners are ideal for quick touch-ups and brief everyday cleaning chores.

On the other hand, users sometimes need to tackle cleaning jobs that require extended steam- producing runtimes. For these tasks, larger steam cleaners with increased water-tank capacities fill the bill.

Canister or cylinder steam cleaners feature larger water tanks that usually hold about 40 to 54 ounces of water. Heating the larger volumes of water to build up steam, these types of steam cleaners can deliver up to 90 minutes of continuous steam for extended cleaning sessions.

Maneuverability

When steam-cleaning upholstery, you’ll want to maneuver the steam-releasing units over and under the curved surfaces of furniture and into cracks and crevices. For this reason, steam cleaners with long power cords as well as extension hoses with easy-to-hold nozzles make the job easier. Maneuverability is a particularly valuable feature for reaching into a vehicle to clean car interiors, which are susceptible to accumulating dirt and debris.

Some steam cleaners offer power cords up to 18 feet long and steam hoses up to 8 feet long. With these features, you can direct the steam to hard-to-reach places for accurate targeting of dirt and grime.

A canister or a cylinder steam cleaner with a long extension hose allows you to reach into nooks and crannies. Alternatively, a lightweight handheld steamer with a long power cord provides up-close and targeted cleaning power.

Attachments

Many steam cleaners include attachments to facilitate cleaning a variety of objects and materials. Some common attachments include steam hoses, straight nozzles, angled nozzles, metal brushes, nylon brushes, window squeegees, mop pads, and scrapers.

For steam-cleaning upholstery, nylon brushes, steam hoses, and angled nozzles work particularly well, allowing you to maneuver the steam over, under, and around curved surfaces.

Shoppers looking for steam cleaners that can accomplish a range of cleaning jobs beyond sanitizing upholstery will want to take note of what attachments, if any, are included with each available steam cleaner.

FAQs

Q. What surfaces can a steam cleaner be used on?

Steam cleaners can be used on both hard and soft household surfaces, including upholstery, clothing, sealed flooring, ceramic tile, grout, stainless steel, and more.

Q. Do upholstery steam cleaners utilize chemicals?

No. The primary reason for using steam cleaners is that the cleaning action comes from pressurized steam created by heated water, which contains zero cleaning solutions or chemicals.

Q. Should hot or cold water be put in a steam cleaner?

Pour cold water into the tank of the steam cleaner. The heating element will heat the water to produce steam.

Q. Does steam-cleaning kill bugs?

Yes. Steam cleaning kills bed bugs on the surface of mattresses and bedding as well as those embedded ¾ inch deep into the fabric surfaces.

Q. How long should upholstery be steam-cleaned?

Hold the steamer nozzle on the upholstered surface to release the steam, but keep it moving. Don’t hold the nozzle in one place so long that the upholstery becomes damp.

Meet the Tester

Katie Barton has more than 10 years of experience in product writing, has tested dozens of cleaning products, and has authored hundreds of articles for major media outlets. Her cleaning and organizing advice has been featured on a variety of popular home and finance websites. She takes an unbiased approach to product testing, using each product multiple times or for several days to determine efficacy. Her goal is to help readers decide which products are worth their hard-earned money and which fall flat.

Additional research provided by Carol Benton.

The post We Tested the Best Upholstery Steam Cleaners for Chemical-Free Sanitizing appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-19T10:17:30-05:00
<![CDATA[12 Smart Ways to Lock a Door Without a Lock]]>Worried about home intruders, or staying at a hotel that isn't as secure as you'd like? Learn how to block a door from the inside.

The post 12 Smart Ways to Lock a Door Without a Lock appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-lock-a-door-without-a-lock/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=247494Tue, 18 Feb 2025 22:23:01 -0500DIYExteriorInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Locks are the best method for securing a door. But if a lock fails, the door doesn’t have a lock, or you don’t trust the lock situation in an apartment or hotel, you can take steps to ensure that the door and the home are secured. Even if the exterior door has a lock, extra security can help fortify a sliding door to the yard, and locking your bedroom door can keep your college roommate from wandering in.

While the best fix is often to install, rekey, repair, or replace a lock, we also know of some clever DIY hacks for how to lock a door without a lock. The following are quick, temporary solutions that can help you get a good night’s sleep without worrying about your safety.

1. Use a Doorstop

A wooden doorstop made of pine is being used to wedge open a door.
Photo: robcruse / Getty Images

Doorstops are typically used to prevent doors from closing. But when you place a doorstop against an inward opening door, it physically prevents someone from opening it, even if they can turn the door knob. It’s a simple, effective method to help secure a home when the door lock or latch is broken. For extra security, look for a doorstop with an alarm such as a siren or barking dog sound. A nonslip bottom is essential to help resist pressure, especially for travel-size doorstops.

A doorstop will not work on outward-opening doors, however. And with enough force, an intruder could manage to bypass a doorstop. Consider securing an outward-opening door with an additional method on this list for increased security.

2. Make a Barricade Using the Back of a Chair

White wooden chair in a family room with a white-grey chaise lounge.
Photo: iStock

Installing a quality door lock is important, but if you need to barricade a door using items you have around the house, look no further than your dining room: Sturdy chairs can be a good choice for keeping a door closed because you can angle them so that the top of the chair wedges under the door handle while the chair’s feet stay firmly planted against the ground. This creates pressure between the door and the floor along the back and legs of the chair, preventing the door from opening. 

The back of the chair also can block lever-style door handles from opening downward. If the door handle also can open the door with an upward turn, then this method isn’t as useful. In this case, tie a belt or rope to the lever handle from the chair as outlined next to prevent it from opening downward or upward.

3. Tie a Belt or Rope

Brown leather belt rolled up on a wood table.
Photo: iStock

Lever-style door handles tend to be easier to lock than door knobs because a belt or rope can help restrain the physical movement of the handle. Just attach one end of the belt or rope to the handle and the other to a fixed object. Consider using two tethers to completely prevent movement when the handle can open both upward and downward.

A belt or piece of rope also is a good option for securing an outward-opening door because the tether can be attached to a heavy indoor object like a refrigerator or couch. For French doors, wrap both handles with the tether, blocking them from opening.

4. Insert a Portable Door Lock

A portable door lock in the jamb of a white door with dark metal hardware.
Photo: iStock

These helpful devices are great for renters and travelers who cannot install more permanent solutions. As the name suggests, an Addalock portable door lock is designed so you can use and remove it as necessary. Most consist of a metal piece, sometimes referred to as a claw, that fits over the bolt or latch on the existing door knob, and a lock that fits into the claw to prevent the door from opening. These locks are less effective on outward-opening doors.

5. Install a Security Bar

Silver security bar across a white door.
Photo: iStock

For better protection against significant force, like intruders attempting to kick a door in or break it down with their shoulder, security bars can help. Security bars or barricades consist of a pair of heavy-duty brackets that DIYers can fasten to the wall or door frame, depending on the product. A thick metal or wood bar then sits in the brackets, blocking the entire width of the door. 

You can lift this security bar up and out of the brackets when you need to use the door, and can quickly place it back in the brackets afterward with very little effort. Security bars are not effective at securing outward-opening doors.

6. Stick a Fork in It

Silver fork detail on light shaded background.
Photo: Massimo Merlini / Getty Images

In a pinch, you can grab a simple fork to temporarily lock a door that opens inwardly. To secure the door, bend the tines of the fork so that the tips of the tines fit into the door latch and the rest of the fork can comfortably remain in the gap between the door and the door frame when the door is closed. Open the door and remove the fork, then break off the handle of the fork. 

Place the head of the fork back into the door latch as before, making sure that the bent tines are securely hooked to the door latch, then close the door. With the door closed, slide the handle of the fork through the tines, creating a horizontal barrier that prevents the door from opening inward.

7. Prop Up a Door Jammer

Door jammer leaning up against a white door on a wood floor.
Photo: Amazon

A door jammer is a simple alternative to DIY solutions for locking a door without a lock, and an especially good solution for securing apartment doors. These tools typically consist of a height-adjustable security bar with a rounded end designed to fit snugly under a door knob or door handle. The other end has a padded foot that is made to sit flat on the floor and resist sliding, creating a system that puts pressure on the floor if someone attempts to open the door inwards. For recommendations on the solution for your situation, refer to our tested guide to the best door security bars.

8. Install a Floor Barricade

Black floor barricade installed in front of a white door on a wood floor.
Photo: Amazon

Floor barricades are made up of two pieces: a base and a brace that can fit into or be removed from the base. Install a floor barricade by inserting screws through the base and into the floor. Make sure when opening the door that it will clear the top of the base before installing, so you can use the door when the brace is removed. When you want to secure the door, just insert the brace and it will prevent the door from opening inward. Using a floor barricade is a good choice to help prevent a break-in for people who can install it in their homes, but it isn’t an option for renters and travelers.

9. Remove the Door Handle

Young woman removing door knob from a white interior door.
Photo: Jose Luis Pelaez / Getty Images

While this isn’t the best option to keep the door secure, removing the door knob or handle entirely presents a challenge for anyone trying to gain access to the home (or an interior room). Without a handle, an intruder can’t open the door in the traditional sense, though anyone interested in using this method should keep in mind that with enough effort and one or more makeshift tools, a savvy person can turn the door mechanism even without a handle. It might be best to pair this option with another temporary door lock, such as a doorstop, or even a barricade.

10. Mount a Strike Plate Lock

Silver Strike Plate Lock on a white background
Photo: iStock

A strike plate lock is a small device that a DIYer can mount to the door frame. It works similarly to a standard door chain except that the strike plate lock has a metal loop that slips over the door handle to prevent the door from opening. This method is more secure than relying on a set of screws on the back of a door to keep the door secured against break-ins. Also, users can install a strike plate lock using the existing strike plate screw holes to prevent further damage to the door frame. Or place it high and out of kids’ reach to secure a wandering toddler.

11. Install Security Film and a Glass-Break Sensor

A hand reaching for a white glass break sensor.
Photo: Amazon

Not all doors are made with solid wood or metal, so it’s important to consider how to prevent someone from simply shattering the glass to access the door knob or lock. One of the best ways to increase the security of your front door with an adjoining glass panel or a glass door is to apply a security film to the door. The film will reinforce the glass and hold the shards together if shattered. 

However, with enough time and effort, a potential intruder might still be able to break through the film, so pair this setup with a glass-break sensor that will detect when the glass is broken and then sound an alarm. This sudden alarm paired with the unexpected protection of security film will typically dissuade would-be thieves and trespassers. 

12. Block a Sliding Door with a Broom Handle or Bar

A steel patio bar that locks a sliding door.
Photo: Amazon

Sliding doors are often installed at the back or side of the home, where they open into the yard. Even if you use security film and a glass-break sensor, these measures are only effective if the door has a functional lock. If the lock on your sliding door is not working or might not be robust enough to stop determined assailants, then you should wedge a security bar into the door frame or track. 

Alternatively, you can place a sturdy household object like a broom handle or a long wooden dowel to block the sliding door and prevent it from opening, thereby securing the back door even without a reliable lock.

The post 12 Smart Ways to Lock a Door Without a Lock appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-18T22:23:01-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Fix a Noisy Radiator]]>Tired of all the banging and clanking your radiator is making? Here's what you can do to get some peace and quiet.

The post How to Fix a Noisy Radiator appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-repair-a-noisy-radiator/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=54604Tue, 18 Feb 2025 16:57:12 -0500InteriorDIYHeatingHeating & CoolingRepair & MaintenanceWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

There’s a simple reason why builders relied on steam radiators for decades and decades—they work! But every technology has drawbacks, and with steam radiators, homeowner complaints often center around noise. At times, with all that clanking and banging, you might wonder why the radiators didn’t come with earplugs. What causes that cacophony, and how can you usher in quiet? If you want to repair a radiator that’s making a lot of noise your home, here are a few things to know.

Why is the radiator making noise?

In a typical steam heat system, a single pipe extends from the boiler to the radiators. At the point where the pipe connects to a radiator, you’ll find an intake valve. This component performs two functions. First, it feeds steam into the radiator. Second, once the steam cools and condenses into water, the intake valve allows the liquid to drain out of the radiator and return to the boiler. At least, that’s how things are supposed to work. But water often gets trapped in the radiator, and when that happens, steam is blocked from entering. As the trapper water and blocked steam play a game of tug-of-war, they produce the delightful symphony that keeps you up at night. So aside from being an awful racket, a noisy radiator means that your system isn’t operating as well as it should.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

What to Do About a Noisy Radiator

Tilt it toward the intake valve.

A properly functioning steam radiator does not sit perfectly level on the floor. Rather, it tilts slightly toward the intake valve. That positioning allows condensed water to flow out of the radiator, not by means of a pump, but through the force of gravity. Therefore, if your radiator starts getting noisy, the first thing to check is check whether the radiator remains tilted toward the valve. Use a level, and if you see that the radiator sits level or is tilting away from the valve, intervene. Try slipping a wooden shim or paint stirrer under the legs on the end opposite to the valve. A tilt of only five degrees or so should do the trick.

Tried-and-True Advice

“Growing up in freezing-cold Scotland, I often dealt with noisy radiators that would clank and bang at all hours. One simple trick I found helpful was using a long-handled screwdriver to gently tap the top of the radiator. This can help release trapped air inside, which is often the cause of the noise. Just be sure to tap lightly—too much force could cause damage. It’s a quick fix that worked for me, and might help reduce the noise in your own radiator.”

—Paul Rankin, Contributing Writer

Insulate the radiator pipe.

If you’ve checked the radiator and found that it’s tilting correctly, a different common problem may be at play. Often, steam condenses in the pipe before it even reaches your radiator. If that’s the case, the fix is to insulate the pipe, wherever possible, along its run up from the boiler. Pipe insulation couldn’t be much easier to work with, but the portions of the pipe most in need of insulation may be hidden behind a wall.

Clean or replace the steam vent.

Another possible cause of radiator noise: the steam vent. Try this: Close the intake valve so that no steam can enter the radiator. Next, remove the steam vent from the radiator, placing it in a bowl of vinegar. Let it sit overnight. Doing so may help dissolve any calcium deposits that have gradually accumulated over time. If that doesn’t work, purchase a new steam vent to see whether the replacement fares any better. Readily available at most home centers, a new vent only costs about ten bucks, so it’s worth a shot if all else fails.

Finally, a friendly reminder regarding the use of steam radiators in general: The intake valve should be either fully open or fully closed. Leaving the valve partially open can result in leaks and damage to floors.

The post How to Fix a Noisy Radiator appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-18T16:57:12-05:00
<![CDATA[The 15 Best Mattress Brands of 2025 ]]>For the most comfortable night’s sleep, check out this list of the best mattress brands. There's a mattress on this list for every type of sleeper.

The post The 15 Best Mattress Brands of 2025  appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-mattress-brands/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=176036Sun, 16 Feb 2025 06:20:13 -0500ReviewsBedroomsFurniture & DecorInteriorMattresses & BeddingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A mattress is one of the most important—and often one of the priciest—purchases most people make for their bedrooms, and the right mattress is worth the investment, because quality shut-eye and better health starts with a good foundation. With a huge range of types and price points, though, choosing the right one often requires starting the search with options from the best mattress brands. 

What is the best mattress to buy? It’s a tough question to answer, as each person’s needs and preferences are different. Good mattresses are supportive, comfortable, and durable, to lull sleepers into a cozy yet cradled rest night after night. Some people need extra support, while others seek out mattresses that aren’t hot, or focus on natural materials. The mattress brands listed below carry a variety of mattress types at different price points to complete the bedroom and help sleepers achieve a restful night. Learning about these well-regarded brands should help shoppers choose the right mattress with the confidence that they support their products and have earned their reputation for quality materials and excellent customer support.

1. Saatva

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Saatva
Photo: Saatva Mattresses Photo: saatva.com

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: Saatva Classic Mattress (from $1,399 at Saatva) and Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress (from $1,699 at Saatva)

For hotel-quality comfort at home, consider a mattress from Saatva, which carries luxury mattresses made from premium materials like organic cotton, CertiPUR-US certified memory foam, and eco-friendly materials. Each Saatva mattress is handcrafted to order in the U.S. using consciously sourced materials. The various mattress styles are engineered for a pain-free sleep with a dedicated lumbar support zone to help with optimal alignment. 

To increase this luxurious feeling, most Saatva mattress styles also include a pillow-top design to add softness without sacrificing support. The company’s penchant for high-quality materials is evident across its range of mattress types, bedding, and bed frames, such as with the Saatva Classic Mattress, which is available in sizes from twin to split california king, firmness ranging from plush soft to firm, and two different height options, including 11.5 inches and 14.5 inches. The options give customers a wide variety of customizations to create the right base for comfortable slumber. 

Shop Saatva mattresses at::

2. DreamCloud

The Best Mattress Brand Option: DreamCloud
Photo: DreamCloud 

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: DreamCloud Luxury Hybrid Mattress (from $449 at DreamCloud) and DreamCloud Premier (from $649 at DreamCloud)

DreamCloud offers premium hybrid mattresses at a reasonable price. The company’s three mattress styles blend a variety of mattress technologies, featuring three material layers to help the user sleep deeply. The supportive coil system offers a bit of bounce and enhanced edge support, layers of high-density gel memory foam provide a cool but cozy sleep, and then there’s the plush, cashmere-blend Euro top. These attributes combine the best of latex, memory foam, and coil mattresses into a hybrid that works well for many sleepers. 

The DreamCloud Premier Mattress features contouring quilted gel memory foam, supportive quilted foam, therapeutic gel-infused memory foam, individually-wrapped coils, and a base layer for stability. DreamCloud offers one of the longest trial periods in the industry: A 365-night trial gives the user a full year to decide if the mattress is the right fit. Free delivery and returns make trying one of their mattresses risk-free. And for those looking to outfit the entire bedroom with plush fixings, DreamCloud also carries bed bases, bedding, and pillows. 

Shop DreamCloud mattresses at

3. Casper

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Casper
Photo: Casper

Price Range: $$ to $$$$

Top Products: Casper The One Mattress (from $599 at Casper) and Casper Sleep Element Mattress (from $335 at Amazon) 

Casper prides itself on providing supportive, cooling mattresses designed for a revitalizing sleep. The brand sells several mattress types, with affordable configurations made of breathable, perforated foam or pricier hybrid mattresses with supportive inner layers. The Casper Sleep Element Mattress is a top option with breathable open-cell foam layers that help to improve airflow through the mattress, keeping users cool and relaxed while sleeping.

What started with the Casper Original has expanded into four mattress styles, from the affordable, basic Element mattress to the extra-supportive Wave Hybrid. Each of Casper’s mattresses includes a supportive design and a perforated AirScape foam layer to help the user stay cool while sleeping. The reasonable price point is appealing to a range of consumers, and the 100-day trial period is also an excellent draw. 

Shop Casper mattresses at:

4. Nectar Sleep

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Nectar Sleep
Photo: Nectar Sleep

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: Nectar Premier Memory Foam Mattress (from $549 at Nectar Sleep) and Nectar Classic Hybrid Mattress (from $499 at Nectar Sleep) 

Nectar Sleep offers premium mattresses at competitive prices. Founded in 2016, the company has offices in New York, San Francisco, London, and Tel Aviv. The company provides all-foam, multilayered mattresses that boast plush comfort, comfortable support, and surface cooling. The four mattress styles feature an adaptive, contoured memory-foam layer to relieve common pressure points behind the shoulders, hips, and legs.

A quality option for just about any bedroom is the Nectar Premier Memory Foam Mattress that has a foundation base to minimize motion transfer, a memory foam core for pressure relief and support, all topped with a cooling cover to keep sleepers comfortable during warm nights. This option adds motion suppression and extra cooling over the Classic model, but customers can upgrade to the Luxe or Ultra models to benefit from increased luxury. The company also offers a Hybrid option in all four levels. Nectar Sleep sells mattresses, bedroom furniture, bedding, and dog beds online and in 2,000 retail stores across the U.S. As a prominent brand in the bed-in-a-box industry, Nectar Sleep exceeds expectations when it comes to guarantees, offering a 365-night trial period, forever warranty, free shipping, and free returns. 

Shop Nectar Sleep mattresses at: 

5. Purple

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Purple
Photo: Purple

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: Purple Restore Hybrid Mattress (from $1,699 at Purple) and Purple Mattress (from $799 at Purple) 

Purple’s origin story dates back to 1989 when founding brothers Terry and Tony Pearce worked to develop a cushioning fluid to prevent wheelchair pressure sores. Their process set off a chain reaction, eventually leading to the development of their Hyper-Elastic Polymer. While a range of industries—from medical beds to shoe insoles—incorporated this ground-breaking polymer, the brothers were interested in creating something new, and the Purple mattress was born. 

Purple incorporates the Pearce brothers’ invention into every mattress to create the ultimate no-pressure bed, such as the Purple Restore Hybrid Mattress, which features two inches of GelFlex® Grid and edge-to-edge coils to improve support and cradle the sleeper’s pressure points for improved sleep comfort. Each Purple mattress features the brand’s “Purple Grid’’ technology: a waffle-pattern topper made of hyperelastic polymer that is more responsive and sleeps cooler than traditional memory foam. Purple’s product repertoire includes adult and child mattresses, bed frames, pillows, seat cushions, bedding, and pet beds, to bring a cozy sleep to every member of the family.

Shop Purple mattresses at:

6. Tuft & Needle

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Tuft & Needle
Photo: Tuft & Needle 

Price Range: $ to $$$

Top Products: Tuft & Needle Mint Mattress (from $636 at Tuft & Needle) and Tuft & Needle Original Adaptive Foam Mattress (from $796 at Amazon) 

Tuft & Needle was created to simplify the mattress-buying process, as one of the first companies to shift the user experience online and away from overwhelming viewing rooms and salespeople. To accomplish that goal, Tuft & Needle delivers high-quality mattresses right to the front door for free, without any sales gimmicks. Tuft & Needle Mint mattresses use layers of T&N Flex, Release, and Adaptive foam for comfort, support, and pressure relief to help guarantee a restful sleep. 

The company sells three types of mattresses: two foam options (Original and Mint) and one hybrid style. Each mattress style features Tuft & Needle’s proprietary Adaptive Foam, a unique type of foam that provides pressure relief and support without sinking or retaining too much body heat. As mentioned above, the Tuft & Needle Mint Mattress is an upgrade from the Tuft & Needle Original, featuring multiple layers of Adaptive Foam, a heat-regulating top, reinforced edge support, and reduced motion transfer to suit two sleepers.

If a Tuft & Needle mattress isn’t the right fit, return the mattress within the 100-day trial period for a full refund and free removal to a charity of the user’s choice. 

Shop Tuft & Needle mattresses at:

7. Leesa

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Leesa
Photo: Leesa 

Price Range: $ to $$$

Top Products: Leesa Sapira Hybrid Mattress (from $944 at Leesa) and Leesa Original Mattress (from $609 at Leesa) 

Leesa creates stylish and comfortable mattresses with the community in mind. Beyond using recycled and natural materials in its mattresses, the brand also works with local partners to donate one mattress to a family in need for every 10 mattresses sold. Based in Virginia, Leesa’s products are manufactured in the U.S. and ship for free from its online store. Leesa mattresses are available for testing in some West Elm, Pottery Barn, and Macy’s stores. Don’t fret if there isn’t a retailer nearby; each mattress comes with a 100-day risk-free trial period to make sure it’s the right choice. 

Leesa mattresses are available in a variety of styles to suit every sleeper. The company manufactures all foam mattresses and foam-and-spring hybrids, like the Leesa Sapira Hybrid Mattress. This choice features a breathable cover, a ventilated foam layer, a memory foam recovery layer, and a responsive support layer to help keep pressure points supported throughout the night. Each style includes the brand’s premium breathable foam, a soft and stylish outer cover, and a range of other comfort features depending on the mattress style. 

Shop Leesa mattresses at:

8. Nolah

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Nolah
Photo: Nolah

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: Nolah Signature 12-Inch Mattress (from $844 at Nolah) and Nolah Evolution 15-Inch Mattress (from $974 at Nolah) 

Each of Nolah’s U.S.-manufactured mattresses features the company’s breathable and durable multilayer-foam design. For ultimate comfort, the mattresses include a high-density foam base, a supportive and high-resilience foam layer, and a top layer of cooling Nolah AirFoam. The AirFoam is a temperature-neutral foam without the heat-trapping chemicals found in some other memory-foam mattresses. Unlike many other popular mattresses on the market, this unique design excludes memory foam, with the intention of providing cooler sleep, better pressure relief, and improved durability. 

Nolah carries three mattress options, ranging in height and price points, but each mattress style comes with a variety of customization choices. The Nolah Evolution 15-Inch Mattress can be customized in both size and firmness while maintaining the high-quality design that supports the curves of the body for natural spinal alignment. The mattresses cater to side and back sleepers to offer better support at key pressure points like the hips, shoulders, and back. Free shipping, free returns, and a 120-night trial period provide ample time to decide if a Nolah mattress is the right choice.

Shop Nolah mattresses at:

9. Brooklyn Bedding

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Brooklyn Bedding
Photo: Brooklyn Bedding

Price Range: $ to $$$

Top Products: Brooklyn Signature Hybrid Mattress (from $465.50 at Brooklyn Bedding) and Brooklyn Chill Memory Foam Mattress (from $191.80 at Brooklyn Bedding)

For those who prefer the more responsive appeal of a hybrid mattress, consider a model from Brooklyn Bedding. The brand designs and manufactures its bedding at a facility in Arizona. Most sales take place online, but customers can visit showroom and partner locations in select cities across the U.S. Even with its affordable price, the Brooklyn Signature Hybrid Mattress is a high-quality product made with several layers to improve sleep, including a moisture-wicking quilted top, transition foam, and eight-inch individually encased coils that help to support pressure points and retain the natural position of the spine. 

Along with bedding, pillows, and bed bases, Brooklyn Bedding carries multiple hybrid mattress options that range in firmness, materials, and price points to cater to different sleepers. Many of the company’s mattress styles provide the option to choose a firmness level and mix a supportive coil system with hyper-responsive, variable foam to create a balanced mattress. Free shipping and returns plus a 120-night trial period make it risk-free to try a mattress.

Shop Brooklyn Bedding mattresses at:

10. WinkBeds

The Best Mattress Brand Option: WinkBeds
Photo: WinkBeds

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: The WinkBed (from $849 at WinkBeds) and WinkBeds GravityLux (from $899 at WinkBeds) 

WinkBeds prides itself on making handmade luxury hybrid mattresses designed for a more restful sleep. Beyond the brand’s focus on craftsmanship, WinkBeds aims to design mattresses that prevent and relieve back pain. The various styles offer decompressing spine support and advanced pressure-point relief to support the spine, hips, and shoulders. Plus, a cooler sleeping surface offers an optimal snoozing temperature for a restful night. 

Available in three firmness options, the WinkBeds GravityLux Mattress is a great choice for side, back, and side-back combo sleepers, as well as couples who are looking for a balance between motion isolation, pressure relief, and responsiveness for the ideal sleep. Purchase a WinkBeds mattress from the online store (with free shipping, free returns, and a 120-night trial) or via a handful of partner showrooms in the U.S. 

Shop WinkBeds mattresses at:

11. Layla Sleep

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Layla Sleep
Photo: Layla Sleep

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: Layla Memory Foam Mattress (from $599 at Layla Sleep) and Layla Sleep Hybrid Foam Mattress (from $1,099 at Layla Sleep) 

Can’t decide between a soft or a firm mattress? Have the best of both worlds with a Layla Sleep mattress. Layla Sleep offers flippable foam mattresses that feature a firm side and a soft side so sleepers can pick their ideal sleeping surface without needing to swap out the mattress. One of Layla’s top products is the flippable Layla Sleep Hybrid Foam Mattress, which features an advanced coil system for zero motion transfer and tri-zone airflow layers to absorb and transfer the shock between the comfort layer and the spring system.

The company manufactures a coil-foam hybrid and full-foam option. Both styles include copper-infused memory foam, which Layla Sleep claims has cooling and antimicrobial properties for a more pleasant rest. Layla Sleep offers mattresses, bed frames, pillows, and bedding directly to consumers and supports its mattresses with a 120-night trial period with a money-back guarantee and no return fees. And for anyone who doesn’t love their choice, the company donates returned mattresses to charity rather than having customers ship them back. 

Shop Layla Sleep mattresses at:

12. Avocado Mattress

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Avocado Mattress
Photo: Avocado Mattress

Price Range: $$ to $$$$

Top Products: Avocado Green Mattress (from $1,189 at Avocado) and Avocado Vegan Mattress (from $1,189 at Avocado) 

For the environmentally conscious shopper, a mattress can be a difficult purchase. Factors like mattress waste, materials, and treatment chemicals are important to consider. Handmade in California, Avocado Mattresses are 100 percent certified organic so buyers can be confident in the origins of the materials. Beyond a focus on eco-friendly materials, the company also pays mind to its supply chain, offering transparency for multiple steps—from the source of its latex to where it hand-manufactures its mattresses in Los Angeles. 

The Avocado Green Mattress is made with exclusively organic materials to help give environmentally-conscious individuals peace of mind when they are making their purchases. Avocado also offers mattresses in a variety of sizes and firmness options, making it a good choice for front, side, and back sleepers. While all the brands on this list provide safe mattress options, Avocado Mattress takes care to omit chemicals that may concern health- and eco-conscious consumers.

Shop Avocado mattresses at:

13. Cocoon by Sealy

The Best Mattress Brand Option: Cocoon by Sealy
Photo: Cocoon by Sealy

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: The Chill Memory Foam Mattress (from $399 at Cocoon by Sealy) and The Chill Hybrid Mattress (from 539 at Cocoon by Sealy) 

Cocoon by Sealy is Sealy’s mattress-in-a-box brand, blending Sealy’s years of mattress expertise with a direct-to-consumer model. The brand was created with the goal of manufacturing a shippable mattress with a simpler shopping process. Cocoon by Sealy mattresses feature a resilient and high-density memory-foam top that cradles the sleeper’s body without collapsing. The company’s two mattress options include a hybrid mattress that includes coils and memory foam along with The Chill Memory Foam Mattress, which is exclusively constructed from memory foam. Cocoon by Sealy backs up its products with a 100-night free trial, so buyers can feel confident about their mattress investment.

Both mattress styles have undergone years of testing and in-house development, and are manufactured in the U.S. to ensure they measure up to Sealy’s quality and durability standards. 

Shop Cocoon by Sealy mattresses at:

14. Serta

The Best Mattress Brands Option: Serta
Photo: Mattress Firm

Price Range: $$ to $$$

Top Products: Serta Perfect Sleeper Pro Mattress (from $1,274 at Serta) and Serta Perfect Sleeper 14-Inch Ultra Plush Hybrid Mattress (from $725 at Wayfair)

Serta’s first mattress—The Perfect Sleeper—was released in 1931, though it would still be another two years until the company changed its name to Serta. In the more than 90 years that have followed, Serta has become a household name and a top choice for many shoppers searching for the best brand of mattress. 

The Serta Perfect Sleeper Pro Mattress continues the long tradition of offering high-quality rest for weary individuals with a five-zoned design to help improve spinal alignment, responsive coils for better pressure point support, and an advanced cooling system for enhanced comfort. 

Serta strives to meet the highest quality and safety standards when manufacturing their mattresses. All of the foam used in their mattresses is CertiPUR-US certified. The company is also working to decrease their carbon footprint by incorporating sustainable resources and minimizing the use of chemicals in their production.

Shop Serta mattresses at:

15. Tempur-Pedic

The Best Mattress Brands Option: Tempur-Pedic
Photo: Mattress Firm

Price Range: $$ to $$$$

Top Products: Tempur-Pedic TEMPUR-LUXEbreeze° 13-Inch Soft Mattress (from $4,799.00 at Mattress Firm) and Tempur-Pedic Proadapt 12-Inch Firm Mattress (from $2,799 at Mattress Firm) 

The special viscoelastic foam, also called Tempur material, used to make Tempur-Pedic mattresses provides just the right amount of support to alleviate pressure and keep individuals comfortable as they sleep. 

Don’t skip the Tempur-Pedic Proadapt 12-Inch Firm Mattress, which is designed to alleviate aches, stiffness, pain, and sleep apnea by providing consistent support across the entire bed. Meanwhile, the hypoallergenic composition prevents dust mites from taking up residence in the mattress, making this product ideal for allergy-prone sleepers.

Tempur-Pedic is currently working towards creating zero-landfill waste and achieving carbon neutrality for their facilities. The company offers both all-foam and hybrid mattresses. The mattresses are delivered in a box, and can be ready to use within minutes of unrolling and setting up. In addition to mattresses, Tempur-Pedic also sells pillows, mattress toppers, bed bases, sheet sets, blankets, and more.

Shop Tempur-Pedic mattresses at:

How We Chose the Best Mattress Brands

What is the best mattress brand? The answer will depend on the needs and budget of the customer. With so many good mattress brands serving the varied sleeping preferences and space constraints of sleepers, it can be challenging to choose the best brands among them. To select this list of the top brands, we gave preference to brands that offer firm, soft, and hybrid options in various sizes from reputable sellers. We looked carefully at brands offering eco-friendly options, as well as those with specialized foam formulas that help keep sleepers cool and supported throughout a night’s rest. Popular brands that offer children’s mattresses, mattresses in a box delivery, and other unique features like the double-sided hybrid mattress were also given consideration for a spot on the list of the best mattress brands.

The post The 15 Best Mattress Brands of 2025  appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-16T06:20:13-05:00
<![CDATA[We Asked Plumbers the 3 Biggest DIY Repair Mistakes to Avoid]]>The post We Asked Plumbers the 3 Biggest DIY Repair Mistakes to Avoid appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/diy/plumbing-mistakes/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=427552Fri, 14 Feb 2025 15:42:51 -0500DIYInteriorPlumbingRepair & MaintenanceWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A burst pipe or clogged toilet can be a real headache. We depend on the plumbing in our home to function seamlessly so we have clean water to use; cold and hot water running throughout the house in each shower, tub, faucet, and water-using appliance; and the ability to remove wastewater. 

But when plumbing isn’t working, the problem needs fixing right away. Many homeowners try to address plumbing issues on their own, but that isn’t always a good idea. “While it’s great that homeowners are interested in tackling some plumbing tasks themselves, it’s important to know where to draw the line,” warns Al Fagundes, founder and CEO of A. Fagundes Plumbing and Heating Inc., with locations in Massachusetts and New Hampshire. “I’ve seen my share of DIY mishaps over the years, and some can be costly,” he says.

We spoke with Fagundes and other professional plumbers to ask what they think are the three biggest DIY plumbing mistakes they’ve seen and been asked to fix. They also offered tips to help homeowners determine which plumbing repairs are typically suitable for DIYers and which are best left to the pros. 

1. Over-Tightening Connections

A common mistake that DIYers make is tightening pipe fittings, supply lines, faucet connections, and toilet bolts too much, which can result in cracking pipes or destroying washers. “Many DIYers think that if a little tightening is good, then more is better, but this is often not the case,” says Fagundes. “Over-tightening pipe fittings, especially plastic ones, can actually damage them, leading to cracks and leaks. It can also strip threads on metal fittings, making them unusable.” This can ultimately cause leaks that could have easily been avoided. 

The goal should be to create a seal, not to crush the pipes. Fagundes offers a good rule of thumb: tighten fittings until they’re snug and then give them just a little bit more—usually no more than a quarter turn. Use Teflon tape or pipe dope on threaded connections to help create a seal and prevent seizing.

A DIYer using pipe dope or pipe joint compound to install a bathtub faucet.
Photo: BanksPhotos/E+ via Getty Images

2. Incorrect Use of Sealants and Tape

Another issue occurs when DIYers use duct tape or epoxy fillers incorrectly. Danny Pen, a plumbing and HVAC contractor at New Era Plumbing & HVAC in Dracut, Massachusetts, often sees inexperienced homeowners wrapping Teflon tape backward or using too much of it. “In both of these cases, it causes leaks instead of preventing them,” he says. Pen suggests wrapping the tape clockwise two to three times so it tightens with the fitting.

Understanding which sealant to use for which application is also critical. Teflon tape is great for threaded connections, but it’s not appropriate for all plumbing situations, says Fagundes. “For example, it shouldn’t be used on compression fittings,” he explains. “Pipe dope (pipe joint compound) is another sealant that’s used on threaded connections, often in conjunction with Teflon tape.” Also, using too much sealant can be just as bad as using too little. Excess sealant can squeeze out and create obstructions in the pipes.

Finally, Alex Atkinson, plumber and HVAC technician with Super Brothers in San Jose and Sacramento, California, has walked into homes where residents have attempted to repair a burst or leaking pipe with temporary solutions like duct tape or DIY epoxy fixes. “While these might hold for a short time, they’re not permanent solutions and can lead to costly water damage if they fail,” he says. The temporary patches can easily give out, requiring you to replace entire sections of drywall or flooring due to water damage. 

The main water line to a house with a valve for turning water on and off.
Photo: fhm/Moment via Getty Images

3. Forgetting to Turn Off the Water Supply and Drain Pipes

Another big error is when homeowners forget to turn off the water supply and then drain pipes before they attempt to fix a plumbing issue. “It’s amazing how often DIYers forget (or don’t know how) to turn off the water supply before starting a plumbing repair,” says Fagundes. “This can lead to a real mess—water spraying everywhere, potential water damage to walls and floors, and even the risk of electrical shock if water comes into contact with electrical wiring.”  

How can you avoid a disaster? Before tackling any plumbing project, be sure to always locate the main water shutoff valve for your home and turn it off. For smaller repairs, like replacing a faucet, you might be able to use the shut-off valves under the sink or toilet.

It’s also critical to drain the pipes before starting any work on them, says Pen. “This means when they start unscrewing a connection, water still under pressure sprays everywhere, leading to soaked drywall, flooded cabinets, and a mess they didn’t see coming.” Always open a faucet downstream to relieve pressure before doing anything with your plumbing.

Plumbing Repairs Most Suitable for DIYers

When it comes to determining which plumbing repairs are DIY-friendly and which require a professional, consider complexity, risk, and tools, says Atkinson. Make sure you have the proper plumbing tools, including a toilet plunger, plumber’s tape, mini sink and drain plunger, and drain-cleaning auger. You’ll also want to find the proper instructions for each type of repair that you can follow easily. 

Here are some straightforward, quick plumbing repairs that can typically be handled as DIY projects:

A DIYer using a drain snake or auger to unclog a toilet.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

When It’s Time to Call a Pro

On the other hand, sometimes it’s best to hire a professional plumber to avoid DIY plumbing mistakes and ensure the job is done well. The typical cost range to hire a plumber is between $180 and $489, with a national average cost of $331. Costs will vary depending on the plumber’s expertise level, type of service, job complexity, supplies, labor, and geographic location.

Anything that includes cutting into pipes, working with pressurized water lines, or taking care of sewage should be left to a licensed plumber, says Atkinson. “If a mistake has the potential to cause significant water damage, mold growth, or safety hazards, it’s best to bring in an expert who has the training and equipment to handle the job properly,” he says.

A good rule to follow, according to Fagundes, is: “if it’s wet, call a pro.” If the problem involves a significant amount of water or if you’re dealing with drain lines or sewer lines, it’s generally best to call a professional plumber. “Water damage can be very expensive to repair, so it’s not worth the risk,” he says.

If you’re not sure if a plumbing repair is something you can handle yourself, it’s always best to err on the side of caution and call a licensed plumber. Here are some of the more complex plumbing tasks that often require a pro:

  • Repairing burst or leaking pipes
  • Relocating pipes
  • Repairing or replacing water heaters
  • Working on any plumbing behind a wall, under the foundation, or involving gas or sewer lines
  • Addressing persistently low water pressure
  • Figuring out the cause of mysterious leaks
  • Addressing major drain clogs
  • Installing smart toilets and luxury faucets and fixtures
  • Performing any work requiring permits or adherence to local codes

The post We Asked Plumbers the 3 Biggest DIY Repair Mistakes to Avoid appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-14T15:42:51-05:00
<![CDATA[Is Your Yard Disaster-Proof? 5 Projects That Could Protect Your Home]]>The post Is Your Yard Disaster-Proof? 5 Projects That Could Protect Your Home appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/lawn-and-garden/outdoor-natural-disaster-protection/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=427544Fri, 14 Feb 2025 13:32:34 -0500Lawn & GardenHome SafetyInteriorLandscapingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Nearly half of American homes are at severe or extreme risk of facing at least one type of climate-related natural disaster, according to the 2024 Realtor.com Housing and Climate Risk Report. This includes damage from floods, hurricane winds, wildfires, extreme heat, or hazardous air quality. Not only could this be devastating to your family and property, but it comes with a hefty price tag to repair and rebuild after a storm or other climate-related event.

Fortunately, there are several preventive measures you can take to safeguard your property so it is climate resilient. Consider pursuing the following hardscaping and landscaping projects to help with natural disaster protection.

1. Install permeable pavers.

As you add more hardscape materials like concrete patios to your yard, you can increase water runoff and erosion from the nonpermeable materials. Choosing permeable materials—which are porous so water can flow through them easily—for projects like pathways, patios, and decks can lessen runoff. 

According to the Environmental Protection Agency, such materials include pervious asphalt, interlocking pavers, pervious concrete, gravel, mulch, and plastic grid pavers, which allow rain and snowmelt to drain more easily into the soil during a storm. The ground absorbs the water, which decreases the burden on storm drains. This helps minimize water pooling and prevent flooding and water damage, especially during and after heavy rainfall. 

Grey permeable pavers with green grass peaking through
Photo: Douglas Sacha/Moment via Getty Images.

2. Design a landscaping windbreak.

The selection and placement of natural materials in your yard can help protect your property from strong winds. Referred to as landscaping windbreaks, these efforts can provide effective protection when the wind speed increases. A windbreak can reduce wind speed for a distance of as much as 30 times the windbreak’s height. Interestingly, windbreaks also lower heating costs by reducing the wind chill, or cooling effects of wind, on your house. 

To create an effective windbreak, you’ll need to identify the best trees, bushes, and shrubs for your local climate. The best foliage for a windbreak has low crowns that can slow wind speeds close to the ground. A mix of evergreens and deciduous trees is an effective option, and might include Eastern red cedar (Juniperus virginiana), Arizona cypress (Hesperocyparis arizonica), Ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa), Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis), and Chinese elm (Ulmus parvifolia).

Plant the greenery together in a clump to block wind from the ground up to the height of the trees. The best place to plant a windbreak is one or two tree heights away from your house on the side where winds are worst. The larger the tree, the farther you should plant it from the house. Never plant trees near power lines. Dense trees and shrubs, combined with a wall, fence, or earth berm, can stave off or lift the wind all the way over the house.

3. Build a retaining wall.

Consider building a durable retaining wall to protect your home from flooding. Retaining walls are typically constructed out of reinforced concrete blocks, gabion, stacked stones, brick, rammed earth, or steel. The wall creates raised sections of the yard that serve as a strong barrier. By redirecting rainwater away from your property, a retaining wall helps keep flood water at bay to prevent basement leaks and other types of water damage to your home. 

Retaining walls also can prevent soil erosion. They stabilize slopes and help keep soil in place; eroded soil is a significant contributor to flooding, especially during heavy rain. By stopping erosion, the wall minimizes the amount of sediment that could block drainage systems or make flood conditions worse.

Retaining walls are a good investment overall. In addition to helping with long-term water management in your yard, their design can add an attractive hardscaping feature that enhances curb appeal. Given the complexity of building a retaining wall, it’s advisable to hire a pro to handle the job.

Brown stone retaining wall with plants in backyard
Photo: fotolinchen/E+ via Getty Images.

4. Create defensible space through firescaping.

Another way that vegetation in your yard can play a role in protecting your home is through firescaping. This approach involves designing fire-resilient landscaping around the perimeter of your home to reduce risks from wildfires in what’s referred to as a defensible space. 

Defensible space consists of multiple layers, or zones, that make it easier for firefighters to put out a blaze. 

  • Zone 0: This zone consists of the nearest 5 feet that surround your home; it should be free of dead or dying plants and any combustible items like wood piles or flammable outdoor furniture. Choose hardscaping materials such as pea gravel or decorative rocks, as opposed to combustible mulch or bark for shrub beds.
  • Zone 1: This is the area within 30 feet of your house that allows firefighters to tackle the fire. In addition to close hardscaping, plant low-growing and less-dense foundation shrubs, such as azaleas and boxwoods, and keep trees away from your house. 
  • Zone 2: This area extends 100 feet from your home and should include trees and shrubs that are thinned out, along with wide paths that create firebreaks. 

5. Add a rain garden.

Another way to minimize flooding is to build a rain garden in your yard, which is a garden strategically designed to collect and filter stormwater runoff from roofs, driveways, and other impervious surfaces. A rain garden design includes layers of soil, mulch, and native plants with deep root systems that help slow the flow of water. This way, the water seeps into the ground rather than pooling in the yard, overwhelming storm drains, or soaking areas by the house that can damage the foundation. Trees, grasses, ground covers, and shrubs are all part of an effective—and attractive—rain garden. 

The post Is Your Yard Disaster-Proof? 5 Projects That Could Protect Your Home appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-14T13:32:34-05:00
<![CDATA[Cleaning and Preventing Black Mold in the Bathroom]]>Black mold (Stachybotrys chartarum) can pose a serious health hazard. We'll show you how to clean black mold in the bathroom, and keep it from coming back.

The post Cleaning and Preventing Black Mold in the Bathroom appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/black-mold-in-bathroom/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=76845Thu, 13 Feb 2025 14:46:14 -0500InteriorBathroomsCleaning & OrganizingDIYWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

People spend about 90 percent of their time indoors, so keeping indoor air healthy is a must. 

Mold is a fungus that’s plentiful in the natural environment and, when conditions are right, indoors as well. The bathroom is damp, and often warm, so it can be a favorite spot for black mold to grow. 

According to Donald Weekes, a certified industrial hygienist in Ontario, Canada, and a member of the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) Indoor Environmental Quality Committee, “there is something in the neighborhood of 200,000 different types of mold.” Since it’s natural, alive, and goes airborne, mold can happen just about anywhere, Weekes says. Read ahead to learn what conditions support mold growth in your home, how black mold can make you sick, and what to do about black mold in a bathroom.

What is black mold?

Black mold around white tub and tile
Photo: iStock

The black mold species Stachybotrys chartarum is an aggressive and highly toxic mold variety that might be best removed by a professional. It’s among the world’s 10 most hazardous fungi. “Black mold, in particular, produces mycotoxins,” says Kenny Key, CEO and founder of Lead and Mold Detectives in New York. Those can lead to health problems, especially in the respiratory system.

It can be difficult to tell whether a fungus in your bathroom is black mold vs. mildew or another mold variety. But even as you consider the health effects and identification markers of black mold below, note that the experts we consulted agree that you should address any signs of mold, regardless of type. ”If you spot any mold in your bathroom—whether black or not—it’s important to take action immediately,” says Laura Linn Knight, author of The Toxic Mold Solution: A Comprehensive Guide to Healing Your Home and Body from Mold. Leaving any mold in place too long, especially without addressing moisture, can increase the chance the problem will progress to black mold.

Black Mold’s Impact on Health

Exposure to any mold over time can lead to health effects. The type and range depend on “the type of mold, the level of exposure, and the individual’s sensitivity,” says Knight. Potential health effects of mold exposure and black mold symptoms include:

  • Respiratory issues—black mold exposure can cause or worsen asthma. Other signs are wheezing, coughing, sneezing, shortness of breath, and sinus infections.
  • Allergic reactions, such as skin rashes, watery eyes, and even swollen eyes.
  • Headaches, such as migraines
  • Fatigue, dizziness, or vertigo
  • Brain fog and difficulty concentrating
  • Abdominal pain, nausea, bloating
  • Mental health effects such as anxiety or depression.

The mycotoxins in black mold “can cause chronic fatigue, nausea, vomiting, and neurological symptoms like dizziness, confusion, and sometimes memory loss,” says Key. Knight says that mycotoxins can interfere with brain function, “contributing to mood swings, memory problems, and increased stress levels.” If you don’t address mold exposure like black mold in the shower, you can have “chronic, long-term health issues, including chronic respiratory problems and neurological effects,” says Knight.

How to Identify Black Mold in the Bathroom

Person wearing yellow gloves pulls back sealant to find black mold in shower tiles.
Photo: mikulski/Depositphotos

Before knowing how to get rid of black mold in the bathroom, learn what conditions support mold growth. First, Weekes says to look for the three things mold needs to thrive: mold spores, a porous surface they can latch onto, and high humidity/moisture. Drifting through the air, mold spores eventually land on a moist surface amenable to mold, like cellulose, and “they’ll most likely land on that surface and grow,” says Weekes. 

To tell the appearance of black mold from other molds, look for a dark patch that forms in a circular pattern. “Black mold typically is darker in color, a black or greenish-black, and usually looks wet,” says Key. “Black mold also has a very distinct musty smell that can help in identification,” he says.

Still, black mold could lurk under bathroom floors or inside walls. The only sure way to identify black mold is to take a sample and test it—either by asking professionals to come in or by using a black mold test kit. Once you confirm the bathroom mold type and extent of the problem, you can learn how to remove black mold safely or seek professional help.

Before You Begin

Cleaning mold requires that you be near the spores. If you attempt to remove black mold, “you need to wear protective gear,” says Key. This includes gloves, goggles, an N95 respirator mask, and long sleeves. “Make sure you have proper ventilation in the area in which you’re working,” Key advises. Further, use similar caution when turning to various cleaning products; follow all instructions on the container and never mix chemicals, especially ammonia and bleach. 

Follow these protective measures to minimize exposure. If you notice any health effects from being near the black mold, it’s best to stop working and have a professional take over. Likewise, if you are uncertain about the type of mold or extent of the problem, notice significant water damage, or see that black mold covers more than 10 square feet of surface area, turn to a professional remediator instead.

How to Clean Black Mold From Bathroom Surfaces

SUPPLIES

N95 respirator mask
Rubber gloves or chemical-resistant gloves
Eye goggles
Distilled white vinegar
Detergent or antifungal cleaner
Hydrogen peroxide
Rags, sponges, or a scrub brush
BleachAmmonia

Without testing the mold, it can be difficult to know in advance what works best to kill black mold or another type. If uncertain and facing a small amount of stain, start with milder household products and move on to harsher ammonia if necessary. “Generally speaking, it’s the simplest product that works best,” says Weekes. When deciding how to eliminate mold in bathroom fixtures or walls, always consider the surface type, partly to avoid abrasive tools that might scratch the surface. In addition, porous surfaces can absorb all liquids, as well as the mold spores you can see.

How to clean hard surfaces, like ceramic tiles and bathroom countertops

Follow these directions for nonporous surfaces and fixtures include toilets, porcelain sinks, some shower or floor tiles, mirrors, and vinyl shower curtains. Unless they are sealed well, grouts and many types of caulk are porous. 

  1. Spray the area with your preferred safe cleaner, such as distilled white vinegar or a mixture of vinegar and household detergent. You could also use undiluted 3% hydrogen peroxide or a commercial antifungal cleaner (follow manufacturer’s directions.)
  2. Let the cleaner sit for several minutes, then spray again just before wiping.
  3. After wiping the cleaner on the surface, check your results.
  4. If mold remains, spray again and scrub with a brush or abrasive scrubber. Dry the area thoroughly and assess whether the cleanup was effective.
  5. If mold remains after cleaning, clean the area again with ammonia and water (10 percent ammonia to 90 percent water).
  6. If the problem persist, you may need to call in the experts.

The easiest way to clean a vinyl shower curtain is to remove it and soak it in a large tub or container filled with water and about a cup of white vinegar (or bleach if the curtain is colorfast) for about an hour. 

Only turn to bleach if necessary when cleaning black mold in bathrooms. Biocides like chlorine bleach kill living organisms such as mold, but the EPA does not recommend them for routine mold cleanup, even on nonporous surfaces. Weekes says the suggestion for years has been to use “water and about a 10 percent solution of ammonia.” You also can opt for a commercial product designed to kill mold, but check it carefully for safety precautions for surfaces and ventilation.

How to clean porous surfaces such as grout, ceiling tiles, and walls

Porous materials allow moisture—and mold—to penetrate their surfaces. In a bathroom, this might include wood, walls, wallpaper, carpet, unsealed grouts, caulk, and ceiling tiles. According to Weekes, mold will latch onto surfaces “made up of cellulose, like paper and wallboard.” He says the porous materials are “soft and chewy, which is why most problems are in walls and ceilings.” Even moisture-resistant wall materials like greenboard can take in mold if a shower surround or wall was not designed or installed properly or if excess moisture and mold have been allowed to sit on the walls.

Again, although you might see advice about using bleach to kill mold, apply that only to nonporous surfaces. “You don’t want to use bleach on a porous surface,” says Key. It could make the problem worse, since water in the bleach will penetrate the porous surface and add to moisture. Plus, Key says “black mold has a protective outer layer that bleach doesn’t penetrate effectively.” 

  1. Select your treatment option. As with hard surfaces, start with the simplest or mildest option. White vinegar can help kill mold since it penetrates porous surfaces, and its acid could help rid crevices of mold.You also can use a commercial mold cleaner designed for multiple surfaces—follow package directions. If you have a small patch of black mold, skip right to the 10 percent ammonia and water solution.
  2. Spray the product on the affected area and let it sit for a few minutes.
  3. To avoid soaking the porous surface, wipe the area with a cloth or sponge, since a brush could harm porous surfaces.
  4. To avoid soaking the porous surface, Wring out the cloth or sponge if you dip it in a solution or as it becomes damp from wiping. 
  5. Gently wipe the wall again with a wrung-out sponge or cloth dipped in clean water.
  6. To clean grout, dip a toothbrush in the cleaning solution and scrub the grout lightly before wiping with a cloth or sponge dipped in clean water and wrung out.
  7. Help the porous surface dry quickly by opening windows or directing fans toward the cleaned area.
  8. Let the wall dry for 24 hours if possible before checking results. 
  9. If mold persists, repeat steps above or call in a pro.

According to the EPA, mold in ceilings and carpet can be difficult to impossible to remove since it fills the empty spaces and crevices of the porous materials. It is generally better to replace moldy ceiling tiles, carpet, or any large section of wall affected by mold.

When to Hire a Professional for Bathroom Mold Remediation

Tackling small spots of mold and mildew are easy DIY tasks and important bathroom maintenance to prevent black mold. But it’s important to know when you should call in a mold remediation professional instead. Professionals have the equipment and expertise to return your home to a safe state. They also can make recommendations on how to prevent mold from coming back in the future. 

“Times to call in a pro are when it’s more than 10 square feet of mold, or if there is structural damage like mold growing on the walls, ceilings, or floors,” says Key. If mold is hidden behind walls, under carpet, or in your HVAC system, he explains, you need a professional remediation. 

“Call in a pro…when it’s more than 10 square feet of mold, or if there is structural damage like mold growing on the walls, ceilings, or floors.” 

— Kenny Key, CEO and founder of Lead and Mold Detectives

Your health and sensitivity also are factors, say Key and Knight. For example, those with asthma or allergies shouldn’t tackle black mold removal. “If you are sensitive to mold, I suggest hiring a professional to remove even a small amount of mold,” says Knight. Key adds: “If there is extensive water damage from flooding or minor damage in the bathroom from a leak,” you need a pro to treat that as well.

Key says to look for a licensed company in your state. All states have some type of certification for professional mold remediators. The AIHA maintains a list of industrial hygiene and environmental health and safety consultants. Mold inspection costs typically average around $656, but some companies will waive this fee if the customer hires them for remediation services. 

Black mold removal costs start at about $1,223 and average about $2,300. Homeowners insurance may cover mold remediation, depending on the circumstances.

How to Prevent Mold in Your Bathroom

Woman in an apron cleaning the bathroom.
Photo: brusinski via Getty Images

The best way to address black mold in your bathroom is to prevent mold from growing and to address any mold or signs of moisture damage immediately. “Prevention is a matter of maintenance more than anything else,” says Weekes. This includes making sure your home is sealed from outside moisture, that you’re not seeing condensation on windows, mold on windowsills, or water activity on surfaces, and that your home has adequate ventilation.

Clean your bathroom regularly.

Thoroughly clean the bathroom weekly; this consistent regimen should keep mold spores from taking hold and running amok. If you see signs of bathtub mold or other mold or mildew, rotate an antifungal cleaner into the routine at least once a month. Store a spray bottle of vinegar in the bathroom, then apply it and let it air-dry after every shower or bath. And don’t simply paint over mold on walls; take steps to clean the spores first.

Keep bathroom surfaces dry between uses.

To prevent black mold in the shower, use a squeegee to remove water droplets from the shower walls, then towel down glass doors and tile to remove the remaining moisture from those surfaces. It’s even helpful to dry the floor, dry off shampoo bottles, and hang damp towels elsewhere. Prevent black mold in a bathroom sink by wiping the basin out after each use. If you see signs of black mold in a bathtub or around it, be sure to drain it completely, wipe down wet edges if necessary, and check for signs of cracks in or black mold in bathroom caulk around the tub, shower, windows, or sink.

Take steps to eliminate moisture from leaks or a poorly sealed home.

“One of the main contributors to mold growth is excess moisture,” says Knight. “Fix any leaks in your bathroom plumbing or shower as soon as possible to prevent water from pooling or seeping into the walls,” she says. When the weather allows, open your bathroom window after a shower. Add moisture-loving plants like orchids or peace lilies to soak up some of the moisture and green up the space.

Running an exhaust fan for at least 30 minutes after fogging up the bathroom with showers or laundry if located there can help, but if you already have mold spores, use caution. “Most bathroom vents go directly up into the attic,” says Weekes. The attic probably has plenty of porous and cellulose surfaces for those spores to grow. If your exhaust fan vents to the outside, it can help. However, Weekes says, the best ventilation comes from your air conditioning system. 

Use mold- or moisture-resistant construction.

“When renovating or maintaining your bathroom, consider using mold-resistant products,” says Knight, who says that new products like mold-resistant paperless drywall, vapor barriers or retarders, are always coming on the market. Opt for nonporous surfaces when possible, and ensure that all caulks, grouts, and joints are properly sealed to prevent water from seeping through cracks. 

Final Thoughts

According to Weekes, cleaners and other efforts help control mold, but you can’t be completely free of this living organism. “Mold has survived for hundreds of thousands of years. Anything that you can throw at it will not be completely effective,” he says. Still, managing moisture, regularly cleaning spores from surfaces, and getting rid of any black mold with these steps or through professional remediation can help. If black mold returns or spreads after you try to kill it, turn to a licensed mold removal company to help eliminate existing mold damage and correct issues like moisture or poorly constructed shower walls that support its growth.

The post Cleaning and Preventing Black Mold in the Bathroom appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-13T14:46:14-05:00
<![CDATA[What Are the Tiny Black Bugs in My House Near the Window?]]>Are loads of tiny black bugs congregating near your windows? Learn whether they're flies, gnats or other insects, and how to prevent them.

The post What Are the Tiny Black Bugs in My House Near the Window? appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/tiny-black-bugs-in-house-near-window/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=219359Thu, 13 Feb 2025 13:16:44 -0500InteriorDIYPest ControlPestsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Finding tiny black bugs in the house, especially near windows, can be an unsettling experience. These pests may be harmless nuisances like ants or carpet beetles, or they could signal a larger pest infestation that requires immediate attention.

Understanding what type of bugs have invaded your home, what attracts them, and how they’re getting inside is key to removing them quickly and preventing future problems. This guide covers common household bugs, effective removal methods, and prevention strategies to keep your home pest-free. If the infestation persists, a professional pest control service may be the best solution to eliminate the issue for good.

Identifying Tiny Black Bugs

For those who aren’t entomologists, distinguishing small black bugs in the house can be tricky. Many species look alike, but these key features help with identification:

  • Size: Tiny black bugs that look like specks of dirt look much different from bugs over a millimeter long.
  • Color: Some insects that seem black from a distance actually appear dark red, brown, or gray up close.
  • Patterns & texture: Unique markings or body textures can set certain bugs apart.
  • Body structure: Ants have three body segments, while ticks only have two.
  • Legs: Insects have six legs, while arachnids (like spiders and ticks) have eight.
  • Wings: Whether or not the bugs have wings can help narrow down the type.

By noting these characteristics, you can more easily determine which tiny pest has invaded your home.

Types of Small Black Bugs

1. Ants

Carpenter ant on a pebbled wall background.
Carpenter ant. Photo: recepoz / Depositphotos

Ants are one of the most common household pests, often entering homes through tiny cracks in search of food and water. Different types of ants may be found near windows:

  • Carpenter ants: These large black ants tunnel through wood, potentially causing structural damage.
  • Little black ants: These tiny ants form large colonies and often invade kitchens and bathrooms.
  • Fire ants: Recognizable by their reddish color, fire ants are aggressive and can sting, causing painful welts.

To manage an infestation, it’s important to seal entry points, clean surfaces to remove scent trails, and use bait traps to eliminate colonies.

2. Flies

A black fly sitting on a white interior blind.
Housefly. Photo: Catherine Falls Commercial / Getty Images

Flies are common pests found near windows, often attracted to food, moisture, or organic matter. The most common types include:

  • Houseflies: These dark gray flies are about ¼ inch long and hover near garbage, dirty dishes, or decaying food.
  • Phorid flies: Smaller than houseflies, phorid flies have a distinct humped back and prefer damp environments like leaky windows or drains.
  • Drain flies: Also known as moth flies, these fuzzy-winged insects breed in slow or clogged drains and are common in bathrooms and kitchens.

Preventing fly infestations involves maintaining cleanliness, sealing food properly, and repairing any moisture issues around windows.

3. Mites

A closeup of a clover mite on a black surface.
Clover mite. Photo: Wirestock / Depositphotos

Mites are tiny, often microscopic pests that thrive in household environments. Two common types include:

  • Clover mites: Often mistaken for black specks, reddish clover mites leave a red stain when crushed. They are attracted to moisture and can invade homes in large numbers.
  • Carpet mites (dust mites): Too small to see with the naked eye, these mites live in textiles and feed on dust and skin cells. Their presence is often linked to allergies and respiratory issues.

Reducing mite populations involves regular vacuuming, controlling humidity, and replacing air filters.

4. Gnats

Closeup of a fungus gnat on a white background.
Fungus gnat. Photo: HenrikL / Depositphotos

Gnats are small, winged insects that thrive in warm, humid environments. They can become a nuisance, especially when they swarm in large numbers. Some common types include:

  • Fungus gnats: Attracted to damp soil, fungus gnats infest potted plants and overwatered areas.
  • Fruit flies: These tiny flying insects are drawn to overripe fruit and sugary spills.
  • Biting midges (no-see-ums): Unlike other gnats, these tiny insects bite and feed on blood, leaving itchy welts.

To control gnats, keep the home dry, avoid overwatering plants, and use traps like vinegar or sticky tape.

5. Carpet Beetles

Macro photo of a varied carpet beetle on a white background.
Carpet beetle. Photo: Dario Lo Presti / Depositphotos

Carpet beetles are small, oval-shaped insects that can damage household fabrics. They lay eggs on materials like wool, silk, leather, and pet hair. While adult beetles feed on pollen, their larvae consume natural fibers, leading to holes in clothing and upholstery. Signs of an infestation include shed skins, fecal pellets, and damage to textiles. 

Using diatomaceous earth, essential oils, or professional pest control can help eliminate carpet beetles.

6. Booklice

A clump of reddish brown booklice.
Photo: Sweemingyoung / Deposiitphotos

Booklice are tiny, brownish insects that thrive in warm, damp areas. Despite their name, they are not related to lice but instead feed on mold, decaying paper, and organic matter. They are commonly found on window sills, bookshelves, and near indoor plants. 

To eliminate booklice, reduce indoor humidity, improve ventilation, and clean affected surfaces with bleach.

How to Prevent Tiny Black Bugs From Coming into Your Home

Preventing tiny black bugs starts with keeping windows clean and sealing potential entry points. Regular maintenance makes it easier to spot gaps or cracks that insects use to get inside. Here are key steps to keep pests away:

  • Seal gaps and cracks: Use caulk to fill holes around windows and repair any tears in window screens.
  • Apply perimeter treatments: Spray insect repellent around the foundation, doors, baseboards, and any cracks where bugs might enter.
  • Store food properly: Keep pantry items in airtight containers to eliminate food sources for pests.
  • Reduce moisture: Fix leaks, use dehumidifiers, and ensure proper ventilation to discourage bugs that thrive in humid environments.
  • Upgrade insulation: Install or replace weatherstripping around windows and doors to block entry points.

If tiny black bugs keep appearing despite these precautions, replacing old windows with better-insulated ones may help prevent infestations in the long run.

Tiny black bugs in your house?
Talk to a pro to help identify and eradicate them.
+

When to Call a Professional

If tiny black bugs continue to be a problem despite preventive measures, a pest control professional can provide a more effective solution. They can identify the source of the infestation, locate entry points, and seal problem areas to prevent future issues. Professionals can also inspect for more serious pests, such as termites, that may have gone unnoticed.

Pest control experts have specialized equipment and treatments designed to handle large-scale infestations. While DIY methods may seem cost-effective, repeated failed attempts can add up, often making professional services the more affordable option in the long run. 

The post What Are the Tiny Black Bugs in My House Near the Window? appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-13T13:16:44-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Use Painter’s Tape the Right Way]]>Choosing the right painter’s tape, and learning how to apply it correctly will ensure that you get a professional-looking paint job every time.

The post How to Use Painter’s Tape the Right Way appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-use-painters-tape/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=205545Tue, 11 Feb 2025 17:06:30 -0500DIYInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Painter’s tape is used to create crisp lines, protect ceilings and trim, and make a painting job look like it was done by a professional. Using painter’s tape, however, can be trickier than it looks.

While experienced painters sometimes cut in without tape, beginners usually use painter’s tape to mask off areas that they don’t want to paint and then peel the paint off to reveal perfectly painted lines.

This guide will teach you about the different types of painter’s tape, and how to use this kind of tape around doors, windows, and other areas you want to protect from paint spatter.

5 Types of Painter’s Tape DIYers Should Know

These are the most common types of painter’s tape you’re likely to see at your local home improvement store. The best painter’s tape for you depends on the task at hand.

1. Multipurpose Painter’s Tape

how to use painters tape
Photo: Amazon Photo: Amazon.com

Multipurpose painter’s tape is suitable for most common household projects. It has a medium level of adhesion and sticks to most painted walls without causing any damage. It can also be used on floors, trim, baseboards, tile, and glass. Some tape brands use colors to differentiate their painter’s tape varieties, and most blue tape is considered multipurpose tape.

Our Recommendation: ScotchBlue Original Multi-Surface Painter’s Tape at Amazon (0.7 inches / 60 yards) for $6.05
ScotchBlue’s Original Multi-Surface Painter’s Tape is an excellent all-around pick with medium adhesion that works well for a wide variety of surface types.

2. Textured Surface Painter’s Tape

how to use painters tape
Photo: Amazon

When masking textured surfaces for paint, it’s important to use a style of tape with a higher level of adhesion that’s ideal for rougher materials like brick, concrete, and wood. Many brands make their high-adhesion tape green.

Our Recommendation: Scotch Rough Surface Extra Strength Painter’s Tape at Amazon (0.94 inches / 60 yards) for $5.99
This tape from Scotch adheres well to rough and textured surfaces and resists UV rays.

3. Delicate Surface Painter’s Tape

how to use painters tape
Photo: Amazon

One of the risks of using painter’s tape is potentially damaging the surface. With delicate surface painter’s tape, however, that’s not a concern. Some brands use the color purple to designate their delicate surface painter’s tape.

Our Recommendation: FROGTAPE Delicate Surface Painter’s Tape (24mm x 55m) at Acme Tools for $7.49
This low-adhesion tape is easy to tear and gives you very sharp paint lines while protecting the delicate surface underneath.

4. Exterior Painter’s Tape

how to use painters tape
Photo: Amazon

When working outdoors, the highest level of adhesion is necessary—especially if your project takes a few days. Exterior painter’s tape is designed to withstand the elements and won’t peel off if it rains.

Our Recommendation: Scotch Exterior Surface Painter’s Tape (1.88 in. / 45 yards) at Amazon for $19.99
This tape adheres well to common outdoor surfaces like metal, vinyl, painted wood, and glass, and it’s ideal for when you need a high-adhesion option.

5. Decorative Shape Tape

Five rolls of yellow decorative shape painter's tape with wavy edges.
Photo: Amazon

Those attempting crafty DIY projects may appreciate thinner rolls of painter’s tape, which allow them to create thin lines for a design. Some decorative tapes come in unique patterns like chevrons, which can be used to create a graphic effect on walls and other surfaces.

Our Recommendation: Chinco Painter’s Automotive Masking Tape (6 rolls) at Amazon for $12.99
This set of six tape rolls comes in a variety of widths so that users can use them for myriad artistic painting projects.

How to Protect Trim and Ceilings Using Painter’s Tape

how to use painters tape
Photo: iStock

When painting walls, painter’s tape can be used to protect ceilings, baseboards, and trim. The following steps will help ensure that your paint lines are crisp and that no paint splatters onto unwanted surfaces.

Step 1: Prep and clean walls, ceiling, and trim. 

Before starting any painting project, it’s important to ensure that all of the surfaces are clean and free of dust. This is especially important when using painter’s tape since it won’t adhere properly to dirty surfaces.

After cleaning, make sure everything has dried completely before moving on to the next step.

Step 2: Apply the tape to the trim and ceiling. 

The next step is identifying the areas you need to protect. In most rooms, this means the ceiling, the trim around windows and doors, and baseboards.

Rip off 1-foot-long pieces of tape, which are easier to handle. Apply them to the intended area in a straight line. Start in the middle of each piece, smoothing it down with a finger or putty knife as you go. If any pieces bubble or lay unevenly, it’s best to pull them up and try again.

Step 3: Remove the tape as soon as you’re done painting. 

While painter’s tape can usually remain in place for hours—or even days—without causing any damage to the surface underneath, it’s best to remove it as soon as possible to ensure the best results.

Slowly peel the tape off the trim at a 45-degree angle. If any sections don’t come off easily, a putty knife usually helps.

How to Use Painter’s Tape When Painting Trim

how to use painters tape
Photo: iStock

When it’s time to paint your trim, you’ll need to protect your walls, floors, and ceiling from becoming covered in paint.

Step 1: Apply tape to the floor, whether it’s carpeting or a hard surface. 

When painting trim, painter’s tape can be used to protect hard flooring like wood and tile as well as carpeting. It’s especially important to protect wall-to-wall carpeting from paint because it’s really hard to get paint out of carpet.

Ensure that the floor is clean, and then apply a wide piece of painter’s tape along the edge where the baseboards meet the ground, working one foot at a time. For carpets, use a putty knife to tack the tape down so that no carpeting is exposed to paint while you work.

Step 2: Use tape to protect your walls from paint. 

The next step is applying painter’s tape to the walls where they meet the trim. Ensure that walls are clean and free of dust before applying the tape along all of the trim.

If you painted your walls first, it’s important to wait 24 hours—or until the paint has dried completely—before using painter’s tape to ensure the paint doesn’t peel off when it’s removed.

Tried-and-True Advice

“Choosing the correct painters tape for the surface makes a big difference for me. It ensures the tape adheres and functions as it should. I find it easier to tape long surfaces with a partner. Together, we pull out the correct length of tape and line it up before setting over the surface. While not mandatory, it does make for even lines with less fuss.

At the end of the day, taping is tedious and takes time to get everything perfect. Don’t rush and pay attention to the details. It will make for a cleaner and better looking paint job when everything is finished.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

Step 3: Apply painter’s tape to the ceiling. 

If your trim includes crown molding or any other style of molding that abuts the ceiling, the ceiling will need to be protected. It would be easy to assume that white trim paint won’t be noticeable on a ceiling, but trims are typically painted with semi-gloss paint, whereas it’s generally recommended that ceilings are painted with flat paint.

Apply paint along the upper edge of the trim, smoothing it down as you work.

How to Use Painter’s Tape When Painting a Ceiling

how to use painters tape
Photo: iStock

When painting a ceiling, protect your walls—especially if they’re freshly painted. Similarly, if the space has crown molding, tape can be used to maintain its crisp, white color.

Step 1: Apply tape along the edges of the ceiling. 

If the room in question doesn’t have an upper molding, apply painter’s tape directly onto the walls where they meet the ceiling. If the walls have recently been painted, make sure they have dried completely.

Ensure the tape lies perfectly flush with the edge of the ceiling and doesn’t have any bubbles or ripples. Take your time—it’s important to ensure the tape is straight.

Step 2: Apply painter’s tape to the crown molding.

If the room has a molding that meets the ceiling, use the same technique detailed above, applying the tape to the molding instead.

Press down the edges of the tape using your fingers or a putty knife, ensuring it adheres to the molding. When working with a particularly detailed molding, this may require a bit more time.

Step 3: Remove the tape as soon as you’re done painting. 

Once you’ve finished painting the ceiling, remove the tape from the walls or moldings as soon as possible. If the paint has already dried, you may need to use the straight edge of a putty knife to score the tape in order to cleanly peel it away without causing the ceiling paint to chip.

The prices listed here are accurate as of February 11, 2025.

The post How to Use Painter’s Tape the Right Way appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-11T17:06:30-05:00
<![CDATA[The Right Trash Can Sizes for Every Room of Your Home]]>How big of a trash bin do you need for the kitchen, garage, or home office? This guide breaks down trash can sizes for every room—and outdoor bins too.

The post The Right Trash Can Sizes for Every Room of Your Home appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/trash-can-sizes/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=287325Tue, 11 Feb 2025 14:26:58 -0500InteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Trash cans may interrupt the vibe an otherwise beautifully designed bedroom sanctuary, or take up floor space where you least want them to but one thing is for sure: Like it or not, trash cans are part of our everyday lives. We use them all the time, and every home has at least a few of them. With these rubbish receptacles being such a normal part of our days, it only makes sense to know their typical sizes and the rooms in the home that they’re best suited for. 

Trash can sizes are described by volume and measured in gallons or liters. Once you have a better idea of the most common trash can sizes, you’ll be in a better position to choose the best trash can for any room in the house—and the right can sizes for your outdoor use, too.

1. 1- to 4-Gallon Trash Can

Umbra Woodrow trash can in spruce green near a floor-length mirror and a plant in a bedroom.
Photo: Umbra

These small receptacles include the typical bathroom trash can as well as countertop composting containers and bins that can be suspended from a countertop, hung inside a cabinet, or mounted to a wall. Not only are these real space-savers, but their small size encourages frequent emptying, which cuts down on odors. Trash cans in this size range are also handy for lint disposal by the dryer or use in any room where small bits of trash accumulate slowly. Bathroom trash cans often come with hands-free lids, whether in the form of a sensor or a foot-activated lever, allowing the user to throw out waste without touching the can. They’re also available with swinging or tightly sealing lids, or no lid at all. Expect heights to top out around 15 inches with the lid closed, depending on the configuration and capacity of the can.

Note: If you’re shopping for a lidded trash can for a tight space, make sure there will be enough room for the lid to open fully.

Best For: Bathrooms, kitchen compost, hanging or wall-mounted kitchen bins, bedrooms

Our Recommendations:
For bathrooms: Simplehuman 1.2-Gallon Round Stainless Steel Step-On Trash Can at Amazon for $29.99 This highly rated receptacle features a removable inner bucket for easy disposal and comes in four finishes, including fingerprint-proof stainless.
For narrow spaces: Cesun 1.6-Gallon Small Bathroom Stainless Steel Trash Can With Lid, Soft Close and Step-On at Amazon for $34.97 Offering the twin convenience of a removable inner bucket and a narrow footprint, this rectangular can works well in tight spaces—for instance, next to the dryer or in that awkward spot between the toilet and vanity.
For bedrooms: Umbra Woodrow 2-Gallon Wooden Trash Can at Umbra for $30 This stylish wooden trash can has an integrated handle and comes in a range of appealing colors. 

2. 5- to 8-Gallon Trash Can

A woman in a kitchen walks past a light blue  5- to 8-Gallon Trash Can.
Photo: Brabantia

The 5- to 8-gallon trash can is a popular trash can size that works well in larger bathrooms, home offices, rec rooms, and even small kitchens. This is also a good option for a recycling bin stashed in a kitchen cabinet. Trash cans in this size range vary widely in height and style, offering an opportunity to use an otherwise utilitarian accessory to add a little whimsy or decorative flair to a room.

A trash can at the low end of this range could also be a practical addition to an entryway. Elissa Hall, lead designer at vacation rental management firm awning.com, notes, “Rather than allowing trash mail and packaging to clutter living areas, a compact, fashionable bin in the entryway is quite useful for disposal as you enter your home.” 

Best for: Larger bathrooms, small kitchens, offices

Our recommendations:
For the bathroom: Amazon Basics 5.3-Gallon Cylindrical Trash Can at Amazon for $49.31 A solid choice that ticks all the boxes: foot pedal operation, soft-close lid, brushed stainless steel finish, and a removable pail for easy clean-up.

For a small kitchen: Brabantia 8-Gallon NewIcon Step Trash Can at Brabantia for $105 A slim profile, colors that range from staid to playful, and a removable inner bucket make this a stylish option. 

For a home office: Rubbermaid Commercial Products Concept Collection Mesh Metal Trash Can at Amazon for $17.97 Just under 14 inches tall, this 5-gallon silver mesh basket fits tidily under a desk. The epoxy-coated steel receptacle has a vinyl ring at the bottom to protect floors from scratches.

3. 10- to 20-Gallon Trash Can

A steel 10- to 20-Gallon trash can stands in a kitchen with white cabinets.
Photo: Amazon

The 10- to 20-gallon trash can is the real workhouse in the trash collecting world. This is the size of the typical kitchen trash can, big enough to handle food scraps, food packaging, discarded paper goods, and other household garbage, but not so big that it takes up too much floor space. In the kitchen, this size trash can is almost always used with a standard 13-gallon trash bag or can liner, which keeps the can cleaner and makes trash disposal easier.

Depending on the size of a kitchen trash can and the configuration of the kitchen, the trash can may sit on the floor or be installed inside a cabinet and roll out on tracks. If kept out in plain sight, the kitchen trash can usually has a lid, typically operated by a pedal, touch, motion, or even voice. Hall recommends avoiding the tired, old plastic can with a swinging lid, or no lid at all: “The traditional fragile plastic bin…seems antiquated and sometimes attracts unpleasant comments. 

This size trash can is also a good fit in a craft room or homework space, and is a nice size for collecting recycling. 

Best for: Kitchens, craft rooms, recycling

Our recommendation: Simplehuman 10-Gallon Rectangular Kitchen Step Trash Can at Amazon for $99.99
A perennial online favorite, the Simplehuman can is available in brushed stainless steel, matte black, or white. The hinge on the quiet, slow-close lid prevents it from banging against the wall, and the lid can be set to stay open as long as needed, making it easier to change the trash bag.

4. 30- to 48-Gallon Trash Can

A man in a red shirt pours lawn clippings into a black 30- to 48-Gallon trash can in his front yard.
Photo: The Home Depot

Cans in the 30- to 48-gallon size range are usually found outside, where their main job is to hold multiple bags of garbage securely beneath a lid until trash day.

These large outdoor trash cans can serve other purposes too. They’re great in the home workshop and for collecting yard debris like leaves and sticks. These are also the cans you stick out by the deck or porch when you’re hosting a party so your guests can toss out their discarded paper plates and other trash. Cans in this size range are usually a good fit for standard outdoor trash and contractor-style garbage bags. 

Best For: Outdoor trash and yard debris

Our Recommendations:
Loose lid: Roughneck 32-Gallon Easy Out Wheeled Trash Can at The Home Depot for $34.97 The Roughneck 32-gallon trash can features plenty of volume and built-in wheels for easy rolling. 

Hinged lid: Rubbermaid Commercial Products Brute Rollout Trash Can With Wheels at Amazon for $160.45 It’s pricey, but this 32-gallon can is also extremely sturdy. It features durable wheels and a hinged lid, and it’s compatible with automated curbside collection (but first check with your municipality).

5. 64- to 96-Gallon Trash Can

A large 64- to 96-Gallon trash can sits on a curb.
Photo: The Home Depot

Very large trash cans, like those in the 64- to 96-gallon range, are for wheeling to the curb on trash day. They usually have large wheels and handles that make them easy to move. They usually feature hinged lids to trap odors and keep pests away; the attached lid has the added benefit of not getting lost or damaged on trash day.

Smaller households may be fine with a 64-gallon trash can (or even a can or two in the 32-gallon range) to handle a week’s worth of garbage, or several weeks’ worth of recycling. Cans larger than 64 gallons are best reserved for very large households or those with every-other-week trash pickup since they hold a lot of garbage.

Best for: Trash storage and garbage pickup services

Our recommendation: Toter Black 96-Gallon Can at The Home Depot for $124
With built-in wheels, a hinged lid, plenty of volume, and sturdy construction, the Toter 96-gallon can is great for large families or households with biweekly trash pickup. It’s designed to be compatible with automated and semi-automated curbside collection (but check with your municipality first).

When Does the Trash Can Really Need a Lid?

Outdoor garbage cans require lids, and hinged lids are usually best because loose lids are so easily lost or damaged. But do you need a lid for indoor trash cans? There are certainly rooms where a lid might get in the way of easy access to the can, such as kids’ rooms, the home office, or a rec room. But in any of the following situations, you probably want to opt for a lid:

  • Wherever odor control is important, especially in kitchens and bathrooms
  • Wherever food regularly gets tossed out, even if that’s a rec room or game room
  • Wherever pests are a problem, such as bugs and mice in the kitchen
  • Wherever pets like to graze, whether they swipe a chicken bone from the kitchen trash or smelly tissues from the bathroom
  • Wherever aesthetics matter: Do you really want guests looking at your used cotton swabs?

Prices listed here are accurate as of February 11, 2025.

The post The Right Trash Can Sizes for Every Room of Your Home appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-11T14:26:58-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Remove Linoleum Flooring]]>Removing linoleum can be a DIY job, but it does take some physical effort. This guide explains the process of scoring the floor and removing the glue.

The post How to Remove Linoleum Flooring appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-remove-linoleum/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=73144Tue, 11 Feb 2025 12:53:22 -0500InteriorDIYEasy DIY ProjectsFlooringWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Linoleum is a classic and resilient material, often found in high-traffic spaces like kitchens, bathrooms, and hallways. Because the bond between linoleum and its adhesive actually strengthens over time, you’ll need a few special tricks up your sleeve—and a good measure of patience—when you’re ready to rip out outdated linoleum flooring. If you’re thinking about updating your space and wondering how to remove linoleum flooring, follow these steps.

Before You Begin 

While the terms are often used interchangeably (even by flooring salespeople), linoleum and vinyl flooring are not the same thing, and they do not behave the same way during removal. Before removing any flooring, your first step is to confirm that your flooring is, indeed, linoleum. Removing vinyl flooring is a different process altogether.

Though linoleum is made of natural materials, if your linoleum flooring was installed before 1980, there’s a good chance that it contains asbestos in its backing paper. When asbestos is disturbed, it can release carcinogenic fibers into the air.

Before pulling up linoleum flooring, use a home kit or hire a pro to test it for asbestos, and hire a qualified contractor to remove it if you find any. Among other requirements, removing asbestos requires wearing safety gear and disposal into approved disposal bags. We advise that asbestos removal be done only by professionals; some municipalities even prohibit homeowners from removing the material themselves.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

After confirming the linoleum does not contain asbestos, follow these steps to learn how to remove old linoleum flooring.

How to Pull Up Linoleum Flooring

Sliced and rolled linoleum is stacked on a table.
Photo: iStock

Step 1: Score the flooring into 6- to 12-inch strips.

Working in small sections with a utility knife, score the flooring into strips about 6 to 12 inches wide. If your linoleum features a tile pattern, you can use the outlines of the tiles as general guides to show where to score. Proceed carefully and don’t cut all the way through the material to avoid damage to the floor underneath, particularly if it’s hardwood that will become the new finished floor.

Tried-and-True Advice

“I find that a hair dryer or heat gun really helps to soften glue while releasing the linoleum from the floor. It helps to have an extra person [to pull up flooring],  but you can complete the job solo while scoring the flooring to remove in small sections.

Take your time and use a scraper to remove glue while it’s soft. The glue is often more difficult [to remove] than the flooring itself, and it will require some cleaning time even after the flooring is cleared.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

Step 2: Remove the top layer of flooring material.

To fully remove linoleum, you’ll need to tackle both of its layers: The top is a layer of flooring material that should come off fairly easily, and the bottom is a paper backing with adhesive. Removing the latter can be a challenge.

Remove the entire top layer of linoleum first before going back later to pull up any remaining paper backing or adhesive. Start by working your scraper or the edge of your oscillating multi-tool underneath one of your score marks. Then, push forward to bring up the top of the linoleum. Keep working in small sections until you have removed the entire first layer.

Step 3: Remove the underlying paper backing and/or adhesive.

To remove any remaining backing, apply heat to the floor in small sections using a wallpaper steamer (a heat gun or even a hair dryer set on high can also work in a pinch). Soften a small section with your chosen heat source, and scrape up the adhesive, working at a 45-degree angle and being careful not to gouge the subfloor as you work. Move section by section until all the backing and adhesive has been removed.

If you come across particularly stubborn spots, apply some isopropyl alcohol or paint thinner to the area and allow the solvent to sit according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Proceed to scrape away the remainder of the adhesive, again working at a 45-degree angle.

Step 4: Dispose of the old linoleum properly.

Linoleum is made of natural materials. Unless the vintage linoleum flooring contains asbestos, there is no need to take special steps to dispose of it. While it can be bagged and picked up by the regular trash pickup, there are more sustainable alternatives.

Many areas have local recycling centers that will take linoleum. There also are some composting centers around the country that accept linoleum—or you can add asbestos-free linoleum to your backyard composting bin.

Final Thoughts 

Updating old flooring like linoleum can have a huge impact on the home’s style. While removing linoleum flooring is a DIY project, it’s best handled by a professional if it contains asbestos. If the floor is asbestos-free, remember that the removal process is a marathon, not a sprint. With patience and the right tools, you can rid your rooms of linoleum and lay the groundwork for a new floor, and a whole new look.

FAQs

Q. How do I tell if my floor is vinyl or linoleum?

An easy way to tell if a floor is vinyl or linoleum is to look at the surface and thickness. Vinyl flooring is rarely more than ⅛-inch thick and the pattern is stamped on the top. It’s usually linoleum if the pattern is seen through the thickness of the material.

Q. What is the best floor-adhesive remover?

Isopropyl alcohol or paint thinner can help remove adhesive. However, one of the best adhesive removers on the market is Goo Gone.

Q. Can you put new flooring over old linoleum?

You can, in some instances, lay a new material directly on top of your current linoleum. But be aware that this shortcut will raise the floor by at least ⅛ inch, so the transitions into adjoining rooms may need to be adjusted.

The post How to Remove Linoleum Flooring appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-11T12:53:22-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Water-Saving Shower Heads of 2025 to Add to Your Bathroom]]>Conserve water and lower your utility bills by upgrading to a low-flow shower head. Check out our list of the best water saving shower heads.

The post The Best Water-Saving Shower Heads of 2025 to Add to Your Bathroom appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-water-saving-shower-head/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=149316Mon, 10 Feb 2025 11:08:22 -0500ReviewsBath Fixtures & FittingsBathroomsInteriorTubs & ShowersWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Water-saving shower heads are not just environmentally sound choices but also budget-friendly ones. The average American family uses 40 gallons of water each day just from showering. According to the Environmental Protection Agency, these families could save 2,700 gallons of water per year by switching to a certified low-flow shower head for the tub or shower

Low-flow fixtures are designed to efficiently use a smaller volume of water, either by aerating the water steam or using a high-speed oscillation stream. After reviewing dozens of highly-rated models and testing a select few, our top pick is the Kohler Forté 1.75 GPM Shower Head, thanks to its aerating technology, three settings, and multiple finishes.

We also asked Danny Pen, President of New Era Plumbing & HVAC in Dracut, Massachusetts, for his expert opinion on what consumers should look for in low-flow shower heads. Read on to discover some of the best water-saving shower heads on today’s market and key shopping considerations.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Kohler Forté 1.75 GPM Shower Head
    Jump to Review 
  2. RUNNER-UP: Lokby 1.8 GPM Handheld Shower Head
    Jump to Review 
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: High Sierra’s 1.5 GPM Fixed Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  4. UPGRADE PICK: Pulse ShowerSpas 1.8 GPM Kauai III Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST HANDHELD: Moen Engage Magnetix 1.75 GPM Handheld Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST COMBINATION: Delta Faucet In2ition 1.75 GPM 2-in-1 Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST SPRAY SETTINGS: Moen Attract Magnetix 1.75 GPM Showerhead Combo
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST HIGH-PRESSURE: Waterpik BodyWand 1.8 GPM Shower Head 
    Jump to Review
A combination water saving shower head being used
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com
TypeFlow RateSpray Settings
Kohler Forté 1.75 GPM Shower HeadFixed1.75 GPM3
Lokby 1.8 GPM Handheld Shower HeadHandheld  1.8 GPM6
High Sierra’s 1.5 GPM Fixed Shower HeadFixed 
1.25, 1.5, 1.8, or 2 GPM1
Pulse ShowerSpas 1.8 GPM Kauai III Shower HeadCombination 
1.8 or 2.5 GPM5
Moen Engage Magnetix 1.75 GPM Handheld Shower HeadCombination  1.75 GPM6
Delta Faucet In2ition 1.75 GPM 2-in-1 Shower HeadCombination1.75 GPM5
Moen Attract Magnetix 1.75 GPM Showerhead ComboCombination1.75 GPM1 rain shower option; 6 additional handheld settings
Waterpik BodyWand 1.8 GPM Shower HeadCombination 1.8 GPM7

Our Top Picks

Our recommendations for the best shower heads for water conservation consider flow rate, spray settings, style, and additional features—and of course, manufacturer reputation and overall product quality.

Best Overall

Kohler Forté 1.75 GPM Shower Head

 Kohler Forté 1.75 GPM Water-Saving Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • Sleek, modern look; available in several finishes
  • Aerating technology incorporates air into the water flow
  • Great for low water pressure
  • Has 3 flow settings

Cons

  • Plastic parts may impact long-term durability

Specs

  • Type: Fixed
  • Flow rate: 1.75 GPM
  • Spray settings: 3

The Kohler Forté is an aerating shower head that incorporates 2 liters of air per minute into the water flow, which results in fuller water droplets that replicate the feeling of being caught in a powerful rainstorm. Because of its low 1.75-GPM (gallons per minute) flow rate, the Forté standard shower head can even be used in states with particularly tight water restrictions, such as California. 

We appreciate the three flow settings on the shower head, which include full coverage, pulsating massage, and silk spray—each provide a unique sensation, and it’s easy to switch between settings by maneuvering the head’s thumb tab. It is available in a standard polished chrome finish as well as a few other finish options. Installation is a breeze because its washers come pre-installed, meaning the shower head can be up and running in minutes.

Get the Kohler water-saving shower head at Amazon, The Home Depot, Wayfair, or Kohler.

Runner-up

Lokby 1.8 GPM Handheld Shower Head

 The Best Water-Saving Shower Head Option Lokby 1.8 GPM Handheld Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • Compressing silicone nozzles allow for excellent water pressure
  • Adjustable shower head with 6 spray functions 
  • Features a 59-inch shower hose and button control 
  • Comes in multiple color options 

Cons

  • Some users have reported poor water pressure

Specs

  • Type: Handheld 
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM 
  • Spray settings:

Anyone who wants to save on water consumption while enjoying a spa-like shower will want to take a good look at this model from Lokby. This option has compressing nozzles on its 5-inch head that increase the water pressure to provide up to 1.8 GPMs of water. It has over six spray modes including massage, rain, power rain, mist, and rain plus mist to accommodate virtually any user’s preference. This Lokby shower head also has a 59-inch hose, which is perfect for bathing children as well as pets. 

For added user-friendliness, this shower head has a button for turning the flow on and off. Need more? The Lokby shower head has silicone jets to resist any material buildup and is easy to install with the included bracket that has a 60-degree pivot, making this unit function as a fixed or handheld shower head. 

What our tester says: Kristen Mosier, a Bob Vila product tester and staff writer, notes in The Best Handheld Shower Heads that “this shower head is an excellent option for bathing young children. A convenient off button lets the operator turn the shower off from the head, while silicone jets keep this shower head functioning properly by resisting buildup from hard water. It was easy to install and features a bracket that attaches to the spigot with a 60-degree pivot.” 

Get the Lokby water-saving shower head at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Bang for the Buck

High Sierra's 1.5 GPM Fixed Shower Head

 The Best Water-Saving Shower Head Option High Sierra's 1.5 GPM Fixed Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • Surprisingly powerful spray emitted
  • Features durable, contemporary design
  • 4 flow rate options available

Cons

  • Only has 1 spray setting

Specs

  • Type: Fixed 
  • Flow rate: 1.25, 1.5, 1.8, or 2 GPM
  • Spray settings: 1

High Sierra’s fixed shower head produces a surprisingly powerful spray despite its affordable price. This low-flow model is available in four flow rate options (1.25, 1.5, 1.8, or 2 GPM), which allows households to choose the best option depending on their home’s water pressure.

Because all of this fixture’s parts are made from metal, it should be fairly durable and long lasting. One of the High Sierra’s only disadvantages is that it only has one spray setting, and it may be too powerful for some users (or for bathing young children). It’s available in polished chrome, nickel, oil-rubbed bronze, and polished brass finishes.

What our tester says: Shannon Lee, a Bob Vila writer and product tester, notes in the Best High-Pressure Shower Heads, “The patented nozzle delivers a robust and full spray of large water drops for a powerful experience and minimal water usage. I found the installation to be a snap—no surprise, considering the simplicity.”

Get the High Sierra water-saving shower head at Amazon, The Home Depot, Walmart, or High Sierra.

Upgrade Pick

Pulse ShowerSpas 1.8 GPM Kauai III Shower Head

 The Best Water Saving Shower Head Option: Pulse ShowerSpas Kauai III Shower System
Photo: The Home Depot

Pros

  • Includes a rainfall shower head and handheld head
  • High-quality and durable materials all come pre-plumbed 
  • Heads can be used simultaneously or separately 
  • Available in multiple finishes

Cons

  • More pricey than other options

Specs

  • Type: Combination 
  • Flow rate: 1.8 or 2.5 GPM
  • Spray settings: 5

There are many water-saving shower heads on the market, but most don’t come with the bells and whistles one may want for a luxurious shower experience. The Kauai III shower system from Pulse ShowerSpas, however, has both an 8-inch rain shower head and a multifunctional handheld head, which can be used together or separately. The hand shower has jet, wide, massage, and combination spray modes. What’s most impressive is that this fixture uses only 1.8 GPM. This shower is also available with a 2.5 GPM flow rate. 

Though the design may look complex and difficult to install, this shower head with hose comes pre-plumbed so it’s possible to install without remodeling the entire shower. Along with chrome, the Kauai III dual shower head is also available in brushed gold, oil-rubbed bronze, matte black, and brushed nickel finishes. 

Get the Pulse ShowerSpas water-saving shower head at The Home Depot, Amazon, Wayfair, Walmart, or Pulse ShowerSpas.

Best Handheld

Moen Engage Magnetix 1.75 GPM Handheld Shower Head

 The Best Water Saving Shower Head Option: Moen Engage 1.75 GPM Magnetix Handheld Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliant
  • Easy to use and store
  • Has 6 spray settings

Cons

  • Pressure can be low when using certain settings

Specs

  • Type: Combination 
  • Flow rate: 1.75 GPM
  • Spray settings: 6

Handheld shower heads are a great choice for those with limited mobility, and this model from Moen complies with ADA specifications. With the Engage magnetic shower head docking system, gone are the days of trying to hook the shower head back on its dock while rinsing shampoo. Clicking the Moen’s head with hose attachment back into its magnetic base is super easy and requires minimal manual dexterity. 

We like this shower head’s impressive settings, including downpour, relaxing massage, regular massage, soothing massage, and rinse. With a 1.75 GPM flow rate, it complies with U.S. federal and state regulations. Because it only comes in brushed nickel and chrome finishes, it probably isn’t the best choice for those who want to coordinate with black, brass, or white fixtures in the bathroom.

Get the Moen Engage water-saving shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Target.

Best Combination

Delta Faucet In2ition 1.75 GPM 2-in-1 Shower Head

 Delta Faucet In2ition 1.75 GPM 2-in-1 Water-Saving Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • Features a handy pause function
  • Available in 3 finishes
  • Detachable handheld sprayer has a magnetic connector 

Cons

  • Some users have reported manufacturing defects

Specs

  • Type: Combination 
  • Flow rate: 1.75 GPM
  • Spray settings: 5

Finding a high-quality, water-saving combination shower head isn’t easy because lower-flow water pressure feels even lower when the water is diverted between two heads. This Delta In2ition chrome shower head, however, provides a satisfying sensory experience using just 1.75 gallons of water per minute. 

The handheld and fixed shower heads can be used simultaneously as one docked unit or separately, and the handheld piece is easily clicked into place using a magnetic connector. Spray settings include full body spray and full spray with massage as well as fast or slow massage. The fixture also has a pause function, which comes in handy when bathing kids or pets. 

In addition to a chrome finish, Delta’s combination shower head is also available in spotshield brushed nickel and Venetian bronze. 

Get the Delta Faucet water-saving shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Best Spray Settings

Moen Attract Magnetix 1.75 GPM Showerhead Combo

 Moen Attract Magnetix 1.75 GPM Water-Saving Showerhead Combo
Photo: The Home Depot

Pros

  • Has a magnetic handheld and rain shower head 
  • Provides ample coverage
  • Available in 4 finishes

Cons

  • Reported issues regarding the handheld showerhead’s locking system

Specs

  • Type: Combination 
  • Flow rate: 1.75 GPM
  • Spray settings: 1 rain shower option; 6 additional handheld settings

Just because a shower head saves on water doesn’t mean that it can’t provide high pressure. For those who love high water pressure in their shower, the Moen Attract rain shower combo delivers. This model has a rain shower function and a handheld option that provides six different spray patterns. 

The magnetic docking system on the handheld unit keeps the head in place when not in use and is easy to take on and off the dock. Plus, the handheld shower head comes with a pause button to cease the 1.75 GPM spray. The 6.75-inch rain shower head as well as the 3.75-inch handheld head are wide enough for ample coverage in the shower. 

Get the Moen Attract water-saving shower head at The Home Depot, Amazon, or Moen.

Best High-Pressure

Waterpik BodyWand 1.8 GPM Shower Head

 Waterpik BodyWand 1.8 GPM Water-Saving Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • Dual shower head construction accommodates multiple washing purposes 
  • Easy-to-clean construction
  • Soft comb, gentle rinse, and scalp massage functions 

Cons

  • Some parts can squeak when moved

Specs

  • Type: Combination 
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM
  • Spray settings: 7

The Waterpik BodyWand with PowerPulse massage option uses 1.8 GPM and offers seven different spray settings.

Rinse out shampoo and conditioner by using the body wand, which has soft comb and gentle rinse settings, then finish the hair regimen by engaging the scalp massage function. The rain shower head has four settings that will satisfy most sensory whims, from a gentle misting shower to powerful, pulsing massages—or a setting somewhere in the middle. Thanks to the fixture’s diverter, users can use the wand and rain shower head together or separately. 

Get the Waterpik water-saving shower head at Amazon, Ace Hardware, Target, or Bed Bath & Beyond.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose the Best Water-Saving Shower Heads

The best water-saving shower heads save on the bills while not skimping too much on water pressure. No one wants a disappointing shower that can’t provide a relaxing blast of water. As such, we have gathered our top picks in this category to provide shoppers with a range of options to choose from according to their preferences.

When curating our list of shower heads for water conservation, we looked at shower head types—such as fixed, handheld, and combination heads—and suggested our top picks in each category, which will ensure users get the best experience, no matter what type of head they’re looking for.

We made sure that our list includes only products that boast high-quality and durable materials, are easy to install and maintain, and have the ability to both save water and still provide a decent shower experience.

What to Consider When Choosing a Water-Saving Shower Head

A quality, water-conserving shower head should use less than 2 gallons of water per minute but still produce a powerful stream of water. It should be easy to install, and complement your bathroom’s decor. 

According to Pen, these bathroom fixtures not only save you money, but can protect your plumbing. “Lower water usage means your water heater cycles less frequently, reducing wear and extending its lifespan. But, you need to choose it wisely: cheap models can lead to uneven spray patterns or quicker mineral buildup,” he says.

Keep reading to learn about some of the most important qualities to consider when shopping for the best water-saving shower head.

Type

Though it’s easy to assume that all shower heads work the same, several characteristics can affect their functionality. Shower heads generally fit into one of three categories, each with its own advantages. 

  • Fixed shower heads are mounted to the wall and vary in size and shape. They are usually the most affordable type of shower head, but they may or may not have adjustable spray settings. One type of fixed shower head is the rain shower head, which has a larger head than most and produces a gentle, sprinkling flow of water. 
  • Handheld shower heads are attached to the wall via a mounting bracket. This type of detachable shower head has a long, flexible hose that can be unhooked from the wall and grasped in the hand, so the bather can direct water where they want it. When the head is kept in the bracket it functions as a fixed, hands-free shower head. Handheld shower heads are particularly useful for those with limited mobility, or those who want flexibility while bathing kids or pets. The price of handheld shower heads is usually higher than that of their fixed-head counterparts. 
  • Combination, or 3-way shower heads, have both a fixed and a handheld shower head. A 3-way diverter allows each of the two heads to be used simultaneously or independently. Because of water-flow rate regulations, however, water pressure is reduced when both heads are used at the same time. 

Material

Most shower heads have both metal and plastic parts. Those made from stainless steel or solid brass are the most durable and resist rusting and corrosion; fixtures with a lot of plastic parts are typically lower-end models. When shopping for water-saving shower heads, keep an eye out for those that have solid brass or stainless steel connectors because these materials will hold up better over time. The one part of a shower head where plastic is preferred to metal is the nozzle. Silicone nozzles require little to no maintenance and do not clog as easily as metal nozzles. 

Whether your shower fixture contains silicone or stainless steel parts, it’s important to note that the materials the fixture is made of aren’t always obvious. Because metal and plastic parts can be finished with decorative coatings to complement various bathroom decor styles, plastic parts might look like chrome or brass parts like antique black. Be sure to research each model carefully to know what kind of quality you are getting.

Type

When it comes to water conservation, there are two main types of shower heads: aerating and laminar-flow. Though each uses less water than a regular shower head, they compensate for the reduced water pressure in different ways.

  • Aerating shower heads mix water and air to mimic the sensation of higher water pressure. Most low-flow shower heads on the market use this method to conserve water. One disadvantage of an aerating shower head is the aeration process cools water slightly before it hits your skin, so bathers may end up taking hotter showers—and paying more to heat the water—than they would otherwise. 
  • Laminar-flow shower heads use individual streams of water. They can be more expensive than aerating shower heads, but they’re ideal for use in humid climates because they create less steam and mist. 

Flow Rate

While standard shower heads are mandated by the U.S. Department of Energy to produce no more than 2.5 gallons of water per minute (GPM), low-flow shower heads are allowed to produce a maximum of 2 GPM. Products labeled with the Environmental Protection Agency’s WaterSense logo are certified to use less than 2 GPM. 

The flow rates of most shower heads that limit water usage range from 1.5 to 2 GPM. Before you run out and buy the lowest-flow shower head you can find, however, think first about your home’s water pressure. The Environmental Protection Agency flow rates assume a water pressure of 80 pounds per square inch (PSI). If the water pressure in your home is lower than that, a low-flow shower head may not be the best option for you. Residences with water pressure issues might benefit from a high-flow shower head for low water pressure instead. 

Spray Settings

Most shower heads on the market feature a variety of spray settings that emit water in different patterns. These settings can be changed by an adjustment ring or lever on the edge of the shower head. 

  • A massage or pulse setting eases muscle pain and tension. 
  • A low-pressure spray function is gentle and safe to use when bathing infants. 
  • A strong spray is useful for rinsing out shampoo and conditioner.
  • A pause setting on handheld shower heads is useful when cleaning the shower, or when bathing children or pets.
  • A combination setting mixes several spray patterns at once. 

Aesthetic

Shower heads come in a wide variety of different finishes. While the most basic models are only available with a stainless steel finish, many manufacturers make fixtures in oil-rubbed bronze, polished brass, chrome, brushed nickel, matte black, and other finishes. There are advantages and disadvantages to the various finishes too: shower faucets and fixtures with matte finishes are less likely to show water stains and fingerprints, while metals with high-shine finishes tend to be more durable over time. Most buyers want their bathroom fixtures to match and will choose a shower head that matches the tub and sink faucets, drawer pulls, and towel racks. 

Installation

Though the idea of replacing or installing a shower head may sound intimidating, it’s actually an easy DIY project that requires fairly basic tools. A wrench, plumber’s tape and screwdriver is all you need to install most shower heads on the market; they don’t require drilling or installing mounting equipment.

Installing a low-pressure shower head is really no different from installing a standard shower head. Because the size of shower spigots is standardized to 1/2 inch, compatibility between models should not be an issue. 

If you’re after an easy shower head installation, Pen recommends paying attention to the connector. “Look for metal connectors, because they are more durable and with them you will not have a problem of cross-threading during installation,” he advises.

FAQs 

Here are answers to some frequently asked questions about water-saving shower heads. 

Q. How much water can a water-saving shower head save?

According to the EPA, the average family saves 2,700 gallons of water per year by using a WaterSense-certified low-flow shower head. 

Q. Does a bigger shower head use more water?

While shower heads with a larger surface area don’t necessarily use more water, they do result in the sensation of lower water pressure. That’s because the same quantity of water is spread out among a greater number of individual nozzles. 

Q. How do you fix a leaking water-saving shower head?

A leaking shower head can be fixed using one of several techniques. A good place to start is by removing the head and soaking it in vinegar to remove hard water deposits, and replacing washers and seals that appear to be worn. 

Q. What are the disadvantages of water-saving shower heads?

The main disadvantage to water-saving shower heads is that not all models provide adequate pressure.

Q. Can you use a water-saving shower head with an electric shower?

No, it’s not recommended to use a water-saving shower head in an electric shower.

Q. How much does a water-saving shower head cost?

Water-savings shower heads cost anywhere from about $20 to $300.

Why Trust Bob Vila

Bob Vila has been America’s Handyman since 1979. As the host of beloved and groundbreaking TV series including “This Old House” and “Bob Vila’s Home Again,” he popularized and became synonymous with “do-it-yourself” home improvement.

Over the course of his decades-long career, Bob Vila has helped millions of people build, renovate, repair, and live better each day—a tradition that continues today with expert yet accessible home advice. The Bob Vila team distills need-to-know information into project tutorials, maintenance guides, tool 101s, and more. These home and garden experts then thoroughly research, vet, and recommend products that support homeowners, renters, DIYers, and professionals in their to-do lists.

The post The Best Water-Saving Shower Heads of 2025 to Add to Your Bathroom appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-10T11:08:22-05:00
<![CDATA[Testing the Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure in 2025]]>Ensure a great shower even when there's low water pressure. Explore this guide to find the best shower head for low water pressure.

The post Testing the Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure in 2025 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-shower-head-for-low-water-pressure/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=148074Mon, 10 Feb 2025 09:46:34 -0500ReviewsBath Fixtures & FittingsBathroomsInteriorTubs & ShowersWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Few things can transform your daily routine like finding the perfect shower head for low water pressure. If you’ve ever endured a shower that feels more like a drizzle, you know how frustrating it can be. Fortunately, today’s shower head technology has come a long way, offering clever solutions that boost water pressure without increasing water usage. Whether you’re dealing with an older plumbing system, water-saving restrictions, or just want to elevate your shower game, the right shower head can make all the difference.

After testing a variety of models, we discovered some real standouts. Our favorite was the Speakman S-2005-HB, a budget-friendly option that surprised us with its size, power, and performance. This shower head delivered a truly invigorating spray that turned even the weakest water flow into a spa-like experience—all without breaking the bank. But it’s not the only option worth considering. From handheld models to rain-style heads, there’s something on our list for everyone. We even included a few units that we didn’t test ourselves, but that we think are excellent choices to add to our lineup nonetheless.

In the sections ahead, we’ll share the results of our hands-on testing, along with our top picks for the best shower heads for low water pressure, so stick around for some practical shopping tips to help you find the perfect match for your bathroom needs.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Speakman Hotel S-2005-HB Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: SparkPod Power Pressure Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST DESIGN: The Jolie Skin Co Filtered Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST WITH FILTER: Afina A-01 Filtered Shower Head
    Jump to Review 
  5. BEST RAIN: Grohe Euphoria Rain Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST HANDHELD: H02ME High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST CEILING MOUNT: SR Sunrise Ceiling Mount Shower System
    Jump to Review
The Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure Speakman installed
Photo: Paul Rankin for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

MaterialSpray SettingsInstallation
Speakman Hotel S-2005-HB Shower HeadPlasticIntense, massage, and combinationEasy
SparkPod Power Pressure Shower HeadPlastic (ABS)Rain, pulsating massage, rain massageEasy
The Jolie Skin Co Filtered Shower HeadPlastic (ABS)Only one (rain)Easy
Afina A-01 Filtered Shower HeadMetal with chrome finishThreeEasy
Grohe Euphoria Rain Shower HeadPlastic with chrome electroplated finishOnly oneEasy
H02ME High-Pressure Handheld Shower HeadStainless steel hose with plastic headPowerful rain, massage, or mixedMedium
SR Sunrise Ceiling Mount Shower SystemBrass and stainless steelRain shower head with additional handheldDifficult (professional required)

Our Top Picks

We tested the best shower heads for low water pressure, and the following models stood out from the competition. From budget-friendly powerhouses to sleek rain-style designs, these picks will upgrade your shower game.

Best Overall

Speakman Hotel S-2005-HB Shower Head

 The Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure Option Speakman Hotel S-2005-HB Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Powerful massage spray, best in our testing
  • Smooth and easy-to-use spray adjuster
  • Budget-friendly without sacrificing quality
  • Quick installation with included plumber’s tape

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited to three spray settings

Specs 

  • Material: Plastic
  • Spray settings: Intense, massage, and combination
  • Installation: Easy

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Appearance 4/5; Performance 5/5; Design 4.5/5; Value 5/5 

When we first took the Speakman Hotel S-2005-HB out of the box, we were surprised by its size—it’s bigger than we expected, but not in a bad way. Installing it was a breeze thanks to the thoughtful inclusion of a roll of plumber’s tape (a handy touch, especially since many shower heads don’t come with this). Within minutes, it was up and running, ready to transform our lackluster water pressure into something impressive.

The standout feature for us was the spray adjuster. It has a smooth, weighty feel that suggests quality, and its design makes switching between the three spray settings effortless. The massage spray, in particular, was a game-changer. It is incredibly powerful—by far the strongest spray we tested—and it’s perfect for rinsing out shampoo thoroughly or working out muscle tension after a long day. If you’re someone who craves a high-pressure spray, this one delivers in spades.

What we love most about the S-2005-HB is its simplicity. There are no unnecessary bells and whistles; it’s just a straightforward shower head that does its job exceptionally well. Despite its budget-friendly price, it doesn’t look or feel cheap, and it outperformed competitors that cost more than ten times as much.

What our tester says: “For anyone looking to improve shower water pressure, this shower head is an absolute steal. It’s proof that you don’t need to spend a fortune to get a powerful, satisfying shower. I’m officially a huge fan.”—Paul Rankin, Product Reviews writer and tester

Get the Speakman shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Build with Ferguson

Best Bang for the Buck

SparkPod Power Pressure Shower Head

 The Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure Option SparkPod Power Pressure Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Noticeable improvement in shower water pressure
  • Easy installation with included plumber’s tape
  • Simple spray adjustment by rotating the head
  • Durable high-quality plastic at a budget price

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited to basic spray settings
  • Plastic construction may not appeal to everyone

Specs 

  • Material: Plastic (ABS)
  • Spray settings: Rain, pulsating massage, rain massage
  • Installation: Easy

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Appearance 4/5; Performance 4.5/5; Design 4/5; Value 4.5/5 

The SparkPod is another shower head that’s quick and easy to install thanks to the included roll of plumber’s tape—always a nice bonus. Despite its affordable price, the outer shell is made of high-quality plastic that feels sturdy and durable, not flimsy or cheap. It’s a great example of a product that balances cost-effectiveness with solid performance.

What stood out most to us was the noticeable boost in water pressure it provided. The spray settings were simple to switch between by rotating the base of the head, making it an easy-to-use option for anyone. If you’re dealing with low water pressure and want a no-fuss solution, the SparkPod is a straightforward, budget-friendly choice that delivers a satisfying shower experience.

Get the Sparkpod shower head on Amazon or SparkPod.

Best Design

The Jolie Skin Co Filtered Shower Head

 The Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure Option The Jolie Skin Co Filtered Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Sleek, modern design elevates bathroom aesthetics
  • Maintains strong water pressure despite filtration
  • Gentle yet effective rainfall-style spray
  • High-quality construction built to last

What We Don’t Like

  • Higher price compared to other shower heads
  • Limited spray settings for customization

Specs 

  • Material: Plastic (ABS)
  • Spray settings: Only one (rain)
  • Installation: Easy

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Appearance 5/5; Performance 4/5; Design 5/5; Value 4/5 

The Jolie shower head is as stylish as it is functional, earning our top spot for design. Right out of the box, its sleek, modern aesthetic stood out, but what impressed us most was how well it maintained a consistent water pressure. Many filtered shower heads tend to reduce pressure, but the Jolie delivered a steady, rainfall-style spray that felt both powerful and relaxing. It’s a great option for anyone dealing with low water pressure but still wanting a luxurious shower experience.

While its filtration capabilities are a bonus, the real standout feature is how well it balances form and function. The gentle yet effective spray provides excellent coverage, and the water pressure felt consistent even in a home with typically lackluster pressure. This design makes the Jolie ideal for those who want to upgrade their bathroom’s style without sacrificing performance.

Though it’s priced on the higher end, the Jolie’s high-quality build, modern design, and impressive performance make it worth the investment. If you’re looking for a shower head that combines powerful water pressure with eye-catching aesthetics, the Jolie is a clear winner.

Read our full review: Jolie Shower Head Review

Get the Jolie filtered shower head on Amazon or Jolie Skin Co.

BEST RAIN

Grohe Euphoria Rain Shower Head

What We Like

  • Large surface area gives a wide spray
  • Attractive design
  • Decent price for the size

What We Don’t Like

  • Doesn’t really improve water pressure

Specs

  • Material: Metal with chrome finish
  • Spray settings: Three
  • Installation: Easy

Our Ratings: Installation 4.5/5; Appearance 5/5; Performance 4/5; Design 5/5; Value 4/5 

Grohe’s Euphoria rain shower head is a sleek and stylish upgrade for any modern bathroom. With its large 10-inch diameter, it delivers a true rain shower experience, covering you in a relaxing cascade of water. It’s available in chrome, matte black, and brushed nickel finishes, so you can match it to your existing fixtures, and it even comes with an optional extension arm if your current setup needs a little extra reach.

Installation was incredibly easy—we simply screwed it on with some of the included plumber’s tape, and it was good to go. The build quality is noticeably premium, and switching between spray settings is smooth and effortless. However, one thing to note is that this shower head seems to reduce water pressure rather than improve it. Our home’s water pressure is decent, but this model really needs high pressure to perform at its best. If you’re specifically looking to boost low water pressure, this may not be the right fit. But if you have solid pressure and want a luxurious rain shower feel, this one is worth considering.

Get the Grohe Euphoria shower head at Amazon, The Home Depot, Lowe’s, or Build with Ferguson.

 

Best with Filter

Afina A-01 Filtered Shower Head

 The Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure Option Afina A-01 Filtered Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Elegant design and large shower head size
  • Boosts water pressure noticeably during showers
  • Comes with three filters and replacement discount
  • Includes wrench, instructions, and plumber’s tape

What We Don’t Like

  • Lacks intense spray settings for deeper cleaning
  • Spray settings feel fairly standard, not innovative

Specs 

  • Material: Plastic with chrome electroplated finish
  • Spray settings: Only one
  • Installation: Easy

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Appearance 5/5; Performance 4/5; Design 4.7/5; Value 5/5 

We were immediately impressed by the Afina filtered shower head, which was one of the most stylish options we tested. It arrived in a sleek, well-designed box, and the shower head itself is quite large, making it a statement piece in the bathroom. Installation was a breeze thanks to the included wrench, detailed instructions, and a generous roll of plumber’s tape. Afina even threw in three filters to keep it going strong for months, plus a 50% discount coupon for a replacement filter, which is a thoughtful touch. Afina recommends replacing the filter every 90 days. 

When it came to performance, the Afina delivered a noticeable boost in water pressure, even with our whole-house water filter already in place. There’s only one spray setting, and it’s pretty straighforward—don’t expect an ultra-pressurized massage setting like our top pick. Still, the spray was consistent and comfortable, making it a solid choice for everyday use.

Overall, the Afina combines good performance with plenty of thoughtful extras, from the spare filters to the handy tools and discounts. If you’re looking for a stylish filtered shower head with practical features and solid pressure, this one checks a lot of boxes.

What our tester says: “For folks living in low water-pressure households who also want filtered shower water, the Afina should be their go-to option. It looks great, and the company makes it easy—and affordable—to replace its filters every 3 months.”—Paul Rankin, Product Reviews writer and tester

Get the Afina filtered shower head on Amazon or Afina

More Great Options

While we didn’t test these shower heads ourselves, they come highly recommended for their performance and features, making them worthy contenders for tackling low water pressure.

Best Handheld

H02ME High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Ergonomic handle is comfortable to use
  • Long, flexible hose provides plenty of reach
  • Sturdy chrome-plated plastic and steel build

What We Don’t Like

  • Slightly heavy compared to other options

Specs 

  • Material: Stainless steel hose with plastic head
  • Spray settings: Powerful rain, massage, or mixed
  • Installation: Medium

Using handheld shower heads with low pressure can produce a disappointing trickle that defeats the point of having a handheld model, but the HO2ME shower head with sprayer offers a solution with its turbocharging head. This internal structure compresses the water coming out of the nozzle, resulting in better pressure.

Its soft neoprene nozzles prevent buildup from hard water, and with its long ergonomic handle, the handheld unit fits comfortably in the hand for easy rinsing and washing. The durable stainless steel hose with brass fitting resists corrosion and wear.

This detachable shower head easily snaps on and off a bracket that connects near the water supply line, while a 79-inch-long hose provides enough slack for bathing a small child or rinsing those hard-to-reach spots. The large knob can toggle through three settings, including powerful rain, massage, and a combination “powerful massage” mode.

Get the H02ME shower head with hose on Amazon or Walmart.

Best Ceiling Mount

SR Sunrise Ceiling Mount Shower System

 The Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure Option SR Sunrise Ceiling Mount Shower System
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Broad water coverage
  • Includes handheld unit
  • Durable brass-and-steel build
  • Ultramodern design

What We Don’t Like

  • Design is not adjustable
  • Professional installation recommended

Specs 

  • Material: Brass and stainless steel
  • Spray settings: Rain shower head with additional handheld
  • Installation: Difficult (professional required)

The luxury Sun Rise multi-head shower head offers a modern look and versatility, with a fixed head, a handheld unit, and even a valve body and trim. The large fixed shower head is 12 inches by 12 inches, creating a full rainfall experience. While this large fixture might seem like a luxury reserved for those with good water pressure, it’s not. This model features a high-pressure design that draws air into the valve to increase pressure.

The handheld unit attaches to the wall, providing a good option for rinsing conditioners out of hair. The valve body, shower arms, and handheld and fixed shower heads all sport a modern square look. All-metal construction and brass internal parts add durability, while the stainless steel housing with a brushed-nickel finish creates an elegant look. With its valve body and ceiling-mount shower head, installation for this set requires a professional.

Get the SR Sunrise adjustable shower head at Amazon or SR Sunrise.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose and Tested the Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure

To select our top shower heads, we started by researching more than 20 products from well-known and emerging brands. We focused on models that promised easy installation, strong water pressure, thoughtful design, and excellent overall value. We also carefully evaluated each product’s appearance, build quality, and extra features, such as adjustable spray settings and filtration systems.

All testing was conducted in the same bathroom to ensure consistent comparisons of water pressure and performance. We installed each shower head by following the manufacturer’s instructions and then tested each for at least one week. During testing, we assessed the ease of installation, the smoothness and functionality of spray adjustments, and overall water pressure and spray quality. We also considered the design and how well the product balanced form with function. Finally, we factored in value—examining whether each shower head’s price matched its performance and features.

Our picks represent the best combination of design, performance, and value across all the products we tested.

Testing Stats
Products tested 5
Time spent testing 1 month
Tests performed3 to 4
Price range$20 to $200

What to Consider When Choosing a Shower Head For Low Water Pressure 

Read on to learn about what factors to consider when picking the best shower head for a home with water-pressure problems. Considerations involve the shower head’s materials, spray settings, and efficiency, as well as style or taste.

Types of Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure 

There are two main types of shower head: fixed and handheld. Fixed shower heads attach directly to the shower supply line. They can support a wide variety of shower head shapes but have limited mobility. Handheld shower heads detach from a water supply line, adding versatility for rinsing hair, massaging sore muscle groups, or even bathing the family dog. Ahead, learn more about the two kinds of shower heads. 

Fixed 

A fixed shower head mounts directly to the shower faucet that extends from the wall. These types have a threaded opening that screws onto the arm either by hand or with a plumber’s crescent wrench. A ball joint between the head and arm allows the user to aim the water to meet different desired angles or water-flow needs. 

Most fixed shower heads have a knob or dial that makes it easy to switch between different spray patterns. Fixed models also come in various shapes, sizes, and finishes to meet a broad range of tastes. 

Handheld 

Handheld shower heads use a long hose, with one end attaching to a fixed head with a long handle and the other end connecting to the shower arm that extends from the wall. The end that attaches to the shower arm typically has a clip fixture that holds the head in place. When resting in the clip, the handheld type functions much like a fixed shower head. Unlike a fixed one, however, the handheld type can be slipped out of the clip fixture when you want to use it for more targeted spraying. 

Like fixed shower heads, handheld models have multiple spray settings and come in various designs and finishes. They are good options for parents needing to bathe young children or pets, for those with mobility issues, or for rinsing hair and washing up with a more precise stream.

Material

Most shower heads are made of a combination of metal, brass, and plastic. The internal parts typically consist of brass, which is highly resistant to corrosion and won’t rust. In most cases, the outer housing consists of either plastic or metal. 

While metal might seem like the more durable of the two, keep in mind that metal is more susceptible to water damage in the form of corrosion or rust than plastic is. That said, plastic is more likely to break if handled roughly. Metal finishes such as rubbed bronze and nickel are popular material options and hold up well in a wet environment. 

Most shower heads feature neoprene nozzles, which are easier to clean and do a better job of resisting hard-water buildup than metal or plastic nozzles. 

Style

Shower heads come in various shapes and sizes, including standard, rain, and handheld. 

  • A standard style has a shape similar to a doorknob, with a broad face full of small nozzles from which water flows. The head mounts to the wall and sprays water at a downward angle. This type of head usually has a knob or dial to adjust the spray type. 
  • Rain shower heads have a much broader round or square head that can be as big as 18 inches in diameter. They typically have long arms that allow the user to position them directly above one’s head. This large profile and overhead positioning mimic the feel of rainfall. A rain shower head provides more coverage than a standard one but at lower water pressure. 
  • Handheld shower heads attach to a clip for removal and handheld use. They have a hose that is 5 to 6 feet long, capable of providing enough slack to let the user rinse their hair, apply high-intensity spray jets to sore muscles, or bathe a young child. The ability to fix these models in place or use them by hand makes them extra versatile.

Pressure

To get around issues of low water pressure, manufacturers have come up with multiple ways to create pressure in the shower head. One of the most innovative designs involves aeration, which draws in air from the surrounding environment to add pressure inside the head. This results in greater water pressure, albeit with a flow pattern more akin to mist than a true water stream. 

Other manufacturers use a series of plungers and channels inside the head that compress water flow to increase pressure. Some shower heads feature creative nozzle designs, using different spray patterns that feel intense even while using less water.

Spray Settings

Like standard types, low-pressure shower heads come with a wide range of settings that let the user adjust the water output for relaxation, massage, or hair rinsing. Common settings include rainfall, high-pressure jet, and blast, as well as a gentle spray setting and a fire-hose-like drench option. 

Basic models offer only one or two settings, though higher-end products can include up to six different flow patterns. Manufacturers may equip their shower heads with spray patterns that increase the intensity of the water for low water pressure.

Efficiency

The maximum flow rate for shower heads in the United States is 2.5 gallons per minute (GPM) at a water pressure of 80 psi. However, the Environmental Protection Agency recommends that homes use products with a lower flow of 1.8 GPM. Some states, such as California, limit the maximum flow of shower heads to 1.8 GPM. 

These lower-flow shower heads are the best option for those living in homes with low water pressure. Although this type of shower head uses less water, manufacturers use innovative designs that increase water pressure, making the user feel like more water is flowing. Shower heads that use less than 2 GPM have a WaterSense label from the EPA. 

Filter

Often, older homes or those on well water have water pressure problems. These homes can have older pipes or hard water that is more likely to leave mineral and sediment deposits inside a shower head, inhibiting the water flow and reducing already low water pressure to little more than a trickle. 

A good low-water-pressure shower head will have a replaceable or cleanable filter that removes these sediments before they can enter the head’s inner workings, ensuring a steady flow of water. 

A separate filter canister between the shower head and arm goes a step further. These filters remove additional impurities, like chlorine and heavy metals, that can damage skin and hair. 

Aesthetic

The best shower heads for low water pressure are offered in different finish options to match the user’s decor. These finishes typically include brushed nickel, chrome-plated, silver, and stylized rubbed bronze and black finishes. Shapes also vary. Rainfall types, for example, have a wide diameter and can come in round form or a more modern square shape. 

Rainfall heads can reach as much as 18 inches wide, making them a more conspicuous feature in the bathroom. Compact shower heads can be as small as 3 inches in diameter. These minimalist choices offer a more streamlined look with simple lines and understated designs. 

Installation

Installing a shower head is one of the easiest bathroom upgrades one can undertake. DIYers typically can remove the old fixture and install a new one in about 15 minutes with just one or two simple tools. Installation typically involves unscrewing the old shower head from the supply line by hand or with a wrench and screwing on a new one. The required tools usually include a crescent wrench and plumber’s tape. 

Rain shower heads that extend from the ceiling of the shower typically require custom plumbing that only a professional is qualified to handle. 

FAQs

For those still wondering about how low-pressure shower heads work, read on for answers to some of the most common questions. 

Q. Why is my shower pressure so low?

There are a few reasons why the water coming from a shower head is closer to a trickle than a stream. In older homes, there could be a buildup of sediment in the pipes, hampering the flow of water. The head could also be clogged with residue from hard water, negatively impacting flow. Showering during peak-use periods in a city can also reduce pressure. 

Q. Are there shower heads that increase water pressure?

Yes. A high-pressure shower head increases water pressure by aerating the water or compressing it in the head before forcing it out of the jets. 

Q. What is the difference between a rain shower head and a regular shower head?

A rain shower head has a significantly larger diameter—up to 1 foot or more—than a standard head. While standard shower heads mount so that they spray at an angle, rain shower heads mount above so that they spray straight down, simulating rainfall. 

Q. Do rain shower heads use more water?

No. As all shower heads must comply with the 2.5 GPM restriction, rain types do not use more water than standard shower heads. Since rain shower heads are wider, they distribute the same amount of water across more nozzles, which reduces water pressure compared to standard shower heads.

Q. Do big shower heads have less pressure?

Not necessarily. A well-designed large shower head can still deliver strong water pressure, especially if your home’s water pressure is adequate.

Q. Are all shower heads compatible with any bathroom?

Most shower heads fit standard plumbing, but it’s wise to check compatibility with your shower arm size and water pressure.

Q. Can I install a low-water pressure shower head myself?

Yes, most shower heads are designed for DIY installation and come with clear instructions, often requiring no special tools. You usually just need to screw on the new shower head after applying a few rolls of plumber’s tape.

Meet the Tester

Paul Rankin is a seasoned product reviewer with extensive experience in home improvement and bathroom accessories. His approach to reviews is detailed, thorough, and user-focused, ensuring readers get honest, actionable insights.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick.

The post Testing the Best Shower Heads for Low Water Pressure in 2025 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-10T09:46:34-05:00
<![CDATA[Can a Sink Be Too Loud? Our Favorite Farmhouse Sink Features Extra Padding to Dampen Sounds]]>From heavy-duty fireclay to sleek stainless steel, our recommendations for the best farmhouse sink boast style and practicality.

The post Can a Sink Be Too Loud? Our Favorite Farmhouse Sink Features Extra Padding to Dampen Sounds appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-farmhouse-sink/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-farmhouse-sink/Sun, 09 Feb 2025 11:10:26 -0500ReviewsAppliances & CookwareInteriorKitchen & DiningWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Best Overall

The Best Farmhouse Sink Option: Kraus KHF203-33 Standart PRO Stainless Steel Sink

Kraus 33-Inch Standart Pro Stainless Steel Sink

Best Bang for the Buck

Comllen Commercial 33-Inch 304 Farmhouse Sink

Upgrade Pick

The Best Farmhouse Sink Option: Nantucket Sinks Cape Fireclay Farmhouse Kitchen Sink

Birch Lane 33-Inch Marisol Fireclay Farmhouse Sink

Farmhouse sinks are characterized by their exposed apron front, which juts out slightly from the cabinet. They blend practical design and beauty, instantly adding style to a kitchen. These sinks are hard-working kitchen appliances, often larger and deeper than run-of-the-mill kitchen sinks, with more space for rinsing produce and washing dishes. 

There are many farmhouse kitchen sinks on the market in a wide range of sizes and materials, which can make it hard to narrow down the best options. To save you the headache, we spent hours researching the top models from popular retailers, evaluating features and materials, and combing through ratings and user reviews. Our top pick is the Kraus 33-Inch Standart Pro Stainless Steel Sink. This heavy-duty sink features stainless steel construction, a double basin design, and unique NoiseDefend soundproofing technology.

We also had an interior designer weigh in on what kind of kitchens these sinks are best suited for (hint: it’s not just farmhouse-style kitchens) and the difference in materials. Read on for shopping tips and our list of the best farmhouse sinks.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Kraus 33-Inch Standart Pro Stainless Steel Sink
    Jump to Review 
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Comllen Commercial 33-Inch 304 Farmhouse Sink
    Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: Birch Lane 33-Inch Marisol Fireclay Farmhouse Sink
    Jump to Review
  4. MOST DURABLE: Sarlai 30-Inch Fireclay Farmhouse Sink
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST WORKSTATION: Ruvati 36-Inch Verona Farmhouse Kitchen Sink
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST IN BLACK: Ruvati 33-Inch Gunmetal Stainless Steel Kitchen Sink
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST DOUBLE-BASIN: Zuhne 33-Inch Turin Double-Basin Farmhouse Sink
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST FIRECLAY: Bocchi 30-Inch Classico Apron Front Fireclay Sink
    Jump to Review
  9. BEST CERAMIC: DeerValley 33-Inch Double-Basin Farmhouse Sink
    Jump to Review
  10. BEST COPPER: Birch Lane Single Bowl Copper 33-Inch Farmhouse Sink
    Jump to Review
The Best Farmhouse Sink Options
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com
StyleMaterialDimensions
Kraus 33-Inch Standart Pro Stainless Steel SinkDouble-bowl apron
Stainless steel32.87 inches long by 20.75 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)
Comllen Commercial 33-Inch 304 Farmhouse SinkSingle-bowl apronStainless steel33 inches long by 21 inches wide by 10 inches deep
Birch Lane 33-Inch Marisol Fireclay Farmhouse SinkDouble-bowl apron Fireclay33.25 inches long by 18 inches wide by 10 inches deep
Sarlai 30-Inch Fireclay Farmhouse SinkSingle-bowl apronFireclay porcelain30 inches long by 21 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)
Ruvati 36-Inch Verona Farmhouse Kitchen SinkSingle-bowl apronStainless steel36 inches long by 22 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)
Ruvati 33-Inch Gunmetal Stainless Steel Kitchen SinkSingle-bowl apronStainless steel33 inches long by 22 inches wide by 9 inches deep (other sizes available)
Zuhne 33-Inch Turin Double-Basin Farmhouse SinkDouble-bowl apronStainless steel33 inches long by 21 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)
Bocchi 30-Inch Classico Apron Front Fireclay SinkSingle-bowl apron Fireclay 30 inches long by 18 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)
DeerValley 33-Inch Double-Basin Farmhouse SinkDouble-bowl apronCeramic33 ¼ inches long by 17 15/16 inches wide by 10 inches deep
Birch Lane Single Bowl Copper 33-Inch Farmhouse SinkSingle-bowl apronCopper33 inches long by 22 inches wide by 9 inches deep

Our Top Picks

The following are the top picks for the best farmhouse sinks for a kitchen. These recommendations were selected because of their style, quality construction, capacity, and other helpful features.

Best Overall

Kraus 33-Inch Standart Pro Stainless Steel Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option: Kraus KHF203-33 Standart PRO Stainless Steel Sink
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Useful double-basin design 
  • Durable stainless steel construction 
  • Features soundproofing technology
  • Includes multiple accessories

What We Don’t Like 

  • Finish may dull over time

Specs 

  • Style: Double-bowl apron
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 32.87 inches long by 20.75 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)

Featuring a heavy-duty stainless steel build and a stylish satin finish, this Kraus Standart Pro farmhouse sink is elegant and durable with resistance to corrosion, rust, and dents. We like that its rounded corners maximize the space, and its gently sloped bottom optimizes draining while keeping glassware safely upright.

This stainless steel farmhouse sink features two basins. The larger bowl is convenient for washing and rinsing, while the narrower bowl is better suited for drying dishes or piling dirty utensils. Even better: You can choose the placement of the large bowl—on the right or the left—for a sink specifically tailored to your individual needs and situations.

Boasting NoiseDefend soundproofing technology, its extra-thick padding and nontoxic undercoating reduce condensation, absorb vibration, and dampen sounds. The cherry on top is that this model offers several useful accessories such as protective stainless steel grids, a three-piece basket strainer set, and a kitchen towel.

Get the Kraus farmhouse sink at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Lowes.

Best Bang for the Buck

Comllen Commercial 33-Inch 304 Farmhouse Sink

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Scratch-resistant finish provides long-term durability
  • Stainless steel construction is easy to clean
  • Features soundproofing technology

What We Don’t Like 

  • Only 1 basin; may get cluttered quickly

Specs 

  • Style: Single-bowl apron
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 33 inches long by 21 inches wide by 10 inches deep

With this Comllen Commercial farmhouse sink, there’s no need to break the bank to attain a durable and classy design for a modern-looking kitchen. Made of sturdy stainless steel with a satin brushed-nickel finish, it resists scratches, corrosion, and stains. Even if it does scratch, the brushed finish will conveniently mask it.

With its 33-inch length and a standard 3.5-inch drain opening that fits most garbage disposal systems, this farmhouse sink is suitable for cabinets measuring 33 inches long and up. The single-bowl sink is 10 inches deep, and this open design ultimately leads to the sink having a more spacious appearance.

Thick rubber dampening pads and a stone guard undercoating minimize the noise of dropping dishes into the sink. Gently rounded corners add to its style while also facilitating cleanup.

Get the Comllen farmhouse sink at Amazon.

Upgrade Pick

Birch Lane 33-Inch Marisol Fireclay Farmhouse Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option: Nantucket Sinks Cape Fireclay Farmhouse Kitchen Sink
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • Scratch-, chip-, and heat-resistant fireclay construction
  • Versatile double-bowl design 
  • Includes drain assembly, basket strainers, and dual-bottom grids
  • Comes in multiple color options

What We Don’t Like 

  • Heavy; may take multiple people to install

Specs 

  • Style: Double-bowl apron 
  • Material: Fireclay 
  • Dimensions: 33.25 inches long by 18 inches wide by 10 inches deep 

Unique and useful, the Birch Lane double-bowl farmhouse sink is large enough for heavy-duty kitchen tasks while remaining classic in style. Made with dual 50/50 bowls, this model is perfect for handling multiple tasks at the same time, and the scratch- and heat-resistant and antibacterial fireclay construction is durable enough to last for years.

This flat apron design also comes in bluff gray and white to match current kitchen fixtures, while the stainless steel basket strainers and bottom grid are perfect for drying dishes and keeping debris out of the drain. Finally, this Birch Lane model comes with drain assembly.

Get the Birch Lane farmhouse sink at Wayfair or Birch Lane.

Most Durable

Sarlai 30-Inch Fireclay Farmhouse Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option: Sarlai 30-Inch Fireclay Single Bowl Farmer Sink
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Multiple sizes available
  • Nonporous finish blocks stains and odors
  • Features soundproofing technology

What We Don’t Like 

  • Only 1 basin

Specs 

  • Style: Single-bowl apron
  • Material: Fireclay porcelain
  • Dimensions: 30 inches long by 21 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)

This white farmhouse sink by Sarlai is made of special white clay, fired at 2,200 degrees Fahrenheit for extreme strength and durability. It is resistant to heat, chipping, scratching, and discoloration. The nonporous glossy finish absorbs neither odors nor stains, ensuring that it is durable and easy to clean. Soapy water is all it takes to remove residue and blemishes.

At 10 inches deep, this single-bowl farmhouse sink is available in a wide variety of dimensions—from 24 to 36 inches long and 18 to 21 inches wide, ideal for those searching for a small farmhouse sink. It utilizes sound-dampening materials to minimize sound and vibration. As for looks, the curved apron front, curved corners, and smooth lines expertly blend a classic aesthetic with modern practicality for the best of both worlds.

Get the Sarlai farmhouse sink at Amazon.

Best Workstation

Ruvati 36-Inch Verona Farmhouse Kitchen Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option Ruvati 36-Inch Verona Farmhouse Kitchen Sink
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Durable stainless steel construction resists damage 
  • Brushed finish conceals scratches and scuffs 
  • Comes with multiple food-prep accessories

What We Don’t Like 

  • Single basin design

Specs 

  • Style: Single-bowl apron
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 36 inches long by 22 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)

The Verona by Ruvati is ideal for kitchens with limited counter space. It features an all-in-one design that includes a sink, a hardwood cutting board, a colander, a roll-up drying rack, a bottom rinse grid, and a basket strainer. An optional mixing bowl and butcher block can be purchased separately. The built-in accessories conveniently slide on the integrated tracks for tailoring the work space to each day’s specific needs.

Made of sturdy stainless steel, the sink is durable and easy to clean, while the brushed finish can conceal scratches better than a satin finish. The sloped bottom allows for complete and swift water drainage, and the thick rubber padding minimizes noise and reduces condensation.

At 36 inches long and 10 inches deep, this workstation fits cabinets measuring at least 39 inches long. The same manufacturer also sells this model in 27-inch, 30-inch, and 33-inch-long sizes.

Get the Ruvati Verona farmhouse sink at Amazon, The Home Depot, Lowes, or Appliances Connection.

Best in Black

Ruvati 33-Inch Gunmetal Stainless Steel Kitchen Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option Ruvati 33-Inch Gunmetal Stainless Steel Kitchen Sink
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Unique black finish adds a touch of luxury 
  • Durable stainless steel construction 
  • Rust-, tarnish-, fingerprint-, and stain-resistant 
  • Multiple sizes available

What We Don’t Like 

  • Only 1 basin
  • Slightly shallow depth compared to similar models

Specs 

  • Style: Single-bowl apron
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 33 inches long by 22 inches wide by 9 inches deep (other sizes available)

Neither white nor metal colored, this stainless steel sink by Ruvati bears a matte-black gunmetal finish that looks both sleek and modern. It is rust-, tarnish-, peeling-, fingerprint-, and stain-resistant, and its thick rubber NoiseDefend padding ensures a quiet experience. A stainless steel bottom protective grid comes with the sink—both to protect the sink’s bottom and to act as a drying rack.

With a standard 3.5-inch drain opening and sizes ranging from 30 to 36 inches long, this farmhouse sink pairs well with most kitchen cabinets. The matching basket strainer will not, however, work with a garbage-disposal unit. If you have a garbage disposal—or intend to purchase one—a matching garbage disposal flange sells separately. At 9 inches deep, this sink is slightly less spacious than the norm, but the compact design could very well prove advantageous for cramped kitchens or smaller cabinets.

Get the Ruvati gunmetal farmhouse sink at Amazon, The Home Depot, Lowes, or Appliances Connection.

Best Double-Basin

Zuhne 33-Inch Turin Double-Basin Farmhouse Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option: Zuhne Turin Double-Basin Farmhouse Sink
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Double-basin design can tackle multiple cleaning tasks
  • Durable stainless steel construction resists scratches and scuffs 
  • Soundproofing technology prevents added noise while doing dishes 
  • Multiple sizes available

What We Don’t Like 

  • Only 1 basin orientation available

Specs 

  • Style: Double-bowl apron
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 33 inches long by 21 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available)

This double-basin farmhouse sink by Zuhne is made of rust-resistant stainless steel and features lead-free parts that are certified to U.S. and Canada codes. With two bowls—larger on the left and narrower on the right—it allows for compartmentalizing dishes and tasks when washing plates, rinsing produce, soaking utensils, and other kitchen activities.

A gentle wipe down will suffice to keep the sink sparkling. Its natural brushed finish masks scratches, and the sloped base ensures fast draining and drying. Noise and thermal insulation are also integrated into the design to cancel noise and vibration, as well as to prevent condensation.

Ten inches deep, this sink is available in either 33- or 36-inch lengths, matching cabinet sizes of 36 inches long and up. It includes a host of versatile accessories, including a scratch-protector grid, a sponge holder, a colander set, and two drain strainers.

Get the Zuhne farmhouse sink at The Home Depot, Amazon, or Wayfair.

Best Fireclay

Bocchi 30-Inch Classico Apron Front Fireclay Sink

 The Best Kitchen Sinks Option: Bocchi Classico 30-Inch-Wide Apron Front Sink
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Fireclay is scratch-, chip-, and stain-resistant 
  • UV-resistant; suitable for both indoor and outdoor use 
  • Proprietary glazing provides a long-term, high-gloss finish 
  • Comes in multiple sizes and colorways 

What We Don’t Like 

  • Shorter width compared to some other farmhouse sinks

Specs 

  • Style: Single-bowl apron 
  • Material: Fireclay
  • Dimensions: 30 inches long by 18 inches wide by 10 inches deep (other sizes available) 

Fireclay farmhouse sinks are durable enough to withstand long-term use while providing antibacterial qualities for ample cleanliness. For the best option in this category, rely on the Bocchi Classico farmhouse apron front fireclay sink. Made with 100 percent natural and organic fireclay, this ultraviolet (UV)-resistant single-bowl sink has proprietary glazing for a smooth, high-gloss look, and the nonporous surface is easy to clean after every use.

This model comes with a large stainless steel sink grid for drying dishes and has integrated sound-dampening technology to prevent loud banging while doing dishes. Plus, this pick comes with a basket strainer for keeping debris out of the drain and is garbage-disposal compatible. Finally, this model comes in multiple sizes and colorways to suit a given user’s kitchen.

Get the Bocchi farmhouse sink at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best Ceramic

DeerValley 33-Inch Double-Basin Farmhouse Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option DeerValley 33-Inch Double-Basin Farmhouse Sink
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • Made from durable scratch- and heat-resistant ceramic 
  • Reversible; features a fluted and solid side
  • Includes 2 sink grids and 2 basket strainers

What We Don’t Like 

  • Some users report chipping

Specs 

  • Style: Double-bowl apron
  • Material: Ceramic
  • Dimensions: 33 ¼ inches long by 17 15/16 inches wide by 10 inches deep 

A ceramic or porcelain farmhouse sink can add style to your kitchen without breaking the bank, and this option from DeerValley is one of our favorites. It features a 50/50 split double basin (ideal for washing dishes) and comes with two basket strainers and two sink grids. 

This double farmhouse sink is reversible. It features a fluted side for a country or vintage flair and a smooth side for a more modern look. Upon installation, users can decide which side they’d like on display. While ceramic is more prone to chip than other types of sink materials, this model is made from a naturally durable ceramic and has a crack and scratch-resistant surface.

Get the DeerValley farmhouse sink at Wayfair or The Home Depot.

Best Copper

Birch Lane Single Bowl Copper 33-Inch Farmhouse Sink

 The Best Farmhouse Sink Option Birch Lane Single Bowl Copper 33-Inch Farmhouse Sinkk
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • Features a hand-hammered antique copper finish
  • Made from 16-gauge copper
  • Has sound-dampening properties

What We Don’t Like 

  • Copper requires extra cleaning and maintenance
  • Pricey compared to stainless steel or ceramic options

Specs 

  • Style: Single-bowl apron
  • Material: Copper
  • Dimensions: 33 inches long by 22 inches wide by 9 inches deep

Those seeking a vintage farmhouse sink may want to consider copper, which develops a natural patina with time. This under-mount single-basin sink from Birch Lane features a hand-hammered antique finish. It’s constructed of 16-gauge copper and has a sound-dampening finish that will keep your kitchen quiet even as dishes hit the sink.

At 33 inches long and 19 inches wide, this copper farmhouse sink offers plenty of space for completing daily kitchen chores. Just keep in mind that copper tarnishes, so those who don’t like the look of a natural patina will need to spend extra time on the maintenance and cleaning of this sink.

Get the Birch Lane farmhouse sink at Wayfair or Birch Lane.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose the Best Farmhouse Sinks

These recommendations for the best farmhouse kitchen sinks cover a variety of types and styles to best suit multiple needs. Our curated selection was developed based on extensive product research among some of the top kitchen sink brands. While choosing a kitchen sink is largely a choice based on style and aesthetics, we still weighed a number of practical considerations when making our recommendations. 

We included farmhouse sinks of different sizes to fit a variety of kitchen and cabinet profiles. We narrowed our selection to sinks made with high-quality materials like stainless steel and ceramic. We gave preference to models that included additional accessories to save shoppers money down the line. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Farmhouse Sink

While it’s easy to assume that all farmhouse sinks for kitchens offer similar performance, a number of factors affect their functionality. Keep reading to learn about several of the most important features to consider when choosing the best farmhouse-style sink for a kitchen remodel.

Kitchen Sink Materials

According to Artem Kropovinsky, interior designer and founder of Arsight Studio based in New York City, New York, thanks to the many materials that farmhouse or apron sinks come in, they aren’t limited to use only in farmhouse-style kitchens. “A farmhouse sink remains functional even in kitchens beyond the farmhouse design,” he said. “The variety of materials allows farmhouse sinks to match contemporary, industrial and traditional styles.”

Modern sink materials have made their mark on kitchen sinks, and shoppers can find a wide variety of choices available at an equally wide range of price points. Choices encompass metals, stone, ceramics, and various man-made materials.

Stainless Steel

Stainless steel is the single most popular material used in kitchen sinks. Stainless steel sinks are lightweight, inexpensive, durable, low maintenance, and can fit into both traditional and contemporary decorating environments.

The thickness of stainless steel sinks is known as the gauge; higher gauges are thinner, and lower-gauge sinks are thicker and more expensive. There are different finishes available, including shiny mirror finishes and satin lustrous looks. But, like all other sink materials, stainless steel isn’t without flaws. “Stainless steel is great for easy cleaning but displays water spots and scratches on the surface,” advised Kropovinsky.

Granite and Quartz

Granite, quartz, and granite composite are extremely popular choices, although natural granite sinks are among some of the most expensive. Granite and quartz are natural stones and feature a pleasing, varied appearance due to the different minerals that make up the stone. They’re often found together in nature and are also often combined in kitchen sinks and countertops. 

The two stones are extremely durable but can chip, crack, or scratch if mistreated. Granite composite combines the beauty of natural stone with a percentage of resin—typically 95 percent stone to 5 percent resin. The added resin makes the sink harder and more durable so it can resist chips, scratches, and cracks. 

Cast Iron

Cast iron covered in a thick enamel coating was formerly the de rigueur construction of choice for kitchen sinks, but it has slipped a bit in popularity as other materials have become trendy.

Cast-iron farmhouse sinks are coated with enamel, and they are heavy, durable, easy to clean, and can last a lifetime. The enamel in cast-iron sinks can be tinted virtually any color to match your personal decor. Lighter-colored enamels might stain, but they typically clean up easily with nonabrasive commercial stain removers. 

Fireclay and Vitreous China

Fireclay and vitreous china are types of ceramics made from clay and “fired” at high temperatures. Fireclay farmhouse sinks typically have a more rustic appearance. They are durable and easy to clean; however, they can be prone to chipping and also may be fairly heavy. Vitreous china was once used primarily in bathroom sinks but is now being used for kitchen sinks as well.

Copper

Copper is a beautiful metal that can be hammered or molded with a variety of designs, making it a lovely addition to many decorating styles. Copper also is naturally antimicrobial, so it is becoming a popular choice among health-conscious consumers. 

Since copper is a pricey alternative, this metal is more often used for smaller accessory sinks, such as those on a bar or island location. Copper requires some extra TLC to keep it looking good. The material will oxidize over time, and it therefore needs special cleansers and waxes to maintain its shine.

Solid Surface

Solid-surface materials include acrylic, polyester, and fiberglass. These sinks are typically made from resins or epoxy to emulate the look of natural stone. Solid-surface sinks are extremely durable and resistant to scratches and chipping; if the surface becomes marred, you can often buff it to remove the scratch. The materials are prone to staining, however, and can be damaged from high heat.

Concrete

Concrete is an up-and-coming material for kitchen sinks and combines many of the attributes of granite without the high price tag. Contractors can pour concrete on site, so the sink can be a custom size and shape. Consumers also can find precast varieties. Concrete is very heavy, however, and might require special cabinetry. It is also prone to staining.

Style

There are many different styles and configuration combinations of kitchen sinks; each has its own benefits, though there is no one-size-fits-all solution. Some of the most common styles for farmhouse sinks include:

  • Double-basin/bowl: Many families prefer a sink with two bowls: one for hot sudsy water and the other for rinsing, or one for soaking encrusted pots and pans and the other for doing a regular washup. One of the most interesting new developments in double-basin sinks is the double-bowl low-divide sink, which offers the benefit of two basins but can also accommodate pots with long handles.
  • Single-basin/bowl: Single-basin sinks are the most common and least expensive configuration and offer the advantage of accommodating large pots, pans, and platters, all of which might require soaking prior to scrubbing.
  • Drainboard: Another old-time classic that’s becoming trendy again are sinks with built-in drainboards, which allow you to prep vegetables and let them drain without messing up the counter. The drainboard also provides space to drain pots, pans, and utensils. The only downside is that a farmhouse sink with drainboard attached takes up valuable counter space, and therefore, what users gain in versatility they lose in real estate.
  • Workstation: The term “workstation sink” often refers to sinks that come with a variety of accessories that allow you to convert the sink area into food preparation and serving space. These accessories can include cutting boards, colanders, drying trays, warming racks, and similar items that enhance the versatility of the sink area without using additional counter space.

Size

Before you begin shopping for kitchen farmhouse sinks, first consider what size sink you need. Whether you’re simply replacing your existing sink or doing a complete kitchen renovation, it’s important to take precise measurements. 

Apron front sink sizes vary widely, with widths ranging from 20 inches long to as much as 60 inches long. The most common size, however, measures approximately 33 inches long by 21 inches wide. Farmhouse sinks are characterized by their deep bowls, which typically have depths of about 10 inches. If you’re replacing your current sink but don’t plan on changing the cabinetry, consider a retrofitted farmhouse sink, which retains its depth but has a shorter apron. 

Drop-in vs. Under-Mount

Farmhouse sinks typically come in one of two styles: under-mount and drop-in sinks

  • Drop-in sinks—also known as top-mount sinks—have long been the most common on the market. The top-mount farmhouse sink fits into a precut hole in the countertop and is easy for professionals—or even experienced DIYers—to install. The sinks have a lip around their perimeter that secures to the counter. 
  • Under-mount sinks attach to the bottom of the countertop. Their installation requires heavy-duty clips and caulking or an alternative adhesive. Because they are flush with the counter, it’s easy to scrape dirt and leftover food scraps into them. Undermount kitchen sinks are only compatible with waterproof countertop materials. 

Color

The most popular material also dictates the most popular color in kitchen sinks: stainless steel. Stainless steel fixtures and appliances continue to reign supreme in kitchen design, although natural stone finishes, such as granite and quartz in darker shades, have been trending upward in recent years.

White, off-white, beige, and sand remain the most popular shades in fireclay, china, or enamel-coated cast-iron sinks since these versatile neutrals blend in well with many decorating schemes. In recent years, choices of deeper shades such as black and navy blue are surging.

Included Fixtures

Farmhouse sinks generally sell as stand-alone pieces without any additional fixtures like a farmhouse sink faucet or built-in soap dispenser. Many include special grids or strainers or offer included or optional accessories for food prep, as described above.

Installation

Installing a kitchen sink is an advanced project that requires skill and specific equipment and typically necessitates professional help. Installation requirements and steps vary based on whether you’re simply replacing your existing sink or doing a complete kitchen remodel. 

That being said, most farmhouse sinks have similar installation requirements, so this shouldn’t be a major consideration when choosing between different models. While drop-in sinks are slightly easier to install than under-mount sinks, both styles require a professional unless the buyer is an experienced DIYer. 

FAQs

Whether you are planning an entire gut rehab project, building new from scratch, or simply looking to spruce up your existing kitchen, one small change—a new sink—can make a big difference. Farmhouse sinks are typically easy to maintain, especially when you keep these facts in mind.

Q. What is the difference between a farmhouse sink and an apron sink?

While the two terms are often used interchangeably, there is one key difference between farmhouse sinks and apron-front sinks. Both refer to deep-cut sinks, but the fronts of apron sinks are always exposed. This means that many popular farmhouse sinks are also apron sinks. 

Q. What are the best materials for kitchen sinks?

Kitchen sinks typically come in stainless steel, granite, cast iron coated with enamel, fireclay, or man-made composites. Stainless steel is the most popular material due to its contemporary look and durability. Plus, it’s easy to clean a stainless steel sink. However, the best material for your kitchen depends on style, budget, and personal preferences.

Q. What is the most durable material for a farmhouse sink?

Stainless steel is probably the most durable material, followed by natural granite, quartz, and cast iron. However, one of the more popular materials that has emerged in the last few years is fireclay, which is heat-, stain-, and chip-resistant while also providing antibacterial qualities for long-term cleanliness.

Q. Do granite sinks scratch easily?

Natural stones such as granite and quartz are extremely hard and durable; therefore, they do not scratch easily. Plus, this material is also capable of resisting heat, stains, and chips for long periods of time. 

Q. What type of kitchen sink is the easiest to keep clean?

Stainless steel is by far the easiest to clean and the most durable material. Stainless steel resists staining, chips, rust, and mineral deposits and can be wiped down with a damp cloth or cleaned with a commercial stainless steel cleanser.

Q. How long does a kitchen sink last?

With today’s modern materials and construction methods, most kitchen sinks will last roughly 20 to 30 years under normal use and care. However, some of the materials that are being used for kitchen sinks like granite, fireclay, and stone can last up to 50 years.

The post Can a Sink Be Too Loud? Our Favorite Farmhouse Sink Features Extra Padding to Dampen Sounds appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-09T11:10:26-05:00
<![CDATA[This DIY Lighting Solution is Perfect for Closets and Other Dark Spaces]]>The best closet lighting keeps you from fumbling around in the dark. Browse through our functional and stylish top picks.

The post This DIY Lighting Solution is Perfect for Closets and Other Dark Spaces appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-closet-lighting/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=128851Sun, 09 Feb 2025 10:35:49 -0500ReviewsFurniture & DecorInteriorLightingLighting & ElectricalWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Exceptional closet organization and storage is all well and good, but without proper lighting, the simple task of finding an article of clothing can become a major inconvenience. 

Ross Kesterson, a general contractor and VP of Restore Pros in Northeast Georgia, says, “Lighting can take a closet (or any space) to the next level—if done properly. There are ways to backlight a space to make it more intimate and upscale.” He also explains that overhead lighting can be chosen to make sure that you see the clothing color correctly. “Have you ever gotten ready and then went outside and the colors look terrible together? Well, lighting can make or break those situations!” he says.

After reviewing dozens of brands and styles, our favorite closet lighting option is the Lithonia Lighting LED Flush Mount Closet Light. It’s easy to install, features Energy-Star-certified lightbulbs, and has motion-sensing capabilities. Read below for insights on a few select tested models and a list of the best closet lighting options organized by category.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Lithonia Lighting LED Flush Mount Closet Light
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Brilliant Evolution Wireless LED Puck Light 3-Pack
    Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: Willa Arlo Interiors Theodora 4 Flush Mount Light
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST STRIP: LepoTec Wireless Rechargeable Under Cabinet Lights
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST RECESSED: Sunco 4-Inch Recessed LED Retrofit Lighting
    Jump to Review 
  6. BEST TRACK: Globe Electric 6-Light S-Shape Track Lighting
    Jump to Review 
  7. BEST DIMMABLE: Light Blue USA LED Flush Mount Dimmable Ceiling Light
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST WIRELESS: Mcgor Rechargeable LED Under Cabinet Lights 
    Jump to Review
  9. BEST MOTION SENSOR: Youtob Motion Sensor LED Ceiling Light
    Jump to Review
  10. BEST PLUG-IN: Govee RGB 32.8-Foot LED Strip Lights
    Jump to Review
Best Closet Lighting
Photo: iStockphoto.com

Our Top Picks

Whether shoppers want hardwired lights or decorative stick-on strip lighting, we have them covered with these top cloest lighting choices.

Best Overall

Lithonia Lighting LED Flush Mount Closet Light

 The Best Closet Lighting Option: Lithonia Lighting LED Flush Mount Closet Light
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Boasts an Energy Star certification
  • Offers 50,000 hours of use
  • Includes mounting hardware and a clear installation guide 

What We Don’t Like

  • Possible issues with the motion sensor’s responsiveness 
  • The integrated motion sensor cannot be disabled

Specs 

  • Type: Motion sensor 
  • Bulb type: LED 
  • Brightness: 925 lumens 
  • Wireless: No

Made from durable painted steel, this LED flush-mount light by Lithonia is easy to install and low on power consumption. Its LED bulbs are Energy Star certified and emit 4000 kelvins of cool-ish white at 925 lumens. Buyers can expect a long lifespan of about 50,000 hours to help reduce their carbon footprint even further.

We like that this closet light has a passive infrared (PIR) motion sensor that turns on the second it detects movement and automatically switches off after 30 seconds of inactivity. Included with the light are mounting hardware and an easy-to-understand installation guide for DIYers; it’s available in three lengths, with or without a pull-chain switch.

Get the Lithonia Lighting closet lighting at Amazon and The Home Depot

Best Bang for the Buck

Brilliant Evolution Wireless LED Puck Light 3-Pack

 The Best Closet Lighting Option Brilliant Evolution Wireless LED Puck Light 3-Pack
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Includes 3 closet lighting units
  • Suited for illuminating small closets or compact areas
  • Long battery life 

What We Don’t Like

  • Front-focused beam design not ideal for angled application
  • AA batteries necessary for operation (not included)

Specs 

  • Type: Wireless 
  • Bulb type: LED 
  • Brightness: 55 lumens 
  • Wireless: Yes

Brilliant Evolution’s wireless LED puck lights are easy to install and won’t break. This three-pack of lights does not require any hardwiring or hardware. The adhesive on the backs of the lights is designed to stick to walls and other home surfaces. AA batteries power the lights and last for about 100 hours before they need to be replaced, which is longer than most other wireless puck lights.

These LED lights have a push-button on/off switch and a warm-white glow of 55 lumens at 3000 kelvins. Though these lights have ease of installation and wireless construction going for them, the lights’ beam is front focused, and it doesn’t work well when angled. These work best in a smaller walk-in closet or wardrobe.


Get the Brilliant Evolution closet lighting at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Upgrade Pick

Willa Arlo Interiors Theodora 4 Flush Mount Light

 The Best Closet Lighting Options: Willa Arlo Interiors Theodora 4 Flush Mount Light
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • Combines K9 crystal with a drum-shaped metal frame 
  • Resilient against rust, corrosion, and fading
  • Compatible with dimmer switches

What We Don’t Like

  • Bulbs and dimmer switch not included

Specs 

  • Type: Flush mount
  • Bulb type: N/A
  • Brightness: N/A
  • Wireless: No

Closet lighting tends to be largely functional, but in bigger walk-in closets, a statement light fixture can completely change the aesthetic of the space. This crystal flush-mount ceiling light from Wayfair is sure to bring a touch of elegance to the closet with its sparkling finish and classic drum-shaped design. It’s made using K9 transparent crystal, which refracts light for a stunning visual effect. 

This fixture is compatible with dimmer switches and requires four E12 bulbs, which are not included in the package. It requires hard wiring, so it’s best for closets that are already equipped with the necessary electrical capabilities. 

Get the Willa Arlo closet lighting at Wayfair

Best Strip

LepoTec Wireless Rechargeable Under Cabinet Lights

 The Best Closet Lighting Options: LepoTec Wireless Rechargeable Under Cabinet Lights
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Features side-emission design for bright lighting without glare
  • Versatile installation options 
  • Two energy-efficient modes 

What We Don’t Like

  • May require frequent recharging

Specs 

  • Type: Strip
  • Bulb type: LED
  • Brightness: 350 lumens
  • Wireless: Yes

This two-pack of strip lights from LepoTec features 54 tiny LED lights and uses a unique system with side-emitting bulbs that refract light through a reflector to create bright illumination of up to 350 lumens per fixture, all while casting a soft and gentle light. It’s wireless, featuring a USB rechargeable battery, so it doesn’t require hardwiring. 

The light has three operational modes: always on, off, and motion sensor. The motion sensor can detect movement within a 10-foot/120-degree range and turns off after 20 seconds of no activity. The 2,500 milliamp hour (mAh) rechargeable battery lasts for about 3 hours in “on” mode and 2 to 4 weeks when used in “sensor” mode, depending on how often you use your closet. 

What our tester says: Michelle Larson, a Bob Vila staff writer and product tester, notes in the Best Under-Cabinet Lighting that “dual-attachment options make the LepoTec highly portable and easy to remove for charging. I was able to take mine down and have it fully charged via USB in under an hour.”

Get the LepoTec closet lighting at Amazon, Wayfair, or LepoTec.

Best Recessed

Sunco 4-Inch Recessed LED Retrofit Lighting

 The Best Closet Lighting Option Sunco 4-Inch Recessed LED Retrofit Lighting
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Offers adjustable brightness levels 
  • Baffle trim diffuses light, creating a softer effect
  • Energy Star certification ensures reduced energy consumption 
  • Over 35,000 hours of use per light 

What We Don’t Like

  • Higher price point than other options

Specs 

  • Type: Recessed 
  • Bulb type: LED
  • Brightness: 660 lumens
  • Wireless: No 

Sunco’s 10-pack of recessed LED downlights is one of the best closet lighting systems for a larger walk-in closet that requires more than one light fixture. These LEDs have a baffle trim that diffuses light and creates a softer and more pleasant viewing experience. Their 90-degree flood beams can illuminate wide areas. 

These 10-watt Energy Star LED lights are equivalent to 60-watt incandescents and shine with a 3000 kelvin warm-white tone. These Suncos are also dimmable, have a lifespan of about 35,000 hours, and come with a 7-year warranty.

Get the Sunco closet lighting at Amazon or Sunco.

Best Track

Globe Electric 6-Light S-Shape Track Lighting

 The Best Closet Lighting Option Globe Electric 6-Light S-Shape Track Lighting
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Dimmer switch compatibility 
  • Multiple sizes available 
  • Comes with all required mounting hardware 

What We Don’t Like

  • Size may be too large for smaller closets

Specs 

  • Type: Track 
  • Bulb type: N/A
  • Brightness: N/A
  • Wireless: No 

An excellent choice for walk-in closets, Globe Electric’s track lighting is an upscale system that illuminates a wardrobe with style. It features six light bulbs that can be adjusted in any direction, which gives buyers more flexibility than most closet lights. This fixture uses six 50-watt MR16 light bulbs that are not included but are easy enough to find at a hardware store.

The track lighting system is compatible with Globe Electric’s dimmer switch (sold separately). Though it requires hardwiring, the fixture comes with all necessary mounting hardware. It’s available with three, four, or six track heads.

Get the Globe Electric closet lighting at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Dimmable

Light Blue USA LED Flush Mount Dimmable Ceiling Light

 The Best Closet Lighting Option: Light Blue USA LED Flush Mount Dimmable Ceiling Light
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Can be used with a dimmer switch 
  • Offers multiple finishes and lighting tones
  • Highly energy efficient

What We Don’t Like

  • Installation requires hardwiring

Specs 

  • Type: Flush mount
  • Bulb type: LED 
  • Brightness: 1,200 lumens 
  • Wireless: No 

Light Blue USA’s dimmable LED ceiling light works well in larger walk-in closets, and its minimalist brushed-nickel exterior looks great with almost any style of décor. The fixture is available in three lighting tone options (warm, cool, or daylight) to suit various preferences. It uses 15-watt LED light bulbs, which are long lasting and energy efficient. This fixture requires a hardwire installation and can be paired with an LED dimmer switch.

Get the Light Blue USA closet lighting at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Wireless

Mcgor Rechargeable LED Under Cabinet Lights

 The Best Closet Lighting Options: Mcgor Rechargeable LED Under Cabinet Lights
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Features motion sensor for automatic lighting 
  • Dimmable with 5 brightness levels 
  • Installs via strong built-in magnets or adhesive plate

What We Don’t Like

  • May not be bright enough for some spaces
  • Frequent recharging may be necessary

Specs 

  • Type: Strip
  • Bulb type: LED 
  • Brightness: 180 lumens 
  • Wireless: Yes

This two-pack of motion sensor strip lights can detect movement in extremely low-light conditions and offers an always-on mode for more prolonged tasks. What sets these strip lights apart from many others on the market is that they’re dimmable, with five brightness levels available for optimal versatility. 

These lights are USB-C rechargeable, equipped with an 1800mAh battery that lasts for 6 hours in always-on mode at full brightness or 7 to 30 days in motion-sensor mode. It’s important to note, however, that a USB wall adapter is not included. Users have a couple of options for installation, since the lights come with built-in magnets or adhesive metal plates that are more suitable for nonmetal surfaces. This makes the lights easy to remove and reattach for recharging. 

What our tester says: Michelle Larson, a Bob Vila staff writer and product tester, notes in the Best Under-Cabinet Lighting, “Something about this two-pack of lights makes them look a little sleeker than the rest. When tested side by side with other motion-sensing lights, these MCGOR lights reacted the quickest and most consistently.”

Get the Mcgor closet lighting at Amazon.

Best Motion Sensor

Youtob Motion Sensor LED Ceiling Light

 The Best Closet Lighting Options: Youtob Motion Sensor LED Ceiling Light
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Motion sensor has a 16-foot detection range
  • 3 distinct lighting modes
  • Priced affordably, offering great value for its features

What We Don’t Like

  • Non-dimmable design limits lighting flexibility
  • Requires professional hardwiring for installation

Specs 

  • Type: Motion sensor 
  • Bulb type: LED 
  • Brightness: 1,500 lumens 
  • Wireless: No 

Youtob’s motion-sensing LED ceiling light is a great option for those seeking a bright 1,500-lumen LED that turns on automatically when needed. Its motion sensor can detect movement up to 16 feet away and switches off after 30 or 180 seconds of inactivity. It has two modes, daylight mode and night mode, so users can choose if they’d like the lights to turn on during the day and night, or only at night. The tone of the light can be changed to 3000, 4000, or 5000 kelvins with the push of a button.

Though this LED light needs to be hardwired, Youtob has made the installation fairly painless. The light comes with the required mounting hardware, a mounting bracket, and an installation guide to make the process quick and easy. Youtob offers an 18-month money-back guarantee if consumers have any problems with its product.

Get the Youtob closet lighting at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Plug-in

Govee RGB 32.8-Foot LED Strip Lights

 The Best Closet Lighting Option Govee RGB 32.8-Foot LED Strip Lights
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Installs via a strong adhesive backing
  • Dozens of light color choices, including natural lighting
  • Integrates with the Govee app for easy control

What We Don’t Like

  • Removal may damage to the wall

Specs 

  • Type: Strip
  • Bulb type: LED 
  • Brightness: Not specified
  • Wireless: Corded electric

Those looking for a simple, reliable way to illuminate their closets without hardwiring a fixture may want to check out these Govee strip lights. Compatible with Google Home and Alexa, these strip lights contain 300 LEDs and several natural lighting modes to brighten a space. A simple voice command can turn them on and change their colors and brightness level.

These closet lights are installed using a self-adhesive backing and supplied clips. Once attached to the wall or ceiling, simply plug them in and connect them to the Govee app. They also have some fun extra features, such as music sync, which enables the lights to “dance” along with any chosen song. 

What our tester says: Stacey L. Nash, a Bob Vila staff writer and product tester, notes in the Best LED Light Strips, “I was impressed by how well these programmable LED lights connected to the app for choosing scheduling and lighting options, including manual preferences or preset colors based on seasons, moods, holidays, or special occasions.”

Get the Govee closet lighting at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose the Best Closet Lighting

We researched the most sought-after lighting options in their respective categories and discovered that the best options are determined by their type, brightness, ease of installation, and other special features included by top brands. While we took the aesthetics of the light fixture into consideration, Kesterson recommends making functionality the top priority: “If it doesn’t function, it doesn’t matter if it’s pretty.”

While searching for the best closet lighting ideas available, the most popular types among users were the motion-sensing, recessed, wireless, strip, and track lighting with LED bulbs. Our top picks come with 55 to 1,500 lumens of light, and select picks include automatic shutoff, remote controls, or multiple finishes and light tones. 

While some of these closet lighting ideas require hardwiring, many can be recharged or rely on batteries for power. Plus, those that are battery-powered or rechargeable offer up to 50,000 hours of use. 

What to Consider When Choosing Closet Lighting

Closet organization is a great first step to a well-functioning closet, but the right type of light is a necessity. Important things to consider while shopping for the best closet lighting are the closet’s layout and square footage, personal style, and the type of light to cast in the space. The closet lights’ color temperature and brightness, for example, can affect how clothing looks.

Type

The most common types of lighting used in closets are strip lighting, recessed lighting, and track lighting. Each option has a different type of light bulb and different types of mounts. Of these different types, some have a motion sensor for automatic turn-on or are wireless and battery-powered for easy installation.

Strip Lighting 

Strip lights are flexible cords or strips of tiny LED lights that are usually attached to a wall or other surface with a strong adhesive backing. There is no hardwiring required for strip lighting—just plug them in and use them. These lights are great for lighting up small, dark spaces because the strip is so compact. Many strip lights come with remote controls that allow users to change the color and pattern of the lights, creating a more varied illumination for those seeking to liven up their closet space.

Recessed Lighting 

Recessed lighting fits inside a cutout in the ceiling and sits flush with drywall once the lighting is hardwired and installed. These lights are usually round and measure from 3 to 12 inches in diameter. When using recessed fixtures to illuminate a wardrobe, buyers will usually get better coverage by installing a series of small recessed lights rather than a couple of big ones. 

As is the case with any electrical fixtures installed in a closet, follow good fire-safety precautions and install recessed lights only if a clearance of at least 6 inches between the lights and clothing (or other items stored in the closet) can be maintained.

Track Lighting 

With a track lighting system, individual light bulbs are mounted on a metal bar, or track. What’s nice about track lights is users can swivel the light bulbs and spotlight specific areas of their closet. Track lighting works best for walk-in closets because larger closets usually have enough ceiling clearance to avoid a fire hazard. These lights are also relatively easy to install because they require just one hardwiring point, rather than multiple points (as with recessed lighting).

Motion Sensor Lighting

Motion sensor lights are designed to turn on automatically when they detect movement within their sensor range. There are two common types of motion sensors: active ultrasound and PIR, which uses ultrasonic waves to detect movement. PIR relies on changes in infrared energy, or body heat, to detect motion and trigger the light. Motion sensor closet lighting is convenient because it doesn’t require a light switch.

Wireless Lighting

It isn’t always possible or feasible to cut into ceilings and walls to install new closet lighting. Wireless closet lighting is a terrific option in these situations because it doesn’t require electrical hardwiring. Instead, wireless lights are battery-powered, usually with AA or AAA batteries. Some wireless lights are even rechargeable. 

To recharge a wireless light, plug it into a standard USB port or phone charger using the accompanying charging cable. Wireless lights are usually mounted onto surfaces with magnetic strips or strong adhesives made for walls. Most wireless lights will run for 3 to 5 hours of continuous use, or 1 to 2 months of sporadic use. 

Closet Space and Features 

Not all types of closet lighting can be used in all closets. As with any electrical wiring or device, fire safety is critical. Many wired lighting fixtures require a minimum clearance of 6 to 12 inches between a light source and a surface. Most municipalities follow National Electric Code guidelines, which stipulate that closet lights should be recessed, or surface mounted without exposed bulbs, unless the closet is a walk-in space. 

In other words, the size and layout of the closet has everything to do with the kind of lighting that can be used in the space. It’s always best to contact a local municipality to see what the exact building codes are in a particular area.

Material 

The materials that closet lighting is made of is another important consideration and will vary depending on the type of lighting. For example, frames for track lighting are usually made of metal. These frames, or tracks, come in a variety of finishes to match different décor styles. Recessed lights, on the other hand, are often framed in rings of white plastic resin or silver metal.

Fluorescent vs. LED 

When researching the best closet lighting, shoppers may come across the terms “fluorescent” and “LED” and wonder, what is the difference? 

  • Fluorescent lighting is a gas-discharge lamp that requires an electrical charge to start up. It may produce a buzzing sound with age. Fluorescent bulbs have been a reliable source of bright light for years and are more efficient than incandescent bulbs. 
  • Light-emitting diodes, or LED lighting, is solely electrical. Compared with fluorescent lights, LED lighting is brighter, has a longer lifespan, turns on faster, and does not require the careful handling that mercury-based fluorescent lights do. LED lighting is also more energy efficient because it uses less wattage to produce equal or brighter light than a fluorescent or incandescent bulb of higher wattage. LED lights are typically the top choice for closet lighting.

Brightness and Color Temperature 

The brightness and color temperature of new closet lighting are essential shopping considerations because they dictate how well a bulb illuminates the space. Watts, the amount of energy a bulb uses, and lumens, which measure brightness, are two important measurements to be aware of. 

A small 30- to 80-square-foot space is best illuminated with an LED closet light system of 7 to 15 watts, or 500 to 1,000 lumens of light. (A 15-watt LED bulb is about as bright as a 25-watt fluorescent bulb or a 75-watt incandescent bulb. All three produce about 800 lumens of light, but the LED consumes the least energy.) Larger closets may require additional light fixtures or higher-wattage bulbs. 

The color temperature, or tone, of a light bulb is measured in kelvins. A lower rating of 2000 to 4000 kelvins produces a warm yellowish tone; cooler white tones are found in the 4500 to 6000-plus kelvins range. Warmer lights are softer and easier on the eyes, but cool-toned lighting may help users distinguish clothing colors more easily.

Aesthetic 

A closet lighting’s design aesthetic is probably more exciting to shop for than the bulb tone. Though most closet lights are trimmed in simple white tones so they’ll blend in with drywall, other light fixtures are available in black, silver, bronze, or other trim colors. 

Shoppers may also want to take their home’s design or style into account when selecting closet lighting and go with an industrial, vintage, or contemporary modern fixture to match the home’s décor. Of course, the fixtures that are best for a particular closet depend on its size. Shoppers have more flexibility to choose a bigger or more ornate closet light if their closet is a walk-in rather than a standard 6-foot-long by 4-foot-wide storage area.

Wired vs. Wireless

Whether consumers select a hardwired or wireless closet light depends on their closet’s attributes and their willingness to put time and expense into a closet-light installation. Installing a new hardwired light usually involves cutting and splicing wires, cutting out drywall, and drilling and mounting hardware to fit a fixture. These tasks require electrical expertise and are best done by a professional electrician. If buyers plan to install their new closet lights themselves, they will want to turn off all electrical power sources and follow safety guidelines.

If there’s a need for a closet light that’s easier to install, consider a plug-in electric light or a battery-powered wireless light. Most wireless lights run off AA or AAA batteries that last for a couple of months. Some wireless lights these days have rechargeable batteries, so users don’t have to worry about purchasing new ones every time the light’s battery dies. Most rechargeable batteries can be juiced up using a simple USB charger. 

FAQs 

Finding the best closet lighting requires a lot of attention to detail. Here are answers to some of the most common questions about closet lighting.

Q. Can you put recessed lighting in a closet? 

It is possible to install recessed lighting in a closet, but it will require some hardwiring. Generally speaking, this should only be undertaken by a professional electrician to ensure safety and compliance with local building codes. Check these codes for specific requirements because they often dictate precise distances for clearance between lights and stored items to prevent fire hazards. Opt for energy-efficient low-heat LED bulbs, especially in confined spaces.

Q. How many lumens do you need for a closet?

The ideal lumen count depends on the closet’s size and the type of lighting you’re using. For a standard 20- to 50-square-foot closet, 500 to 1,000 lumens should suffice. This range ensures adequate illumination without being overly harsh. 

Q. How much light do you need for a walk-in closet?

The amount of lighting your closet needs depends on its dimensions and your personal preference for how bright you want the lights to be. You can quickly calculate the recommended number of lumens for a space by multiplying the square footage by your desired lumens/square foot (this figure is sometimes called “foot-candles”), or how intense a light source is. For a closet, 20 to 30 or more lumens per square foot is recommended. The calculation for a 10-foot-long by 7-foot-wide walk-in closet, therefore, is 70 square feet x 20 lumens/square foot. This closet needs at least 1,400 lumens.

Q. How do you install a closet light fixture?

It depends on the type of closet light you choose and your closet’s layout. Installing a light fixture can be as simple as removing an adhesive backing on the fixture, or as complex as cutting drywall and hardwiring electrical units. If you have no experience installing light fixtures, it’s probably best to hire a professional.

Why Trust Bob Vila

Bob Vila has been America’s Handyman since 1979. As the host of beloved and groundbreaking TV series including “This Old House” and “Bob Vila’s Home Again,” he popularized and became synonymous with “do-it-yourself” home improvement.

Over the course of his decades-long career, Bob Vila has helped millions of people build, renovate, repair, and live better each day—a tradition that continues today with expert yet accessible home advice. The Bob Vila team distills need-to-know information into project tutorials, maintenance guides, tool 101s, and more. These home and garden experts then thoroughly research, vet, and recommend products that support homeowners, renters, DIYers, and professionals in their to-do lists.

The post This DIY Lighting Solution is Perfect for Closets and Other Dark Spaces appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-09T10:35:49-05:00
<![CDATA[Keep Your Home and Family Safe With One of Our Favorite Smoke Detectors]]>The best smoke detector can provide an important first line of defense from fire. We recently put the top smoke detectors to the test. See which ones performed best.

The post Keep Your Home and Family Safe With One of Our Favorite Smoke Detectors appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-smoke-detector/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-smoke-detector/Fri, 07 Feb 2025 11:31:32 -0500ReviewsHome SafetyInteriorSafety & SecurityWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›
The Best Smoke Detectors close-up
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

Smoke detectors are a lot like income taxes: they need to be dealt with once a year, not a whole lot of people understand them, and issues with either can be particularly, well, alarming. Simple yet necessary heroes of home safety and security, smoke detectors tend to be forgotten until they go off (a good thing) or fail to function in an emergency (a potential tragedy). A well-functioning, high-quality smoke detector is essential for every household, so we researched more than 20 top models and put 15 to the test.

Our favorite was the X-Sense SC07 Wireless Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm. It monitors for smoke and carbon monoxide and has a large digital display showing the carbon monoxide parts per million. We also appreciated the slim, sleek design.

The National Fire Protection Association recommends at least one smoke detector for each floor of a home, as well as one in every bedroom. It’s important to become familiar with the types of detectors, how they operate, and some of the finer points of fire alarm technology. Read on to learn what you should look for in a smoke alarm and how we tested and selected the best smoke detectors.

  1. BEST OVERALL: X-Sense SC07 Wireless Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm
     Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Kidde i9050 Battery-Operated Smoke Alarm
     Jump to Review
  3. BEST IN TECH: Google S3003LWES Nest Protect Smoke and CO Detector
     Jump to Review
  4. BEST INTERCONNECTED: X-Sense Interconnected Wireless Smoke and CO Detector 
     Jump to Review
  5. BEST VOICE ALARM: First Alert SMCO210V Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm 
     Jump to Review
  6. HONORABLE MENTION: SimpliSafe Wireless Smoke Detector
     Jump to Review
  7. ALSO CONSIDER: First Alert Z-Wave Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm
     Jump to Review
First Alert Voice Alarm Smoke Detector in Hallway
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

Smoke Detectors Comparison Chart

ProductTypeInterconnectCO Detection
X-Sense SC07 Wireless Smoke & Carbon Monoxide AlarmPhotoelectric (smoke) and electrochemical (CO)NoYes
Kidde i9050 Battery-Operated Smoke AlarmIonization
NoNo
Google S3003LWES Nest Protect Smoke and CO DetectorSplit-sensor, which acts as both photoelectric and ionizationYesYes
X-Sense Interconnected Wireless Smoke and CO DetectorPhotoelectric (smoke) and electrochemical (CO)YesYes
First Alert SMCO210V Smoke & Carbon Monoxide AlarmElectrochemical and photoelectricNoYes
SimpliSafe Wireless Smoke DetectorPhotoelectricYes, via SimpliSafe base stationNo
First Alert Z-Wave Smoke & Carbon Monoxide AlarmCombination photoelectric smoke and electrochemical COYes, via Ring hubYes

Our Top Picks

These top picks include photoelectric, ionization, and dual-sensor smoke detectors to suit a variety of different needs. All are high-quality models currently on the market that we’ve tested ourselves.

Note: All of the following products feature battery operation, making them very easy to install. They’re also all Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for safety.

Best Overall

X-Sense SC07 Wireless Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm

 The Best Smoke Detector Option:X-Sense SC07 Wireless Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Features a smoke and carbon monoxide sensor
  • Digital display shows carbon monoxide parts per million (ppm)
  • Sleek, modern design

What We Don’t Like

  • Has a sometimes-faulty activation switch

Specs

  • Type Photoelectric (smoke) and electrochemical (CO)
  • Interconnect No
  • CO detection Yes

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 5/5; Functionality 4/5; Value 4.3/5

The X-Sense SC07 combo alarm is a two-way player that would benefit many homeowners. This model features a photoelectric sensor that detects smoke particles and an electrochemical sensor that detects the presence of carbon monoxide. It also has a digital display that shows the carbon monoxide parts per million (ppm) in the air as well as the battery’s status. This lends a sleek design that will easily fit in with modern spaces.

The real star of the show is the display, which clearly indicates the level of carbon monoxide in the air when it’s more than 30 ppm (if it’s under that amount, it registers as 0). While a sensor capable of reading lower levels would be better, we still find this reassuring. 

We’re not, however, a big fan of this model’s activation switch. While it worked perfectly on the model we tested, we have broken that switch on previously tested X-Sense models, so we would still caution users to be very gentle with it. Otherwise, we felt this was the best overall smoke detector. Plus, an interconnected version is available

What our tester says: “This device triggered within 10 seconds during testing—an impressively fast response—though it did take a while to silence.”—Tom Scalisi, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the X-Sense SC07 smoke detector at Amazon or X-Sense.

Best Bang For The Buck

Kidde i9050 Battery-Operated Smoke Alarm

 Kidde 21026051 Smoke Detector Alarm
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Affordable price point
  • Loud alarm is audible throughout the home
  • One of the easiest models to silence

What We Don’t Like

  • 10 seconds slower to alert than other devices

Specs

  • Type Ionization
  • Interconnect No
  • CO detection No

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 3/5; Functionality 4/5; Value 4.3/5

A hardwired, Wi-Fi, or interconnected fire alarm system can be expensive, but thanks to the affordable price of the Kidde i9050, users can equip their entire home with smoke detectors without zeroing out their bank accounts. Powered by a 9-volt battery, this basic ionization-style model is hardly a high-tech option, but it’s a reliable choice for smoke detection.

Considering the budget-friendly price, we were skeptical about how well this alarm would perform during testing. While it did perform roughly 10 seconds slower than other devices, its alarm sounded within 25 seconds, and the siren was loud. Also, we were able to silence this alarm much faster than devices that cost four times the price. It truly offers the best value for dollar of any detector on the list, though it doesn’t offer many special features.

Get the Kidde i9050 smoke alarm at Amazon or Walmart.

Best in Tech

Google S3003LWES Nest Protect Smoke and CO Detector

 Google S3003LWES Nest Protect-Smoke Carbon Monoxide
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Crystal-clear voice alerts
  • Reports to a phone app
  • Better looking than other detectors
  • Dual-sensor smoke alarm

What We Don’t Like

  • Tricky to connect the device to the app
  • Must keep app updated

Specs

  • Type Split-sensor, which acts as both photoelectric and ionization
  • Interconnect Yes
  • CO detection Yes

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 2/5; Functionality 5/5; Value 4.7/5

Equipped with the latest technology, Google’s Nest Protect smoke and carbon monoxide alarm ties into existing hardwired systems and features Wi-Fi communication. Users can program the alarm so it will indicate the location in the home where an alarm is being triggered via both the Nest app and the built-in speaker. It uses dual-sensor technology to detect both smoldering burns and flaming fires. 

In our tests, we found the Nest Protect’s voice activation to be clear and the alarm to be fast. We also liked the appearance of this Wi-Fi smoke detector and appreciated that the baseplate offers quite a bit of rotational adjustment to ensure that it is straight when installed. Connecting the detector to the Nest app took a couple of tries, though. 

There’s a larger caveat regarding this smart smoke alarm and similar models that work with smart-home systems: Their compatibility with those systems depends on app updates, which means users must remember to keep up-to-date on apps. If the app is an old version, the detectors might fail to communicate with a smartphone or central monitoring service. 

Get the Google smoke detector at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Best Buy.

Best Interconnected

X-Sense Interconnected Wireless Smoke and CO Detector

 The Best Smoke Detector Option: X-Sense Interconnected Wireless Smoke and CO Detector
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Crystal-clear voice alerts
  • Reports to a phone app
  • Better looking than other detectors
  • Dual-sensor smoke alarm

What We Don’t Like

  • Tricky to connect the device to the app
  • Must keep app updated

Specs

  • Type Split-sensor, which acts as both photoelectric and ionization
  • Interconnect Yes
  • CO detection Yes

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 5/5; Functionality 3.3/5; Value 5/5

Interconnected smoke detectors communicate with each other through a wireless signal; once one goes off, they all go off. Connecting them can sometimes be confusing, so we appreciated this three-pack from X-Sense that came interconnected—no app or Wi-Fi needed. Activation was as simple as installing the mount on the wall and attaching the smoke detectors by turning them clockwise.

These X-Sense detectors alert to smoke and dangerous levels of carbon monoxide. The digital display shows the CO levels in ppm and along with the battery level. Fortunately, these smoke detectors each come with a sealed lithium-ion battery that lasts up to ten years and the unit will notify when the battery life has ended, so you won’t have to worry about replacing batteries.

Through testing, we discovered one downside to these smoke alarms: They didn’t alert when we tested them with canned synthetic smoke. Instead, we had to set them off by blowing out a candle, which we held about three feet away. We had installed one of these smoke detectors in our basement, one on our first floor, and another on our second floor. When we set off the alarm on the first floor, all three smoke detectors loudly alerted us. Silencing them was as easy as pressing a button on the alerted detector.

Get the X-Sense interconnected smoke detectors at Amazon.

Best Voice Alarm

First Alert SMCO210V Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm

 The Best Smoke Detector Option: First Alert SMCO210V Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Comes with a 10-year sealed battery
  • Features a loud alarm and voice alerts
  • Attractive, slim design

What We Don’t Like

  • Test/silence button is very stiff

Specs

  • Type Electrochemical and photoelectric
  • Interconnect No
  • CO detection Yes

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 5/5; Functionality 4.3/5; Value 4/5

In addition to a loud beeping alarm, First Alert’s SMCO210V smoke and carbon monoxide detector is equipped with voice alerts that relay the location and type of alarm (smoke or CO). This smoke detector has a simple interface with one test/silence button, and programming its location took us less than two minutes. We also appreciated the sealed battery, which lasts up to ten years before the unit needs replacement.

This First Alert smoke detector was one of the loudest we tested. We put it in an upstairs hallway and could hear the beeping alarm from our basement, two floors below. When sprayed with our test can of synthetic smoke, the alarm alerted in less than 15 seconds. 

There was only one thing we didn’t like: The test/silence button was very hard to push. It took us a few tries to silence the alarm after we set it off, simply due to the stiffness of the button.

What our tester says: “This smoke and carbon monoxide detector was one of my favorites. The alarm was loud and the voice alerts were clear, letting me know the location and type of threat.”—Katie Barton, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the First Alert SMCO210V smoke detector at Amazon, Target, Walmart, or First Alert.

Honorable Mention

SimpliSafe Wireless Smoke Detector

 The Best Smoke Detector Option: SimpliSafe Wireless Smoke Detector
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Easy-to-use interface
  • Quick to silence
  • Compatible with SimpliSafe app and monitoring plan

What We Don’t Like

  • Smoke alarm could be louder

Specs

  • Type Photoelectric
  • Interconnect Yes, via SimpliSafe base station
  • CO detection No

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 5/5; Functionality 4/5; Value 4/5

The SimpliSafe wireless smoke detector can be used in two ways. First, it can be used as a standalone smoke detector without owning other SimpliSafe products. It’s easy to set up, and during testing, the alarm sounded when synthetic smoke was sprayed nearby without having it connected to any other SimpliSafe products. Second, SimpliSafe users can connect it to their app and base station.

When connected to a SimpliSafe system, this smoke detector sends real-time alerts through the app and triggers the base station alarm. With optional SimpliSafe monitoring, fire rescue can be dispatched even if the user is away from the home.

Unfortunately, this model doesn’t monitor CO levels like many similarly priced smoke detectors. We also thought its alarm was a little on the quiet side. Still, it’s a good fit for those who already utilize SimpliSafe security products.

Get the SimpliSafe smoke detector at Amazon or Best Buy.

Also Consider

First Alert Z-Wave Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Alarm

 First Alert Z-Wave Smoke Detector & Carbon Monoxide
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Easy to install
  • Loud enough to hear throughout the home
  • Fastest activation of our test group

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires Ring hub for full features and connectivity

Specs

  • Type Combination photoelectric smoke and electrochemical CO
  • Interconnect Yes, via Ring hub
  • CO detection Yes

Our Ratings: Installation and Setup 4/5; Functionality 3.7/5; Value 4.3/5

For those who want to set up their own interconnected system that they can access from a phone and other devices, First Alert’s Z-Wave smoke detector and carbon monoxide alarm is worth considering. This combination smoke detector interfaces with the Ring Alarm hub and app, offering users real-time alerts wherever they have internet service. This unit features a photoelectric smoke sensor and an electrochemical carbon monoxide detector to alert under a variety of conditions.

Like most First Alert devices, the Z-Wave alarm was very easy to install. The audible alarm was very loud and activated faster than it took to reach for our stopwatch. The only issues we experienced when testing were its refusal to silence (a common problem with First Alert), and, obviously, if you don’t have a hub, this will only work as a basic combination detector.

Get the First Alert Z-Wave smoke detector at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Bed Bath & Beyond.

ALSO TESTED

A smoke detector should be easy to use, loud enough to alert household residents, and quick to alert in the case of smoke or detected carbon monoxide. Unfortunately, not all of the smoke detectors we tested met these thresholds. 

Jump to Our Top Picks

SimpliSafe Smoke Detector
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

How We Tested the Best Smoke Detectors

Products tested 15
Time spent testing 3 weeks
Tests performed4
Price range$20 to $150

While pressing the “test” button is a perfectly fine way for folks to perform once-a-month testing on a smoke detector, a simple button test cannot tell the whole story of how well a unit will perform. A lot more went into our testing, including nearly a decade of experience working with commercial fire alarms.

After researching more than 20 top-rated smoke detector models, we chose 15 to test, not all of which made our final list. We installed each of these units individually, according to the directions, to determine how easy they were to set up. We also tested each device by spraying two puffs of canned synthetic smoke—the same type used when testing fire alarms professionally. We timed each to get a solid sense of how long activation took, and then we compared the results. 

We used a standardized rubric to keep track of our testing results, rating each smoke detector on a scale of 1-5 based on installation, setup, functionality, and value metrics. At the end of testing, we tallied these results to find the winners.

What to Consider When Choosing a Smoke Detector

X-Sense Interconnected Smoke Detectors Digital Display
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

Even if tested annually, a smoke detector has an operational lifespan of only 10 years. Any model older than that should be replaced, regardless of its working condition. To help make an informed decision, learn about the following key features that pop up when considering the wide range of models currently on the market. 

Types of Smoke Detectors

There are three main smoke sensor types: photoelectric, ionization, and dual sensor. While they all do the same job, they go about it differently. 

Photoelectric

The chamber of a photoelectric smoke detector contains an LED light, which shoots a beam across the chamber, and a sensor that sits approximately 90 degrees from the LED. Under normal conditions, the sensor can’t “see” the LED beam, but when smoke enters the chamber, the light reflects off smoke particulates, and the sensor detects the beam. 

The instant the sensor detects the beam, the alarm activates. Photoelectric smoke detectors are most effective at detecting smoldering burns—barely burning fires that can, frighteningly, smolder for days before becoming a bigger issue. 

Ionization 

Though these detectors employ radioactive materials, alpha rays, and other seemingly sci-fi–inspired technology, they operate in a fairly simple way. A chamber fills with tiny particles called ions, which are held in place by electrical charges. A sensor in the chamber knows how many ions are contained within. When smoke enters the chamber, it removes some of the ions, affecting the sensor’s count and sounding the alarm. 

Ionization smoke detectors are most effective against fires that are actively flaming. 

Dual Sensor 

Just as the category name suggests, these detectors use both types of sensors. There’s no winner in a race against photoelectric and ionization detectors, and they each have their own strengths. The use of both sensor types means faster detection of threats across the range of different materials that could be burning. 

Hardwired vs. Battery Operated

Battery-operated models, which tend to cost less, are usually stand-alone detectors. This means an activated smoke detector cannot alarm a monitoring system or other sensors in the home; only the detector in the smoky area will sound an alarm. The exception would be battery-operated models that are part of a home security system. 

Hardwired smoke detectors connect directly to the home’s electrical system. When one detector sounds an alarm, typically, all of the detectors follow suit. While this may make it harder to pinpoint the unit that actually detected the potential fire, it alerts everyone in the house to danger.

Most residential hardwired home safety systems use battery backups, so even if the power goes out, the home will still have some fire safety protection—and that’s the best of both worlds. In commercial applications, things work a bit differently in that the fire alarm panel will rely on the batteries to keep the alarm system live until the generators kick on or the power comes back.

Interconnectivity

Briefly touched upon above, interconnectivity refers to smoke detectors’ ability to “talk” to each other, alerting the entire system to potential danger. For example, if there were an electrical fire within the car in an attached garage sensed by an interconnected detector, the entire system throughout the house would activate immediately. 

Fires can double in size every 60 seconds, so if residents were to be sleeping on the other side of the house, they might not hear a stand-alone detector activate in the garage. Interconnected detectors would make them aware of the threat—hopefully before it’s too late to react.

Carbon Monoxide

In a similar circumstance, a car left running in the garage can produce fatal levels of carbon monoxide (CO), which could prove particularly dangerous to folks sleeping in a bedroom above. Smoke detectors with carbon monoxide sensors add another level of safety. While all homes should have carbon monoxide alarms, homes with gas or oil heat and hot water are particularly vulnerable to carbon monoxide buildup. If you don’t have a plug-in CO detector, a dual smoke detector with a built-in carbon monoxide detector is a wise purchase.

Monitoring

Interconnected detectors are often part of a monitored home security system. The great benefit of these systems is they can alert the local fire department, even if no one is at home to make the emergency call. A carbon monoxide issue could render those inside unable to call the fire department, so the monitoring company can make that call, possibly saving lives.

UL Listing

Quality smoke detectors are UL listed. This certification ensures that the detectors meet Underwriters Laboratories’ (UL) stringent testing requirements. Given the importance of purchasing the best smoke detector system that a household can afford, it’s not worth the risk to install anything that isn’t UL listed.

Smart Features

For those interested in the latest fire safety technology, some good smoke alarms do boast smart features. Many of these smart smoke detectors not only communicate with an overseeing alarm system but also with users’ phones through Wi-Fi. Some models even allow users to employ any TV remote to mute an activated detector. 

FAQs

Now that you know a bit more about the best smoke detectors, some questions may still pop up. Here are answers to some of the most frequently asked questions, so check below for the information that will clarify your queries.

Q. How often should I test my smoke detectors?

The U.S. Fire Administration states that you should test your smoke detectors monthly and replace the batteries at least once a year, unless the unit has a sealed battery—but if that’s the case, it’s still important to test the unit.

Q. How many smoke detectors should I have?

The National Fire Protection Association recommends that homes should have smoke detectors installed in every bedroom, a common area outside the sleeping area, and on every level (including the basement and attic). Placing a detector in the garage is also a good idea.

Q. Are smart smoke detectors better?

Smart smoke detectors provide a bit of extra awareness, particularly if no one is at home when the problem occurs. However, they’re not necessarily better than standard units. Some would suggest that the best option is to have a wired smoke alarm connected to a central monitoring service.

Q. How do I stop my smoke detector from beeping?

Most smoke detectors feature dual-purpose test and “hush” buttons that will allow the user to test their detector’s functionality but also stop it from sounding an alarm. However, if your smoke detector is simply beeping, it probably just needs a battery change or may be indicating that the unit’s lifespan has ended. 

Q. How long should smoke detector batteries last?

It’s recommended that 9-volt smoke detector batteries be changed yearly. However, lithium and sealed lithium batteries may last 5 to 10 years, depending on the type. Smoke detector beeping indicates that it’s time to change replaceable batteries or replace units with sealed batteries.

Q. How do I clean a smoke detector?

Use a can of compressed air to blow dust out of a smoke detector’s vents and away from the sensor. If you don’t have compressed air, use a vacuum to suction the dust. Then, wipe the outside of the detector with a dry dusting rag.

Q. Where should I install my smoke detector?

Put smoke detectors on the ceiling or high up on the wall, within 12 inches of the ceiling. Heat and smoke rise, so placing them lower could cause them to fail to detect a problem.

Q. Are hardwired smoke detectors better?

Hardwired smoke detectors run off electricity rather than batteries, relying on battery backups when the power goes out. They also often communicate with each other, meaning when one alarm sounds, they all do. Because of these features, many consider them better than standalone battery-operated smoke detectors.

Meet the Testers

Katie Barton is a home improvement writer with over ten years of experience. She extensively tests products to help readers find the best value and features for their money. 

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry. He spent years in the fire safety industry, both installing and testing commercial fire alarm and suppression systems.

The post Keep Your Home and Family Safe With One of Our Favorite Smoke Detectors appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-07T11:31:32-05:00
<![CDATA[8 ​​Paint Primers That Provide a Blank Slate For Painting]]>The best paint primer depends on the surface, where it's located, and your preferred dry time. We tested top-rated picks for a variety of projects.

The post 8 ​​Paint Primers That Provide a Blank Slate For Painting appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-paint-primer/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=104207Fri, 07 Feb 2025 10:44:37 -0500ReviewsDIYInteriorPaint NeedsPainting & FinishingTools & MaterialsWalls & CeilingsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Whether you’re painting the living room or a patio table, applying a prep coat of primer to the surface can improve adherence, prevent peeling, and reduce the number of coats needed to finish the job. While all primers contain more resins and less pigment than paint, formulas vary from product to product. We tested some of the most popular options to find out which primer works best for different situations. Our number one pick is Rust-Oleum’s Zinsser Bulls Eye with its low odor and ability to work on multiple surfaces.

The right primer for your project depends on the environment you’ll be working in, the surface you’ll be painting, and your preferences for the time frame of the job and its final look. Read on to find out what makes a quality paint primer and why the below options rank as our top favorites among the best paint primers we tested.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Rust-Oleum Zinsser Bulls Eye 1-2-3 Water-Base Primer
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Kilz Original Interior Primer
  3. BEST ALL-PURPOSE: Kilz 2 All-Purpose Interior/Exterior Primer
  4. BEST FOR METAL: Rust-Oleum Clean Metal Primer
  5. BEST FOR GLOSSY SURFACES: Kilz Adhesion Interior/Exterior Primer
  6. BEST FOR ODOR BLOCKING: Kilz Restoration Interior Primer
  7. BEST FOR EXTERIOR: Kilz 3 Premium Interior/Exterior Primer
  8. BEST FOR INTERIOR WALLS: Sherwin-Williams SuperPaint Interior Acrylic Latex
Painter in action, testing the best paint primers on a wall.
Photo: Debbie Wolfe for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

Our Top Picks

We spent hours narrowing the paint primer market and testing the top-rated products. One or more of these recommendations for the best paint primer may suit your specific needs.

Best Overall

Rust-Oleum Zinsser Bulls Eye 1-2-3 Water-Base Primer

 The Rust-Oleum Zinsser Bulls Eye 1-2-3 Water-Base Primer on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Low-VOC and low-odor formula
  • Mold- and mildew-resistant
  • Works on multiple surface types

What We Don’t Like

  • Thin viscosity; second coat may be required for proper coverage

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Both
  • Recoat time: 1 hour
  • Base material: Water-based acrylic

Rust-Oleum is well known for its protective paints and coatings. Its Zinsser Bulls Eye 1-2-3 water-base primer is an all-purpose primer-sealer that sticks to various surfaces without sanding and works with any top coat. The brand is regarded as one of the top producers of rust-preventive paints.

The primer is low odor, low in volatile organic compounds (VOCs), and provides excellent coverage on interior and exterior surfaces. It’s made from water-based acrylic and is designed to resist blistering, peeling, and mold and mildew growth. The primer is tintable and available in white or gray. It’s also available in spray-paint form.

We tested this primer on multiple surfaces, including drywall, wood, metal, and plastic. It readily stuck to all of those surfaces and provided a textured finished surface that easily held onto a top coat of paint. The primer did not completely block the water stain on drywall, but we expected that—most white primers do not. We thought the paint was thin and needed two coats on all surfaces to ensure an even, smooth top coat. Overall, we liked this primer’s versatility of use on multiple surfaces, making it our top choice.

Get the Rust-Oleum Zinsser paint primer at Amazon or Ace Hardware.

Best Bang for the Buck

Kilz Original Interior Primer

 The Kilz Original Interior Primer on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Effectively blocks stains and odors
  • Applies smoothly and evenly
  • Lower-VOC formula

What We Don’t Like

  • Strong odor

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Interior
  • Recoat time: 2 hours or less
  • Base material: Oil

Kilz is a trusted paint brand, especially for primers. Kilz Original interior primer is the company’s flagship primer designed to block most heavy interior stains on wood, drywall, plaster, paneling, wallpaper, masonry, brick, and painted metal. It also works on properly prepared glossy surfaces.

The primer is oil-based but can be used as a base coat for latex and oil paints. Kilz is our go-to primer for tough stains in our household. Previously, we had only used the spray-can version but found that the can version works just as well. We tested the primer on water stains on our drywall and as a base coat on various materials, including wood, brick, and metal. The primer adhered well to porous surfaces, but we did need to sand the metal before priming.

The white primer paint did a decent job blocking light-colored stains. However, in our experience with trying to hide stubborn stains on drywall, the primer works best at hiding stains when tinted gray.

Although it is available in a lower-VOC formula, it is not low VOC and the odor was strong. We recommend using a respirator or working in a well-ventilated area when using this primer. Overall, Kilz Original is a solid performer, and we highly recommend it for any ventilated interior primer application.

Get the Kilz Original paint primer at Ace Hardware.

Best All-Purpose

Kilz 2 All-Purpose Interior/Exterior Primer

 Kilz 2 All-Purpose Interior/Exterior Primer on a white background.
Photo: acehardware.com

What We Like

  • Minimal odor
  • Mildew-resistant finish
  • Easy soap-and-water cleanup
  • Low-VOC formula

What We Don’t Like

  • Only blocks light to medium stains

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Both
  • Recoat time: 1 hour
  • Base material: Water

Kilz 2 all-purpose interior/exterior primer is a general-purpose primer well suited for use on various DIY projects. This water-based primer has a drastically lower VOC content than the Original Kilz Primer, and it works under or over water-based or oil-based paints. It blocks light to medium stains and mild odors, and it leaves a mildew-resistant finish.

Kilz 2 all-purpose primer works well for general-purpose priming and sealing needs. In testing, it left a smooth base coat on drywall and bare wood. It did a moderate job blocking dark stains on walls, but it effectively blocked lighter stains like pencil marks, minor scuffs, and markers. We recommend using Kilz 2 for priming old walls before repainting or for any exterior surface as a base coat for exterior paint. It’s also handy to use a primer for craft painting projects.

Get the Kilz 2 paint primer at Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot

Best for Metal

Rust-Oleum Clean Metal Primer

 Rust-Oleum Clean Metal Primer on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Prevents rust from growing in some areas
  • Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use
  • Weather- and corrosion-resistant

What We Don’t Like

  • Metal surfaces should be sanded beforehand

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Both
  • Recoat time: 24 hours
  • Base material: Oil

Rust-Oleum Clean Metal primer is formulated to cover lightly rusted metals as well as bare and previously painted metals. It’s weather- and corrosion-resistant and bonds tightly to exterior/interior surfaces like wood, metal, concrete, and masonry.

This primer is designed primarily for use on metal, but it works well on other surfaces. It did a good job blocking rust stains on a metal bench we refinished, and it provided a smooth surface for a top coat. The only real drawback of this primer was that the smooth surfaces required prep work before use—smooth, hard, or glossy finishes need sanding for the primer to adhere. However, after applying onto sanded metal, it did form a durable finish, and the top coat went on beautifully.

Get the Rust-Oleum metal paint primer at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Best for Glossy Surfaces

Kilz Adhesion Interior/Exterior Primer

 Kilz Adhesion Interior/Exterior Primer on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Bonds to glossy surfaces without sanding
  • Can be used on products containing xylene or other solvents
  • Easy soap-and-water cleanup after use

What We Don’t Like

  • Not for wet floors or horizontal surfaces

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Both
  • Recoat time: 1 hour
  • Base material: Water

Kilz Adhesion interior/exterior primer is formulated to bond to various tough-to-paint surfaces such as PVC, vinyl, glass, tile, and glazed brick. The water-based primer offers the same stain- and odor-blocking properties as the other Kilz primers. Unlike the other primers in the Kilz line, Adhesion does not require sanding a glossy surface before primer application.

Since this primer is virtually identical in its stain and odor properties to the others in the Kilz lines, we primarily tested its ability to stick to slick surfaces. We applied the primer to plastic, metals, and glazed ceramic. We did not sand the surface before application. It did adhere to the surfaces pretty well, but we did find that applying the primer in thin, multiple layers produced better results. Although it took at least two coats, we prefer to paint two coats rather than sanding the entire surface first.

Get the Kilz Adhesion paint primer at Amazon.

Best for Odor Blocking

Kilz Restoration Interior Primer

 Kilz Restoration Interior Primer on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Minimal odor and low-VOC formula
  • Easy soap-and-water cleanup
  • Provides a smooth finish

What We Don’t Like

  • Does not block or cover heavy or prominent stains

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Interior
  • Recoat time: 1 hour
  • Base material: Water

Water, mold, and rust stains are tough to cover, but odors are even harder to conceal. Smoke, pet urine, and food odors often require using an oil-based or shellac-based primer to seal them into the surface before painting. However, Kilz Restoration interior primer offers the same performance as oil-based primers but with the easy cleanup convenience of water-based paint.

Like the other primers offered by Kilz, this primer did an adequate job of covering most light to medium stains. However, Kilz Restoration shines as an odor blocker. We tested this primer drywall in a room where smokers previously resided. The primer went on smoothly and sealed in the odor. Once the top coat was applied, there was no hint of the smell. It did a moderate job concealing old water stains, but we expected that.

Since this primer is mainly formulated for odor blocking, we suggest only using this primer for that purpose. Kilz Original primer is a better stain blocker.

Get the Kilz Restoration paint primer at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Best for Exterior

Kilz 3 Premium Interior/Exterior Primer

 Kilz 3 Premium Interior/Exterior Primer on a white background.
Photo: acehardware.com

What We Like

  • Blocks most medium to heavy stains
  • No-VOC formula
  • Great in moisture-prone areas

What We Don’t Like

  • Not meant for applying to glossy surfaces

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Both
  • Recoat time: 1 hour
  • Base material: Latex

Kilz 3 Premium interior/exterior primer is formulated to minimize problems caused by color changes, minor stains, surface textures, and porosity differences. This primer offers excellent adhesion, a mildew-resistant coating, and seals interior and exterior surfaces for a uniform finish.

In testing, we found that this primer did an excellent job sealing new wood framing on our covered deck. It left an ultrasmooth finish, and the top coat went on smoothly. The primed and painted wood has been through a few rainstorms and high humidity conditions for a few weeks, and the surface still looks amazing.

As a stain blocker, it did a decent job covering up an older painted surface with minor mold and dirt discoloration. The only con we found with this primer was that it’s not made to adhere to glossy surfaces without preparation. However, it’s an excellent primer for exterior use because it sticks readily to plaster, paneling, masonry, brick, and painted metal without issue.

Get the Kilz 3 Premium paint primer at Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Best for Interior Walls

Sherwin-Williams SuperPaint Interior Acrylic Latex

 Sherwin-Williams SuperPaint Interior Acrylic Latex on a white background.
Photo: sherwin-williams.com

What We Like

  • Thick paint goes on smoothly
  • Can also be used on ceilings
  • Tintable in Sherwin-Williams’ full color options
  • Low-VOC formula

What We Don’t Like

  • Expensive compared to similar options

Product Specs 

  • Interior/exterior: Interior
  • Recoat time: 1 hour
  • Base material: Latex

Sherwin-Williams SuperPaint is the brand’s paint-and-primer combo available in interior and exterior formulations. The interior version is designed for one coat coverage on drywall, trim, and ceilings. SuperPaint creates a lasting finish and a surface that holds up to scrubbing.

We have used SuperPaint as our primary wall paint for years. It’s thicker than most interior paints, which allows it to cover in fewer coats than cheaper paints. The flat finish is perfect for ceilings, too. We could achieve solid coverage on walls in two coats, even over darker paint. Although we were able to cover a similar color wall in one coat in the past, we think it looks better with two coats of paint. The only con we have with this paint is that it’s expensive. However, Sherwin-Williams often offers promos that can help offset the cost.

Get the Sherwin-Williams paint primer at Sherwin-Williams.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Paint Primers

We tested each paint primer according to established rubrics, including how easy it was to apply, how well it adhered to various surfaces, and its stain- and odor-blocking abilities. We rated each primer based on these rubrics on a scale between 0 and 4 to determine a score. Lastly, we tested the primer’s durability and how attractive the final finish appeared on each surface.

We applied each primer to metal, masonry, drywall, and wood surfaces. The drywall surfaces included water stains, mildew, and lingering smoke odors. We applied two coats of primer to each surface and allowed it to dry for an hour, and then followed up with a flat white top coat to determine if there was any bleedthrough of stains and to judge the smoothness of the top coat.

Painter using the best paint primer for a smooth wall finish.
Photo: amazon.com

What to Consider When Choosing a Paint Primer

When choosing a primer for your project, there are several features to consider. The best paint primer options efficiently cover multiple surfaces, block stains, and ensure an even, smooth top coat. Here are more details about important features to consider when choosing a paint primer.

Project Environment

Paint primers come in three formulas: interior/exterior, exterior, and interior.

Interior/exterior primers are suited for indoor and outdoor use, while exterior primers are designed for outdoor use only. Both contain additives that stave off UV-related fading and moisture-related mold issues; they also add flexibility to withstand frequent outdoor temperature changes, preventing the paint from peeling or cracking.

Interior primers, formulated without exterior additives, are only suitable for indoor use. Interior/exterior primer is the best bet for doing a range of painting jobs, indoors and out. Plus, choosing a primer that works inside and outside saves on the costs of buying separate interior and exterior products.

The Best Paint Primer Options: Wall and stairs makeover using the best paint primer
Photo: amazon.com

Surface

Each type of primer may adhere better to different surfaces. The following details the best primer type for common household surfaces:

  • Bare wood: Apply an oil-based or latex primer to wood that has never been stained or painted to help seal the porous surface. Keep in mind that oil-based primers tend to emit more VOCs (smelly pollutants) than do latex primers.
  • Drywall: Apply a latex primer to drywall, as an oil-based primer can raise the grain and make the surface look uneven.
  • Stain-prone surfaces: Use a stain-blocking primer on stained wood, bare wood with high tannin content that can bleed out (e.g., cedar or redwood), interior walls with water or smoke stains, or cabinets/trim with grease stains. It will cover stains and keep them from bleeding into and discoloring top coats.
    • Choose latex stain-blocking primer if the stains are solvent-based (e.g., crayons or grease).
    • Choose an oil-based stain-blocking primer if the stain is water-based (e.g., water-based wood stain, smoke, or tannin).
  • Painted wood: An oil-based primer is usually best for painted wood that shows chalking (a chalky powder on the surface as the paint binder degrades) or chipping; it will dry into a denser, smoother foundation to minimize these imperfections.
  • Metal: Choose a rust-resistant oil-based primer on metals such as aluminum to avoid the formation of rust, which the water in latex primer can promote.
  • Glossy surfaces: Bonding primer, formulated to stick to glossy surfaces, is a must for the slick likes of glass, plastic, or glazed tile.

Dedicated Primer vs. Paint-and-Primer in One

Self-priming paints—also known as paint-and-primer combo products—let users prime and paint a surface in a single step. But these two-in-one products are only recommended if all of the following are true:

  • You’re not painting bare or stained wood.
  • Your painting surface has no stains or signs of peeling.
  • You’re repainting a previously painted surface in the same color or going from a lighter to a darker paint color.

Choose separate paint and primer to improve paint adhesion in the following situations:

  • You’re painting bare or stained wood.
  • You’re painting over a surface that has stains or is peeling.
  • You’re switching from a darker to a lighter paint color.
  • You want to use a paint with a different base than that of the primer. For example, use an oil-based primer with a latex paint to take advantage of the rot resistance of the oil primer and the lower VOCs and faster drying of the latex paint.
  • You want to cover an old oil-based paint coat with a latex paint coat. An intervening layer of a dedicated primer is needed for optimal adhesion of the latex paint.

Tintability

Primer usually comes in white or gray. Use either color as is without tinting it or have the primer tinted to a hue that’s slightly lighter than the top coat. Tinting primer, which requires buying a primer labeled “tintable,” generally achieves a deeper, richer, and more uniform final color but is particularly recommended in the following situations:

  • You’re changing the color from darker to lighter. The tinted primer reduces the number of paint coats needed to hide the darker base coat.
  • For stubborn stains, like water or mildew, a tinted primer is necessary to block the stain effectively from bleeding through, especially when there is a light-color top coat.
  • You’re changing from a lighter to a dramatically darker color, e.g., light blue to black. The tinted primer ensures that even if the top coat is uneven, no patches of white or gray primer will show through it.

Dry Time

Pay attention to the “dry-to-recoat” time specified on the primer packaging—an indication of when the primer is dry enough to be recoated either with another coat of primer or with paint. In general, latex primers have a shorter dry-to-recoat time of no more than 1 hour, whereas oil-based primers need 1 to 3 hours before they can be recoated.

FAQs

Q. Should I use an oil-based or water-based paint primer?

Water-based primer is best for walls and ceilings. Oil-based primer is primarily used for doors, windows, metal, woodwork, or over tough stains in well-ventilated areas.

Q. Which is better: primer or paint with primer?

Paint with primer is best for previously painted walls. Primers are recommended for use on any surface that has not been previously painted.

Q. Do I have to use paint primer?

No, but using a paint primer does reduce the amount of top coat paint needed, and it protects and seals the surface.

Meet the Tester

Debbie Wolfe is a photographer, author, and freelance writer in various niches. She has contributed hundreds of home, garden, and crafting articles and DIY tutorials for leading media outlets and retailers, including HGTV, Real Simple, Forbes Advisor, The Spruce, The Home Depot, Walmart, and Mother Earth News. She is the author of two DIY books: Do-It-Yourself Garden Projects and Crafts and Crafting with Herbs from Skyhorse Publishing. Her testing approach is straightforward and budget-minded.

Additional research provided by Manasa Reddigari.

The post 8 ​​Paint Primers That Provide a Blank Slate For Painting appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-07T10:44:37-05:00
<![CDATA[What to Do About a Leaking Garbage Disposal]]>If there's water in the cabinet under your kitchen sink, there's likely a leak in your garbage disposal. We'll help you troubleshoot the problem.

The post What to Do About a Leaking Garbage Disposal appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/leaking-garbage-disposal/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=94849Wed, 05 Feb 2025 14:30:40 -0500DIYAppliancesInteriorKitchen & DiningPlumbingRepair & MaintenanceWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Q: The cabinet under my kitchen sink has been soggy lately. Could this be a sign of a leaking garbage disposal? If so, how can I repair it myself?

A: A leaking garbage disposal often goes unnoticed until you confront a sopping cabinet, a foul-smelling puddle, or an audible drip-drip-drip from the unit. The fix can be frustrating, too, because the leak can stem from a number of components in the system. Fortunately, with a little sleuthing, you can zero in on the leak and, depending on the exact location, stop the icky oozing and repair the component that caused it. Following this process will help you isolate and fix the link.

Prepare to find the leak.

Person pours dyed blue water from a measuring cup into a garbage disposal in a kitchen sink.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Before testing the garbage disposal for leaks, unplug it at the wall outlet, and turn off the power at the breaker box to prevent electrical shock. Then insert a watertight sink stopper into your sink drain and wipe the unit dry with a clean cloth. In any handy container, mix a few drops of food coloring into a few cups of water, and pour the dyed water onto the sink stopper to help you locate the leak.

Investigate the source.

A dimly lit shot of a woman holding a white rag using a flashlight to examine the garbage disposal under the sink for leaks.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Using a flashlight, examine the unit for escaping colored water, which is likely to come from one of three places:

  • the top, where the disposal meets the sink drain
  • the side, where the dishwasher hose or main drain pipe connects to the disposal
  • or the bottom of the unit

Inspect each of these locations while gliding a light-colored rag over the unit; the dyed water will readily show on the rag and reveal the location of the leak. If a leak isn’t immediately apparent, remove the sink stopper and pour a few more cups of dyed water down the sink drain, then check for leaks again. Leaks near the top of the unit are more likely to show themselves while the sink is plugged, while side and bottom leaks are more noticeable while the sink is unplugged.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

If the top of the garbage disposal is leaking, re-seal and tighten the sink flange.

Person wearing rubber gloves removes old plumber's putty with a screwdriver from the underside of a kitchen sink flange.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

The metal sink flange that sits directly inside the sink drain is typically sealed around the top with plumber’s putty (a clay-like sealant) and then secured from under the sink with bolts. If the plumber’s putty deteriorates, or the bolts loosen, the flange can no longer form a watertight seal between the sink drain and the disposal, which could cause a leak at the top of the unit.

To reseal the leaky flange, you must first detach the garbage disposal:

  • Start by loosening the screws securing the main drain pipe to the disposal, then loosen the screws in the metal clamp securing the dishwasher hose to the disposal and detach the drain pipe and dishwasher hose from the disposal.
  • Loosen the screws in the mounting ring that connects the disposal to the metal mounting assembly beneath the sink, then pull down the disposal and carefully set it on a clean, dry surface.
  • Loosen the bolts in the mounting assembly with a wrench, then pull down the mounting assembly and set it near the disposal.
Woman wearing rubber gloves scrapes excess fresh plumber's putty from around the sink flange of a garbage disposal.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Lift the sink flange from the top of the sink. Use a plastic putty knife to scrape off the old plumber’s putty around the top of the flange, then wipe off any putty residue with a damp rag. Scoop a palmful of plumber’s putty (available at hardware stores, home centers, and online) and roll it into an 1/8-inch to 1/4-inch-wide “rope” with a length roughly equal to the circumference of the flange. Wrap the rope of putty around the top of the flange like a collar, then insert the flange into the sink drain opening until snug. Re-install the mounting assembly and mounting ring (taking care to securely tighten the mounting bolts on the mounting assembly), then reattach the garbage disposal, drain pipe, and dishwasher hose in the reverse order you detached them.

If the side of the garbage disposal is leaking, tighten drain line connections and replace worn gaskets.

Person wearing rubber gloves tightens a screw on a clamp on a garbage disposal pipe.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Two drain lines extend from the sides of a garbage disposal: a narrower dishwasher hose that connects the dishwasher drain pipe to your disposal’s dishwasher inlet, and the main drain pipe that connects your disposal to the sewer through an outlet in the wall.

If you spy a leak on the side of the disposal where the dishwasher hose meets the disposal’s dishwasher inlet, the problem could be that the metal clamp connecting them is loose. In that case, tighten the screws in the metal clamp with a screwdriver.

Woman wearing rubber gloves wipes a leak from the pipe leading into the side of a garbage disposal under the kitchen sink.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

If the leak is on the side where the disposal meets the waste drain pipe, loosen the screws that secure the drain pipe to the disposal and inspect the rubber gasket inside the pipe—it may well be worn out. Replace the gasket and re-tighten the drain pipe screws.

If the bottom of the unit is leaking, replace the disposal.

Person with rubber gloves holds white cloth with blue water stain under a garbage disposal.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Leaks from the bottom of the garbage disposal (often from the reset button) commonly indicate that at least one seal on the interior shell of the unit that protects the motor has deteriorated, or that the shell itself has cracked. These vulnerabilities can cause water from the sink to seep into the shell of the disposal and leak out of the base of the unit. In an old garbage disposal, one compromised internal seal is often accompanied by others, so your best bet is to install a new one.

Hiring a pro to replace the unit will run you $400 on average, including labor and parts, or you can install a garbage disposal yourself and save anywhere from $90 to $200 in labor costs. You should be able to get eight to 15 years of use out of a new garbage disposal. (Our researched guide to the best garbage disposals can help you research quality options.)

https://secure.money.com/embeds/embedder.js?v=1

Test the repair or replacement by running water through the drain.

Person wearing rubber gloves wipes drops of dyed blue water from cabinet under a garbage disposal.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob VIla

Whether you repaired or replaced the leaking garbage disposal, you will want to test your work to make sure the unit is shipshape. Wipe the unit dry with a clean cloth, then unplug the sink drain (if plugged) and pour a few cups of dyed water into the drain once more. Use a flashlight to inspect the entire unit. If you don’t see a leak, turn on the power to the disposal from your breaker box and plug in the disposal at the wall outlet.

How to Prevent a Garbage Disposal From Leaking

Proper use of a garbage disposal can stave off future leaks:

  • Remember to grind only soft foods; hard items such as bones, apple cores, or raw potatoes can dislodge or damage the internal seals.
  • Run hot water through the sink drain before and after food disposal to keep solid fats from congealing (which can deteriorate the sink flange and cause leaks).
  • Inspect your disposal for leaks at least twice a year using the dyed-water test. It’s important to catch and repair minor leaks before they lead to water-damaged sink cabinets or kitchen floors.

The post What to Do About a Leaking Garbage Disposal appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-05T14:30:40-05:00
<![CDATA[Soak Off a Stressful Day in One of The Best Freestanding Tubs of 2025]]>The best freestanding tubs come in a range of style and size options to provide spacious, spa-like soaks. See our list of top picks of these stunning tubs.

The post Soak Off a Stressful Day in One of The Best Freestanding Tubs of 2025 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-freestanding-tubs/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=233162Wed, 05 Feb 2025 11:04:58 -0500ReviewsInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Sure, a shower provides an efficient, refreshing way to get clean, but when it comes to real relaxation, it’s hard to beat a warm soak in a freestanding tub. All tubs are nice, but a freestanding tub is typically spacious and can serve as a bathroom focal point that’s as striking to look at as it is comfortable to loll in. 

These tubs come in different shapes, sizes, and styles to suit a host of bathroom decor preferences. To find the best, we combed through dozens of user reviews and compared prices, features, and construction. After careful consideration, our top choice is the Empava 67-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub. It offers plenty of leg room and depth for optimal relaxation and is made from lightweight but durable acrylic. 

We also interviewed a plumbing expert for insight on choosing the right tub material and size, as this will vary based on a bathroom’s setup. Read on for the features to consider when shopping for one of these beautiful bath upgrades as well as our lineup of the best freestanding tubs. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Empava 67-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub
    Jump to Review 
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Vanity Art 67-Inch Freestanding Bathtub
    Jump to Review 
  3. BEST WHIRLPOOL: Woodbridge Venezia 71-Inch Whirlpool Bathtub
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST FOR TWO: Anzzi Lusso 75.5-Inch Man-Made Stone Bathtub
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST CLAW-FOOT: AKDY Fiberglass Single Slipper Clawfoot Bathtub
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST SMALL: Woodbridge 54-Inch Acrylic Soaking Tub
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST LARGE: Woodbridge B1701 Acrylic Freestanding Soaking Bathtub
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST RECTANGULAR: Vanity Art 59-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub
    Jump to Review
Looking down on the best freestanding tub option as it fills with water from an attached faucet
Photo: istockphoto.com
StyleMaterialDimensions
Empava 67-Inch Freestanding Soaking BathtubDouble slipperAcrylic67 inches long by 29.5 inches wide by 26.5 inches tall
Vanity Art 67-Inch Freestanding BathtubSoaking tubAcrylic67 inches long by 32.3 inches wide by 23 inches tall
Woodbridge Venezia 71-Inch Whirlpool BathtubDouble slipperAcrylic71 inches long by 31.5 inches wide by 29 inches tall
Anzzi Lusso 75.5-Inch Man-Made Stone BathtubSoaking tubMan-made stone75.5 inches long by 40.5 inches wide by 23 inches tall
AKDY Fiberglass Single Slipper Clawfoot BathtubSingle slipperAcrylic59.8 inches long by 28 inches wide by 30.3 inches tall
Woodbridge 54-Inch Acrylic Soaking TubSingle slipperAcrylic54 inches long by 28.4 inches wide by 28.8 inches tall
Woodbridge B1701 Acrylic Freestanding Soaking BathtubSoaking tubAcrylic71 inches long by 31.5 inches wide by 22.9 inches tall
Vanity Art 59-Inch Freestanding Soaking BathtubSoaking tubAcrylic59 inches long by 29.5 inches wide by 23.6 inches tall

Our Top Picks

Consider these top freestanding tubs selected from a range of options for their size, style, material construction, faucet compatibility, and overall value.

Best Overall

Empava 67-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option Empava 67-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Features a built-in overflow system and pop-up drain
  • Luxurious double-slipper design 
  • Double-walled construction helps keep water warm
  • Deep 15-inch soaking depth

What We Don’t Like

  • A freestanding or wall-mounted faucet is necessary

Specs

  • Style: Double slipper
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 67 inches long by 29.5 inches wide by 26.5 inches tall

Update the bathroom with this attractive double-slipper freestanding tub by Empava. The acrylic construction is lightweight yet durable, so bathers can enjoy years of relaxing soaks. We like that it features a built-in overflow system, a pop-up drain for easy filling and emptying, and double-walled fiberglass reinforcement to retain water temperature. All of these features and the smooth, luxurious design and finish come at a fairly affordable price.

This contemporary freestanding tub measures 67 inches long by 29.5 inches wide by 26.5 inches tall, with a soaking depth of 15 inches for full-body immersion. Installing this tub requires a freestanding or wall-mounted faucet since the tub does not have a tap deck for faucet installation. 

Get the Empava 67-inch freestanding tub at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best Bang for the Buck

Vanity Art 67-Inch Freestanding Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option Vanity Art 67-Inch Freestanding Bathtub
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • Long, 67-inch length
  • Features a self-leveling base for stability
  • Drain and overflow plate available in several finishes
  • Competitively priced compared to similar options

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires a freestanding or wall-mounted faucet

Specs

  • Style: Soaking tub
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 67 inches long by 32.3 inches wide by 23 inches tall

A freestanding tub needn’t break the bank. Those looking for a competitively priced option that still delivers on quality and style will appreciate this Vanity Art tub. At 67 inches long and with a soaking depth of 16 inches, this tub provides plenty of space to stretch out and relax. Its contemporary design works with a number of bathroom styles, and its drain and overflow plate come in several popular finish options.

The Vanity Art tub is made of 100% glossy acrylic and reinforced with fiberglass, making it durable and easy to clean. Its self-leveling base provides stability on uneven floors. This tub doesn’t have a tap deck, so a wall-mounted or freestanding faucet is required.

Get the Vanity Art freestanding tub at Wayfair, Amazon, The Home Depot, or Lowes.

Best Whirlpool

Woodbridge Venezia 71-Inch Whirlpool Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option Woodbridge Venezia 71-Inch Whirlpool Bathtub
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Adjustable back and foot massage jets
  • Constructed with fiberglass reinforcement 
  • Bubbler jets provide a gentle air massage
  • Stain-resistant exterior for easy cleaning

What We Don’t Like

  • Lacks built-in faucet

Specs

  • Style: Double slipper
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 71 inches long by 31.5 inches wide by 29 inches tall

This luxurious jetted tub features six adjustable body-massage jets and 10 bubbler jets to enhance bather comfort, soothe muscle aches, and relieve joint pain. It’s made of lightweight acrylic reinforced with fiberglass to improve heat retention and increase durability.

This stand alone tub has a stain-resistant exterior that is easy to keep clean with regular maintenance and care. Bathers can control the bubbler jets, massage jets, and the underwater chromotherapy light with the controls on the side of the tub. Just keep in mind that this freestanding jetted tub does require a freestanding or wall-mounted faucet or filler. 

Get the Woodbridge Venezia freestanding tub at Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Woodbridge Bath.

Best for Two

Anzzi Lusso 75.5-Inch Man-Made Stone Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option Anzzi Lusso 75.5-Inch Man-Made Stone Bathtub
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • 2-person freestanding tub with wider design 
  • Built-in overflow system and a convenient pop-up drain
  • Offers an impressive 15.5-inch depth 
  • Resistant to discoloration and unsightly stains

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavy, requiring reinforcing of the floor before installation

Specs

  • Style: Soaking tub
  • Material: Man-made stone
  • Dimensions: 75.5 inches long by 40.5 inches wide by 23 inches tall

Composed of rugged man-made stone, this freestanding soaker is as durable as it is indulgent. The tub measures 75.5 inches long by 40.5 inches wide by 23 inches tall and has a 15.5-inch soaking depth, allowing two bathers to immerse completely. The high-end material is resistant to discoloration and staining. 

The freestanding bathtub doesn’t have a tap deck, so you’ll want to invest in a freestanding or wall-mounted faucet or filler. Additionally, the tub weighs 363 pounds empty, so with water and two bathers added to the equation, it’s very heavy—reinforcing the bathroom floor before installation is recommended. 

Get the Anzzi freestanding tub at Wayfair, The Home Depot, or Luxe Bathroom Vanities.

Best Claw-Foot

AKDY Fiberglass Single Slipper Clawfoot Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option AKDY Fiberglass Single Slipper Clawfoot Bathtub
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • Heavy-duty acrylic and fiberglass construction 
  • Double-walled design effectively maintains water temperature
  • Glossy tub with chrome claw-foot finish

What We Don’t Like

  • Might not suit a more modern bathroom

Specs

  • Style: Single slipper
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 59.8 inches long by 28 inches wide by 30.3 inches tall

Claw-foot tubs exude a sense of timeless luxury, and this model from AKDY makes a perfect addition when adding a touch of glam to a space. Constructed from acrylic and reinforced with fiberglass, it promises durability along with its appealing aesthetics. The tub features an ergonomic backrest for the ultimate in comfort and relaxation. 

The tub’s glossy finish and chrome-finished claw feet add an opulent touch, while its double-walled structure retains warmth. Designed for easy maintenance, its surface resists regular wear and tear like chipping and discoloration. It’s ready for seamless integration with most tub fillers. 

Get the AKDY freestanding tub at Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Wayfair.

Best Small

Woodbridge 54-Inch Acrylic Soaking Tub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option Woodbridge 54-Inch Acrylic Soaking Tub
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Compact design allows for use in smaller spaces
  • Reinforced with fiberglass
  • Drain and overflow system available in several finishes

What We Don’t Like

  • May feel cramped for some users
  • Necessitates a separate freestanding or wall-mounted faucet

Specs

  • Style: Single slipper
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 54 inches long by 28.4 inches wide by 28.8 inches tall

Smaller bathrooms can have the pleasure and presence of a stand-alone tub with this acrylic model from Woodbridge. The compact bathtub measures just 54 inches long by 28.4 inches wide by 28.8 inches tall. Its single-slipper design is ideal for bathers who prefer to sit against the raised wall as they soak.

The tub requires a freestanding or wall-mounted faucet because it lacks a tap deck. It has a built-in overflow system and a pop-up drain available in brushed nickel, brushed gold, chrome, matte black, or oil-rubbed bronze to suit other bathroom fixtures.

Get the Woodbridge 54-inch freestanding tub at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Woodbridge Bath.

Best Large

Woodbridge B1701 Acrylic Freestanding Soaking Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tubs Option: Woodbridge B1701 Acrylic Freestanding Soaking Bathtub
Photo: Wayfair

What We Like

  • Durable acrylic and fiberglass composition ensures longevity
  • Slip-resistant bottom adheres to ASTM safety standards
  • Generous size holds up 65 gallons of water

What We Don’t Like

  • May not suit compact bathroom layouts

Specs

  • Style: Soaking tub
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 71 inches long by 31.5 inches wide by 22.9 inches tall

Those looking for a large freestanding tub that they can really lounge in will appreciate the size of this model from Woodbridge. Measuring 71 inches long, it allows you to stretch out, and its long oval shape complements the body’s natural curves for added comfort. A stainless steel bracket at the base supports up to 1,000 pounds, making it one of the sturdiest options on the market. 

We appreciate that this tub boasts a slip-resistant bottom, adhering to American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) safety standards and ensures no discoloration, maintaining its pristine look over time. Complete with essential drain assembly and overflow drain, this model offers plenty of features in a large soaking tub. 

Get the Woodbridge B1701 freestanding tub at Wayfair, Amazon, or Woodbridge.

Best Rectangular

Vanity Art 59-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub

 The Best Freestanding Tub Option Vanity Art 59-Inch Freestanding Soaking Bathtub
Photo: The Home Depot

What We Like

  • Rectangular design suits modern bathroom styles
  • Acrylic construction is reinforced with fiberglass for durability
  • Stain- and mildew-resistant finish supports easy cleaning
  • Integrated pop-up drain and overflow assembly add convenience 

What We Don’t Like

  • Doesn’t have a tap deck for faucet installation

Specs

  • Style: Soaking tub
  • Material: Acrylic
  • Dimensions: 59 inches long by 29.5 inches wide by 23.6 inches tall

The rectangular shape of this freestanding soaking tub by Vanity Art is an appealing option to give a bathroom a modern update. The acrylic material is reinforced with fiberglass to help maintain bathwater temperature. Nonporous acrylic is also resistant to mold, mildew, stains, and discoloration. 

This modern freestanding tub measures just 59 inches long by 29.5 inches wide by 23.6 inches tall, making it a good choice for average-size bathrooms. It features an integrated pop-up drain and overflow assembly system but lacks a tap deck for faucet installation; a freestanding or wall-mounted faucet must be purchased separately. 

Get the Vanity Art freestanding tub at The Home Depot, Wayfair, or Lowes

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose the Best Freestanding Tubs

The best bathtubs offer a touch of luxury and relaxation as well as practicality. In this guide, we feature the best freestanding bathtubs for a variety of lifestyles, focusing on key factors like dimensions, weight, style, material construction, and special features. Size was a key consideration, since even folks with small bathrooms might want a freestanding tub, while those with ample square footage may go with a supersize soaker that allows couples to bathe together. 

Any roundup of the best whirlpool tubs, soaker tubs, and standard freestanding tubs should consider the material and style of each model. This guide includes options for reclining and sitting comfortably. Beneficial bells and whistles like massage jets, bubblers, and built-in overflow systems were certainly a plus. We also sought to find tubs for all budgets. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Freestanding Tub

Top-rated freestanding tubs typically require a substantial investment, so it’s smart to understand what you’re paying for! Key product factors to keep in mind include size, style, and material. It’s also wise to become aware of the best freestanding tub brands before choosing a soaker for a renovation project. 

Size

Bigger can be better when it comes to the best large soaking tubs—as long as the chosen model will fit in the bathroom. Shoppers will want to take precise measurements of the bathroom’s square footage and the area they hope to allocate to the new stand-alone tub. 

Then, once you settle on a bathtub size, comfort should be a priority. You’ll want to consider the length, width, and depth of the tub as well as your body size and weight to ensure that you’ll be able to enjoy the soak fully. Couples should note that freestanding tubs are also available in sizes for two people to bathe together. Some folks find that a flat-bottom tub doesn’t feel as good as one with a contoured bottom. 

While assessing sizes to choose a bathtub, remember that the larger the tub, the more water it will take to fill it. According to Justin Cornforth, owner of Ace Home Co. in Williamston, South Carolina, water pressure and water heater capacity must be considered. “If you want a giant tub that will make your bathroom look luxurious, don’t forget that it will take forever to fill (and probably it will cool down before you’re even submerged),” he says. “Therefore, before making the decision regarding sizes, check the capacity of your water heater and consider a tub that holds heat well.”

If shoppers are trying to conserve water and keep bills low, then a somewhat smaller, shallower version of the best freestanding tubs might be a good compromise. 

Style

When it comes to stand alone options, there are several types of bathtubs, including single-ended, single-slipper, double-ended, double-slipper, pedestal, claw-foot, and Japanese soaking tubs.

  • Single-ended tubs have one sloped, rounded end—ideal for reclining against—and one straight, squared-off end for drain and faucet installation.
  • Single-slipper tubs are similar to single-ended tubs, except one end is elevated instead of sloped. The elevated portion provides back support for users who prefer to sit up in the tub.
  • Doubled-ended tubs have two sloped ends for comfortable bathing at either side. The walls are not elevated as on a slipper tub, encouraging the bather to lay back. 
  • Double-slipper tubs are raised on both ends and are typically big enough to accommodate two users facing each other. These tubs have a low point in the center for the drain, while the faucet is typically centered on one side.
  • Pedestal tubs, also called skirted tubs, rest on top of a plinth or pedestal. Most single-ended, double-ended, single-slipper, and double-slipper tubs are pedestal tubs. 
  • Claw-foot tubs are a classic option still somewhat popular today. The tub is supported by four or more feet—sometimes shaped like an animal’s paws resting atop a ball—instead of sitting on a pedestal base. The caution with a claw-foot model is that if the tub is very heavy, the feet can damage floor tiles.
  • Japanese soaking tubs are made for small spaces. They typically have the shortest length but make up for it with the height of the tub. Bathers sit instead of recline, allowing them to submerge in water up to their shoulders. 

Material

The best material for freestanding tub construction is typically acrylic because it’s lightweight, affordable, easy to find, and an easy-to-clean bathtub material. However, stand-alone tubs made of cast iron, resin, copper, stainless steel, or stone are also available. 

A cast-iron tub is incredibly durable, but it may require buyers to reinforce flooring due to the heavy weight, advises Cornforth.“Old houses or second-floor bathrooms in newer houses, or even some slab foundations, might not be ready for that much weight. And we are talking not only about the tub weight (which in cast iron case is around 250-500 pounds), but the weight of water and a person (or persons) inside,” he says “If you’re set on cast iron, have a pro check your joists and consider adding support or opt for acrylic or stone resin tubs, they won’t need such structural reinforcements.”

Resin tubs are heavier than acrylic but not as weighty as cast iron. Copper, stainless steel, and stone tubs offer a unique look, but shoppers will pay a premium price for such a high-end model. Another uncommon option is wood, typically oak or cedar, which gives the bathroom a natural look and is an environmentally friendly choice. 

Faucet

When shoppers are considering which freestanding tub is right for their bathroom, they’ll want to factor in where the faucet or filler will be installed. Bathtubs with a rolled rim or rolled top do not typically have faucet drillings, so it’s necessary to find the best freestanding tub faucet or wall-mounted tub faucet for a given bathroom aesthetic that is compatible with the tub. 

The best freestanding tub filler options are typically installed to one side of the tub, close enough for the faucet to hang over the edge. Deck-mounted tub faucets require the bathtub to have a tap deck where the faucet can be secured. There are tubs with predrilled tap decks, but in many models, the holes must be drilled by the owner or a professional plumber in order to install a deck-mounted faucet. 

Additional Features

Freestanding tub manufacturers all compete to make the best bathtubs for their clientele, but when products are relatively similar, additional features help entice shoppers. These bells and whistles include tub caddies, foot coasters, bubblers, and whirlpool massage systems. 

  • Tub caddies are water-resistant trays or tabletops that can rest across the tub to hold candles, books, bath products, or even a glass of wine. 
  • Foot coasters are small circular pads designed to sit under each foot of a claw-foot bathtub to protect the floor.
  • Bubblers are small air jets typically located at the bottom of the tub. A freestanding bathtub with jets can help soothe aching muscles and increase circulation.
  • Whirlpool massage systems offer deep, therapeutic massages intended to activate the lymphatic system, increase circulation, and provide relief from muscle aches and joint pain. 

Tips for Installing Freestanding Tubs

Installing a freestanding tub can be a project for a DIYer with some plumbing experience, especially for those trying to mitigate the costs of replacing a bathtub. The first step is taking precise measurements of the area where the tub will be installed. Make sure the tub of choice will fit in the space available. Cast-iron, stone, and metal freestanding tubs can be quite heavy, so if installing one on an upper floor, note the weight of the model and consider reinforcing the floor.

Unless the new tub can fit exactly over the location of the drain used for the removed tub, shoppers will need to install a new drain line through the floor that lines up with the drain in the tub. (You may also want to consider adding bathtub insulation underneath for better heat retention.) Slide the tub into position and use a pencil or another erasable writing tool to trace the outline; this can help you visualize the exact position of the bathtub when installing the drain. 

Finish the installation by applying silicone caulk for showers and bathtubs to the feet on a claw-foot tub or to the base on a pedestal tub. This bead of silicone helps to prevent the tub from shifting or moving on the floor. 

  • Take accurate measurements of the size and weight before installation.
  • Use a pencil to outline the position of the tub to help line up the drain.
  • Apply silicone tub and tile caulking around the base or feet to prevent shifting.

FAQs

Those who want more info about freestanding bathtubs may find it here among the answers to commonly asked questions.

Q. What should I look for when buying a freestanding tub?

The first factor to consider is the size of the tub compared to the bathers and to the square footage of the bathroom. Factor in the overall weight of the tub in case the floor requires reinforcement. You’ll also want to consider style, material, and faucet installation. 

Q. What material is best for a stand-alone tub?

The most popular material for a freestanding bathtub is acrylic because it’s lightweight, easy to maintain, compatible with most bathtub cleaners, and relatively inexpensive. However, a cast-iron tub has superior durability and longevity. 

Q. How much room do I need around a freestanding tub?

The general rule is to allow for 6 inches around the tub, though a tub with a rolled rim or rolled top will also need enough space to install a freestanding faucet or filler. 

Q. Do freestanding tubs tip over?

A freestanding tub will not tip over unless someone is actively trying to tip it. However, the tub may shift or move, especially if it sits on an uneven surface. Those concerned about a shifting tub will want to ensure that the floor is level before installation. Once the tub is in place, you can apply a bead of silicone to the bottom of the feet or to the base to help prevent it from moving.

Q. How much should you spend on a freestanding tub?

Freestanding tubs cost anywhere from $500 to several thousand dollars, depending on the size and material. What you should spend depends on your budget and preferences. You can find quality acrylic tubs for less than a thousand dollars. 

Q. Do freestanding tubs increase home value?

A luxurious freestanding bathtub can make a bathroom more appealing, potentially increasing a home’s value.

Q. What is the best length for a freestanding bathtub?

A standard tub size is about 60 inches long, but freestanding tubs offer more leeway in terms of length, running from about 55 to 72 inches long. The ideal size depends on your bathroom layout, your height, and personal preferences.

Q. What are the downsides of a freestanding bath?

Freestanding bathtubs can require a lot of hot water to fill, increasing utility bills. Some models are very heavy and may require reinforcement of the bathroom floor. 

Q. Is it hard to clean around a freestanding tub?

If there is plenty of space on all sides of the freestanding tub, it will be easy to clean around. Tubs close to walls or other obstacles will be more challenging to clean around.

Why Trust Bob Vila 

Bob Vila has been America’s Handyman since 1979. As the host of beloved and groundbreaking TV series including “This Old House” and “Bob Vila’s Home Again,” he popularized and became synonymous with “do-it-yourself” home improvement.

Over the course of his decades-long career, Bob Vila has helped millions of people build, renovate, repair, and live better each day—a tradition that continues today with expert yet accessible home advice. The Bob Vila team distills need-to-know information into project tutorials, maintenance guides, tool 101s, and more. These home and garden experts then thoroughly research, vet, and recommend products that support homeowners, renters, DIYers, and professionals in their to-do lists.

The post Soak Off a Stressful Day in One of The Best Freestanding Tubs of 2025 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-05T11:04:58-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Remove Stain From Wood]]>Stripping stain from wood is a key step in most refinishing projects. This task is one for which you'll need protective gear, but is one that novice DIYers can easily accomplish.

The post How to Remove Stain From Wood appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-remove-stain-from-wood/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=109983Tue, 04 Feb 2025 16:48:27 -0500DIYInteriorPainting & FinishingPaints & FinishesWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Are you updating interior wood surfaces or refinishing a piece of furniture? You’ll first want to strip any stain from the wood. Removing dried wood stain and any protective varnish above it the initial step toward refinishing a prized piece of furniture or beautiful hardwood floors. 

Eliminating old wood stain can be a little trickier than paint removal, since the wood grain absorbs stain. Still, removing wood stain is a home improvement project that first-time DIYers can tackle in an afternoon. This guide will help you get the job done right.

Project Overview

Working time: About 2 hours, plus drying time
Total time: 24 hours
Skill level: Beginner/Intermediate
Estimated cost: $45 to $100

Before You Begin

Before starting to remove wood stain, assess and prepare your work area for safety. This DIY task often requires the use of chemical strippers, so include protective equipment as part of your preparation. Many types of chemical strippers emit strong fumes and have high amounts of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Put on a long-sleeve shirt, long pants, and closed-toe shoes. Before you open the stripper, don chemical-resistant gloves and safety glasses to keep the stripper from coming into contact with your skin or eyes. Finally, put on a respirator mask.

Plan to do your work with wood stain remover in a well-ventilated area—or outdoors, if possible. Clear the area of dust before starting, then lay down a drop cloth to protect the floors.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Guide to Removing Wood Stain

Step 1: Gather your materials and prep the work area.

Before you get started, note that most wood strippers (and even paint strippers designed to handle varnish) contain harsh chemicals that are dangerous to breathe in and should not touch your skin. If possible, work outdoors. If your wood piece is too large to move or you are stripping hardwood floors, make sure windows are open and the room is well ventilated. If you are stripping stain from a piece of furniture, lay down a drop cloth to protect the work area. Have the paint brush, stripper, and paint scraper, and other tools within reaching distance.

Step 2: Choose your paint stripper.

Although sanding alone can remove some wood stains, in most situations, you will need a chemical paint stripper. Although these products are harsh and even toxic, they could do less damage to a prized antique or vintage piece than the roughness of sandpaper when sanding off stain from wood. The types of paint strippers include:

  • Solvents, which are stronger and needed to work through varnish or thick layers or to remove oil-based stains. They can damage delicate wood, so be sure to follow directions carefully for use and safety precautions; these chemical strippers have a high VOC content and come with more health hazards than others.
  • Caustic strippers, chemical strippers that are not as strong, and can remove latex- or water-based wood stains but not polyurethane varnish. They probably will take longer to work than solvents will. 
  • Biochemical paint strippers, which are safer than caustic or solvent types because they contain plant-based and organic compounds. They emit lower VOCs, but can still irritate skin and the respiratory system; these strippers are only effective on water-based stains.
  • Zero-VOC strippers might be the best option for DIYers who are concerned about VOCs and the use of common stripper chemicals like methylene chloride. These are less effective on wood than on metal or masonry, especially when it comes to removing polyurethane layers.

Step 2: Prepare wood for stripping.

A young woman uses a screwdriver to remove handles from a painted cabinet.
Photo: ozgurcankaya via Getty Images ozgurcankaya

Before applying your paint stripper, be sure to prep the piece of furniture by removing any hardware, such as doorknobs, handles, or drawer pulls. Wood strippers or finishers can damage the color of metal hardware on furniture and wood cabinets. Reaching all the stain on a piece might involve taking furniture legs off or otherwise disassembling the item. Set the hardware aside or in a ziplock bag for reassembly later. Wipe down all of the wood surfaces with a microfiber cloth right before applying stripper.

Step 3: Apply paint stripper.

After donning protective gear, pour some stripper into a container. Only use a container that is designed to hold corrosive solvents, such as a disposable aluminum pan or a metal bowl. Pour the stripper into the container carefully so you don’t get any on your clothes or the floor.

Dip the paintbrush into the container of stain stripper and apply a thick layer of the stripper to the wood. Carefully brush it across the surface of the wood until the entire surface is covered. Be sure to keep the layer of stripper even and thick. Gently push the stripper into nooks and crannies to be sure they are covered.

Step 4: Let the stripper soak in.

Generally, the stripper needs to soak in for about 20 minutes, but you’ll want to read the label on the stain stripper you’re using for the product’s recommended timing instructions. Check on it every few minutes for signs of bubbling, which indicates that the stripper is working. If you notice any dry patches on the wood, apply more stripper. Cover the wood with plastic wrap if you need to to keep the stripper from drying out too quickly.

Step 5: Scrape the stain stripper off the wood.

Use a plastic scraper to scrape the varnish and stain from the wood. (To prevent nicks or damage to the wood, don’t use a metal scraper.) Exert gentle but consistent pressure, since the stripper softens the wood’s surface. Start at one edge of the workpiece and gently push the scraper across the surface of the wood in a straight line to match the wood grain. Scrape off the debris (into a bucket or trash can, if you can), and repeat the process in a different area. Continue until all the stain stripper has been scraped away.

If the wood piece has a thick layer of varnish, this first pass with the stripper might remove only that protective coat, but little to no wood stain. Reapply a coat of stripper where needed, and follow the steps above for removing the wood stain. 

Step 6: Scrub the surface of the wood.

A hand wearing a purple latex glove uses a pad of steel wool to scrub off wood stain.
Photo: michal812/Depositphotos Photo: Depositphotos/michal812

If only small amounts of stain remain, they might come off with final sanding. You can try scrubbing them off with a steel wool pad, wiping in the direction of the wood grain. If necessary, dip the steel wool pad in the stripper before wiping down the surface. Follow the direction of the grain and be sure to get into every nook and cranny. 

Once you are satisfied that all the varnish and stain have been removed, wipe down the surface of the wood with a wet rag. (Another option is to dampen a cloth with mineral spirits to remove residue from stain and the stripper.) Allow the piece of wood to dry for 24 hours.

Step 7: Sand the wood surface.

Once the wood is dry, sand it with medium-grit sandpaper. If you’re working on a large area, use an electric hand sander. When sanding wood, always apply steady pressure and sand in the direction of the wood grain. Continue sanding until you remove all traces of the varnish and stain. As you continue to sand, the existing stain will fade away, exposing the raw wood beneath.

Follow up with fine-grit sandpaper to smooth out any scratches made by the coarser sandpaper.

Step 8: Wipe the dust with a damp rag.

Once you are satisfied with the color of the wood, clean the sanding dust from the surface. You can vacuum it off or wipe it well with a dry rag. Wipe again with a damp rag to remove all of the wood dust, using a dab of mineral spirits if desired. Once dry from the damp wipe, the piece of wood is ready for a new stain and protective finish.

FAQs

Q. What is the best way to remove wood stain?

With most stains and varnish layers, a chemical stripper is the quickest route, saving on labor. However, it also introduces chemicals and fumes into the work area, so it requires the purchase and use of protective equipment like chemical-resistant gloves and even respirator masks. If you must work in an area without ventilation, do not turn to chemical solvents for wood stain removal.  

If you are wondering what is the easiest way to remove wood stain, that depends partially on the size and scope of the item and project, and whether it is more important to avoid chemicals or to save time and scraping or scrubbing, in which case you might opt for a more eco-friendly approach.

Q . Can you remove wood stain without chemical strippers?

Some wood stains, such as water-based ones, will come off without using harsh chemical strippers. In those cases, sanding will likely work best. Mineral spirits might remove residual stain or small amounts, but will not be effective on thicker and varnished stains. Any stain that includes polyurethane, lacquer, or oil-based varnish finishes will likely require use of a paint- or wood stain-stripping product.

In some cases, you can skip worrying about how to remove stain from the wood to update a piece; restain dried wood stain surfaces with a gel-based wood stain instead. This type of stain can even sit well over a polyurethane varnish. The new stain must be darker, however. It is a good idea to test a hidden area of wood surface first to be sure you can achieve the look you want without removing the original layer of wood stain. 

Q. Is chemical paint stripper safe?

In general, chemical paint and wood stain strippers with solvents contain harsh and highly odorous chemicals. The worst offender, methylene chloride, is flammable and can cause severe carbon monoxide intoxication and even death if used in an area without ventilation. 

The good news is that the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) banned the toxic solvent as of April 2024. It still could be present in strippers made before that date, so it is essential to read labels and follow all safety precautions listed for any paint stripper, including working outdoors or in a well-ventilated area and use of a respirator mask.

Q. Can you remove wood stain without the fumes?

To cut fumes and use of more toxic ingredients, opt for a product with low VOCs, like CitriStrip or BlueBear 605Pro, or a biochemical stripper like SmartStrip. Just beware that these products will likely require more time and labor (including potentially more coats) than a chemical solvent. 

You can opt to try a small container of these strippers first, even on a hidden patch of the wood, to see how they work before buying a solvent with a more toxic chemical formula. This could add to the total cost and time of the project, however, if you have to turn to chemical solvents in the end. You also need to carefully read and follow all usage and safety instructions on these products’ labels.

Q. How many coats of stripper does it take to remove wood stain?

The number of coats and scrapings required to take stain off wood depends heavily on the type (and thickness or layers) of wood stain product and varnish above it, as well as other factors like the stripper formula. It is not uncommon for a DIYer to have to make a second pass of stripper over some areas of wood that resist the first coat of stripper. 

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for how thick a coat to apply, how long to let the stripper sit on the wood surface before scraping it off, and the recommended number of coats. Usually, using a thick layer works best.

Q. Can you remove wood stain without sanding?

It is possible to remove wood stain without sanding, assuming the chemical stripper and a scraper can remove all of the stain and any finishing layer above it. It might be possible to remove stain with only a  carbide scraper (or in combination with a stripper). The tool has a hard and durable carbide blade. But it is best if you have some experience using the scraper to prevent damage to the wood, especially if it is a soft wood. If opting for no sanding, wipe the entire surface down with mineral spirits on a rag to remove any remaining bits of stain or stripper residue before refinishing the wood.

The post How to Remove Stain From Wood appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-04T16:48:27-05:00
<![CDATA[Keep Shower Stains at Bay With the 5 Best Shower Squeegees Tested]]>Keep your shower clean of water spots, stains, and mold with the best shower squeegee. We tested top-reviewed squeegees to see how they stacked up.

The post Keep Shower Stains at Bay With the 5 Best Shower Squeegees Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-shower-squeegee/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=127247Tue, 04 Feb 2025 12:18:10 -0500ReviewsCleaningCleaning SuppliesInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Fun to say and simple to use, squeegees are your shower’s best friend. By ridding your bathing area of excess moisture, the best shower squeegees can prevent mold, mildew, water spots, rust stains, bug infestations, and more. These cleaning gadgets have blades that slick water off of glass doors and tiled walls without scratching the surfaces.

Squeegees are traditionally made of stainless steel with rubberized blades. However, squeegees made of newer materials, like high-performance silicone, are game changers and safe for all surfaces. Save yourself time and energy on bathroom cleanup with one of these labor-saving selections that we tested. Our favorite of the bunch was the Gütewerk Shower Squeegee, with its ergonomic handle in a simple and modern design.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Gütewerk High Performance Shower Squeegee
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Foshio Rubber Shower Squeegee With Extra Blade
  3. BEST DOUBLE-SIDED: DSV Long-Handled Window and Shower Squeegee
  4. BEST FOR GLASS: Desired Tools All-Purpose Silicone Shower Squeegee
  5. BEST FOR TILE: Richmirth Silicone Shower Squeegee
A person using the best shower squeegee to clean a green tile wall.
Photo: Amanda Lauren for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

Blade WidthStorageAdditional Features
Gütewerk High Performance Shower Squeegee9 inchesSuction cup, hanger, and hookErgonomic handle
Foshio Rubber Shower Squeegee With Extra Blade5.11 inchesNoneReplaceable blade
DSV Long-Handled Window and Shower Squeegee8 inchesHanging holeTelescoping handle, rotating head, double-sided
Desired Tools All-Purpose Silicone Shower Squeegee7.7 inchesHanging holeSoft padded handle
Richmirth Silicone Shower Squeegee9 inchesHookNon-scratching material

Our Top Picks

From sleek silicone-coated squeegees to classic stainless steel, these top picks are some of the best in their category. In addition to testing these products for safety and versatility, we tested them for the most important result: a streak-free shower.

Best Overall

Gütewerk High Performance Shower Squeegee

 The Gütewerk High Performance Shower Squeegee and its suction hook and hanger on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Handle is both nonslip and ergonomic
  • Multiple ways to store this squeegee
  • Available in multiple colors
  • Simple modern design

What We Don’t Like

  • Blade is not replaceable

Product Specs

  • Blade width: 9 inches
  • Storage: Suction cup, hanger, and hook
  • Additional features: Ergonomic handle

Cleaning in a rush or dealing with hard or mineralized water? The Gütewerk high-performance shower squeegee is an excellent choice. Minimalist and sleek in appearance, Gütewerk’s shower squeegee is pure streamlined functionality. With an ergonomic design unrivaled in comparable products, the Gütewerk squeegee fits comfortably in the hand. The stainless steel core is coated in high-performance food-grade silicone. This design ensures a nonslip grip and also prevents potential damage on the off chance the squeegee falls onto a hard surface.

The soft 9-inch silicone blade glides easily over glass, tile, wood, metal, and more, wicking away moisture and leaving a clean surface behind. We loved that it is comfortable to handle and compact in size, making it ideal for apartment storage. Just keep in mind that while the silicone blade slides fast and smoothly, moving the water down the glass, it didn’t necessarily collect water or dirt on the bottom as well as some other options on this list. If it is being used to get rid of dirt, especially on a windshield or mirror, it will likely need to be trailed with a microfiber cloth or rag.

This squeegee comes with a suction hook so that it can be hung easily in a shower stall. This stylish model is also useful for auto and general household cleanup.

Get the Gütewerk shower squeegee at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Foshio Rubber Shower Squeegee With Extra Blade

 The Foshio Rubber Shower Squeegee With Extra Blade on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Thick and durable blade
  • Removable and replaceable blade
  • Compact design
  • Great size for smaller spaces

What We Don’t Like

  • Short blade width
  • Handle is short, too

Product Specs

  • Blade width: 5.11 inches
  • Storage: None
  • Additional features: Replaceable blade

This pint-size squeegee provides full-size results. A great choice for road trips, RVs, and keeping excess water off kitchen counters, mirrors, tub walls, and more, the Foshio squeegee easily fits inside a standard car’s glove box.

Well designed with a sturdy beveled rubber blade, Foshio’s portable shower squeegee also features a nonslip screw-in handle, making it an ergonomic choice that’s comfortable to use. Unlike softer silicone blades, Foshio’s blade is rigid and easily cleans glass and other polished surfaces. It can also be useful for removing dirt and soap scum without using too much extra elbow grease.

Because of its brightly colored blades, which are available in a variety of colors including blue, green, turquoise, and yellow, this squeegee is a fun option for kids’ bathrooms. While it could certainly be used in larger spaces, it’s a bit small and the job may take longer than anticipated.

The only issue we had during testing was swapping out the old blade for the additionally included blade; it’s not clear how to swap out the old one. Still, the blade is durable and the price is low enough to justify simply replacing it when necessary.

Get the Foshio shower squeegee at Amazon.

Best Double Sided

DSV Long-Handled Window and Shower Squeegee

 The DSV Long-Handled Window and Shower Squeegee on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Extendable handle
  • Lightweight and easy to use
  • Ideal for washing as well as drying
  • Great for windows and other hard-surfaces
  • Useful for tiles as well as grout

What We Don’t Like

  • Can smell if left out wet
  • Handle is a bit hard to unlock at first

Product Specs

  • Blade width: 8 inches
  • Storage: Hanging hole
  • Additional features: Telescoping handle, rotating head, double-sided

There’s a reason that gas stations prefer dual-sided squeegees; wetness and gunk can be scraped off the windshield and then the other side can be used to dry the glass surface for a perfect, spotless shine. To achieve the same spotlessness at home, try DSV’s professional all-purpose window squeegee.

With an 8-inch soft rubber blade on one side and a nylon-netted sponge on the other, showers (and other hard surfaces) can be clean and dry in no time. The handle also telescopes, which we found made it easier to access hard-to-reach spots without a step stool. Great for larger showers, poolside cabanas, and bathing areas with lots of hard surfaces to keep clean and dry, the DSV can also be used in kitchens, for window washing, and to clean cars.

We found this squeegee made cleanup fast and easy, passing all of our tests with impressive scores. The mesh netting over the sponge was particularly helpful for lifting dirt and grime from tiles and grout, so it is truly a multiuse product. Use it to clean the bathtub, shower stalls, and even the sink.

Because it has such a long handle, we found it to be a smart choice for those days when we didn’t want to get on our hands and knees and scrub. While it is a bit pricier than other options, all of its features make it worth the extra cost.

Get the DSV shower squeegee at Amazon or Walmart

Best For Glass

Desired Tools All-Purpose Silicone Shower Squeegee

 The Desired Tools All-Purpose Silicone Shower Squeegee and extra blades on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Handle is very comfortable to use
  • Extra blades included
  • Compact and easy to store away
  • Scratch-free materials good for ceramic, porcelain, and tile

What We Don’t Like

  • The blade is relatively short

Product Specs

  • Blade width: 7.7 inches
  • Storage: Hanging hole
  • Additional features: Soft padded handle

Cleaning glass isn’t easy. Fortunately, the Desired Tools all-purpose silicone shower squeegee makes it feel almost effortless. We found this was also one of the most maneuverable options on the list because of the foam grip. We were impressed at how well this squeegee passed every test, making it a fantastic tool for all types of surfaces whether it’s glass, tiles, or even mirrors.

Paired with the soft yet sturdy silicone blade that won’t scratch or damage shiny surfaces, the squeegee also has a comfy grip. While using it, we found the action of the blade to be so smooth that it only needed the smallest amount of elbow grease to clean shower doors, mirrors, and windows.

It wicks away even the smallest drops with precision, leaving a clean, dry surface behind. Best of all, this compact squeegee comes with two replacement blades, each nearly 8 inches in length, ensuring the glass will be clean and streak-free for a long time to come.

This compact squeegee is also smartly designed with a hole in the handle; it easily fits on an adhesive hook inside a cabinet, on a shower shelf, or on a hook affixed to the bathroom wall.

Get the Desired Tools shower squeegee at Amazon or Walmart

Best For Tile

Richmirth Silicone Shower Squeegee

 The Richmirth Silicone Shower Squeegee hanging over the top edge of a pain of glass with a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Won’t damage surfaces like porcelain, marble, or ceramic
  • There are no seams that will collect dirt on the blade
  • Multiple sizes available

What We Don’t Like

  • The handle makes a squeaking sound
  • Handle is quite short

Product Specs

  • Blade width: 9 inches
  • Storage: Hook
  • Additional features: Non-scratching material

For tile that can potentially be scratched or damaged, a squeegee blade with an ultra-close yet gentle touch is best. We found that Richmirth’s 100 percent BPA-free silicone-based squeegee glides smoothly over tile without a hitch and can clean an entire shower wall in just four swipes.

The rubberized blade is flexible, which means it can handle rippled surfaces and grout lines with ease. Unlike stainless steel–handled squeegees, this one won’t damage tile made from stone, porcelain, ceramic; wood flooring; or tub surfaces if it is dropped. Richmirth’s squeegee also performs well in extreme weather conditions. Stash it in a glove box to remove excess moisture from the windshield on chilly winter days. In the bathroom, store it with the included silicone hook which fits snugly over shower doors that are 0.45- to 1-inch thick.

We were impressed at how well this squeegee performed on all of our tests. However, there is one minor caveat. We found the squeegee squeaks as it cleans, which could be potentially irritating to some users. However, it cleans everything incredibly well, especially tile and tile grout. It lifted soap scum off without using too much elbow grease.

Get the Richmirth shower squeegee at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Shower Squeegees

Before deciding on our products to test, we interviewed some cleaning experts to see if they could offer us any insights to this relatively simple bathroom cleaning tool. We were surprised to learn from Aaron Christensen, the Vice President of Homeaglow, a home cleaning service that operates nationwide, that “shower squeegees are the most effective tool for controlling high germ areas” thanks to their ability to quickly wipe away standing water and grease from bathroom surfaces. Christensen also recommends rubber or silicone blades for best results. WIth this in mind, we set out to get our hands on a range of options to see how they stand up to real world testing.

After unboxing the products, we made sure each squeegee came with all of its included accessories such as extra blades and storage hooks. For squeegees with extension rods, we made sure the rods functioned properly.

We tested each squeegee on a shower door to remove water and then with a few sprays of glass cleaner. We took note of how each squeegee felt in the hand, its maneuverability, and how it functioned to remove the water. Did it require a lot of elbow grease? How easily did the blade pivot? Did the door appear to be cleaner after using the squeegee? Finally, we checked to see if each squeegee left streaks or residue. We repeated the same tests on a tiled wall, a mirror, and a car windshield.

We also spoke with Diana Ciechorska, the General Manager of Park Slope Cleaning in Brooklyn New York, who recommended shoppers think about their specific bathroom surfaces and purchase accordingly. “Match your squeegee to your surface. Soft blades for glass, tougher ones for tiles.” Our own research also found a deceptively wide range of features that shoppers may wish to consider before purchasing the right squeegee. Our extensive list of options comes with a range of useful features, including varying blade lengths and storage options, to suit a variety of user preferences. We also made sure to include several picks made from different materials, from soft and lightweight silicone to durable stainless steel.

We found longevity to be an issue with some squeegees on the market, so those on our list of recommendations are made from durable materials, and most even have the ability to replace the rubber blade to keep the squeegee in top condition for several years.

What to Consider When Choosing a Shower Squeegee

The modern household squeegee was patented in 1936, and the same basic design is still in use today. However, newer materials like silicone are replacing rubberized blades and becoming the squeegee of choice in many people’s showers, cars, and utility closets. Whichever squeegee style shoppers choose, they will want to figure out how they’ll use it and where they’ll hang it before they buy one.

Intended Use and Versatility

All squeegees have one main purpose: to rid hard surfaces of water and moisture. Beyond that, squeegees can be specialized for different types of surfaces, including walls, windows, and floors. On the whole, squeegees work best on smooth surfaces, like glass, fiberglass, and thermoformed acrylic tubs. They can also be used on rippled and tiled surfaces as long as the blade isn’t too stiff or sharp.

For walls, doors, countertops, and mirrors, short-handled squeegees work best. Long-handled models are designed for cleaning floors and washing upper-story windows. For an even drier, shinier shower, try a double-sided squeegee. Similar to those found at gas stations for cleaning windshields, these have both a soft buffing edge and stiff waterproof blade. Double-sided models are great for window washing and, of course, cleaning a car windshield.

Handle and Blade Type

Traditional squeegees have a plastic or stainless steel handle. Some brands have cushioned and ergonomic handles that are more comfortable to hold. Both sleek and functional, silicone-coated squeegees are growing in popularity. The blade—the part of the squeegee that glides over a surface and collects water—is made of either natural or synthetic rubber or silicone.

Rubber and silicone blades each have their benefits. Rubber is ultradurable though stiff, which is why rubber blades are the best choice for floors and smooth, flat surfaces. Silicone blades are softer and more flexible, enabling them to better maneuver over tiled and rippled surfaces. Silicone blades are also safe and effective on glass, tile, mirrors, and more. Count on a spotless finish every time.

Size and Weight

Squeegee blades usually range from 6 to 12 inches in length. Small handheld squeegees have relatively short handles (about 5.5 inches in length), which some folks may find difficult to grip. Models with longer handles (6.5 inches and up) are also available. In terms of weight, shower squeegees should be about half a pound, though some compact models are even lighter.

The best shower squeegee for a particular shopper is one that is heavy enough to provide firm contact with shower and bathroom surfaces but light enough to wield without causing strain. Stainless steel handles tend to be heavier, with plastic and silicone being lighter options. A silicone squeegee is a safe choice for tiled, wooden, and natural stone surfaces as it won’t accidentally cause chips, scratches, or damage if it’s dropped.

Mounting Type

Many shower squeegees come with suction-cup hooks or shower-door hooks so they can be mounted in the shower easily. Suction hooks are easy to install; simply moisten and then press against a clean, dry, smooth surface. On the downside, suction cups can lose their gripping power over time.

Hooks that hang over the shower door are durable and long lasting, but be sure to measure the hooks to make sure they fit the stall. Some squeegee brands provide several different types of mounting equipment as well as replacement blades in their packaging.

FAQs

Q. What are squeegees used for? 

Squeegees are used to remove excess water and moisture from hard, flat surfaces.

Q. How do you use a shower squeegee?

Slide along a flat surface with even, firm pressure. Direct the collected water into the drain.

Q. When should you replace a shower squeegee?

Many squeegees have replaceable blades, so you can keep the handle and swap out the blade when it no longer collects water efficiently. Prevent blade mold and handle rust through proper care and by keeping your squeegee dry.

The post Keep Shower Stains at Bay With the 5 Best Shower Squeegees Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-04T12:18:10-05:00
<![CDATA[This Simple Product Can Increase Your Wood Stove’s Efficiency]]>The best wood stove fans help move warm air throughout a room for even heat distribution. After looking at more than 20 options, we found the best 8 avaialble today.

The post This Simple Product Can Increase Your Wood Stove’s Efficiency appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-wood-stove-fans/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-wood-stove-fans/Tue, 04 Feb 2025 08:12:44 -0500ReviewsFireplaces & ChimneysHeating & CoolingInteriorMajor SystemsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A wood stove fan can help distribute the heat from a wood-burning stove, warming a room more efficiently than the stove can unassisted. These little fans typically use the heat generated by the stove to power their motors and don’t require any electricity or batteries to operate. There are numerous wood stove fans available, so to find the cream of the crop, we researched more than 20 models, comparing specs and reviewing dozens of customer reviews. We then tested four standout fans.

After testing, our top pick was the two-pack of Flanagan 5-Blade Fireplace Fans. These two fans quickly spun into action as our stove heated up, providing enough airflow to disperse hot air across the room.

We also enlisted the help of a wood stove and chimney expert, Tim Smith, owner of Albany, New York-based Actual Chimney Specialists. Read on to learn which of the best wood stove fans may be right for your home.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Flanagan 5-Blade Fireplace Fans
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER UP: Voda 4-Blade Wood Stove Fan
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Tomersun 3-Blade Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST COMPACT: Galafire 4-Blade Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan
    Jump to Review
  5. MOST VERSATILE: Cwlakon Mounting Wood Stove Fan
    Jump to Review
  6. HONORABLE MENTION: Hanaoyo 6-Blade Wood Stove Fan
    Jump to Review 
  7. ALSO CONSIDER: Tsendi 4-Blade Silent Operation Wood Stove Fan
    Jump to Review 
The Best Wood Stove Fan Option Flanagan two pack of wood stove fans
Photo: Katie Barton for Bob Vila

Wood Stove Fans Comparison Chart

BladesOperating TemperatureMaterialCFM
Flanagan 5-Blade Fireplace Fans5185 to 662 degrees FahrenheitAnodized aluminum164 to 194
Voda 4-Blade Wood Stove Fan4185 to 660 degrees FahrenheitAnodized aluminum240
Tomersun 3-Blade Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan3176 to 653 degrees FahrenheitAnodized aluminum170
Ecofan UltrAir Nickel Blade Wood Stove Fan2212 to 650 degrees FahrenheitNickel and anodized aluminum125
Galafire 4-Blade Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan4122 to 662 degrees FahrenheitAnodized aluminum126
Hanaoyo 6-Blade Wood Stove Fan6131 to 653 degreesAnodized aluminumN/A
Cwlakon Mounting Wood Stove Fan4Max of 644 degrees FahrenheitAnodized aluminumN/A
Tsendi 4-Blade Silent Operation Wood Stove Fan 4122 to 500 degreesAnodized aluminumN/A

Our Top Picks

The products below were tested on a freestanding wood stove and rated based on their performance, durability, and value. Read on to learn how each model fared in our tests and find one right for you.

Best Overall

Flanagan 5-Blade Fireplace Fans

 The Best Wood Stove Fan Option Flanagan 5-Blade Fireplace Fans
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Includes two 5-blade fans
  • Ideal for medium to large rooms
  • Attractive price point
  • Comes with a stove thermometer

What We Don’t Like

  • Not suitable for built-in fireplaces

Specs 

  • Blades: 5
  • Operating temperature: 185 to 662 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): 164 to 194

Our Ratings: Performance 4.5/5; Durability 4.5/5; Value 4.3/5

Since wood stove fans are small, they don’t produce a ton of airflow. Utilizing two fans, one on each side of the stove, is a more efficient way to disperse heat, which is why our top pick is this affordably priced pack of two fans from Flanagan. 

These heat-powered fans have five blades that begin spinning when surface temperatures reach around 130 degrees Fahrenheit. The blades spin faster as the stove heats up, with an operating range from 185 to 662 degrees Fahrenheit. If temperatures exceed 482 degrees Fahrenheit (the ideal operating temperature), the fan’s base will lift, protecting the motor from heat damage. 

The Flanagan fans are smaller than some of the other models we tested, but their five blades spun fast, producing the most airflow. We placed one on each side of our wood stove and could feel a warm breeze when standing in front of them. We also appreciated that this two-pack included a wood stove thermometer, which allowed us to easily monitor our stove’s surface temperatures. 

What our tester says: “The Flanagan wood stove fans were quick to power up, and their blades spun quickly, helping to move the heat from the top of the wood stove throughout the room. They did a better job of producing airflow than even the most expensive wood stove fan I tested.” —Katie Barton, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Flanagan wood stove fan at Amazon.

Runner up

Voda 4 Blades Wood Stove Fan

 The Voda 4 Blades Wood Stove Fan on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Available in two finishes
  • Quick to power on
  • Thermal safety feature protects the fan’s motor

What We Don’t Like

  • Doesn’t deliver enough airflow for large spaces

Specs 

  • Blades: 4
  • Operating temperature: 185 to 660 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): 240

Our Ratings: Performance 4/5; Durability 4.5/5; Value 4/5

Powered entirely by heat, Voda’s four-bladed stove fan is durable and operates silently, making it one of the best ways to circulate air around the wood stove. It kicks on at temperatures as low as 185 degrees Fahrenheit and can withstand temperatures as high as 660 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The Voda comes in black and gold finishes to complement different stoves and surroundings. We tested the black version, which was attractive and felt quality-built. 

We used a stove thermometer during testing, and the Voda’s blades powered on when our stovetop’s temperature hit the low 100s Fahrenheit. The blades spun quicker as the stove heated up. This fan didn’t produce a lot of airflow, but enough that we could feel it from a few feet away. While it can help distribute air in rooms of all sizes, it’s best equipped to help warm a small room.

Get the Voda wood stove fan at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Bang for the Buck

Tomersun 3 Blades Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan

 Tomersun 3 Blades Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan on a white background with orange arrows to illustrate heat distribution.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Budget-friendly price point
  • Whisper-quiet noise level
  • Compact design fits on smaller wood stoves

What We Don’t Like

  • Produces limited airflow

Specs 

  • Blades: 3
  • Operating temperature: 176 to 653 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): 170

Our Ratings: Performance 3.7/5; Durability 4/5; Value 4/5

With this pick, Tomersun offers an economical way to add a fan to a wood stove. As with other pricier stove fans, this one features whisper-quiet operation and is made from durable anodized aluminum. Its construction looked and felt similar to the other all-aluminum fans we tested, but at a lower cost.

The Tomersun has a built-in safety device that automatically elevates the front of the fan to protect the motor from damage if temperatures exceed 572 degrees Fahrenheit. Its operating range is 176 to 653 degrees Fahrenheit, although the blades began to spin when our stove’s surface temperature reached a little over 100 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The Tomersun stove fan produces an airflow of between 150 and 170 CFM, which is adequate for circulating air through small spaces. Like the other fans we tested, we didn’t feel the airflow more than a few feet away from the fan. However, this choice is a good value for those looking for a wood-burning stove fan for a small space.

What our tester says: “I appreciate this fan’s durable construction and attractive price point. It would be ideal for circulating airflow in a small space.” —Katie Barton, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Tomersun wood stove fan at Amazon.

More Great Options

The following wood stove fans have garnered hundreds (or thousands) of positive user reviews. Their standout features and high customer satisfaction ratings have earned them a spot on our list.

Best Compact

Galafire 4-Blade Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan

 The Galafire 4 Blades Heat-Powered Wood Stove Fan on a white background with a temperature gauge next to it.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Compact size is ideal for smaller wood stoves 
  • Starts working at a low temperature 
  • Features an efficient four-blade design 

What We Don’t Like

  • May not deliver adequate airflow

Specs 

  • Blades: 4
  • Operating temperature: 122 to 662 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): 126

This small wood stove fan measures just over 7 inches tall, an ideal choice for more compact wood stoves. Its four-blade design makes it capable of pushing a lot of air. It also starts operating at the low temperature of just 122 degrees Fahrenheit, so it will start circulating air as the stove is just heating up. The Galafire also comes with a thermometer to help monitor the temperature of the wood stove.

Get the Galafire wood stove fan at Amazon.

Most Versatile

Cwlakon Mounting Wood Stove Fan

 The Cwlakon Mounting Wood Stove Fan on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Attaches to some portable gas-powered space heaters 
  • Compact size is ideal for small wood stoves
  • Suitable for outdoor use

What We Don’t Like

  • Smaller size means less airflow produced

Specs 

  • Blades: 4
  • Operating temperature: Max of 644 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): N/A

This versatile four-bladed fan can be used for more than just a wood stove. That’s because it comes equipped with a slot on its base that allows users to secure it to the top of some space heaters. With its durable anodized aluminum construction, it’s also tough enough to survive outdoors, and it can endure being lugged around. Since it’s more compact than most wood stove fans, it’s easy to take on the road for camping trips or for use with a smaller wood stove. 

Get the Cwlakon wood stove fan at Amazon.

Honorable Mention

Hanaoyo 6-Blade Wood Stove Fan

 The Cwlakon Mounting Wood Stove Fan on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Features 6 fan blades
  • Includes a magnetic stove thermometer
  • Quiet operation

What We Don’t Like

  • Some user complain about lack of air movement

Specs 

  • Blades: 6
  • Operating temperature: 131 to 653 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): N/A

This heat-powered stove fan kicks on when temperatures reach as low as 131 degrees Fahrenheit and continues to operate at temperatures as high as 653 degrees Fahrenheit. It’s made from lightweight anodized aluminum and features six blades for maximum airflow.

The Hanaoyo stove fan has built-in thermal protection. If the stove’s surface gets too hot, the base will lift, protecting the fan’s motor. It also comes with a magnetic wood stove thermometer. While many users praise this fan for circulating warm air from their stove, some complain that it’s not powerful enough for large spaces.

Get the Hanaoyo wood stove fan at Amazon.

Also Consider

Tsendi 4 Blades Silent Operation Wood Stove Fan

 The Tsendi 4 Blades Silent Operation Wood Stove Fan on a white background with a red, orange, and yellow illustration showing heat distribution.
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Good build quality with an affordable price tag
  • Begins working at a low temperature
  • Features lightweight anodized aluminum blades

What We Don’t Like

  • Only produces enough airflow to fill smaller rooms

Specs 

  • Blades: 4
  • Operating temperature: 122 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Material: Anodized aluminum
  • Cubic feet per minute (CFM): N/A

This wood stove fan is solidly built and produces good airflow, helping to distribute heat from a wood stove or pellet stove throughout the surrounding room. It’s made from durable anodized aluminum and has a low starting temperature of 122 degrees Fahrenheit, so it starts blowing air through the room while the stove is still heating up. Affordably priced, the Tsendi also comes with a stove thermometer that monitors the stove’s temperature. 

Get the Tsendi wood stove fan at Amazon.

ALSO TESTED

We also tested the Ecofan UltrAir Nickel Blade Wood Stove Fan. Unfortunately, even though this stove fan was the most expensive and aesthetically pleasing, its two-blade design produced noticeably less circulation than fans with four or five blades. We couldn’t feel any circulation from this fan unless we stood directly in front of it.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose and Tested the Best Wood Stove Fans

Testing Stats
Products tested 4
Time spent testing 3 weeks
Tests performed3
Price range$30 to $100

When selecting the best wood stove fans, we considered several factors. Since these fans are exposed to intense heat, we chose models made from durable, heat-resistant materials such as anodized aluminum. Other important features we looked for were safety mechanisms that protect the fan’s motor in case the stove exceeds the fan’s heat rating. Aesthetics were also a factor, given that wood or pellet stove fans are typically clearly visible. 

We tested four fans, letting them run on our wood stove for 3 weeks. We evaluated how well each fan could move air through the room from short and long distances. To verify that they worked within their operating temperature range, we monitored our stovetop’s temperature using a wood stove thermometer. We also inspected the construction and let the fans run non-stop for several days to evaluate durability. We used a standardized rubric to award each fan ratings based on performance, durability, and value and tallied those scores at the end of testing to determine which fans were the best.

What to Consider When Choosing a Wood Stove Fan

While performing research, we asked chimney expert Tim Smith of Actual Chimney Specialists a variety of questions to find out what factors are most important when shopping for one of these wood stove accessories. If you’re heating with a wood stove, here’s what you need to know about wood stove fans.

Blades

The number and design of the blades impact how well a wood-burning stove fan can distribute air throughout the room. Typically, fans with four blades do a better job of circulating air than fans with two or three blades.

But while fans with more blades are tempting, Smith points out that fans made with fewer blades and lightweight materials will last longer and spring faster. “A lightweight material such as aluminum would be best so the fan blades will spin quickly without too much stress on the motor,” he says. 

The blade design can also play a factor in how effectively the fan moves air. Some wood stove fans utilize curved or angled fan blades to blow air more efficiently.

CFM Rating 

A fan’s CFM rating measures how much air a fan can move per minute. This measurement is important because it indicates how well the wood stove fan can blow air through a room. That being said, while many manufacturers list the CFM ratings of their wood stove fans, they’re not always accurate. Most wood stove fan CFM ratings hover around 130 CFM, which is about enough to circulate warm air through about 400 square feet of space. Also, keep in mind that since wood stove fans have motors that use the stove’s heat for power, the speed will partially depend on the temperature of the stove. 

Operating Temperature

Smith says that when selecting a fan, it’s important to pay attention to the temperature range of the unit, including the minimum temperature that is required to start its motor and the maximum temperature it can endure without suffering damage. 

“Wood stove fans that are specific to the appliance usually have a temperature switch or a snap disk that senses a specific temperature before it will send power to the fan,” Smith says. “The temperature [the fan starts at] is usually between 180 and 220 degrees Fahrenheit.”

As the temperature of the stove increases, the fan will continue to speed up until it hits an optimal temperature, which is usually between 450 and 500 degrees Fahrenheit. Most wood stove fans have safety features that will raise the base of the fan off of the stove when the wood stove’s temperature exceeds 600 degrees Fahrenheit. This is done to prevent a fan’s motor from overheating. 

Since wood stove fans require a minimum level of heat to power on, they won’t work on electric fireplace heaters or standard built-in fireplaces.

Noise

Since wood stove fan motors are powered solely by heat from the stove, they tend to operate very quietly. Expect a wood stove fan to operate at decibel levels between 25 and 30, which is about the same noise level as a whisper. A fan’s build quality can also affect its noise level. Poorly-made wood stove fans may have loose parts that create rattling or clicking noises while the fan is operating. 

Materials 

Wood stove fans are usually made from anodized aluminum that can withstand temperatures of up to 600 degrees Fahrenheit. While virtually all wood stove fans are made from this material, more durably-built models use heavier-gauge aluminum than cheaper alternatives. 

The Advantages of Using a Wood Stove Fan

A good thermal fan for wood stove use can improve its ability to distribute heat, making it more efficient at heating a home. 

“The advantage of adding a wood stove fan is you will push more heat quicker and be able to heat a larger area in a much more efficient manner,” Smith says.

And since these fans use a motor powered by the heat of the stove, they don’t require electricity to function. Unlike fireplace insert blowers and other types of fans, wood stove fans make very little noise, so they don’t detract from the rustic appeal of a wood stove. 

  • Improves stove efficiency by helping to distribute warm air
  • Doesn’t require any electricity or a battery to operate
  • Operates very quietly

Safety Tips for Using Wood Stove Fans

While a heat fan for wood stovetops can help make a stove more efficient, it can also be a safety hazard. First, when positioning the fan on the stove, make sure it has enough clearance to accommodate the spinning blades. Wood stove fans can exceed 600 degrees Fahrenheit. And because the spinning fan blades are exposed on most models, they can cause injury to anyone who comes into contact with them. As such, it’s important to keep children and pets away from the fan. To reposition the fan during use, be wary of the blade and wear a stove glove to avoid getting burned. Also, use the handle on the top of the fan to move it. 

  • Make sure there is enough space around the fan to accommodate the blades
  • Keep children and pets away from the fan
  • Use an oven mitt and grab the fan’s handle to reposition it while it is in use

FAQs 

Still have questions about how wood stove fans work and whether they’re right for your home? Read on for answers to some of the most common queries about these devices, including how long they last and where to position the fan on the stove.

Q. Are two stove fans better than one?

Two stove fans are better than one when it comes to airflow. Most wood stove brands are large enough to accommodate two stove fans. Adding one on each side of the stovetop maximizes the circulation of warm air throughout the room. 

Q. Does a fan make a wood stove more efficient?

Stove fans do make wood stoves more efficient. By circulating the warm air outward, preventing it from rising directly to the top of the room, stove fans decrease a wood stove’s heat loss, thus improving the stove’s ability to heat a room. And since the stove fan doesn’t use any electricity, there’s no additional cost to operate it. 

Q. How many blades is best for a wood stove fan?

Most wood stove fans have three or four blades. The more blades, the better the fan is able to disperse heat throughout a room, though the blade length and shape will also have an impact. More blades typically result in better performance, but a large number of blades also puts more drag on the motor, which can cause it to wear out more quickly. 

Q. Do wood stove fans actually work?

Since heat rises, a wood stove fan placed on top of the stove can help push that rising heat across the room before it rises to the ceiling. However, wood stove fans are small, so they don’t provide much airflow. They also work best on freestanding wood stoves and may not work on all types of fireplaces.

Q. How long do wood stove fans last?

With regular dusting, a wood stove fan can last for many years. Longevity will vary depending on the level of heat the fan is exposed to and its construction.

Q. What is the best position for a stove fan?

The best position for a wood stove fan is near the back or side of the stove but away from the chimney. 

Meet the Tester

Katie Barton is a Bob Vila writer specializing in home-related topics. She has a wood stove in her garage, and a wood-burning fireplace insert in her home.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick

The post This Simple Product Can Increase Your Wood Stove’s Efficiency appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-04T08:12:44-05:00
<![CDATA[The 23 Best Organization Products Under $50]]>From closet bins and car organizers to kitchen pantry essentials, we've rounded up the best organization products under $50.

The post The 23 Best Organization Products Under $50 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-organizing-products-under-50/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=251862Mon, 03 Feb 2025 11:49:03 -0500ReviewsBathroom StorageBathroomsInteriorStorageStorage & OrganizingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Keeping a home organized can feel like a constant battle. Whether you live alone, share a space with roommates, or have a large family, time and space constraints can make it difficult to stop the clutter from creeping in. The best organizing products make it possible to develop a solution to tame the clutter and find a spot to keep your items easily accessible without making more of a mess. Continue reading to learn more about some of the top organizing products for the kitchen, office, closet, bedroom, bathroom, garage, and car.

Best Kitchen Organizers

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Food Storage Containers
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

1. Food Storage Containers

The pantry is often one of the most disorganized spaces in a home. This set of 24 airtight food storage containers are one of the best home organization products to help you regain control of a cluttered pantry. The set includes four different container sizes (2.5 quarts, 1.8 quarts, 1.5 quarts, and 0.7 quarts) to hold snacks, cereal, pasta, baking necessities, tea bags, and more. The containers are stackable and come with reusable labels, making it easy to keep everything organized and easy to find.

Get the Vtopmart Airtight Food Storage Containers at Amazon for $36.99 (Save $5)

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Refrigerator Organizer Bins
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

2. Refrigerator Organizer Bins

The refrigerator is another area of the kitchen that can often use some TLC when it comes to organization. These bins can hold fresh fruits and vegetables, condiments, snacks, soda cans, and other loose items that would otherwise get jumbled around in the fridge. Four medium and four large bins come in the set, providing plenty of space to store several items. The clear design makes it easy to see what is in each bin and helps prevent food waste. In addition to being used in the fridge, these clear bins can also help you keep the freezer, pantry, or countertops organized.

Get the Utopia Home Organizer Bins at Amazon for $16.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Can Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

3. Can Organizer

Canned soups, fruits, vegetables, and meats are a staple found in many pantries. However, when you have several cans in your pantry, it can be really difficult to find the one you need for a specific recipe—or to even know what you have when getting your grocery list ready. This can rack organizer has a three-tiered design to hold up to 36 cans. Customize the placement of the included plastic dividers to accommodate the cans in your pantry. If the space in your pantry allows, you can even purchase two sets of racks and stack them together to store up to 72 cans.

Get the Sagler Stackable Can Rack Organizer at Amazon for $19.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Pots and Pans Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

4. Pots and Pans Organizer

Keep your pots and pans from taking over your cabinets with this organizer. It offers a customizable design to accommodate your specific storage and organization needs. Choose a horizontal layout to hold up to eight lids and frying pans, or opt for one of the two horizontal settings to hold larger cookware pieces.

Get the GeekDigg Pot Rack Organizer at Amazon for $23.99

Allstar Innovations Spice Spinner holds two tiers of spices
Photo: Amazon

5. Spice Organizer

This two-tiered spice organizer can hold up to 40 different seasonings and condiments, making it much easier to find exactly what you need for a specific recipe. There’s an adjustable top shelf and four different height settings to choose from, depending on the space in your cabinet and the height of your seasoning bottles. With the built-in lazy Susan, you can rotate the shelves 360-degrees to quickly grab the spice you want.

Get the Spice Spinner Two-Tiered Spice Organizer at Amazon for $19.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Water Bottle Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

6. Water Bottle Organizer

If you’re afraid all of your water bottles and tumblers are going to come crashing out of the kitchen cabinet every time you open it, consider picking up this water bottle organizer. It features four stacking trays, each with three deep wells to hold bottles of varying sizes. The organizer is made of shatter-resistant BPA-free plastic, so it’s built to last. In addition to helping you keep your cabinets organized, you can also place this product directly in the refrigerator to keep water bottles, sports drinks, and other beverages ready to go.

Get the ClearSpace Water Bottle Organizer at Amazon for $24.95

Best Office Organizers

The Absonic acrylic pen holder can spin 360 degrees to keep all pens, markers, scissors, and office supplies in reach
Photo: Amazon

7. Acrylic Desk Organizer

With the right home organization products, you can keep your pens, pencils, scissors, even craft supplies tidy on your desk. This clear acrylic desk organizer offers six compartments to corral your desk’s clutter, and spins 360 degrees on a lazy Susan so that you can see all with ease.

Get the Absonic Acrylic Pen Organizer at Amazon for $29.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Desk Drawer Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

8. Desk Drawer Organizer

With 10-interlocking bins of varying sizes, this desk drawer organizer will help you neatly store pens, pencils, paperclips, scissors, staples, and other office essentials. The layout is completely customizable, allowing you to create a customized design based on your exact organizational needs and the dimensions of your desk drawer. The durable plastic bins are available in black or white and can also be used to organize bathroom drawers, junk drawers, and other problem areas in the home.

Get the Backerysupply Interlocking Desk Drawer Organizer at Amazon for $8.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Cable Management Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

9. Cable Management Organizer

If you’ve had enough of the jumbled mess of cords and cables behind your computer, solve your problems with this handy organizer. This set of three cable holder clips can keep your charging cords, mouse cables, audio cables, Ethernet cables, and more from getting tangled or lost behind the desk. It’s made of 100 percent silicone construction to avoid interfering with any of your electronic devices. Plus, the base of the silicone strip has an adhesive to keep in place on a variety of surface types.

Get the Soulwit Cable Holder Clips at Amazon for $6.55

Best Closet and Bedroom Organizers

Storage Maniac's over-the-door features 12 pockets for storage and three hooks
Photo: Amazon

10. Over-the-Door Shoe Storage

Our favorite over-the-door shoe rack from testing is versatile in both how it hangs and what it can hold. Measuring 35.2 inches tall by 17 inches wide by 6.5 inches deep, these cubby-style shoe racks come in a two-pack that can either be hung separately or together. For added convenience, there are three hooks on the bottom where the racks can attach to each other to create one larger rack that holds 24 pairs of shoes. In testing, we found that each set had a row of deeper pockets that worked well for large or bulky shoes like trail runners and boots. Plus, the sturdy design can also hold toys, crafts, socks, clothes, tools, belts, or even cleaning products.

Get the StorageManiac over-the-door shoe rack on Amazon for $32.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Drawer Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

11. Drawer Organizer

With the best drawer organizers, finding clothing in your dressers is a lot easier. This set of four drawer dividers is perfect for clearing up space to keep underwear, socks, bras, and other delicate clothing items under control. Each bin offers cells of varying sizes to better accommodate each of your items. Choose from gray, dark gray, black, beige, brown, pink, and turquoise color options to better match your room’s decor and your preferences.

Get the SimpleHouseware Drawer Organizer at Amazon for $13.97

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Hanging Closet Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

12. Hanging Closet Organizer

A hanging closet organizer allows you to maximize space in a tight closet and makes it easier to store bulkier items, such as sweaters, towels, and bedding. This organizer offers four shelves, a side pocket that will support up to 30 pounds, and hooks to hang it on a garment rod or to wire shelves. Made from a durable polyester canvas material, it’s also available in four different color options.

Get the StorageWords 3-Shelf Hanging Closet Organizer at Amazon for $26.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Shoe Storage Boxes
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

13. Shoe Storage Boxes

These shoe storage boxes will keep your shoes dust-free in addition to keeping them organized and easy to find. The set includes 12 durable plastic shoe bins large enough to hold women’s size 10 shoes or men’s size 9 shoes. The bins are stackable and allow you to create a customized configuration based on the constraints of your space. Their clear front and side design makes it easy to quickly spot the pair of shoes you want, and the breathable back frame allows for enough airflow to keep them in good condition.

Get the Pinkpum Shoe Storage Boxes at Amazon for $29.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Underbed Storage Bags
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

14. Underbed Storage Bags

Store off-season clothes and extra linens under the bed with this three-pack of large storage bags. Each one has a clear top window, allowing you to easily verify the contents of each container. There’s 10 adhesive tags included for labeling the contents of each bag, and each bag is designed with a durable rip-resistant cloth, metal zippers, and reinforced handles. The set is available in gray,

Get the NestNeatly SmartCube Underbed Storage Bags at Amazon for $25.99

Best Bathroom Organizers

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Shower Door Caddy
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

15. Shower Door Caddy

Keep shampoo, conditioner, body wash, and other bathing essentials organized with this shower caddy. It offers three spaced out shelves, making room to store taller or smaller bottles. Two integrated hooks can hold pumice stones, loofas, and other hanging items, and the caddy hangs over shower doors using the built-in hooks. As a bonus, they also double as towel hooks.

Get the mDesign Over Shower Door Caddy at Amazon for $39.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Styling Tools Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

16. Styling Tools Organizer

Blow dryers, hair straighteners, curling irons, brushes, and other hair care products can take up a lot of space under the cabinet or on a bathroom countertop. This is one of the best organization products to keep these tools out of the way, but also easy to access when needed. It can be mounted on the wall or hung over a cabinet or shower door using the removable hooks.

Get the Simple Houseware Cabinet/Wall-Mount Hair Dryer Organizer at Amazon for $16.87

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Wall-Mounted Toothbrush Holder
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

17. Wall-Mounted Toothbrush Holder

Upgrade your bathroom experience with this sleek and stylish wall-mounted toothbrush holder. It has four hooks to hold both manual and electric toothbrushes, while keeping them covered and dust-free. This bathroom organizer offers additional storage space for tubes, bottles, hair care accessories and more with its flat top shelf and small drawer. Plus, an integrated toothpaste dispenser offers convenience and reduces waste by releasing the right amount of toothpaste.

Get the Showgoca Wall-Mounted Toothbrush Holder at Amazon for $17.99

Best Garage Organizers

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Wall-Mount Tool Organizer
Photo: amazon.com

18. Wall-Mount Tool Organizer

Don’t let shovels, rakes, brooms, and other tools prevent you from keeping a tidy garage. Keep these items off of the floor with this wall-mount tool organizer. The system includes four 16-inch segments, 20 hooks, and 20 pegs, allowing you to create a layout that will work with your space and storage needs. Each hook can support up to 15 pounds, and each peg can hold up to 5.5 pounds.

Get the Horusdy Adjustable Storage System at Amazon for $14.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Magnetic Tool Holder
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

19. Magnetic Tool Holder 

Mounting this magnetic tool holder above your garage workbench will help you keep screwdrivers, pliers, wrenches, and other tools within easy reach. The carbon steel magnetic bar can support up to 10 pounds, and packs of two or four magnetic bars are available to customize the length and layout based on your space.

Get the RamPro Magnetic Tool Holder Strip at Amazon for $27.99

The Best Organizers for a Cluttered Garage Option 44-Drawer Plastic Storage Cabinet
Photo: Amazon

20. 44-Drawer Plastic Storage Cabinet

Trying to find a place for small odds and ends like screws and batteries can be difficult; however, simple plastic storage cabinets like the ones from Akro-Mils can be an easy solution. There are numerous drawer options, ranging from 16 to 64 drawers, with additional drawer dividers included. They’re available in black, red, and yellow. The drawers are big enough to handle things like screws, drill bits, craft supplies, batteries, and other spare parts. The cabinet can be stacked and left freestanding or mounted for extra security. 

Get the Akro-Mils Plastic Storage Cabinet at Amazon for $48.35

Best Car Organizers

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Trunk Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

21. Trunk Organizer

Whether you’re bringing home groceries, heading to the beach, or driving the kids back and forth between sports practices, a trunk organizer can help you maximize the space in your trunk and keep items from sliding around inside the car. This trunk organizer from Miu is expandable to meet your specific storage needs; it can be configured with one, two, or three compartments. When you need to transport something bulkier in your trunk, simply collapse the organizer to get it out of the way.

Get the Miu Color Car Trunk Organizer at Amazon for $19.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Backseat Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

22. Backseat Organizer

Clear backseat clutter with this organizer that attaches to the back of the front seats. It has eight elastic pockets of various sizes to hold books, toys, snacks, and more. The front center pocket is large enough to hold an 11-inch tablet, which is perfect for keeping your kids entertained on longer drives. Made with a heavy-duty scratch-proof and waterproof oxford fabric, it attaches to the front seats easily with adjustable straps and quick-release buckles.

Get the One Pix Backseat Car Organizers at Amazon for $9.99

The Best Organization Products Under 50 Option: Car Seat Gap Filler Organizer
Photo: Amazon Photo: amazon.com

23. Car Seat Gap Filler Organizer

The gap between the front seats and the center console is not only wasted space, but it often causes problems with cell phones, crumbs, or other items that drop down and are difficult to reach. This gap filler organizer fills in that otherwise wasted space and provides you with a few additional compartments to hold your phone, keys, coins, and other small items. It has an adaptive sponge mechanism that expands to create a secure fit, allowing this organizer to work with gaps of varying widths.

Get the Paffenery Car Seat Gap Filler Organizer at Amazon for $25.99

The prices listed here are accurate as of publication on February 3, 2025

The post The 23 Best Organization Products Under $50 appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-03T11:49:03-05:00
<![CDATA[2025’s Best Locking Mailboxes for Keeping Mail Dry and Safe, Tested]]>Keep your mail safe from the elements and prying fingers with the best locking mailbox for your home. See top picks and shopping tips here.

The post 2025’s Best Locking Mailboxes for Keeping Mail Dry and Safe, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-locking-mailbox/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=120911Sun, 02 Feb 2025 07:51:18 -0500ReviewsDIYInteriorLawn Care & GardeningStorageStorage & OrganizingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Installing a locking mailbox can be a useful home security upgrade, protecting against package thieves and identity theft. But are all lockable mailboxes created equal? We recently put a number of them to the test, leaving them out in inclement weather and even taking weaponry to them to determine how well they’d stand up to determined thieves. The results? We found the Mail Boss 7536 Mail Manager to be the best overall, due in part to its nearly indestructible nature. But in order to cover a variety of locking mailboxes, we tested different styles, such as wall-mount mailboxes, and included recommendations based on our test results as well as customer reviews and reviews.

To learn what to look for while evaluating locking mailboxes, we first consulted with security specialist Jeff Ketelaars, co-founder of Security Guards Only, an online community for security professionals. He provided his expert insight on how to properly deter package pirates and what to look for in a locking mailbox, and this info helped set our research into motion. Whether you’re looking to ward off would-be package thieves or protect your mail from the elements, have a look through this roundup of the best locking mailboxes to find the right pick for you.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Mail Boss 7536 Mail Manager Locking Mailbox
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Mail Boss 7506 Mail Manager Locking Mailbox
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Dalmbox Locking Mailbox
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST WALL-MOUNTED: Architectural Mailboxes Designer Locking Mailbox
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST VINTAGE: Polar Aurora Cast Aluminum Post-Mounted Mailbox
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST MODERN: Mail Boss 7412 Locking Security Drop Box 
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST FOR PACKAGES: Architectural Mailboxes Oasis Classic Locking Mailbox
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST CURBSIDE: Mail Boss 7207 Package Master Locking Mail
    Jump to Review
  9. ALSO CONSIDER: Architectural Mailboxes Oasis 360 Locking Mailbox
    Jump to Review
The Best Locking Mailbox Dalmbox 1
Photo: Amber Guetebier for Bob Vila
MaterialDimensionsSecurity Features
Mail Boss 7536 Mail Manager Locking MailboxGalvanized steel11.1 inches high by 10.8 inches wide by 21.5 inches deep

Anti-pry latch, baffle door, two 12-disc locks with anti-drill and anti-pick design, front and rear keyed access
Mail Boss 7506 Mail Manager Locking MailboxGalvanized steel11.3 inches high by 10.8 inches wide by 21 inches deep

Anti-pry latch, baffle door, two 12-disc locks with anti-drill and anti-pick design, front and rear keyed access
Dalmbox Locking MailboxGalvanized steel12.6 inches high by 10.2 inches wide by 3.7 inches deepLocking
Architectural Mailboxes Designer Locking MailboxGalvanized steel12.6 inches high by 10.2 inches wide by 3.7 inches deepLocking
Polar Aurora Cast Aluminum Post-Mounted MailboxCast aluminum and steel 46 inches high (including pedestal) by 14 inches wide by 9.8 inches deep Locking
Mail Boss 7412 Locking Security Drop Box Galvanized steel16.2 inches high by 11.2 inches wide by 4.7 inches deep Anti-pry latch, baffle door, two 12-disc lock with anti-drill and anti-pick design
Architectural Mailboxes Oasis Classic Locking MailboxGalvanized steel15.2 inches high by 11.5 inches wide by 18.1 inches deepLocking, front and rear keyed access 
Mail Boss 7207 Package Master Locking MailGalvanized steel16.5 inches high by 12 inches wide by 21.5 inches deepAnti-pry latch, baffle door, two 12-disc locks with anti-drill and anti-pick design
Architectural Mailboxes Oasis 360 Locking MailboxGalvanized steel11.5 inches high by 11.4 inches wide by 20 inches deep Locking. front and rear keyed acc

Our Top Picks

The quest for the right locking mailbox for a home can take some time, especially since there are many good options on the market. To help narrow the field of potential picks, this guide showcases some of the best lockable mailbox options in a variety of sizes, shapes, and mounting styles. One of the following may be what you need for your home.

Best Overall

Mail Boss 7536 Mail Manager Locking Mailbox

 The Best Locking Mailbox Option Mail Boss 7536 Mail Manager Locking Mailbox
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Nearly indestructible design
  • United States Postal Service (USPS)-approved
  • Includes 3 keys and installation hardware
  • Holds small parcels 
  • Baffle door helps prevent theft 
  • Designed for post mounting

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavy: may take two people to mount
  • Style can feel too industrial for some 
  • On the expensive side for mailboxes

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel
  • Dimensions: 11.1 inches high by 10.8 inches wide by 21.5 inches deep
  • Security features: Anti-pry latch, baffle door, two 12-disc locks with anti-drill and anti-pick design, front and rear keyed access

Our Ratings: Security 5/5; Build Quality 5/5; Value 5/5

This USPS-approved large lockable mailbox is designed to keep mail and small packages safe while users are away, and it comes with all hardware to install on a post upon arrival. In our rounds of testing, the galvanized steel Mail Boss 7536 was nearly indestructible. After aggressive tampering, we were unable to cause damage beyond a few dents on the top. We spent some time hitting the lock and attempting to pick it, all to no avail. And during a storm, the Mail Boss 7536 kept mail inside the box bone dry.

The interior is roomy enough to hold small packages. The baffle door on the inside helps to prevent fishing from the mail slot, and the anti-pry lock withstood our attempts with a screwdriver, crowbar, and even an axe. Overall, this was the strongest mailbox we tested, though the Mail Boss 7506, also on this list, is nearly identical. The 7536 model is slightly larger, which gives it the edge.

What our tester says: “I was amazed at how well this mailbox stood up to my tests, including chopping at it with an axe, trying to pry the locks with a screwdriver and crowbar, and hitting it with a sledge hammer. It remained nearly flawless, and the locks held tight.” —Amber Guetebier, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Mail Boss 7536 locking mailbox at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Runner-up

Mail Boss 7506 Mail Manager Locking Mailbox

 Best Locking Mailbox Options: Mail Boss 7506 Mail Manager Curbside Locking Security Mailbox
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Incredibly durable material
  • Keeps mail dry
  • Accepts mail and small parcels
  • Includes three keys and installation hardware
  • USPS-approved
  • Post mounted

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavy: may require more than one to mount 
  • Utilitarian style may not appeal to some

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel
  • Dimensions: 11.3 inches high by 10.8 inches wide by 21 inches deep
  • Security features: Anti-pry latch, baffle door, two 12-disc wafer locks, anti-drill locks, anti-pick mechanism, front and rear keyed access

Our Ratings: Security 5/5; Build Quality 5/5; Value 5/5

The heavy-duty, post-mounted Mail Boss 7506 is a worthy option for anyone hoping to keep packages and mail secure. Like the Mail Boss 7536, which took best overall, this locking mailbox is made of extremely heavy-duty galvanized steel that endured rigorous testing. Additionally, the locks were difficult to pick or smash open—and oh, how we tried. In many ways, it is identical to the 7536 model, but is slightly smaller. It also features those 12-disc wafer locks with anti-pick and anti-drill ratings.

This model provides extra protection for mail with the inclusion of an interior baffle door. This helps prevent fishing and helps keep the mail nice and dry, which it did beautifully during testing. There is also an anti-pry latch so the mailbox cannot be forced open with a prying tool, like a screwdriver or the crow bar we used in testing. 

Get the Mail Boss 7506 locking mailbox at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Bang for the Buck

Dalmbox Locking Mailbox

 The Best Locking Mailbox Option Dalmbox Locking Mailbox
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Easy to install with included hardware 
  • Attractive: fits a variety of home designs
  • Mounts to wall near door 
  • Kept mail dry in inclement weather during testing
  • Good cost value

What We Don’t Like

  • Small: can’t hold packages 
  • Dented easily during testing
  • Requires wall mounting

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel
  • Dimensions: 12.6 inches high by 10.2 inches wide by 3.7 inches deep
  • Security features: Locking

Our Ratings: Security 4/5; Build Quality 3/5; Value 5/5 

For a basic wall-mounted mailbox that won’t cost a fortune, we recommend Dalmbox’s locking mailbox, which held up well to testing. This small locking mailbox kept the mail inside dry during a storm and includes installation hardware to make installation easy. 

The material is a coated galvanized steel, but it’s relatively thin compared to other locking mailboxes. We found it caved instantly under the axe and did not stand up well to the hammer. Heavy hitting did cause the lid to pop open and off, despite the fact that it was locked. 

Before testing the mailbox with blunt force, we spent time trying to pick and pry the lock open and were unsuccessful. Because of this, the mailbox does the job it is set out to do: it keeps mail dry and prevents easy theft, so we feel it does add a measure of security. It has a simple, attractive design that goes with any style of home and will provide more peace of mind than a non-lockable mailbox. 

What our tester said: “Although this wasn’t as sturdy as the post-mounted mailboxes I tested during heavy hitting, I liked how dry it kept the mail and felt that overall it would stand up to would-be thieves, as long as they aren’t on your porch wielding an axe or a sledgehammer. If they are, you might have bigger problems.”—Amber Guetebier, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Dalmbox locking mailbox at Amazon.

Best Wall-Mounted

Architectural Mailboxes Designer Locking Mailbox

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Mounts to wall near front door 
  • Simple installation with hardware included
  • Includes two keys 
  • Good budget-tier option

What We Don’t Like

  • Won’t hold larger packages 
  • Material caved during (excessive) testing

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel
  • Dimensions: 12.6 inches high by 9.7 inches wide by 4.4 inches deep
  • Security features: Locking

Our Ratings: 4/5; Build Quality 3.5/5; Value 5/5

If you’re in the market for a wall-mounted locking mailbox, the Architectural Mailboxes Designer model is an excellent choice. It includes all the necessary mounting hardware to install it on your porch under the watchful eye of a security camera or near your front door. The mailbox itself is made of a strong galvanized steel that held up relatively well during tests, though it did not endure as well as some of the more heavy-duty, post-mounted models on this list. The material did cave under the heave of an axe. The lock was fairly difficult to pick, though we did manage to get it open by hitting it with a hammer repeatedly. 

The mailbox itself kept the mail inside dry despite a major storm. The mailbox includes an optional vintage-style plaque that reads “mail,” which can be placed anywhere on the front of the mailbox or left off for a more modern, streamlined look. The mailbox also comes in several colorways including black with brushed black, black with bronze or silver, as well as white and silver.

Get the Architectural Mailboxes Designer locking mailbox at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Wayfair.

More Great Options

With so many options for locking mailboxes, we weren’t able to test as many as we would’ve liked. We hope to test the following models someday, but their excellent reviews and ratings convinced us they’re worthy picks for folks looking for other styles and types of locking mailboxes.

Best Vintage

Polar Aurora Cast Aluminum Post-Mounted Mailbox

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Water-resistant aluminum holds up to the elements
  • Vintage style looks good with older homes
  • Variety of colors available 
  • Suitable for large envelopes, magazines, and small packages

What We Don’t Like

  • Fairly expensive, though high-quality
  • Heavy: may require help to mount
  • Style is not for everyone
  • No red flag for outgoing mail

Specs

  • Material: Cast aluminum and steel 
  • Dimensions: 46 inches high (including pedestal) by 14 inches wide by 9.8 inches deep 
  • Security features: Locking mail compartment 

Those who are interested in a statement piece that also functions as a locking mailbox may want to consider this sophisticated option from Polar Aurora. This aesthetically pleasing curbside mailbox is made of water-resistant cast aluminum and steel with a powder-coated finish to withstand the elements long term. Its mail compartment is suitable for small to large envelopes, magazines, and small packages. 

Approved by the United States Postal Service, this pedestal model is 46 inches high, comes with a locking access door and two keys, and is offered in three color options to match a home’s current exterior fixtures. Plus, all the necessary installation hardware is included with the purchase. Though this model comes with many fine attributes, it does not come with a red flag for outgoing mail.

Get the Polar Aurora locking mailbox at Amazon or Wayfair.

Best Modern

Mail Boss 7412 Locking Security Drop Box

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Powder-coated finish designed to endure the elements 
  • Includes 3 laser-cut keys for multiple users
  • Available in a variety of colorways 

What We Don’t Like

  • Cannot hold larger packages and parcels
  • Vulnerable to picking, drilling, and prying

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel 
  • Dimensions: 16.2 inches high by 11.2 inches wide by 4.7 inches deep 
  • Security features: 12-disc wafer lock and anti-pry latch

If your goal is to replace an old wall-mount mailbox with a new locking mailbox, but a bland, forgettable design isn’t appealing, take a look at the various color and style options offered with the Mail Boss 7412. Each model has a different powder-coated finish that users can match with the outside of their home and their personal tastes. Plus, the mailbox comes with steel hinges for ease of use and durability.

The locking mailbox measures 16.2 inches high by 11.2 inches wide by 4.7 inches deep, and it comes with three laser-cut keys for the household. The sturdy 16-gauge galvanized steel body, patented anti-pry latch, and chrome alloy-tempered steel hook cam are all great vandalism deterrents. The mailbox comes with mounting screws and drill bits, so users have everything necessary to install it as soon as it arrives.

Get the Mail Boss 7412 locking mailbox at Amazon or Lowe’s.

Best for Packages

Architectural Mailboxes Oasis Classic Locking Mailbox

 Best Locking Mailbox Options: Architectural Mailboxes 6200B-10 Oasis
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Powder-coated finish resists exposure 
  • Multiple security features to keep mail safe
  • Hopper drawer to allow for larger packages 

What We Don’t Like

  • High-volume mailboxes can be more appealing to thieves

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel 
  • Dimensions: 15.2 inches high by 11.5 inches wide by 18.1 inches deep 
  • Security features: Anti-pry latch, baffle door, stainless steel tamper-proof lock, anti-pick mechanism

For those who frequently order items online and worry about parcel safety when they aren’t at home, the extra-large capacity and specialized features of this parcel mailbox can help.

The locking mailbox can accept small to medium parcels up to 9.75 inches long by 6.5 inches wide by 2 inches high. The entire box measures 15.2 inches high by 11.5 inches wide by 18.1 inches deep, giving users more than enough space for multiple package deliveries and an average volume of mail.

Once delivered, the packages are protected by the heavy-duty 16- and 18-gauge galvanized steel mailbox, an anti-pry latch, an anti-fishing hopper door, and a pick-resistant stainless steel lock that can only be opened using one of the two included keys.

The doors of the locking mailbox have weather-resistant rubber seals to keep the mail dry and stainless steel hardware that is naturally rust-resistant, so users don’t have to worry about the mailbox becoming stuck in the open or closed position.

Get the Architectural Mailboxes Oasis Classic locking mailbox at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Upgrade Pick

Mail Boss 7207 Package Master Locking Mailbox

 Best Locking Mailbox Options: Mail Boss 7207 Package Master Curbside Locking Security Mailbox
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Durable construction withstands exposure to the elements 
  • High-security mailbox comes with multiple safety features
  • Accommodates small packages and high volume of mail

What We Don’t Like

  • Expensive compared with other similar options
  • Outgoing mail may be more attractive to thieves

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel 
  • Dimensions: 16.5 inches high by 12 inches wide by 21.5 inches deep
  • Security features: Anti-pry latch, baffle door, 12-disc wafer lock, anti-drill lock, anti-pick mechanism

This Mail Boss unit is a pricey addition to a home, but it has a strong, durable design that justifies the cost. The stainless steel hinges resist the elements well, and the 12- and 14-gauge electro-galvanized welded steel body prevents forced break-ins.

The anti-pry latch keeps out thieves who may try to pry the mailbox open, while the 12-disc wafer lock is rated for anti-pick and anti-drill security, and it’s made with flame-hardened steel. The mailbox has a large package slot that accepts items up to 10.5 inches long by 4.5 inches high by 4.5 inches wide.

A larger slot size can encourage fishing because the opening appears wider and easier to access, but the mail shield mechanism within this mailbox prevents this type of theft. Setting up the mailbox is easy, too, thanks to Mail Boss’s patented Fast-Track mounting plate for quick installation.

Get the Mail Boss 7207 locking mailbox at Amazon.

Also Consider

Architectural Mailboxes Oasis 360 Locking Mailbox

 The Best Locking Mailbox Option: Architectural Mailboxes Oasis 360 Locking Mailbox
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Includes four keys 
  • Has predrilled 4-inch by 10-inch holes for mounting
  • Built-in mail clip to keep outgoing mail
  • Durable, heavy-gauge galvanized construction 

What We Don’t Like

  • Mounting hardware and post are not included

Specs

  • Material: Galvanized steel 
  • Dimensions: 11.5 inches high by 11.4 inches wide by 20 inches deep 
  • Security features: Locking, front and rear keyed access 

Those who want a simple and safe mailbox will want to take a look at the Architectural Mailboxes Oasis 360 locking mailbox. This model provides both front and rear access for receiving mail, is made with powder-coated galvanized steel inside and out, has a red flag, and has predrilled 4-inch by 10-inch mounting holes for its post-mount installation. The box itself measures 11.5 inches high by 11.4 inches wide by 20 inches deep, and the magnetic door accepts parcels of up to 9.5 inches wide by 3.5 inches long by 2.5 inches high. 

This versatile mailbox is capable of holding small to large envelopes, magazines, and small parcels, and it comes with four keys for multiple users to access their mail. Plus, it has a mail clip that keeps outgoing envelopes in plain sight. The only downside to this option is that it does not come with the mounting bracket or hardware for installation. 

Get the Architectural Mailboxes Oasis 360 locking mailbox at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Wayfair.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose and Tested the Best Locking Mailboxes

We curated this selection of the best locking mailboxes through extensive testing, research, and a focus on several top factors that impact the security, quality, and functionality of the locking mailbox. We interviewed security specialist Jeff Ketelaars, co-founder of Security Guards Only, an online community for security professionals, who provided his expert insight on how to properly deter package pirates. He suggested that “choosing the right locking mailbox for your needs will be effective at preventing mail theft as [it] mainly acts as a deterrent to potential thieves.” He went on to say that “Although the design may not be 100 percent effective in preventing hacking, someone looking to steal mail will usually skip the locked boxes and try for an easier grab elsewhere.”

The top consideration when selecting these products was the security of the mailbox, including the style of lock, the construction material, and any security features like baffle doors and anti-pry latches. We spent hours testing each mailbox for durability. We attempted to break into, smash, and pry open each mailbox, using heavy tools such as an axe, sledge hammer, standard hammer, and screwdriver. For added tenacity, we asked two teenage boys to have a go at each mailbox, and each attempted to pick the locks. 

We also put mail in each box and left them out in a rain storm as well as during a heavy snowfall to determine how waterproof the boxes were. 

The list of top picks includes several locking mailboxes with varying types, sizes, and shapes to provide a range of choices to suit a variety of users. However, some attention was also given to products that stood out with unique aesthetic features, proving that products can look great without sacrificing functionality.

Testing Stats
Products tested 4
Time spent testing 3 weeks 
Tests performed5
Price range$25 to $135

What to Consider When Choosing a Locking Mailbox

Before choosing the first locking mailbox that seems appealing, it’s worth considering various features and product factors. Factors that can impact the design type, durability, and overall security of household mailboxes include the material, security features, weather resistance, installation procedures, and aesthetics. 

Taking some time to think about the type, size, and quantity of mail that you typically receive also can help narrow the options, making it easier to find the perfect locking mailbox for your home.

Type

Locking mailboxes are typically one of three different types: wall-mounted mailboxes, curbside locking mailboxes, and tower-style drop boxes.

  • Wall-mounted mailboxes are secured to a boundary wall or to a house. This type will generally come with mounting brackets that can fasten to brick in order to securely attach the mailbox to the gate, garage, or house.
  • Curbside locking mailboxes are typically installed on wooden or metal posts, though some service curbside locking mailbox models are installed on top of a concrete pillar. These curbside mailboxes are located near the curb, making them convenient for the mail carrier and the user. Due to the location, it reduces the likelihood and need for mail carriers to walk up to the front door.
  • Tower-style drop boxes are freestanding mailboxes that are made up of a tall, tower-style drop box that sits on a broad, heavy base. For enhanced security and to prevent the entire mailbox from being picked up and loaded into a passing vehicle, it’s advised to use a mounting plate and heavy-duty bolts to attach the mailbox base to the ground.

Security

The main point of having a locking mailbox is to keep mail and packages secure after they have been delivered by the mail carrier, so it makes sense to look for an anti-theft mailbox that has high-quality security features to deter would-be thieves. 

Consider the size of the mail slot opening, whether a key lock suits your needs better than a combination lock, and if premium security features—such as anti-pry latches, baffle doors, anti-drill locks, and anti-pick locks—are necessary for the neighborhood.

  • Mail slots may provide an opening for a hand or a tool to reach into the mailbox and steal the mail, so it’s recommended to look for a product with a small opening or a baffle door, which prevents thieves from reaching into the storage compartment.
  • Anti-pry latches will also stop thieves from using screwdrivers and pry bars to wrench open the compartment.
  • A mailbox with lock and key can be equipped with anti-drill and anti-pick mechanisms that help to prevent would-be thieves from breaking into the mailbox. However, if the key is lost and it falls into the wrong hands, then the mailbox may be vulnerable.
  • Combination locks can only be opened with the correct combination, so there’s no need to worry about keeping track of a key, but a determined thief could sit outside a home while everyone inside is asleep and test every combination until they find the correct code. Both key and combination systems have their benefits and drawbacks, but a key lock tends to be more secure.

Type and Quantity of Mail

Given that the purpose of a locking mailbox is to keep the mail secure, it’s necessary to consider the type of mail you typically receive and the quantity of mail that may be delivered before the mailbox is emptied. Otherwise, the mail carrier may be forced to leave mail and packages outside the mailbox where they are vulnerable to porch pirates and other mail thieves.

Look for a locking mailbox with a substantial storage compartment to accommodate the usual volume of mail, and consider whether a mailbox that is equipped with an oversize mail slot is needed in order to securely receive small packages.

Weather Resistance

Most locking residential mailboxes are installed outdoors so that the mail carrier has access in order to deliver mail and other packages. However, this also means that the mailbox is exposed to wind, rain, snow, and sleet, so it’s necessary to look for a unit with substantial weather resistance to survive for more than a few years outside a home.

Plastic and aluminum locking mailboxes have the highest level of weather resistance. Though there’s no need to worry about rusting and corrosion, these materials are relatively fragile, so a determined thief could break them apart to access the mail.

Stainless steel and galvanized steel are much more difficult to break into, but they are more vulnerable to rusting and corrosion.

It’s best to look for a high-quality stainless steel or a galvanized steel locking mailbox for the best protection against thieves and weather conditions. A metal post is also a better option than a wooden post when it comes to longevity and security, though these posts are more pricey. In addition, it’s important for homeowners to consider if a mailbox is fire-resistant. Unlike fireproof safes, for example, most mailboxes are not designed to be fireproof, although heavy-duty galvanized steel can provide some fire resistance. 

Aesthetic

Choosing a locking mailbox with a charming aesthetic appearance that doesn’t detract from the exterior design can enhance the appearance of a home. The mailbox aesthetic can range from a design that is intended to mimic official government mailboxes to more modern locking mailboxes with creative designs that look more like lawn ornaments than mailboxes.

Mailboxes don’t need to be flashy or official to have curb appeal. There are also classic aesthetic styles that have vintage Victorian, postmodern, or contemporary looks. 

While aesthetics aren’t usually the most important factor in choosing a locking mailbox, it’s important to be happy with how a new mailbox looks. Take some time to figure out what style is the most appealing based on your personal preferences and your home’s exterior design.

Installation

The type of mailbox typically dictates the difficulty of the installation, though there is some variety between curbside locking mailboxes depending on whether they’re configured for wooden posts, metal posts, or brick pillars.

  • Wall-mounted locking mailboxes typically have one or two mounting brackets, masonry wall plugs, and bolts or screws in order to fasten the mailbox to the wall. Installing this type of mailbox will usually require a drill, screwdriver, and hammer.
  • Curbside locking mailboxes can be difficult to install because they must be fastened to a mounting plate, then attached to a post or pillar to secure the mailbox and prevent theft. Wooden and metal posts should be installed in the ground with concrete, similar to the installation method used for a fence post. A brick pillar needs to be sturdy enough for at least four mounting screws to be driven through the top. Use masonry plugs and mounting screws/bolts to secure the mailbox to the pillar.
  • Tower-style drop boxes are the least difficult to install. It’s advised to secure the mailbox to the ground with a mounting plate in order to be sure that the mailbox cannot be picked up and carried away or loaded into a nearby vehicle.

A locking mailbox usually comes with the necessary mounting brackets, screws, and bolts. Always check the included installation instructions before proceeding.

Ketelaars shared an expert tip with us to keep in mind during installation: “Placing the mailbox within sightlines from the front of your house or in line with a security camera can also help you better monitor activity.”

FAQs

Just because you own a locking mailbox doesn’t necessarily mean that you understand exactly how it works. Even after reading this guide, you may still have questions about how to access the mailbox and what differentiates a locking mailbox from a standard mailbox. Keep reading for the answers to these questions and additional commonly asked questions about locking mailboxes.

Q. What is a locking mailbox?

A locking mailbox is a type of mailbox that is equipped with a lock in order to prevent mail theft. They come in several different styles, so the door to unlock the mailbox may be in the front, side, or back of the mailbox. Choose a style that suits your preferences. 

Q. Are locking mailboxes secure?

Locking mailboxes are made for the purpose of keeping your mail secure by using a locking mechanism that must be opened with a key or combination in order to access the mail. Just as you may want door or window alarms, a locking mailbox helps deter theft. While they can still be broken into with the proper tools and enough effort, locking mailboxes are significantly more secure than a standard mailbox. 

Q. How does the mail carrier get into a locked mailbox?

The mail carrier doesn’t need access to an individual locking mailbox in order to deliver the mail. They can drop the mail through a mail slot and the mail will sit in the locked compartment, out of reach of the mail carrier.
Unfortunately, this means that any outgoing mail is vulnerable to theft while it is waiting to be picked up by the mail carrier. This can be avoided by simply dropping outgoing mail in a nearby postal box instead of leaving it in your personal mailbox for collection.
For locked community mailboxes, the mail carrier has what is known as an arrow key, which opens the entire bank of mailboxes in order to make deliveries.

Q. How do I change my mailbox lock?

In most cases, a locksmith should be hired to properly change the lock on a curbside, freestanding, or wall-mounted locking mailbox in order to ensure that the mailbox is secure. However, if you have some experience with changing locks, you can do it yourself.
Drill through the locking mechanism, taking care not to damage the housing. This will allow you to open the lock without a key in order to gain access to the back of the lock.
Remove the clip that is holding the lock in place and take out the interior components of the lock.
Replace the old lock by sliding the new lock through the lock housing and securing the locking clip to prevent the lock from moving or shifting.
Close the mailbox and test the lock with the new key.

Q. Which is better, a plastic or metal mailbox?

A metal mailbox, especially one made of heavy gauge galvanized steel, will not only stand up to weather, but can be harder to break into than plastic. 

Q. Do aluminum mailboxes rust?

Most aluminum mailboxes are coated with rust-resistant paint and will last for years without rusting. 

Q. What size mailbox should I get?

The size of your mailbox will depend largely on how many packages or larger parcels you get on a regular basis. The more you receive, the larger mailbox you will need. In addition, if you travel frequently, you may want a mailbox that can accommodate several days’ worth of mail. 

Q. How do you get mail out of a locked mailbox?

Locking mailboxes offer a variety of ways to retrieve your mail. Most of them feature a door in the front of the mailbox that allows the user to access the mail inside. Some have an additional rear-locking door.

Meet the Tester

Amber Guetebier is a writer and plant nerd who also happens to be the mother to a hockey-playing teenager. When tasked with testing locking mailboxes, she enlisted said teenager and a couple of teammates, armed them with hammers, screwdrivers, and axes, and they all went to town on the mailboxes. Despite looks from the neighbors during the axe-wielding phase of testing, overall, the tests proved just what a mailbox can endure. When not destroying large metal objects for Bob Vila, she is a product tester and garden writer.

The post 2025’s Best Locking Mailboxes for Keeping Mail Dry and Safe, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-02-02T07:51:18-05:00
<![CDATA[We Researched Over 40 Handheld Shower Heads and Tested the Best Ones]]>Enjoy more flexibility as you bathe with the best handheld shower head. We tested and reviewed top models to help you choose the right one.

The post We Researched Over 40 Handheld Shower Heads and Tested the Best Ones appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-handheld-shower-head/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=132919Fri, 31 Jan 2025 12:16:56 -0500ReviewsBath Fixtures & FittingsBathroomsInteriorTubs & ShowersWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A handheld shower head can be a handy bathroom upgrade for massaging aching muscles, bathing young children, or giving the family dog its monthly bath. While dozens of detachable shower heads are available for purchase, not all are created equal. To help you find the best, we extensively tested some of the highest-rated models.

We also interviewed an experienced contractor and expert plumber to learn what to look for and what to avoid. After heavy research and weeks of testing, we chose the Couradric Handheld Shower Head as our best overall because of its 2.5-GPM water output, six spray settings, and multiple finish options.  

If you’re hoping to purchase one of these versatile shower heads for your tub or shower but need help deciding which model is right for you, you’re in luck. Read on to learn about the various features of each, how they stood up to our standards, and discover some of the best handheld shower heads by category.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Couradric Handheld Shower Head
     Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: AquaDance High-Pressure 6-Setting Handheld Shower
     Jump to Review
  3. BEST LUXURY: Delta Faucet H2Okinetic In2ition Dual Shower Head
     Jump to Review
  4. BEST WITH RAIN SHOWER: American Standard Spectra+ Duo
     Jump to Review
  5. BEST FOR LOW PRESSURE: Lokby High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head
     Jump to Review
  6. BEST FOR MODERN BATHROOMS: Bright Showers Rain Shower Head with Handheld Spray
     Jump to Review
  7. BEST DUAL SHOWER HEAD: AquaDance 7″ High-Pressure 3-Way Rainfall Combo
     Jump to Review
  8. BEST MASSAGING SHOWER HEAD: G-Promise High-Pressure Shower Head
     Jump to Review
Water running from one of the Best Handheld Shower Head Options
Photo: Kristen Mosier for Bob Vila

GPMNumber of Spray SettingsFinishes Available
Couradric Handheld Shower Head2.5, available in 1.8 for California users6Brushed nickel, chrome, oil-rubbed bronze, polished brass, and matte black
AquaDance High-Pressure 6-Setting Handheld Shower2.5, available in 1.8 for California users6Chrome, brushed nickel, matte black, and oil-rubbed bronze
Delta Faucet H2Okinetic In2ition Dual Shower Head1.755Chrome, black stainless, champagne bronze, stainless, matte black, polished nickel, and Venetian bronze
American Standard Spectra+ Duo2.5, 1.8 available4Chrome, brushed nickel, legacy bronze, and polished nickel
Lokby High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head1.86Chrome, matte black, and brushed nickel
Bright Showers Rain Shower Head with Handheld Spray1.8 
3 on each shower headChrome, brushed nickel, and oil-rubbed bronze
AquaDance 7″ High-Pressure 3-Way Rainfall Combo2.5 or 1.8
6 on each shower headBrushed nickel, chrome, matte black, and oil-rubbed bronze
G-Promise High-Pressure Shower Head2.56Chrome, brushed nickel, and oil-rubbed bronze

Our Top Picks

This curated list highlights some of the best handheld shower head options available, according to our own careful installation and testing. From traditional models to sleek rain shower head combinations, these reliable picks can upgrade your bathroom and bathing experience.

Best Overall

Couradric Handheld Shower Head

 The Best Handheld Shower Head Option: Couradric Handheld Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Long 70-inch hose allows better freedom of motion
  • Includes 6 easily adjustable spray types
  • 48 self-cleaning nozzles are easy to maintain

What We Don’t Like

  • Not as water-saving as other shower heads

Specs

  • GPM 2.5, available in 1.8 for California users
  • Number of spray settings 6
  • Finishes available Brushed nickel, chrome, oil-rubbed bronze, polished brass, and matte black

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Appearance 4/5; Functionality 5/5; Value 4.7/5

Making the top of our list for its high-pressure output, durable metal and plastic construction, and easy-to-adjust spray settings, the Coruadric handheld shower head with hose is likely to please most users. The 5-inch-diameter spray head has six easily adjustable settings, including bubbling rain, bubbling water, shampoo rinsing, pulsating massage, and water-saving mode. All the modes worked effectively, with sprays to suit different user preferences. The fixture comes standard with a 2.5 GPM but is available in 1.8 GPM for California users.  

Easy installation and 48 self-cleaning rubber nozzles to prevent mineral buildup add to the value of this shower head. A 70-inch stainless steel hose gives this model a greater range of motion and mobility, while a copper wall-mounting bracket adds stability. Its rounded features and numerous finish options make it an attractive addition to any bathroom.

Get the Couradric Handheld Shower Head at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Bang for the Buck

AquaDance High-Pressure 6-Setting Handheld Shower

 The Best Handheld Shower Heads Option: AquaDance High-Pressure 6-Setting Handheld Shower
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Good value while still maintaining decent build quality
  • 6 spray settings are easy to swap between
  • 5-foot hose provides plenty of length

What We Don’t Like

  • Buzzing sound on massage setting can be annoying

Specs

  • GPM 2.5, available in 1.8 for California users
  • Number of spray settings 6
  • Finishes available Chrome, brushed nickel, matte black, and oil-rubbed

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Appearance 3/5; Functionality 3.8/5; Value 3.5/5

Numerous spray patterns and an affordable price make this shower head with handle a great option for those looking to upgrade their existing fixture to a handheld model without breaking the bank. This small shower head packs a punch with plenty of water pressure. Six different settings range from power rain to mist, offering a nice array of options from a softer spray to an intense massage. One drawback we found was that the shower head began to buzz when it was switched to the pulsating massage setting. However, we also found that the setting was slightly too strong for a comfortable shower, with the other settings more preferable. 

A 5-foot hose provides enough length for bathing young children or even pets, while a mounting clip allows it to function as a standard shower head. It was simple to install without any tools and is available in chrome, brushed nickel, matte black, or oil-rubbed bronze.

Get the AquaDance Handheld Shower Head at Amazon or Wayfair.

Best Luxury

Delta Faucet H2Okinetic In2ition Dual Shower Head

 The Best Handheld Shower Head Option: Delta Faucet H2Okinetic In2ition Dual Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Dual functionality—fixed and handheld sprays
  • WaterSense certified; great coverage compared to similar models
  • Available in multiple finishes to suit most needs

What We Don’t Like

  • Lower pressure when both sprays are turned on

Specs

  • GPM 1.75
  • Number of spray settings 5
  • Finishes available Chrome, black stainless, champagne bronze, stainless, matte black, polished nickel, and Venetian bronze

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Appearance 4/5; Functionality 4/5; Value 4/5

Delta’s H2Okinetic shower with handheld combo has a lot to like, including its attractive appearance and robust build. The handheld works effectively with five powerful spray patterns, including kinetic power drench, full body, massaging, and full-body spray with massage. 

The hose can be stretched to over 6 feet, making it perfect for cleaning children and pets. When the outer overhead spray is turned on along with the handheld, coverage increases to a 7-inch diameter. The overhead spray gives off medium water pressure, characteristic of a rain shower. The regulator is built-in and not intended to be removed, so some users may crave more spray pressure. We thought the overall pressure was a little light but appreciate its water-saving qualities.

This shower head uses the company’s H2Okinetic technology, which allows its nozzles to create larger water droplets than a standard shower, designed to mimic a drenching rain forest shower. The technology provides ample coverage at 1.75 GPMs and earns a WaterSense certification. 

The H2Okinetic was simple to install and comes in seven finishes, including chrome, bronze, polished nickel, and black stainless.

What our tester says: “I love the innovative design that allows this fixture to function as both an overhead rainfall shower head and a handheld option, the latter of which is fitted inside using a simple magnetic connection, which felt snug and secure.” -Kristen Mosier, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Delta H2Okinetic In2ition at Amazon or Menards. 

Best with Rain Shower

American Standard Spectra+ Duo

 The Best Handheld Shower Head Option: American Standard Spectra+ Duo
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Rain shower head with handheld combo
  • Wide spray pattern provides plenty of coverage
  • Convenient magnetic docking

What We Don’t Like

  • Gap in spray when handheld is removed
  • Light pressure when used with regulator

Specs

  • GPM 2.5, 1.8 available
  • Number of spray settings 4
  • Finish option Chrome, brushed nickel, legacy bronze, and polished nickel

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Appearance 3/5; Functionality 3.8/5; Value 3.3/5

For shoppers who enjoy the feel of a rain shower, the American Standard Spectra+ Duo provides this experience along with the bonus of a handheld shower head integrated into the center of the fixture. The unique design includes a 9.5-inch diameter that provides plenty of coverage with a comfortable, even spray. Our testing found the water pressure on the 2.5 GPM version to be light to medium when used with a regulator and medium to high without. There is also a 1.8 GPM model available for those looking to save water. 

The adjustable shower head was simple to install to our existing piping with just the use of a wrench. A magnet keeps the handheld securely attached but easily removable. Each of the four spray settings—drench, sensitive, massage, and power wash—were easily adjustable and comfortable, offering options for the different preferences of family members. At about 5 feet, the hose is plenty long for cleaning children and pets. 

We didn’t love the pattern of the overhead spray once we removed the handheld shower head with hose. While we appreciate that it can function with both sprays on simultaneously, the overhead has a wide gap in the rain shower without the handheld in place, leaving us craving better coverage. You can turn off the outer spray when using the handheld, which may be the better option.

Get the American Standard Spectra+ Duo at Amazon, Walmart (polished chrome only), or AmericanStandard-US.com.

Best for Low Pressure

Lokby High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head

 The Best Handheld Shower Heads Option: Lokby High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Lower pressure allows for impressive water-saving
  • Provides a soft and comfortable spray
  • Features an “off” switch on the head

What We Don’t Like

  • May be too little pressure for some users

Specs

  • GPM 1.8
  • Number of spray settings 6
  • Finishes available Chrome, matte black, and brushed nickel

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Appearance 4/5; Functionality 3.8/5; Value 3.7/5

This handheld shower head uses nozzles that compress the water as it passes through to increase velocity, improving low water pressure. The flow rate is 1.8 GPMs, allowing users to save water while still obtaining a comfortable, even spray. This choice is well suited for those who want to save water or like a gentler spray. It also has several settings that boost the water pressure, including massage, rain, power rain, mist, and rain plus mist. 

Between the mid-level pressure and a lengthy 59-inch hose, this shower head is an excellent option for bathing young children. A convenient off button lets the operator turn the shower off from the head, while silicone jets keep this shower head functioning properly by resisting buildup from hard water. It was easy to install and features a bracket that attaches to the spigot with a 60-degree pivot, allowing this handheld to function as a standard-mounted shower head. 

Get the Lokby Handheld Shower Head at Amazon and Walmart.

Best for Modern Bathrooms

Bright Showers Rain Shower Head with Handheld Spray

 The Best Handheld Shower Heads Option: Bright Showers Rain Shower Head with Handheld Spray
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Mounted and handheld shower head included
  • Effective when using overhead and handheld simultaneously
  • Large square shower head provides rain-shower experience

What We Don’t Like

  • Diverter possibly out of reach in taller showers
  • Unsuitable for textured tiles, frosted glass, or wood
  • Mount cannot be reattached if removed

Specs

  • GPM 1.8
  • Number of spray settings 3 on each shower head
  • Finishes available Chrome, brushed nickel, and oil-rubbed bronze

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Appearance 4/5; Functionality 3.9/5; Value 3.8/5

This fixture combo combines the enveloping feel of a rainfall shower head with the versatility of a handheld one. This 8-inch-square shower head features 200 nozzles and mounts above your head, providing a true rainfall experience with a gentle, even spray. The handheld model, also with a square-shaped design, matches the modern styling of the rainfall shower head and can be attached to the wall with an included suction cup. 

Each has three spray settings, including massage, saturating, and combination sprays, as well as an on/off switch, making it suitable for bathing pets and children. A three-way diverter control, which is located on the overhead fixture, allows you to direct water flow from the faucet to the handheld shower head, the rain shower head, or both. 

What our tester says: “One thing I appreciated about this model is its performance when using both sprays simultaneously. Unlike other models, I found the shower heads worked just as well together as they did individually.” -Kristen Mosier, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Bright Showers Rain Shower Head with Handheld Spray at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Dual Shower Head

AquaDance 7" High-Pressure 3-Way Rainfall Combo

 The Best Handheld Shower Head Option: AquaDance 7" High Pressure 3-Way Rainfall Combo
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Overhead and handheld combo covers most user needs
  • Multiple setting combinations
  • Provides good water pressure even with the regulator

What We Don’t Like

  • Diverter possibly out of reach for some users
  • Low water pressure when both sprays are used

Specs

  • GPM 2.5 or 1.8
  • Number of spray settings 6 on each shower head
  • Finishes available Brushed nickel, chrome, matte black, and oil-rubbed

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Appearance 4/5; Functionality 4/5; Value 3.8/5

Out of the box, this AquaDance fixture looks attractive and installs easily. The setup includes two separate shower heads, a 7-inch broad rainfall shower head, and a 4-inch handheld shower head that mounts alongside it. Leave the handheld shower head attached for maximum water coverage from both heads, or detach it and use it as a handheld. We found both sprays to have ample water pressure, even with the regulator in place. 

Several flow options allow you to run water through either head or both. The diverter is on the overhead spray, making it difficult to access if mounted out of reach. Each shower head features six effective and comfortable flow settings for massage, rainfall style, or standard. When using both simultaneously, the water pressure drops, especially in the handheld. The fixture is constructed of plastic with a chrome finish.

Get the AquaDance Rainfall Combo at Amazon or Wayfair.

Best Massaging Shower Head

G-Promise High-Pressure Shower Head

 The Best Handheld Shower Heads Option: G-Promise High-Pressure Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Capable of supplying an impressive water pressure
  • Multiple massage settings; ideal for multiple user preferences
  • Lever allows for easy spray adjustment

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited finish options available

Specs

  • GPM 2.5
  • Number of spray settings 6
  • Finishes available Chrome, brushed nickel, and oil-rubbed bronze

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Appearance 4/5; Functionality 4.5/5; Value 4.5/5

When it comes to massage, it’s all about a shower head’s spray settings, and this model from G-Promise has plenty of them. Its attractive round face can be rotated to access six spray settings, most of which are devoted to massage, including power massage, rainfall plus power massage, massage, and rainfall plus circular massage. Each mode offers a different spray pattern, but all work equally well and, in our opinion, with the perfect amount of water pressure.

An adjusting lever makes switching between the spray settings with wet hands easy. A long, stretchable 70-inch stainless steel hose gives this fixture plenty of length to massage hard-to-reach muscles and clean shower corners. 

The G-Promise feels durable and is easy to install using an included mini wrench tool. It is made from high-grade plastic and comes in three finishes. 

Get the G-Promise Shower Head at Amazon.

ALSO TESTED:

PureAction Luxury Filtered Shower Head with Handheld Hose

We also tested the PureAction handheld shower head with filter, and while we loved that the unit filters out chlorine, heavy metals, rust, sand, and sediment, unfortunately, it didn’t meet our functionality standards. We had some trouble adjusting the spray, which includes three settings—rain, massage, and combo. When turned on, the massage mode made a brief whining noise and didn’t produce the spray described in the manual. It also filled the bottom of our shower with water, causing us some concern about water usage.  combo. When turned on, the massage mode made a brief whining noise and didn’t produce the spray described in the manual. It also filled the bottom of our shower with water, causing us some concern about water usage.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Handheld Shower Heads

Products tested 9
Tests performed4
Price range$20 to $180

We tested all of the handheld shower heads on our awards list by wall-mounting each, taking note of the tools needed for installation and the level of difficulty. Each fixture was examined for its weight, feel, and durability. We tested each shower head a minimum of two times, adjusting spray patterns and shower head direction and taking note of the hose length and flexibility. We observed whether there was any leaking or sputtering, changes in water pressure, unusual sounds, and hot water longevity.

We logged how many spray settings there were and whether they all functioned equally well, taking note of the water pressure, coverage, and ability to distribute water evenly. For dual shower heads, we observed how they functioned while used separately and simultaneously. We considered the features for the price point as well as the shower head’s overall attractiveness and several finish options available. Our top picks were chosen for ease of installation, durability, good design, even and ample water pressure, and spray options to suit differing needs.

When choosing our product options for hands-on testing, we also took advice from Ross Kesterson, a licensed general contractor and vice-president of Southern Design Build Group in Hull, Georgia, who suggested that for some budget options, shoppers should be aware of build quality. “It’s not all about the looks, it’s what’s underneath. The interior parts are sometimes made with plastic, but should be made of brass. This helps the fixture last longer and not leak.” With this expert tip in mind, we made sure that our list of recommendations includes high-quality options with brass interior parts to ensure longevity, while also providing more budget-friendly options that still managed to stand up to our testing.

What to Consider When Choosing a Handheld Shower Head 

Good shower heads can make the bathing experience a more enjoyable one. On the other hand, a shower head that doesn’t deliver enough water pressure or lacks the desired spray pattern leaves a lot to be desired. There are several factors to consider before purchasing a handheld shower head, including material, flow rate, spray modes, and water pressure. 

Type

The typical handheld shower head sits in a cradle with a flexible hose attached. These shower heads come in several types, either as individual pieces or part of a set. 

  • Combination shower heads have both a fixed and handheld shower head. Users can use one or the other or both while showering. A three-way diverter allows each of the two heads to be used simultaneously or independently. Due to flow rate regulations, however, water pressure is reduced when both heads are used at the same time.
  • Water-saving shower heads control the amount of water usage to help conserve water. A water-saving shower head, according to the EPA, has a flow rate of no more than 2 GPM (gallons per minute). These water-efficient shower heads are available with flow rates as little as 1.5 GPM. 
  • High-pressure shower heads provide a nicer rinse and a massage-like feeling on the body. They’re designed to increase the water pressure with air inside the head. While a high-pressure shower head may cost you more upfront, it’ll save you money in the long run by reducing your water bill.   
  • Rain shower heads are a popular option for combination sets. Water flows down over the top of your head, creating a relaxing sensation reminiscent of a spa. They’re either mounted to the wall or ceiling and usually have a wider spray and lower pressure compared to standard fixed shower heads. 

Material

Most shower heads have a combination of metal and plastic parts. Stainless steel and brass are typically used for the threaded fittings to the shower spigot as well as the internal parts that direct water flow. The external components usually consist of high-grade plastic, which is not susceptible to rust or corrosion like many metals. 

Some showers use aluminum with a chrome, brushed nickel, or bronze coating. High-end shower heads are made of brass or stainless steel, which also resist rust and corrosion. Most handheld shower heads use silicone nozzles, which are clog-resistant and easy to clean

Flow Rate and Pressure

Energy consumption is directly related to the flow rate. The lower the flow rate, the less water the shower faucet uses, and the more you save on your water bill. The maximum flow rate for a shower head is 2.5 GPM, but some have outputs as low as 1.5 GPM, which can save you a significant amount of money.

Since the National Energy Act was passed in 1992, the maximum allowable flow rate for shower heads is 2.5 GPM, significantly less than older models with flow rates of 3.5 GPM or more. With the exception of high-pressure shower heads, flow rate typically dictates water pressure; the higher the flow rate, the higher the water pressure. 

WaterSense Certification

Water-saving shower heads that earn the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) WaterSense label use no more than 2 GPM while providing a shower that is equal to or better than standard shower heads on the market. EPA estimates that replacing a conventional shower head with a WaterSense shower head can save nearly 3,000 gallons of water each year.

When shopping for an efficient shower head, don’t just take the manufacturer’s word for it. Look for the WaterSense label. These shower heads have been tested and approved for their ability to save water and energy and provide a shower of equal or better quality.

Spray Patterns

Most shower heads offer various flow patterns, with some featuring more than 40 spray settings. In general, flow patterns can be distilled into the following types:

  • Broad spray patterns allow for maximum coverage. 
  • Pulsating and targeting spray settings create a narrow, intermittent stream of hot water for massaging sore back and neck muscles. 
  • High-pressure spray settings work well for rinsing shampoo and conditioner from hair and are common features of shower heads for low water pressure.
  • Oversize rain-style shower heads offer maximum coverage while simulating the feel of rain. 

Aesthetic 

Handheld shower heads lack the sleek, minimal look of standard shower heads because of their long hoses, which give them a more utilitarian look. Unless you’re planning to redo the entire bathroom, you’ll likely want to match the new shower head to the current bathroom fixtures, including the finishes and materials. 

Some of the most popular finishes are chrome, polished brass, brushed nickel, and stainless steel. Keep in mind that shiny finishes may show water spots, while matte finishes resist staining. The size of the shower head can play a role in design and style. 

If you have space in a nice stand-up shower and want a square rain shower head up to 18 inches, why not? It can add a modern look and provide a relaxing shower experience. Conversely, those with compact shower spaces may need to stick with something smaller. 

Additional Features

Some nice extras that you can look for when purchasing a shower head include:

  • Filtered shower heads feature a built-in shower filter system that softens water and removes contaminants such as chlorine and lead. 
  • Nonslip grip shower heads come with rubberized handles so that they don’t easily fall out of your hand while showering.
  • LED lights add an extra level to the shower experience. Users can select from various colors depending on mood, or users can turn off the lights and just hide out if they need to ignore the world for a while.
  • On/off switches allow users to pause the shower while shampooing or shaving to save water.
  • Magnetic docking connects the handheld shower head to its cradle and is a relatively high-end feature.

Installation

Most handheld shower heads are easy to install. Our interview with expert plumber Roy Barnes, co-owner of Service Force Plumbing in Rockville Maryland, confirms this: “Pipes [for shower arms] are almost always ½” NPT, and with a wrench and a little Teflon tape to wrap the threads, it should be a pretty straightforward DIY job for just about anybody.”

Changing a shower head typically involves unscrewing the old shower head from the spigot, applying plumbers’ tape to the threads, and screwing on the new head. Depending on the type of shower head, installation may involve an extension arm, which attaches to the spigot on one end and the shower head on the other. 

Installing a shower head normally requires only a crescent wrench. Since virtually all shower spigots are a standard ½-inch size, you don’t need to worry about compatibility. 

You typically don’t need to worry about changing out the faucet or shower valve when switching shower heads.

FAQs

If you still have questions about handheld shower heads, read on for answers to the most common queries. use damage and dryness, including chlorine and chloramines.

Q. Are there shower heads that increase water pressure?

Some shower heads can increase water pressure by circulating air into the shower head, which results in a more intense flow of water from the head.

Q. Do all shower heads have flow restrictors?

The National Energy Act of 1992 requires all shower heads to include flow restrictors limiting water flow to a maximum of 2.5 GPM. In areas with low water pressure, a flow restrictor can reduce your water pressure to well below 2.5 GPM. In these cases, you may need to remove the flow restrictor from the shower head. 

Q. How much does a water-efficient shower head save?

A water-efficient shower head that uses just 1.6 gallons per minute saves more than 26 liters of water for the average seven-minute shower. That adds up to about 9,000 liters of water per household member per year. On this list, Delta’s H2Okinetic shower combo earned a WaterSense certification, which is an easy way to take note of a fixture’s water efficiency. 

Q. What does a shower head filter do?

A shower head filter protects skin and hair from chemicals and minerals that can cause damage and dryness, including chlorine and chloramines. 

Q. Are handheld shower heads worth it?

Those with small children or who regularly bathe pets in their tub will find the convenience of a shower system with a handheld sprayer worth it. Detachable shower heads are also ideal for utilizing a shower chair.

Q. How high should a handheld shower head be?

The standard installation height for a handheld shower ranges from 72 to 78 inches.

Q. What are the disadvantages of a handheld shower head?

Handheld shower heads may experience lower water pressure because the water must flow through a long hose before reaching the shower head nozzles. They are also more prone to leaks than standard shower heads.

Q. Can you put two shower heads in one shower?

You can install a fixed and handheld shower head combo in one shower. Alternatively, you can install standard double shower heads if you have the necessary plumbing.

Q. Can you use a shower head and handheld at the same time?

Whether you can use your fixed and handheld shower head simultaneously depends on the model. Some dual shower heads allow for this, while others have a diverter so that you can choose which shower head you’d like to use. 

Why Trust Bob Vila 

Bob Vila has been America’s Handyman since 1979. As the host of beloved and groundbreaking TV series including “This Old House” and “Bob Vila’s Home Again,” he popularized and became synonymous with “do-it-yourself” home improvement.

Over the course of his decades-long career, Bob Vila has helped millions of people build, renovate, repair, and live better each day—a tradition that continues today with expert yet accessible home advice. The Bob Vila team distills need-to-know information into project tutorials, maintenance guides, tool 101s, and more. These home and garden experts then thoroughly research, vet, and recommend products that support homeowners, renters, DIYers, and professionals in their to-do lists.

Meet the Tester

Tony Carrick is a freelance writer specializing in home improvement, landscaping, technology, home security, and design. His articles have been featured on such sites as Angi, Popular Science, Futurism, 360 Reviews by U.S. News & World Report, Domino, and more. Carrick has conducted rigorous product testing on everything from power tools to home security systems to backyard grills. With each review, his goal is to help readers determine whether a product meets their needs and if it is or isn’t worth its price tag. 

The post We Researched Over 40 Handheld Shower Heads and Tested the Best Ones appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-31T12:16:56-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Paint Wood Wall Paneling]]>Give your dated, dingy wood-paneled walls a refresh by painting them. A thorough cleaning with TSP before painting is key to a great finish.

The post How to Paint Wood Wall Paneling appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-paint-wood-paneling/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=43473Thu, 30 Jan 2025 17:17:34 -0500DIYInteriorPainting & FinishingWalls & CeilingsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

If you’re thinking about updating a room with wood-paneled walls, your instinct might be to start fresh, either by tearing out the paneling or by concealing it behind drywall. Both of these options involve expenses that may be difficult to justify if you are on a budget. As long as your paneling is in decent condition, the least expensive way forward is to leave the paneling in place and paint it.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

Regardless of whether your wood paneling is solid or veneer, it’s pretty easy to paint. If you’ve ever painted a piece of wood furniture, you’re probably already familiar with the basic steps, though in this case you’ll also need to think about protecting adjacent walls and trim, and accounting for the grooves in the paneling. Follow the steps in this guide to painting wood paneling, and you should get professional-level results.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Step 1: Clean the paneling with diluted TSP.

Dust, dirt, and oily fingerprints can prevent paint from adhering to wood paneling, so your first task is to thoroughly wash the wood-paneled walls with a solution of trisodium phosphate (TSP) and water. Before you use this toxic cleaner, put on full protective gear: full-sleeve clothing, rubber gloves, safety glasses, and a respiratory mask. Open windows in the room to adequately ventilate it. Then, dilute TSP per the instructions on the package in a bucket of water and wipe down the wood paneling with a sponge dampened in the solution.

Tried-and-True Advice

“I’ve painted wood paneling without thoroughly cleaning and priming, and it didn’t turn out perfect. The prep work is important. Clean the paneling with a wet rag to remove all dust and grime. A layer of primer will really help the paint and the overall end finish. A roller does most of the work, but a detail or sponge brush is really helpful for the gaps and textured elements on some panels.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

Step 2: Lightly sand the wood paneling.

Next, proceed to lightly sand the walls using a technique aptly known as “scuffing”; the goal here is to create a good mechanical bond between the paneled wall and the initial coat of primer that you will soon be applying. You’ll use a 220-grit sandpaper in even circular motions to do so.

Today’s primers are so good that you can probably skip the sanding, but I think it’s worth doing. Even though it takes only 20 or 30 minutes, scuffing gives you long-lasting insurance against chipping paint. Just be sure to wear a dust mask and, for health reasons as well as cleanliness, wipe away dust with a tack cloth or damp rag as you go. (Now may also be the time to vacuum the floor so that you don’t track dust room to room.)

Step 3: Protect the floor from paint splatter using drop cloths and painter’s tape.

Save yourself from having to scrub errant paint drips and splatter off the floor after the paint job is complete by laying down a bunch of old newspaper or a drop cloth. If there is molding or ceiling that you do not want the paint to inadvertently color.

Step 4: Apply two thin coats of stain-blocking primer.

Having finished scuffing the full width and height of the wood paneling to be painted, give the surface its initial coat of primer to prevent any of the wood grain, imperfections, and the like from showing through the final coat of paint.

Choosing the right primer is key. For solid wood, use a water-based product; for veneer, use a shellac-based one. While it’s not strictly necessary to do so, you can have the primer tinted to match the shade you eventually plan to paint the wood paneling. One detail you absolutely should look out for? The words “stain-blocking” on the label. This trait helps hide any knots that appear throughout the wood paneling, or else you may see them bleed through your weekend paint job sometime in the future.

Start in with a 2-inch high-quality angle sash brush to cut in at corners, then keep it handy to dab away drips as you work.

Since you’ll be covering such a large surface, switch to a roller for the rest of the paint job—you’ll still be able to coat the grooves of paneled walls just fine. In order to avoid ending up with the orange peel–like texture that roller-applied paints sometimes produce, opt to use a foam sponge roller cover (it’s inexpensive and easily purchased at your local paint supply store or home improvement center).

Two thin primer coats are normally sufficient. Check your can of primer for instructions on exactly how long to wait between coats.

Step 5: Apply at least two thin coats of paint.

Top with your chosen paint applied in the same manner as described in Step 4. While you’re rolling on the paint in thin layers, pay close attention to how much collects in the panel grooves and wipe out any excess that might be too thick and become tacky once dry.

Lightly sand the surface between coats, and expect to do two or three in total (leaving adequate dry time between each). It’ll be a weekend project for sure, but, when you finish, you’ll certainly admire the difference painted wood paneling can make in a room! Whether you’ve chosen to paint wood paneling a lighter color to for a very airy farmhouse vibe or a matte black for something cozier and more dramatic, like a library, the fresh color will definitely deliver results.

The post How to Paint Wood Wall Paneling appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-30T17:17:34-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Paint a Radiator]]>To give an old radiator a cool new look, all you need is a little prep work and the right paint.

The post How to Paint a Radiator appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-paint-a-radiator/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=98542Thu, 30 Jan 2025 13:21:57 -0500DIYHeatingHeating & CoolingInteriorPainting & FinishingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Radiators have been keeping homes warm for about 150 years. While the units in your home probably aren’t that old, they may well bear signs of age: rust, chips, or a color that doesn’t suit your décor.

A fresh coat of paint can turn back the clock on a hot-water or steam cast-iron radiator, whether or not the unit is still operational. paint even dress up a unit made of mild steel, which is steel with a small amount of carbon. (Naturally rust- and fade-resistant stainless steel or aluminum radiators, on the other hand, aren’t usually painted. Those metals are less likely to need restoration in the first place, and these radiators have a more rigid, less pliant surface that isn’t particularly receptive to sanding and painting.) As with any paint project, painting a radiator is all about proper preparation, quality materials, and good technique.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

Will you paint an old iron radiator white so it matches your baseboard trim, or select a bright hue that makes the heater a focal point rather than an eyesore? Once you settle on a suitable color and follow this guide for how to paint a radiator, the unit will have a new hue in the space of a weekend. 

Note: The radiator will need to be turned off for the duration of this project, so midwinter is probably not the best time to undertake the project.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Step 1: Select primer and paint.

Though you can certainly go the can-and-paintbrush route, we find that spray paint and primer will reach the curves, nooks, and crannies of this fixture best. Use an oil-based primer and either an oil- or water-based spray paint for metal that is labeled for interior use. Depending on your radiator, look for the following attributes:

  • If you are painting a radiator that is non-operational, both the primer and paint that you use should be rust resistant.
  • If you are painting a radiator that still works and is used to heat the home, the primer and paint should be rust resistant and able to withstand the high temperatures that radiators generate. Rust-Oleum High Heat Spray Paint is a good option.

If you want your radiator to blend in with its surroundings, go for a shade that closely matches the color of the wall behind it or the trim beneath it; to make the radiator pop, choose a hue that contrasts with the wall.

Step 2: Turn off the radiator, and cover vents and valves.

If your radiator is non-operational, skip this step and move on to Step 3.

For an operational radiator, turn the control valve located near the base of the unit clockwise until it reaches the “off,” or fully closed position, and let the unit cool completely.

Use painter’s tape to cover the valves and vents on your unit:

  • On hot-water radiators, tape off the control valve and the air bleeder valve (located near the top of the unit)
  • On two-pipe steam radiators, cover the steam vent valve near the top of the unit
  • On on-pipe steam radiators, cover the air vent on the side of the unit.

Paint can block vents and make valves difficult to turn, which is why you want to avoid painting them.

Step 3: Prep the work area.

Apply masking tape to the wall around the perimeter of the radiator and lay drop cloths on the floor below the unit—you’ll want to do so thoroughly to protect the surrounding areas from overspray. Open a window in the room to improve ventilation while painting, and wear gloves and a respirator.

Step 4: Sand the metal radiator.

Person uses a wire brush attachment on a drill to sand a radiator.
Photo: Wabeno / Depositphotos

Scrape a small, inconspicuous area on the radiator surface with a screwdriver blade and look for flaking to confirm whether or not it had been previously painted or varnished. If there’s no flaking, go over any pitting from heavy rust with coarse-grit sandpaper, such as 40- to 60-grit. Then sand all surfaces with fine-grit sandpaper (e.g., 80- to 120-grit) to remove light rust accumulations and achieve a smooth, paintable surface.

If you’re covering a radiator that was previously painted, first test the paint for lead with a lead paint test kit (available at home centers for $7 to $15). Paint on radiators in homes built pre-1978 are the most likely to contain lead. Caution: Never scrape, sand, or otherwise disturb the surface of a radiator coated in lead paint, as you risk releasing lead particles, which can adversely affect the central nervous and endocrine systems if inhaled or swallowed and can even be fatal with high levels of exposure. Wait for the results, then sand and/or strip away any cracking paint using one of these methods:

  • If the test is negative, use a putty knife to scrape away cracked/chipping paint from any of the radiator surfaces. Then, sand the surface using the sanding technique recommended above.
  • If the test is positive, have a professional refinisher remove the paint, or use an environmentally friendly paint stripper such as Citristrip to remove it. These products trap the lead in gel to keep lead particles from going airborne.

Step 5: Wipe away the dust.

Glide a tack cloth over the radiator surface to remove sanding dust. Then, wipe down the surface with a water-dampened cloth to remove remaining dirt and debris. Let the radiator air dry fully.

Tried-and-True Advice

“It’s amazing how a fresh coat of paint can improve the aesthetics of any old radiator. I find it’s best to use compressed air to remove dust after sanding. You can wipe it down but air really helps to prep the surface for paint. A shop vacuum will also assist in full removal of dust particles if needed.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

Step 6: Spray a coat of primer.

Holding the can of primer upright and at a distance of 10 to 16 inches from the radiator, spray an even coat over all visible surfaces using a back-and-forth motion. Let the primer coat dry completely per the product instructions before you move on to paint.

Step 7: Paint the radiator.

Employing the same technique used for the primer, spray an even coat of the high-temperature metal spray paint over all visible surfaces of the radiator using a back-and-forth motion.

Let the first coat dry for 5 to 7 minutes (or according to the product instructions). Apply one or more coats to achieve the desired depth of color, allowing each coat to dry for 5 to 7 minutes before applying the next. Spraying the coats in relatively quick succession minimizes paint run-off of the previous coat. Let the final coat dry completely.

Step 8: Clean up the workspace.

Remove the painter’s tape from the wall and radiator valves, and discard the drop cloths. If the radiator is operational, turn the radiator control valve counterclockwise to the “on” or fully open position.

The post How to Paint a Radiator appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-30T13:21:57-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Bathroom Layout Ideas to Consider for Your Next Remodel]]>The post The Best Bathroom Layout Ideas to Consider for Your Next Remodel appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/interior/bathroom-layout-ideas/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=425775Wed, 29 Jan 2025 16:23:41 -0500InteriorBathroom DesignBathroomsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Whether you’re planning a complete bathroom renovation or just looking to optimize your space, understanding different bathroom layout options is key for creating a functional and beautiful space. From compact powder rooms to sprawling primary suites, each bathroom layout design requires careful consideration when it comes to fixture placement, clearance requirements, and how it’s used in your household’s day-to-day life. Read on for tips on how to design a bathroom as well as bathroom layout ideas for a variety of spaces. 

Primary Bathroom Layout 

An example of a primary or master bathroom layout with a freestanding tub and walk in shower.
Photo: Bombaert Patrick/500Px Plus via Getty Images

The primary bathroom often serves as a personal retreat and is typically the largest bathroom in the house. Most primary bathrooms have two sinks, a toilet, and a shower or tub—or sometimes both. But you don’t always need a tub in this bathroom. According to Houston-based architect Baraa Yakzan, “For spec homes, or young families, it is important that at least one bathroom is a full bath—primarily to shower little ones. The tub does not necessarily need to be in the primary bath.”

Yakzan adds that compartmentalizing your primary bathroom can make it more functional. She says, “If your space allows, try to have the toilet in a compartment of its own, with a door. This makes the bathroom a much more practical space as two people can comfortably use it at the same time.”

The average bathroom size for primary bathrooms is around 100 square feet. Here are three popular layouts that work well:

  1. Split plan: Place double vanities (each 30 to 36 inches wide) along one wall, with a separate toilet room on the opposite wall. Include a walk-in shower (at least 36 by 48 inches) at the far end, with a freestanding tub (roughly 60 by 32 inches) next to it if space allows.
  2. Galley style: Put vanities on opposite walls, creating a walkway between them. Place the shower and toilet behind a partition wall at the end for privacy. 
  3. L-shaped: Position double vanities along the long wall, with the toilet and shower zone around the corner. This creates natural privacy and separate wet and dry areas.

Full Bathroom Floor Plan

A full bathroom layout idea with the sink, toilet, and tub/shower in a line.
Photo: APAvlin/500Px Plus via Getty Images

A full bathroom floor plan incorporates all four main fixtures: toilet, sink, shower, and tub. When designing these spaces, let practicality guide your choices. As Yakzan advises, “If there is one tub in the house, I recommend making it practical and functional—as opposed to a freestanding bathtub that spills a lot.”

Standard dimensions for a bathroom that is a full bathroom are 40 to 100 square feet. Here are a couple of layout ideas:

  1. Straight line: Place the vanity by the door, followed by the toilet, then tub/shower combo (typically 60 inches long) at the far end. This works well in rectangular rooms.
  2. Compact square: Put the vanity and toilet on one wall, with a tub/shower combo on the adjacent wall. 

3/4 Bathroom Layout

A 3/4 bathroom layout idea with a corner shower and toilet and vanity.
Photo: Pavel Adashkevich/500Px Plus via Getty Images

A 3/4 bath has three main fixtures—usually a sink, toilet, and shower. This bathroom layout works great for many homes because it gives you everything you need without taking up as much space as a full bath.

For a 3/4 bath (which is usually 35 to 80 square feet), try these small bathroom layout options:

  1. Corner shower: Place a corner shower unit (36 by 36 inches) at the far end, with the toilet and vanity on opposite walls. This maximizes floor space.
  2. Wet room style: Position a walk-in shower beside the toilet, with a vanity opposite. Use a glass panel to contain water splash in a wet room.

Half Bath Layout

A small powder room decorated with wallpaper.
Photo: Steven S. Miric/FOTOGRAFIA INC. via Getty Images

A half bath, also called a powder room, just has a toilet and sink. These smaller bathrooms are great places to try bold design ideas. “This is where homeowners are most likely to follow trends, as functionality is less of a priority,” says Yakzan. But don’t forget storage: “A small storage space goes a long way when it comes to hiding a couple of extra hand towels and toilet paper rolls.”

When placing fixtures in any bathroom, Yakzan shares a helpful measuring tip: “Keep at least 18 inches from the center of your toilet seat to the face of the wall next to it (on either side). This way you make sure you have ample space on either side of the seat.”

Half baths can be as small as 15 to 20 square feet. Here are smart compact bathroom layout ideas:

  1. Door wall vanity: Mount a narrow vanity (18 to 24 inches wide) on the wall behind the door, with the toilet on the opposite wall. 
  2. Corner sink: Install a corner sink to save space, with the toilet on the adjacent wall. 

Wet Room Bathroom Floor Plan

A wet room bathroom layout idea with a walk in shower with a glass pane.
Photo: phototropic/E+ via Getty Images

A wet room bathroom is a modern layout where the entire space is waterproofed and the shower isn’t enclosed, making it easy to clean. This bathroom layout design works especially well in smaller spaces where a traditional shower might feel cramped. Here are some small bathroom floor plan ideas:

  1. Linear wet room: Position the toilet and vanity on the dry side of a glass panel, with the shower head and controls mounted on the far wall. Include a linear drain along the shower wall and nonslip floor tiles throughout the space for safety.
  2. Open corner design: Create a spacious feel by positioning the shower area in a corner with a slight floor slope toward the drain. Mount the vanity on an adjacent wall and place the toilet on the dry side, using a partial glass wall for splash protection.

ADA-Compliant Bathroom Layout

A person using the sink in an ADA-compliant bathroom.
Photo: FG Trade/E+ via Getty Images

Creating an accessible bathroom isn’t just about meeting regulations—it’s about designing a space that works for everyone. A well-planned accessible bathroom layout combines safety features with comfort and style. These bathrooms need careful planning to ensure proper clearances while maintaining a welcoming feel.

  1. Roll-in design: Create a spacious layout (36 by 60 inches minimum) with a curbless shower and grab bars mounted at 33 to 36 inches high. Install a wheelchair-accessible vanity so it has a knee clearance of 27 inches, making sure there’s 48 inches of clear floor space in front of each fixture.
  2. Transfer shower layout: Design the space with a 36-by-36-inch transfer shower and position the toilet with 18 inches clearance on one side and 42 inches on the transfer side. Mount the sink on the wall for easy wheelchair access and place all controls within a reachable zone of 15 to 48 inches from the floor.

Important Building Codes to Keep in Mind

Following building codes ensures your bathroom is safe and functional. Building codes vary across the country, so be sure to check your local regulations before beginning your renovation project. If you hire a local pro, they should already be familiar with the local codes. The National Kitchen and Bath Association (NKBA) also has some general code suggestions to follow: 

Bathroom Door

Bathroom doors should have a clear opening of at least 32 inches wide to allow easy access, especially for those with mobility aids. Make sure doors don’t block each other or interfere with bathroom fixtures. If space allows, consider increasing the width to 34 inches for added accessibility and comfort.

Tub

Leave at least 30 inches by 30 inches of open space in front of the tub for safety. Controls should be easy to reach from inside and outside the tub. 

Shower

Showers need to be at least 30 inches wide by 30 inches deep, but the NKBA recommends a minimum of 36 by 36 inches. Shower doors must open outward.

Toilet

Toilets are placed at least 15 inches away from walls or nearby fixtures to make sure there’s enough space for comfort and movement. A clear area of 21 inches in front of the toilet is required for safety. Mount the seat 15 to 19 inches above the floor to accommodate different users’ needs.

Sink

Position sinks at a height between 32 and 36 inches to fit most users comfortably. Ensure there’s at least 4 inches of space between the sink’s edge and nearby walls to avoid crowding. For added accessibility, plan a clear floor space in front of the sink for easy wheelchair access.

Exhaust Fan

Proper ventilation is essential in bathrooms to control moisture and prevent mold. Install an exhaust fan that vents directly outdoors, with a minimum airflow of 50 cubic feet per minute. Place the fan’s controls between 15 and 48 inches above the floor so they’re easy to find and use.

Lights

Provide good lighting throughout the bathroom, with task lighting near mirrors for grooming. Fixtures near tubs or showers must be rated for wet areas to ensure safety. Place light switches near the entrance at a height of 15 to 48 inches so they are easy to reach for all users.

The post The Best Bathroom Layout Ideas to Consider for Your Next Remodel appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T16:23:41-05:00
<![CDATA[We’ve Tested 18 Power Stations, But We Like These 9 the Best]]>The post We’ve Tested 18 Power Stations, But We Like These 9 the Best appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-portable-power-station/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-portable-power-station/Wed, 29 Jan 2025 14:30:13 -0500ReviewsInteriorLighting & ElectricalTech & ElectronicsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Portable power stations can deliver power when you need it most, whether during power outages or just for an off-grid adventure. These handy electricity suppliers vary in size, output, and energy source, not to mention durability. That’s why we’ve tested 18 models since 2022; some we’ve kept on this list, while others have been replaced by newer power stations that we like even better. We spent hours testing some of the smaller models and days with some of the larger ones. We even took some road trips to baseball tournaments and other events.

The Goal Zero Yeti 1500X Portable Power Station (updated model from the 1000X we tested) remains our favorite thanks to its ample power and potential to supply even more backup power by connecting additional Yeti batteries. Not only can it power tablets, phones, and flashlights, but it also powers appliances and power tools.

It’s not the only great option, however. All of the following options make great picks for an emergency power station—in case the power goes out—or portable energy supply. Read our reviews on the top models below, along with important factors to consider before selecting the best portable power station for your needs.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Goal Zero Yeti 1500X Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Craftsman V20 150W Power Inverter
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: EcoFlow Delta 2 Max Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. BEST SOLAR: Jackery Explorer 1000 Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST FOR CAR CAMPING: DJI Power 1000 With Zignes 100-Watt Solar Panel
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST FOR HOME BACKUP: Anker Solix F3800 Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST FOR ROAD TRIPS: EcoFlow River 2 Pro Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
  8. BEST DURABILITY: Vtoman FlashSpeed 1000 828Wh Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
  9. BEST COMPACT: BougeRV JuiceGo 240Wh Portable Power Station
    ↓ Jump to Review
Testing Stats
Products tested 18
Time spent testing Over 1 year
Tests performed6
Price range$49 to $1,900

Product Comparison

Power OutputBattery CapacityOutlets/PortsCharging Source
Goal Zero Yeti 1500X Portable Power Station1,500 watts983 watt-hours2 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C, and 4 DCAC, solar, USB-C
Craftsman V20 150W Power Inverter150 wattsDepends on the battery1 AC, 1 USB-A, and 1 USB-CCompatible V20 battery (sold separately)
EcoFlow Delta 2 Max Portable Power Station2,400 watts2,048 watt-hours6 AC, 4 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 3 DCAC, solar, DC
Jackery Explorer 1000 Portable Power Station1,000 watts1,002 watt-hours3 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 1 DCIncluded AC adaptor, solar, DC
DJI Power 1000 With Zignes 100-Watt Solar Panel2,600 watts1,024 watt-hours2 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 2 SDCIncluded AC adaptor, included SDC car adaptor, solar
Anker Solix F3800 Portable Power Station6,000 watts3,840 watt-hours6 AC, 2 USB-A, 3 USB-C, 1 DC, 1 NEMA 14-50, 1 NEMA L14-30Included AC adaptor, solar, DC
EcoFlow River 2 Pro Portable Power Station800 watts768 watt-hours4 AC, 3 USB-A, 1 USB-C, 2 DCAC, solar, DC, USB-C  
Vtoman FlashSpeed 1000 828Wh Portable Power Station1,000 watts828 watt-hours3 AC, 4 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 2 DC AC, solar, DC
BougeRV JuiceGo 240Wh Portable Power Station410 watts240 watt-hours1 AC, 1 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 1 DCAC, solar, DC, USB-C

Our Top Picks

The following products rank among the best portable power stations in terms of quality, dependability, and price. Take a look and see some of the models we liked the most. 

Best Overall

Goal Zero Yeti 1000X Portable Power Station

 Goal Zero Yeti 1000X Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 3.5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 4.8/5

Product Specs

  • Power output: 1,500 watts
  • Battery capacity: 983 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 10.23 inches high by 15.25 inches wide by 9.86 inches deep
  • Weight: 37 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 2 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C, and 4 DC
  • Charging source: AC, solar, USB-C

What We Like

  • Plenty of power
  • Expansion possibilities for more backup power
  • Digital display provides real-time information

What We Don’t Like

  • On the heavier side for portable power

Folks looking for a versatile power station solution will want to consider the Goal Zero Yeti 1000X portable power station. This model provides 983 watt-hours of power and offers a maximum output of 1,500 watts, ensuring there is enough power on tap for any need. It can handle everything from charging devices off-grid to running refrigerators or air conditioners at home. 

This model from Goal Zero features two standard 120-volt AC outlets, two USB-C outlets, two USB-A outlets, and several 12-volt DC ports. It also has solar inputs, allowing it to charge with solar panels (not included in our kit). It comes with the base model and an 8-millimeter charging port, and it charges from a standard 120-volt outlet in 9 hours. You can also build upon the Yeti 1000X with home expansion kits and power banks to serve as a home backup. 

If we’re being totally up front, we didn’t expect to love the Yeti during our testing. There were other models that we were more excited to test. However, this model’s digital display and power won us over. It had no problem powering our air conditioner, power tools, and devices. We even used it to charge some of our smaller power stations, all the while tracking their draw and the battery level. After all that, we learned about all of the available expansion kits, and we couldn’t help but appreciate this model for its possibilities. The only thing we didn’t appreciate is that it’s one of the heavier models we tested.  

Disclaimer: We tested the 1000X model, which is now out of stock. But we also stand behind Goal Zero’s 1500X model, which boasts all the same highlights we love about the previous model. We look forward to getting our hands on the latest model for testing in the near future.

Get the Goal Zero portable power station at Amazon or Goal Zero.

Best Bang For The Buck

Craftsman V20 150W Power Inverter

 Craftsman 150-Watt Power Inverter on white background
Photo: Lowe’s

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Performance 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Power output: 150 watts
  • Battery capacity: Depends on the battery
  • Dimensions: 3.2 inches high by 3 inches wide by 4.6 inches deep (tool only)
  • Weight: 0.7 pounds (tool only)
  • Outlets/ports: 1 AC, 1 USB-A, and 1 USB-C
  • Charging source: Compatible V20 battery (sold separately)

What We Like

  • Compact design fits in a tool box
  • Compatible with the lineup of 20-volt Craftsman batteries
  • Versatile selection of outlets/ports 

What We Don’t Like

  • Storage depends on the battery it’s attached to
  • Doesn’t come with a battery

Craftsman blends affordability with portability and sprinkles a bit of capability on top with its 150-watt power inverter. This budget-minded model snaps onto any 20-volt battery from Craftsman, turning it into a compact power supply that you can take anywhere or store in a tool box. 

This power inverter features three ports: a USB-A, a USB-C, and a standard AC outlet. It also has a built-in work light to illuminate work or a path back to the truck. Runtime will be determined by the size of the battery it’s on, but with a 150-watt output, it can handle lamps, cell phones, and other devices. 

In our opinion, this affordable little inverter is ideal for the jobsite. It can quickly turn any 20-volt Craftsman battery into a power station, allowing folks to charge their phones, power drop lights, or even charge a laptop when there isn’t a battery source nearby. Is it full of possibilities? Not quite, as it’s limited to the battery it’s attached to, but we think anyone with Craftsman batteries ought to consider adding it to their tool box for its convenience and affordability. 

Get the Craftsman portable power station at Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, or Walmart.

Upgrade Pick

EcoFlow Delta 2 Max Portable Power Station

 EcoFlow Delta 2 Max Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 3/5; Performance 5/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 2,400 watts
  • Battery capacity: 2,048 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 9.5 inches high by 12 inches wide by 19.6 inches deep 
  • Weight: 50 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 6 AC, 4 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 3 DC
  • Charging source: AC, solar, DC

What We Like

  • Robust enough to keep a full-size fridge running for 14 hours
  • Lithium-iron phosphate (LFP) battery lasts longer than traditional lithium-ion options
  • Enough ports to power 15 devices at once

What We Don’t Like

  • No 30-amp outlet to run an RV
  • The heaviest model we tested

During testing, we were impressed with the performance and huge array of output options on the EcoFlow Delta 2 Max. With a total of 15 outlets/ports and 2,400 running watts of power, we found it to be the most rugged and versatile option in our lineup. While some power stations on our list are better for shorter and less demanding circumstances, this beast from EcoFlow can power a full-size refrigerator for up to 14 hours. 

This EcoFlow power station uses an LFP (or LiFePO4) battery, which has nearly twice the expected lifespan of traditional lithium-ion batteries. It charges via wall outlet, 12-volt car outlet, or solar panels. Its large display is easy to read and clearly displays output and expected runtime based on current usage. Though we think this unit provides an excellent value, it is the heaviest power station we tested. It also doesn’t have a 30-amp outlet to power an RV.  (If that’s something you’re after, check out our Jackery solar generator review.)

The Delta 2 Max has the highest price tag in our lineup, but if you’re looking for convenience and reliable backup power, it’s worth the money. For even more power and versatility, you can add one or two extra Delta Max smart batteries at 2,016 kilowatt hours each, for a maximum total storage capacity of 6,080 kilowatt hours.

Read our full review: EcoFlow Delta 2 Max Portable Power Station

Get the EcoFlow Delta 2 Max portable power station at Amazon or EcoFlow.

Best Solar

Jackery Explorer 1000 Portable Power Station

 Jackery Explorer 1000 Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Bob Vila Approved badge

Bob Vila Approved recognizes the household and DIY products that impressed us most in our real-world testing and that exemplify core values of the Bob Vila brand, including craftsmanship, innovation, and value for the dollar. Winners of this designation come recommended by our professional review team and are personally approved by Bob Vila.

This Bob Vila Approved product carries our brand’s highest level of recommendation.

Bob Vila Approved badge

Bob Vila Approved recognizes the household and DIY products that impressed us most in our real-world testing and that exemplify core values of the Bob Vila brand, including craftsmanship, innovation, and value for the dollar. Winners of this designation come recommended by our professional review team and are personally approved by Bob Vila.

Our Ratings: Portability 4.5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 1,000 watts
  • Battery capacity: 1,002 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 11.1 inches high by 13.1 inches wide by 9.2 inches deep
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 3 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 1 DC
  • Charging source: Included AC adaptor, solar, DC

What We Like

  • 2,000 peak watts and 1,002 watt-hours
  • Had the best performance in our air conditioner test 
  • Easy to set up and use

What We Don’t Like

  • Solar panels are expensive  

Folks who’d prefer to take their power off-grid or simply like the idea of a reusable, portable power source will want to consider the Jackery Explorer 1000 portable power station. This power station is compatible with solar panels and will recharge in about 6 hours with two 100-watt panels in full sun.

The Explorer 1000 features 2,000 surge watts with a 1,000-watt continuous output and a 1,002-watt-hour capacity. It has three standard outlets as well as one DC, two USB-A, and two USB-C ports. The digital display keeps you up-to-date on the Explorer’s battery percentage, output, and input. And if the power goes out in the middle of the night, the Explorer 1000 has a built-in flashlight to guide the way.

This solar battery was truly one of our favorite models in the test. We’ve been using this model for over a year now, and our test unit came with two solar panels that are easy to set up and plug into the power station. Also, the Jackery Explorer lasted the longest of all the models in our air conditioner test, and that’s truly saying something considering it’s been drained and recharged a few times in the past. But, beyond the solar panels and capacity, the Jackery is very easy to use, and the digital display is clean and simple to read. Just keep in mind that solar panels can be expensive if purchased separately.

Get the Jackery portable power station at Walmart or Jackery.

Best For Car Camping

DJI Power 1000 With Zignes 100-Watt Solar Panel

 DJI Power 1000 With Zignes 100-Watt Solar Panel on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 2,600 watts
  • Battery capacity: 1,024 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 9.1 inches high by 17.6 inches wide by 8.9 inches deep
  • Weight: 28.7 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 2 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 2 SDC
  • Charging source: Included AC adaptor, included SDC car adaptor, solar

What We Like

  • Portable kit includes weatherproof cover/carrier and 100-watt solar panel
  • LFP battery maintains 70 percent capacity after 4,000 charge cycles
  • Accepts up to 6 solar panels and 800 watts of solar input for charging
  • Convenient for car camping, tailgating, and other remote power needs

What We Don’t Like

  • Not enough power for an RV
  • The solar panel will not provide reliable charging when it rains, or if the site is heavily shaded.

If you’re planning for a camping trip but don’t want to completely rough it, then a portable power station can help. The DJI Power 1000 stores 1,024 watt-hours of electricity and produces 2,600 running watts and up to 4,400 surge watts. That is plenty of energy to keep the lights on at night, charge an array of electronic devices, and power a few small appliances. Not only that, but this kit also includes a weatherproof carry case to protect the unit from rain and a 100-watt solar panel to take advantage of nature’s free energy.

We loved the easy versatility of the DJI Power 1000 for on-the-go electrical needs. It charged fast when plugged into a wall outlet—just over an hour to go from under 10 percent to full charge. With one 100-watt solar panel, it took about 8 to 10 hours to recharge. It’s important to note that we lucked out with clear sunny weather and made sure to redirect the panel every couple of hours for maximum sun exposure. In low light conditions, we would expect a much slower charge.

This unit was small enough to fit in with the rest of our gear, and it held more than enough electricity to run our LED string lights for 6 hours, brew four pots of coffee, and recharge two phones and a weather radio on a weekend camping trip. The large LCD display provided an uncluttered real-time status report while charging or using power.

Get the DJI portable power station at Amazon or DJI.

Best For Home Backup

Anker Solix F3800 Portable Power Station

 Anker Solix F3800 Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 3/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 6,000 watts
  • Battery capacity: 3,840 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 27.6 inches high by 15.3 inches wide by 15.6 inches deep 
  • Weight: 132 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 6 AC, 2 USB-A, 3 USB-C, 1 DC, 1 NEMA 14-50, 1 NEMA L14-30
  • Charging source: Included AC adaptor, solar, DC

What We Like

  • Supplies up to 9,000 surge watts
  • Capable of directly powering the whole house or an RV
  • 4 locking casters for easy transport
  • Expandable storage capacity up to 26,880 watt-hours
  • Fully charges in about 2 hours

What We Don’t Like

  • Bulky and heavy, limited portability
  • May not handle HVAC surge watts

Whole-home backup power is an area where portable power stations have lagged, but the Anker Solix F3800 bridges the gap. This powerful and portable unit boasts a whopping 6,000 running watts; 9,000 surge watts; and 3,840 watt-hours in its base configuration, with options for expandability up to 26,880 watt-hours. That’s enough to keep the refrigerator, deep freezer, and key household outlets operational through an extended power outage. 

The F3800 is unique, not only in size of its battery reserves but also in that it is equipped with a 120/240-volt NEMA 14-50 outlet that can be directly connected to an electrical subpanel. It also features a NEMA L14-30 outlet that can directly power an RV for a weekend getaway. Make no mistake: This amount of battery storage is larger and heavier than the other models we tested, but an extendable handle, two 4-inch rollers, and two 2-inch locking casters make it easier to transport.

For our test, the F3800 powered a window air conditioner, a full-size refrigerator, a microwave, three table lamps, a Wi-Fi router, and a television. When the refrigerator or air conditioner entered the active cooling cycle, the surge did not affect the other devices. We ran everything this way for 2 hours, and it worked perfectly. Plugged into a wall outlet, the unit fully recharged from 15 percent in less than 2.5 hours.

Our limited test showcased the remarkable ability of the base setup, but it barely scratched the surface of what an expanded Anker Solix system could accomplish. As with some other portable power stations, two F3800s can be paired to deliver 12,000 watts of power. Adding up to 6 expansion batteries per power station boosts storage capacity to as much as 53,800 kWh in a dual F3800 system. Each power station is capable of accepting up to 2,400 input watts from solar panels to recharge and further extend runtime.

Get the Anker portable power station at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Anker.

Best For Road Trips

EcoFlow River 2 Pro Portable Power Station

 EcoFlow River 2 Pro Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 4.5/5; Performance 4/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 800 watts
  • Battery capacity: 768 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 10.2 inches high by 10.6 inches wide by 8.9 inches deep 
  • Weight: 17.2 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 4 AC, 3 USB-A, 1 USB-C, 2 DC
  • Charging source: AC, solar, DC, USB-C  

What We Like

  • Meets stringent TÜV Rheinland safety certifications
  • Powerful enough for devices drawing up to 1,600 starting watts
  • Bluetooth and Wi-Fi connectivity 

What We Don’t Like

  • Our output seemed slightly out of calibration

Adventurers, vacationers, and over-the-road workers might find the EcoFlow River 2 Pro to be the answer to their highway power supply woes. This power station has been approved and certified by TÜV Rheinland, which is the stringent vehicle inspection agency of Germany, ensuring this device is safe enough for vehicle use. You can place it in your automobile, plug it into your car’s charging port, and have relatively unlimited power while traveling.

This power station has an 800-watt capacity but also features an X-Boost mode that temporarily increases power output to 1,600 watts. This allows the unit to power larger devices that might draw more power upon startup. It features 10 output ports, including four standard plugs, three USB-A ports, one USB-C port, and two DC-5521 ports. It also supports standard wall charging, solar charging, DC vehicle charging, and USB-C charging. You can connect to the River 2 Pro via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth and control the settings for customized use.

Bringing essentially a box of electricity anywhere always has its risks, but knowing that the River 2 Pro is certified by one of the most stringent vehicle agencies in the world offers a big boost in confidence. We liked that this device fits in the back of a quad-cab pickup and provides plenty of power for all of the devices a family can run on a road trip, such as a laptop and several personal devices. We did think that the display might be slightly off of calibration on our unit. It didn’t register any output while using our test heater’s low and medium fan settings. However, we don’t see any other mentions of this type of thing in online reviews, and it wouldn’t be an issue when plugged into a vehicle on a road trip. 

Get the EcoFlow River 2 Pro portable power station at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, Walmart, or EcoFlow.

Best Durability

Vtoman FlashSpeed 1000 828Wh Portable Power Station

 Vtoman FlashSpeed 1000 828Wh Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 3/5; Performance 5/5; Value 4.8/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 1,000 watts
  • Battery capacity: 828 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 10.6 inches high by 15.5 inches wide by 11 inches deep
  • Weight: 37.4 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 3 AC, 4 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 2 DC 
  • Charging source: AC, solar, DC

What We Like

  • Sturdy build quality withstands 60-pound load
  • Fully charges in about 70 minutes
  • 3 ways to charge: standard outlet, solar, car
  • Integrated handles, LED light, and cord storage

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavy weight makes it difficult to carry

For a portable power station that can withstand the outdoors, emergencies, and likely more, the Vtoman power station is a great option. At a hefty 37.4 pounds, it’s designed to be stackable, either to add an extra battery or when you have a lot to fit in the back of your car or truck. Its marketing materials claim that it can hold up to 60 pounds stacked on top. We tested that claim—and it held true. We stacked 60 pounds of hand weights while we charged devices, and kept them there for more than 2 hours. When we pulled the weights off, we didn’t see any dents, cracks, or even bowing.

The Vtoman also lived up to its charging claim—that it charges from 0 to 100 percent in 70 minutes. Our experience was nearly spot on to this claim (about 72 minutes). Overall, its power seemed to be on par for its capacity, and we were impressed. We ran a vacuum that pulled an average of about 620 watts on a 94 percent charge for nearly 71 minutes. We also used the power station to charge phones, laptops, and run a pedestal fan for more than 6 hours. Plus, we appreciated the extra features like cord storage and an LED light with five settings. Those make an already great product even better.

Get the Vtoman portable power station at Vtoman.

Best Compact

BougeRV JuiceGo 240Wh Portable Power Station

 BougeRV JuiceGo 240Wh Portable Power Station on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Performance 4.3/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Power output: 410 watts
  • Battery capacity: 240 watt-hours
  • Dimensions: 2.6 inches high by 6.69 inches wide by 10.24 inches deep
  • Weight: 6.28 pounds
  • Outlets/ports: 1 AC, 1 USB-A, 2 USB-C, 1 DC
  • Charging source: AC, solar, DC, USB-C

What We Like

  • Weighs less than 7 pounds; easy to carry
  • Charges via standard outlet, DC car adapter, or solar panels
  • Ample power for charging mobile devices and small appliances

What We Don’t Like

  • Not powerful enough for large appliances or extended periods
  • Only 1 AC outlet
  • Solar panels not included

The JuiceGo is a handy little portable power station that’s just right for taking along on day trips or family outings to keep laptops and mobile devices charged. We considered buying a power station in the past to take along on our kids’ frequent sports events, but many of the models in our hands-on tests are heavy and bulky, and when you have a car packed with sports equipment, there simply isn’t enough room.

Plus, the JuiceGo weighs less than 7 pounds and is about the size of a notebook so that anyone can carry it—even our children carried it—without complaint. For its size, this little power station packs a punch. It has 410 watts and 240 Wh capacity. It comes with 1 AC, 1 USB-A, 2 USB-C, and 1 DC outlet, making it a good pick for powering devices and keeping small appliances running.

We really liked the built-in flashlight that was bright enough to illuminate a small area—it would be good for camping or lighting up a room in a power outage so you could see where you were going. We also liked the digital display that shows Input, Output, and how much charge remains in the battery. We charged it via a standard electrical outlet, but it can also be charged with a DC car adapter or connected to solar panels. At about $200, it’s perfect for a family on the go!

Get the BougeRV portable power station at Amazon or BougeRV.

Jump to Our Top Picks

The Best Portable Power Stations
Photo: Beth Cranston for Bob Vila

How We Tested the Best Portable Power Stations

We wanted to ensure that we were only suggesting the best power station for each award. We developed a series of tests and trials to put these power stations through, taking note of their performance at each step. 

We used the smaller power stations to charge devices like our phones and laptops, paying close attention to how quickly they drained relative to the speed at which the devices filled. We also ran a desk fan and a lamp off of each model (separately, as they each only had one standard outlet). We compared these models based on size and portability, ranking them by weight and size.

The tests were quite different for the larger models. The timing of this test was good, since the transformer at the end of the street blew five times within 2 weeks after receiving the models. They all saw work as an emergency power station, keeping refrigerators, TVs, routers, lights, and household devices up and running. 

We also tested the larger models with the most power-hungry appliances we could think of: an air conditioner and a space heater. We waited for a 90 degree Fahrenheit day and cranked our window air conditioner to its coldest temperature setting and highest fan setting. We then did the same for the space heater (talk about energy consumption). We noted how quickly each model drained and which models (there was just one, but we mentioned it below) weren’t able to handle the compressor kicking on.

The results of all these tests gave us the background we needed. We could assemble a list of the best power stations, giving each model that passed an award based on its strengths. 

DJI Power station on garage floor in front of blue wall
Photo: Jacob Wolfe for Bob Vila

What to Consider When Choosing a Portable Power Station

Keep these important factors and product features in mind when shopping for the best portable power station to keep devices charged or run appliances when the power goes out (or when you’re off-grid). Note that while power stations and generators are different types of power sources, the terms are often used interchangeably. See the FAQ below for key differences.

Types of Portable Power Stations

The top portable power stations, also often called portable power generators, fall into two broad categories based on the method they use to collect and store energy: electric and solar. Many times, solar portable power stations are also rechargeable via AC power, serving as a rechargeable generator of sorts.

Electric

Electric power stations, also known as portable electric generators, operate like a large battery. Simply plug the portable power station into a wall outlet and it charges quickly. Some power stations may also charge in a car power outlet, provided they have the correct adapter, but this takes longer than it does in a standard outlet.

These models work best for indoor purposes and devices with low power requirements, such as cell phones or flashlights. Some products pair with a compatible solar panel to charge using the sun, making them a home solar generator of sorts.

Solar

If camping is the primary intended use for a portable power station, then look for a portable solar-powered generator that can charge during the day in the sun. Come nighttime, the generator will be ready to provide hours of power.

In the past, solar power stations only had the capability to charge using sunlight, which greatly limited their reliability. However, manufacturers have begun combining solar and electric portable power stations to give users the option to charge using a traditional electric outlet; a vehicle power outlet; or detachable, portable solar panels. Steadily, this hybrid idea has become one of the best outdoor power station designs. It combines all the advantages of solar energy and the convenience of electrical outlets. Today, very few power stations offer only solar or only electric power.

Power Output

Power output of a portable power station refers to the maximum amount of energy the station delivers to the attached devices. 

Power output ratings are available in terms of wattage. How many watts a device will deliver explains how much power it can produce. The more watts a device can produce, the larger the electrical component it can run. For instance, a 100-watt power supply can power two 50-watt bulbs. However, it can’t run an air conditioner, which requires around 450 watts to run its compressor.

Power capacity is a different story, and it’s measured in milliamp-hours or watt-hours. Both terms explain how long the power station can power a device of a specific size. A power station with a 2,000-milliamp-hour battery can charge or power a device that draws 200 millilamp-hours for 10 hours. A station with 1,000 watt-hours can power a 1-watt device for 1,000 hours, or a 400-watt device for 2.5 hours. Generally speaking, smaller power supplies use milliamp-hours while the most powerful portable power station supply units use watt-hours.

Weight 

Electric and solar-powered generator units generally come in smaller and lighter than gas-powered generators, which makes them the ideal power station for camping and road trips. Folks looking for the best portable power supply will want to look for a manageable size and weight as well as features that facilitate transport, such as wheels and a carrying handle. 

Noise 

Consider how much noise a power station will make. Setting one up inside a home or workshop means close quarters, and loud models could literally require hearing protection. A portable power station for camping should also be quiet, or else it may disturb the neighbors. 

Typically, electric and solar power stations make for the quietest generators available. These products don’t make much noise at all because they only transfer stored energy. They hum no louder than a mini fridge. (For those who may require more electricity than a power station can supply, but still need a quieter source of power, inverter generators are a good option.)

Safety Features 

Anyone operating a device that uses electricity will want to be aware of the potential risks, like overheating. Look for portable power stations that have built-in safety features like an automatic shutdown function, overload protection, and an internal high/low-temperature gauge.

  • An automatic shutdown function helps prevent premature degradation of the power station by turning the device off before it overheats or protecting the battery from discharging too deeply.
  • Overload protection disengages the portable power station from the input current if it detects the current is exceeding a safe charge capacity.
  • An internal high/low-temperature gauge measures the temperature of the battery and stops all input and output functions if the battery temperature falls outside of a safe range, as determined by the manufacturer.

Durability 

Whether using a portable power station at home, camping, or on the jobsite, invest in a product that will withstand any method of transportation and any possible impact damage that could occur. If you’re using the power station within the home or workshop exclusively as a backup power device, then a lightweight product will be fine.

If you’re using a power station for camping, consider products that offer water and ultraviolet resistance. On a jobsite, look for a heavy-duty product that won’t break down if a wrench or hammer falls on top of it.

The Best Portable Power Stations
Photo: Jacob Wolfe for Bob Vila

Battery and Charging Method

Portable power stations typically come equipped with lithium-ion batteries that hold a significant amount of stored electrical energy. Most power stations plug directly into a standard electrical outlet, but many models don’t require access to a wall outlet.

Some portable power stations charge in cars with the proper adapter—a great method for camping and road trips. With the right conditions, solar charging works well. These models need a compatible solar panel, the appropriate weather for efficient solar charging, and a suitable place to leave the portable power station where it will absorb solar energy. Power stations with multiple charging methods make an excellent resource for long camping trips because they help to ensure power in almost any situation. 

FAQs

Q. How many devices can a portable power station charge simultaneously?

The number of devices you can charge simultaneously depends on the type of devices being charged, the power output of the battery, and the number of outlets available on the portable power station. Average portable power stations typically charge two to three devices at one time like a portable charging station. However, if the plugged-in devices draw more power than the portable power station puts out, then the power station won’t power all of the devices simultaneously.

Q. What is the difference between a portable power station and a generator?

A generator uses gasoline or another fuel to create electrical energy instead of simply storing electrical energy. Home generators in particular are much larger tools that are designed for supporting a significantly higher number of electronics. Many generators supply power for an entire home, while lightweight portable power stations work best with small appliances and electronic devices, almost like they’re cheap home generators.

Q. What size portable power station do I need to run the electrical appliances in my home?

You can use an online wattage calculator to determine the electrical load of the appliances in your home. As long as the wattage of the appliances you’d like to power does not exceed the running wattage of the portable power station, then the power station can run your appliances.

Q. Can you leave a portable power station outside?

It’s best to leave a portable power station inside, or at least under some cover, as these units are not typically waterproof. However, as long as you protect the portable power station from water, you can leave it outside. In fact, it must stay outside to charge on a solar panel, preferably in a sunny location.

Q. What are the safety tips that you should remember when using a portable power station?

Some key safety tips about portable power stations include:
– Use the correct cables with the correct outlets.
– Place cables off the ground to avoid a tripping hazard.
– Do not use devices that exceed the running wattage of the power station.
– Avoid exposing portable power stations to water.

Q. How long does a portable power station take to charge?

Charge time depends on the individual product and the charging method. For instance, a portable power station may be able to charge fully in just 2 hours when it’s plugged into a power outlet, but it may take over 8 hours to charge a portable power station fully with a solar panel.

Q. How do you properly recycle an old portable power station?

Don’t add to growing e-waste problems by throwing an old portable power station in the trash. Instead, take it to a local electronics recycling location. Usually a municipality or town will have a program for recycling electronics, and some retailers, such as Best Buy, also offer e-waste recycling programs.

Meet the Testers

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes.

Beth Cranston is an editor, writer, and product tester who’s lived through too many tornado warnings and prefers electricity to candles when the power goes out. She looks for reliable, easy-to-use products that she can count on in a pinch. 

As the executive editor of Commerce/Product Reviews, Stephanie Cronk has spent years researching and testing products. She also brings over 12 years of commerce experience to the BobVila.com team, where her focus is on reviewing and testing products in a variety of categories including DIY, home improvement, home appliances, outdoor living, and more.

Mark Wolfe is a DIY writer and product tester with a curiosity about emerging battery technology. He enjoys pushing cordless shop tools and outdoor power equipment to their limit, and finding the best new ways to keep his equipment up and running on the go.

Additional research provided by Timothy Dale.

The post We’ve Tested 18 Power Stations, But We Like These 9 the Best appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T14:30:13-05:00
<![CDATA[Our Favorite Fireproof Safes Protect Valuables in Shockingly High Temps]]>Store jewelry, family heirlooms, passports, and other precious documents safely. View the best fireproof safe options for home and travel.

The post Our Favorite Fireproof Safes Protect Valuables in Shockingly High Temps appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-fireproof-safe/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=133409Wed, 29 Jan 2025 13:04:00 -0500ReviewsInteriorStorageStorage & OrganizingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Fireproof safes can stop a fire or break-in from escalating from terrible to truly disastrous by keeping essential documents like birth certificates, Social Security cards, and passports safe from destruction or theft. These have at least 30 minutes of fire protection and the durability to keep thieves out. They’re also a good way to organize and keep track of sensitive information in the home as part of your home security system.

Useful features range from biometric locks and backup locks to alarms and water resistance. Wondering, ‘what is the best fireproof and waterproof safe for home use?’ Your budget, capacity needs, and available space will help determine which fireproof home safe is suitable to keep your valuables secure. Each of the top picks below was selected after an in-depth review of the market and thorough product vetting.

  1. BEST OVERALL: SentrySafe Digital Fire/Water Safe
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Honeywell 1102 Molded Fire/Water Chest
  3. BEST WITH ALARM: SentrySafe Combination Fire/Water Safe
  4. BEST MINI SAFE: First Alert Water and Fire Protector File Chest
  5. BEST SAFE BOX: Honeywell 6104 Fire-Resistant Steel Security Box
  6. BEST SAFE CHEST: SentrySafe Fire/Water File
  7. BEST BIOMETRIC SAFE: Amazon Basics Safe With Biometric Fingerprint Lock
  8. ALSO CONSIDER: Amazon Basics Programmable Fire-Resistant Safe
A close-up of a person's hand on the open door of the best fireproof safe option
Photo: istockphoto.com

Product Comparison

Fire ratingLock typeDimensionsWeight
SentrySafe Digital Fire/Water SafeProtects contents for 1 hour in temps up to 1,700 degrees FahrenheitElectronic combination lock17.8 inches high by 16.3 inches wide by 19.3 inches deep86.69 pounds
Honeywell 1102 Molded Fire/Water Chest Protects contents for 30 minutes in temps up to 1,550 degrees FahrenheitKey lock7.3 inches high by 12.4 inches wide by 9.8 inches deep19.8 pounds
SentrySafe Combination Fire/Water SafeProtects contents for 1 hour in temps up to 1,700 degrees FahrenheitCombination lock17.8 inches high by 16.3 inches wide by 19.3 inches deep86.3 pounds
First Alert Water and Fire Protector File ChestProtects contents for 30 minutes in temps up to 1,550 degrees FahrenheitKey lock13 inches high by 16.25 inches wide by 13.25 inches deep38.9 pounds
Honeywell 6104 Fire-Resistant Steel Security BoxUnspecifiedKey lock4.1 inches high by 12.7 inches wide by 8.8 inches deep5.8 pounds
SentrySafe Fire/Water FileProtects contents for 30 minutes in temps up to 1,220 degrees FahrenheitKey lock14.3 inches high by 15.5 inches wide by 13.5 inches deep38.85 pounds
Amazon Basics Safe With Biometric Fingerprint LockUnspecifiedBiometric and keyed9.8 inches high by 13.8 inches wide by 9.8 inches deep21.7 pounds
Amazon Basics Programmable Fire-Resistant SafeProtects contents for 20 minutes in temps up to 1,200 degrees FahrenheitElectronic combination lock19.67 inches high by 14.17 inches wide by 13.8 inches deep67 pounds

Our Top Picks

The safes on this list offer a wide range of features and perform well under Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL) testing. Some models have extra features like alarms, while others offer biometric entry. We used fireproof safe reviews and user experience to critically examine the features and benefits of the top fireproof safes to select options to meet a variety of needs.

Best Overall

SentrySafe Digital Fire/Water Safe

 SentrySafe Digital Fire/Water Safe will with documents on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Fireproof and waterproof
  • Locked drawer and organization features
  • Interior lighting
  • Includes dual backup key
  • Includes hardware to bolt in place

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavy compared to similar safes

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Protects contents for 1 hour in temps up to 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Lock type: Electronic combination lock
  • Dimensions: 17.8 inches high by 16.3 inches wide by 19.3 inches deep
  • Weight: 86.69 pounds

This extra-large fireproof and waterproof digital safe from SentrySafe (model number SFW123GDC) ticks all of the boxes for the safekeeping of sensitive items. Its UL fireproof rating indicates that it can keep its 1.23 cubic feet of interior space at a safe temperature for important documents, DVDs, and USB drives for up to 1 hour in temperatures up to 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit.

This SentrySafe model is fireproof and waterproof for 24 hours in depths up to 8 inches.

Burglars will have a hard time cracking this egg since it can also withstand a 15-foot drop without breaking. The safe also comes with bolt-down hardware to secure it from thieves. Set a combination on the digital keypad but also have the assurance of access with backup keys.

On the interior, a locking drawer and shelves organize important documents and valuables, with interior lights that illuminate contents in the dark. At 86.69 pounds, this model is not lightweight. It requires four AA batteries to run the lock mechanism and interior light.

Get the SentrySafe fireproof and waterproof digital safe at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Best Bang for the Buck

Honeywell 1102 Molded Fire/Water Chest

 Honeywell 1102 Molded Fire/Water Chest on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compact footprint
  • Interior stays dry for up to 24 hours
  • Portable design
  • Lock operates without batteries

What We Don’t Like

  • Small interior; paper needs to be folded

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Protects contents for 30 minutes in temps up to 1,550 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Lock type: Key lock
  • Dimensions: 7.3 inches high by 12.4 inches wide by 9.8 inches deep
  • Weight: 19.8 pounds

This small 0.15-cubic-foot safe offers excellent fire and water protection at a reasonable price. The UL fire protection rating indicates that it can withstand temperatures up to 1,550 degrees Fahrenheit for 30 minutes. When locked, it creates a waterproof seal that keeps the interior dry for up to 24 hours.

The key lock is simple to use and fast to open, and a carrying handle makes it easy to pick up this 19.8-pound safe and store it. The design also allows it to hold important documents, CDs, DVDs, and flash drives full of irreplaceable memories and information.

Get the Honeywell 1102 fireproof safe at Amazon or Honeywell.

Best With Alarm

SentrySafe Combination Fire/Water Safe

 SentrySafe Combination Fire/Water Safe on a white background, door open
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Contents remain dry for up to 24 hours
  • Built-in pry-resistant hinge bar
  • Includes bolt-down hardware

What We Don’t Like

  • Cannot be wall-mounted
  • No backup key is provided
  • No interior light

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Protects contents for 1 hour in temps up to 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Lock type: Combination lock
  • Dimensions: 17.8 inches high by 16.3 inches wide by 19.3 inches deep
  • Weight: 86.3 pounds

This safe (model number SFW123DSB) features a combination lock and dual-key access to keep digital media, jewelry, important documents, and other valuables secure. This SentrySafe model comes with four 1-inch bolts and a pry-resistant hinge bar to prevent unwanted theft and tampering.

With 1.19 cubic feet of storage space, this safe can withstand temperatures of up to 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit for 1 hour and be immersed in 8-inch deep water for up to 24 hours. This model also comes with a solid steel construction for durability and long-term protection as well as multiple racks for keeping valuables organized. Finally, bolt-down hardware is included so users can mount the safe to a shelf or floor preventing removal from the home.

Get the SentrySafe combination fireproof safe at Amazon.

Best Mini Safe

First Alert Water and Fire Protector File Chest

 First Alert Water and Fire Protector File Chest on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Simple to use right out of the box
  • Holds standard-size folders without bending
  • Watertight when clamped and locked

What We Don’t Like

  • Watertight seal can trap moisture inside quite easily

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Protects contents for 30 minutes in temps up to 1,550 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Lock type: Key lock
  • Dimensions: 13 inches high by 16.25 inches wide by 13.25 inches deep
  • Weight: 38.9 pounds

The First Alert water and fire protector file chest acts as a fire safe for important files, guarding documents for 30 minutes in temperatures up to 1,550 degrees Fahrenheit. There’s enough protection for multimedia devices like CDs and DVDs and space to store hanging file folders. The water-resistant resin materials also seal in the contents to protect them even when the safe is fully submerged.

A clamp-style closure secures the seal, while a key lock keeps out unwanted hands. At 38.9 pounds, this model is relatively portable and still offers 0.62 cubic feet of storage space. That also means thieves could easily walk out with it. However, if it’s kept somewhere unexpected and away from prying eyes, it can protect valuables and keep them secure while traveling.

Get the First Alert fireproof safe at Amazon or Acme Tools.

Best Safe Box

Honeywell 6104 Fire-Resistant Steel Security Box

 Honeywell 6104 Fire-Resistant Steel Security Box on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Hinged-lid design is tamperproof
  • Padded bottom and interior

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited fire protection compared to other options

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Unspecified
  • Lock type: Key lock
  • Dimensions: 4.1 inches high by 12.7 inches wide by 8.8 inches deep
  • Weight: 5.8 pounds

The Honeywell 6104’s double steel walls with fire-resistant insulation create a protective chamber for cash, documents, or a few small valuables. It comes with two keys so users can keep them in separate locations and always maintain easy access.

A hidden hinge resists tampering, while a carrying handle lets users take the light 5.8-pound box with them to trade shows, on trips, or between work and home.

This security safe’s padded bottom cushions the contents to protect them from falls and scrapes. The durability and fire resistance enable this box to provide extra security while on the go.

Get the Honeywell 6104 fireproof safe at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Honeywell.

Best Safe Chest

SentrySafe Fire/Water File

 SentrySafe Fire/Water File on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • 72-hour water protection when fully submerged
  • Design holds standard file folders without folding
  • Elastic straps on the lid interior

What We Don’t Like

  • Some buyers say it arrived with defective handles

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Protects contents for 30 minutes in temps up to 1,220 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Lock type: Key lock
  • Dimensions: 14.3 inches high by 15.5 inches wide by 13.5 inches deep
  • Weight: 38.85 pounds

This SentrySafe fireproof document file safe (model number HD4100) features excellent fire and water protection along with interior organization features to keep its 0.65 feet of cubic space easily accessible. This model is UL rated to resist temperatures of up to 1,220 degrees Fahrenheit for up to 30 minutes. It’s also ETL verified to keep the contents dry when submerged underwater for up to 72 hours.

All that protection comes with helpful organization features. Elastic straps on the inside of the lid securely hold documents or electronics. The bottom portion of this fireproof document file safe has rails for file folders. The chest can essentially become a secure mobile office for business trips or used for important documents at home.

Get the SentrySafe fireproof file safe at Amazon or SentrySafe.

Best Biometric Safe

Amazon Basics Safe With Biometric Fingerprint Lock

 Amazon Basics Safe With Biometric Fingerprint Lock on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Dual locking bolts and pry-resistant concealed hinges
  • Organized, shelved design
  • Can read a fingerprint in under a second
  • 14-gauge carbon-steel body
  • Predrilled holes and mounting hardware

What We Don’t Like

  • No fire resistance level included
  • Limited size for storing items

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Unspecified
  • Lock type: Biometric and keyed
  • Dimensions: 9.8 inches high by 13.8 inches wide by 9.8 inches deep
  • Weight: 21.7 pounds

This Amazon Basics steel security safe protects contents with dual locking bolts activated by its finger scanner—it’s the reason this safe made our list. Biometric scans use unique physiology (a fingerprint) to keep potential thieves out and valuables safe.

With 0.5 cubic feet of storage space, this safe comes with a 500 DPI semiconductor to read a fingerprint in under 1 second. Plus, it holds up to 50 individual fingerprints and can be locked and unlocked with a fingerprint scan more than 1 million times. For additional protection, this safe is made with an 8-gauge carbon-steel door, 14-gauge carbon-steel body, and pry-resistant concealed hinges.

This pick is also capable of being wall-mounted with predrilled holes and hardware included. Finally, for quick opening, this safe comes with a backup key for emergencies.

Get the Amazon Basics biometric fireproof safe at Amazon.

Also Consider

Amazon Basics Programmable Fire-Resistant Safe

 Amazon Basics Programmable Fire-Resistant Safe on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Withstands high temperatures for 20 minutes
  • Adjustable shelf
  • Padded interior
  • 5 large bolts prevent tampering, burglary, and prying
  • Durable 14-gauge-steel body

What We Don’t Like

  • Not waterproof
  • 20-minute fire protection is limited compared to similar models

Product Specs

  • Fire rating: Protects contents for 20 minutes in temps up to 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Lock type: Electronic combination lock
  • Dimensions: 19.67 inches high by 14.17 inches wide by 13.8 inches deep
  • Weight: 67 pounds

For fire safety, the Amazon Basics safe can withstand fire up to 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit for 20 minutes. An adjustable shelf located at the top of the safe’s interior can keep small items like cash and jewelry organized or create a larger space suitable for firearms, documents, or other valuables.

Made with a durable 14-gauge steel body and five large 0.75-inch bolts, this safe provides excellent security and theft protection. It also complies with Underwriters Laboratories’ (UL) 72 Standards and provides 1.2 cubic feet of space for valuables. Plus, the padded interior prevents items from getting damaged.

Get the Amazon Basics programmable fireproof safe at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose the Best Fireproof Safes

We spent hours researching fireproof safes because they come in a wide range of styles and designs, with varying levels of security to protect from theft, fire, and/or water. We started by looking for safes with maximum temperature ranges above 1,500 degrees Fahrenheit with at least 30 minutes of fire protection.

From there, we considered construction. Does the safe have a live locking bolt? How many? How are the hinges designed? (Exposed hinges are easy to break into.) How many layers make up the fire protection? (It often takes several layers of materials, including thick steel, to stop high temperatures from damaging valuables.)

The locking mechanism also played an important role in our choices. The locking mechanism should be secure enough to deter thieves, though fireproof safes are better at fire protection than protection from burglary. Safes with more than one kind of entry mechanism, like a combination lock with a key, also got higher marks from us. It’s always good to have a secondary locking key in case of an emergency.

What to Consider When Choosing a Fireproof Safe 

Fire and theft are at the top of most people’s home security concerns. Some safes offer better protection from one than the other. Water damage is another issue at the top of many people’s minds, and some safes offer some water resistance in addition to their other protective capabilities.

Ultimately, the items buyers want to protect and what or whom they want to protect them from help determine the right capacity, locking mechanism, and fire rating for a safe.

Type/Lock Mechanism

  • Key lock: Plain and simple describes these locking mechanisms. However, keep track of the key. If it’s kept in the room with the safe, it could get destroyed in a fire or be found by burglars.
  • Mechanical combination lock: There’s no key management involved with a mechanical lock combination, nor do users have to worry about a dead battery or electronic malfunction. Some mechanical locks also have a key lock to use in an emergency. However, buyers are more limited in the choice of combinations with a mechanical combination lock.
  • Electronic combination lock: These locks have more password options, and users don’t have to worry about losing the key. However, some models need periodic battery changes. Like mechanical locks, an electronic lock may come with a backup key in case owners forget the code.
  • Biometric lock: Biometric locks use a fingerprint or retina scan to open the safe. There’s no need to remember a code or keep track of a key. Some may have a key as a backup security measure.

Material

Most safes are made of thick steel sheets. The sheets, which can be several centimeters thick, give safes their hefty weight. However, these aren’t just any sheets of steel. Safes contain plates made from both hard steel and mild steel. Heat can cause hard plates to crack, exposing the contents to hot temperatures. Mild steel warps rather than cracks, protecting the contents even as temperatures rise.

Fire safes are also constructed with a layer made of a nonconductive composite material that prevents the interior temperature from rising for 30 to 120 minutes. Fire-resistant insulation is also often used to help keep those interior temperatures down.

However, steel isn’t the only material used to make fireproof safes. ABS plastic and various resins are used as well. These two materials are lighter in weight and are typically used to make smaller, more portable safes.

Size and Capacity 

Shoppers will want to start their search for a fireproof safe box by making a list of what they want to keep inside it. If they have valuable jewelry or other irreplaceable items, a bank lockbox offers the best protection.

Passports, birth certificates, Social Security cards, insurance policies, and tax returns are also valuable documents that could pose a problem if lost to theft or fire. Shoppers will want to take a look at their list and make sure the safe will hold everything on it. For example, firearms take up more space than documents or DVDs.

Size also plays a role in where the safe can be placed. A fireproof wall safe or a large safe is harder to hide and easier to spot. To keep the safe hidden, consider a small fireproof safe that more easily fits in a closet, crawl space, or under floorboards. Keep in mind that small safes are vulnerable to theft if they’re not hidden.

UL and Fire Ratings 

In truth, no safe is 100 percent fireproof. Safes are fire resistant only up to a certain temperature and for a certain amount of time.

UL evaluates safes and gives them a fireproof rating. These ratings indicate two things—the maximum temperature at which the product can maintain a safe interior temperature, and the length of time the safe can hold that temperature.

The interior temperature determines the kinds of materials the safe can protect. For example, the interior of a paper document safe shouldn’t get hotter than 350 degrees Fahrenheit. Anything above that, and the paper will burn. However, electronics may not be able to withstand temperatures of more than 125 to 150 degrees.

The UL rating also indicates how long the safe can hold that interior temperature. Most home fireproof safes offer at least 30 minutes of protection. That may not sound long, but most fires move through a room in less than 20 minutes. For additional peace of mind, however, some safes offer up to 120 minutes of fire protection.

Water Resistance 

Waterproof safes indicate how long they can protect their contents from water as well as the depth at which they can maintain that protection. Most resist water for approximately 24 hours, but some may offer up to 72 hours of protection in water that’s 8 to 40 inches deep.

If living in a flood-prone area, it’s a good idea to put the contents of the safe in waterproof bags, whether the safe is rated for water protection or not. Some safes also offer humidity resistance, which can protect items or documents that are sensitive to subtle environmental changes.

Usability 

Usability features include display visibility, weight, and the safe’s overall portability. LED displays are much easier to see in dim conditions. Considering that safes are often stored in dark, secure areas, a display that’s easy to see will make the safe more functional.

Some safes are portable with a top or side handle for easy carrying. These small safes may weigh 25 to 30 pounds. Others weigh more than 100 pounds and would take two people to move.

Weight

Fireproof home safes can weigh anywhere from 20 pounds to hundreds of pounds. The ideal safe weight depends on several factors, including portability and intended location and use.

If portability is a concern, look for a lighter safe, weighing under 30 pounds. These safes will be easier to take along when traveling or commuting. They’re also usually smaller and made to store items like USB drives, cash, passports, and other important documents that are necessary to have on hand.

Lightweight safes are easier to carry—both for the user and a possible burglar. For larger or freestanding home safes, a hefty weight can work to the owner’s benefit; it’s harder for a robber to take off quickly with a safe that weighs hundreds of pounds.

Tips for Buying and Using a Fireproof Safe 

The items shoppers want to protect, their available space, and the threats from which they’ll want to safeguard their items will help them determine the right safe for them. Here are a few more tips to help find the best fireproof safe and incorporate it into a home security system.

  • Install the safe above ground level (not in a basement) to reduce the chances of water damage during a flood.
  • The first level of a multistory home offers the best protection from fire.
  • Safes that come with a bolting system are designed to be attached to the floor or exterior wall for added security.
  • Do not keep the safe in plain sight. As part of a comprehensive plan to keep a home and its contents secure, store the safe in a place that’s inconspicuous or hidden.
  • Look for a safe that’s “UL listed” or “ETL verified.” These labels indicate that they’ve been tested by and passed third-party scrutiny.

5 Things You Should Keep in a Fireproof Safe

A fireproof safe is a good place to store important belongings that users want to keep at home, while a safety deposit box is best for really important items that they won’t use often. A home safe will keep items protected but also within easy reach, in case users need to access or use the contents inside. Some items to store in a fireproof home safe include:

  • Important documents like insurance policies, bank and financial account information, legal documents, and medical documents
  • Identity documents like passports, birth certificate copies, Social Security cards, and other ID cards
  • Digital data stored on USBs, CDs, DVDs, memory sticks, and hard drives
  • Cash and other small valuables like jewelry and collectibles
  • Family photos and other sentimental items

FAQs

Q. Will a fireproof safe survive a house fire? 

It depends on the safe’s level of protection. If the house fire does not exceed the safe’s maximum fire-resistance time or temperature limit, it will survive the fire.

Q. How can I be sure that I have a certified fireproof safe? 

Look for a UL-listed or ETL-verified safe; these safes have undergone trusted third-party testing based on design and performance standards.

Q. Are all safes fireproof? 

Not all safes are fireproof. Some safes are designed specifically to deter theft, while others may protect from water damage rather than fire or theft. Some protect from all three. If you want a safe that protects from fire, you need to specifically look for one designed for that purpose.

Q. What is the maximum temperature that my fireproof safe can withstand? 

It depends on the safe, so look at the displayed specifications. Many fireproof home safes can withstand temperatures over 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit.

Q. What is a UL fire rating? 

A UL fire rating comes from the Underwriters Laboratories and is a rating of temperature and time. This organization tests safes to determine the maximum exterior temperature at which the safe can hold a safe interior temperature and for how long it can maintain that temperature. Be sure to buy a safe that’s “UL listed,” not “tested to UL standards.” The former means the safe has passed the UL tests, while the latter means the safe has been submitted but has not yet passed the safety tests.

Q. What does “ETL verified” mean?

Intertek inspects and tests products for safety and gives an ETL verification for those that pass. Much like the UL, they test safes for fire and water safety. An ETL verification is also a good indicator of a safe’s overall quality and safety.

Q. Is my fireproof safe going to protect my papers if it is flooded?

Not all fireproof safes have been tested against flooding, although many will offer some water protection. For reliable fire and flood protection, look for a safe that is both fireproof and waterproof.

Q. What is the safest locking mechanism for a fireproof safe? 

Choose a safe with your preferred locking mechanism for ease of use and convenience; it’s more important to consider the protection level rather than the lock type when it comes to fire safety. A fireproof safe that has been certified to a certain standard (for example, 1,500 degrees Fahrenheit for 60 minutes) will protect its contents from those conditions for the advertised time, regardless of the locking mechanism.

Q. Where should I put my safe? 

The size of the safe will narrow down your options. Look for a low-traffic area that’s not easily seen or noticed. Someplace other than the master bedroom is a good choice since thieves usually start their search there.

A guest bedroom or hall closet are good options. However, avoid the garage or basement. Garages tend to be left unsecured and are an easy target for thieves to carry away a safe. Water easily floods basements, making them a less-than-ideal choice.

Q. Do thieves steal safes?

Determined thieves can steal and possibly open a safe despite complex locking mechanisms. A poorly made safe may open when dropped only a few feet, for example. The more deterrents the safe offers, the more likely thieves are to leave it alone. An audible alarm may be enough to scare off a jittery burglar.

Q. How do I hide a safe in a wall?

To hide a wall-mounted safe, choose a concealed spot, such as behind a door, furniture, a mirror or painting, or in the back of a closet.

Q. Should I bolt my safe to the floor?

Yes, bolting a safe to the floor offers extra security against theft.

The post Our Favorite Fireproof Safes Protect Valuables in Shockingly High Temps appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T13:04:00-05:00
<![CDATA[The 9 Best Emergency Radios—No Electricity, No Wifi, No Cell Service Needed]]>We put the best emergency radios to the test to see which provided the best alert system. See our top picks to keep you informed and safe.

The post The 9 Best Emergency Radios—No Electricity, No Wifi, No Cell Service Needed appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-emergency-radio/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=95813Wed, 29 Jan 2025 11:48:01 -0500ReviewsHome SafetyInteriorSafety & SecurityWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Unlike standard radios, emergency radios can receive warnings and notifications from very high-frequency (VHF) public service band stations. Users of emergency radios may listen to dedicated weather channels or set the radio to alert when a weather or disaster warning is issued. Users can access basic AM/FM stations on an emergency radio, too.

Our top choice is the WR120B/WR120EZ from Midland, with several programmable locations and instant weather updates. We took all radios on this list through hands-on testing to see how they work in the field. Everything from the crank and solar panel to the reception was examined in greater detail to make sure we found radios that will perform when the time is right. Whether planning a camping trip or putting together a “just-in-case” kit for the home, everyone should consider including an emergency radio. This guide explains the features to look for and shares some of the best emergency radio options available.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Midland WR120B/WR120EZ Emergency Weather Alert Radio
  2. RUNNER-UP: Sangean MMR-88 AM/FM/Weather+Alert Emergency Radio
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Esky Emergency Hand Crank Radio
  4. BEST HAND-CRANK: DaringSnail Emergency Crank Radio, 4000mAh-Solar
  5. BEST COMPACT: Midland ER210 Emergency Compact Crank Radio
  6. BEST PORTABLE: Eton American Red Cross FRX2 Hand Turbine Radio
  7. BEST AM/FM: Rocam Emergency AM/FM/SW NOAA Weather Radio
  8. BEST SHORTWAVE: C. Crane CC Skywave SSB NOAA Weather + Alert Radio
  9. MOST VERSATILE: Kaito KA500 5-Way Powered Solar Power Emergency Radio
Best Emergency Radio Options
Photo: Stacey L. Nash

Product Comparison

DimensionsLabelsPower Options
Midland WR120B/WR120EZ Emergency Weather Alert Radio5.3 inches tall by 6.1 inches wide by 2 inches deepNOAAElectricity or battery
Sangean MMR-88 AM/FM/Weather+Alert Emergency Radio3.29 inches tall by 5.98 inches wide by 0.69 inches deepPublic alertBattery, DC, crank, solar
Esky Emergency Hand Crank Radio2.4 inches tall by 5 inches wide by 1.8 inches deepNOAAUSB, hand crank, solar panel
DaringSnail Emergency Crank Radio, 4000mAh-Solar3.19 inches tall by 6.23 inches wide by 2.48 inches deepNOAAUSB, battery, solar panel, hand crank
Midland ER210 Emergency Compact Crank Radio2.8 inches tall by 6.5 inches wide by 1.9 inches deepNOAAUSB, battery, hand crank, solar panel
Eton American Red Cross FRX2 Hand Turbine Radio5.7 inches tall by 4.7 inches wide by 2.8 inches deepNOAAUSB, battery, solar panel, hand crank
Rocam Emergency AM/FM/SW NOAA Weather Radio4.7 inches tall by 7.5 inches wide by 3.5 inches deepSW, NOAAC, battery, solar panel, hand crank
C. Crane CC Skywave SSB NOAA Weather + Alert Radio3 inches tall by 4.75 inches wide by 1 inch deepNOAA, shortwave, VHF airband2 AA batteries
Kaito KA500 5-Way Powered Solar Power Emergency Radio5 inches tall by 8 inches wide by 2.5 inches deepNOAA, shortwaveAC adapter, battery, USB, solar panel, hand crank

Our Top Picks

These top picks are emergency radios that can pick up National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) broadcasts in addition to offering AM/FM listening ability. The best emergency radios also feature more than one power source, such as battery, solar, or hand-crank power, and have clear listening reception.

It’s a bonus if the radio comes with weather-resistant properties and other features. We’ve tested all of the following radios, so we can verify that they do all that’s promised. Check out some of the best emergency radios for use when the power goes out.

Best Overall

Midland WR120B/WR120EZ Emergency Weather Alert Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Midland WR120B/WR120EZ Emergency Weather Alert Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Loud, audible alarm
  • Instant weather updates with the tap of a button
  • 25 programmable locations
  • Ease of use

What We Don’t Like

  • No extra features like a flashlight or device charging
  • Only 2 charging options

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 5.3 inches tall by 6.1 inches wide by 2 inches deep
  • Labels: NOAA
  • Power options: Electricity or battery

In addition to its functionality and ease of use, the Midland WR120B/WR120EZ Emergency Weather Alert Radio stands out for being configurable into multiple languages—English, French, and Spanish. It also features 25 programmable locations, so users can check out conditions in other parts of the country if needed or wanted.

The built-in Specific Area Message Encoding (SAME) technology helps ensure that users can always receive alerts specifically pertaining to their home region. There is an option to select a preferred type of alert: a siren alarm, a voice alert, or a flashing LED light. Plug the Midland radio into any standard outlet or power it with two AA batteries.

We can definitely verify that the Midland weather emergency alert radio will alert the listener to impending inclement weather. It was tested in an office space, where we left it plugged in and on. At any time, users could walk past it and hit the weather/snooze button to get an update on the latest weather alerts in their area.

We left it running until one day we randomly heard an alert sound somewhere in the house. It wasn’t until the second warning (and a very startled jump while sitting at our desk) that we realized it was the Midland WR120B/WR120EZ. A small-craft warning in the region was going out due to a severe windstorm moving through the area.

This model is an excellent option for an alarm clock/emergency radio combo. For those who live in an area where tornadoes or other sudden storms come up, this radio will alert them, with instructions, as long as it’s plugged in or has batteries. We also liked that it provided a weather update at any time simply by clicking a button. It doesn’t have the wide range of emergency features like a flashlight or USB charging like some of the other tested models, but for emergency weather situations, this radio will keep users up to date.

Get the Midland WR120B/WR120EZ emergency radio at Amazon or Best Buy.

Runner-Up

Sangean MMR-88 AM/FM/Weather+Alert Emergency Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Sangean MMR-88 AM/FM/Weather+Alert Emergency Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Heavy-duty casing and reinforced corners
  • Powerful reception
  • Lots of power options
  • USB port for charging other devices

What We Don’t Like

  • We had to charge the battery upon arrival
  • Lack of intuitive controls

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.29 inches tall by 5.98 inches wide by 0.69 inches deep
  • Labels: Public alert
  • Power options: Battery, DC, crank, solar

The Sangean MMR-88 AM/FM/Weather+Alert Emergency Radio comes in a small package, but it’s packed with power. Of all the casings we tested, this one felt the most sturdy and durable, although its heavy plastic and reinforced edges could take a beating if the user were in an emergency weather situation. It has several power options, including a hand-crank generator, a solar charging panel, and DC.

On testing, the rechargeable battery was installed upon arrival. However, the battery was dead when it arrived, so we had to charge it for the first use, and we tried the solar panel in the meantime. The manufacturer recommends using the solar panel only in emergency situations. It’s not really designed to power the radio all the time, and with good reason. It takes 15 hours to charge the battery with sunlight, and it needs to be direct sunlight—very direct.

The Sangean solar panel didn’t charge at all sitting on a windowsill. Using the hand crank for 1 minute, we were able to get about 5 minutes of airtime, which is pretty standard. It only took a couple of hours using a DC charger to get it fully charged. At that point, this model got some of the best reception of any we tested. It helped that it had a longer antenna than most of the other models, too.

One other issue we had was that the controls weren’t intuitive. Buyers will definitely need to spend some time with the manual to make sure they understand how to use everything. Even the labels on the buttons weren’t too helpful in figuring out how to use them.

Get the Sangean emergency radio at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Esky Emergency Hand Crank Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Esky Emergency Hand Crank Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compact and portable
  • Multiple charging options
  • Capable of charging phones
  • Very affordable

What We Don’t Like

  • AM/FM sound quality could be improved

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 2.4 inches tall by 5 inches wide by 1.8 inches deep
  • Labels: NOAA
  • Power options: USB, hand crank, solar panel

Purchasing an emergency radio for up-to-the-minute information doesn’t have to cost a lot. The Esky Emergency Hand Crank Radio receives AM/FM/NOAA broadcasts and comes with a built-in LED flashlight to get around in low-light situations. The Esky also features a USB port for charging a cell phone, a tablet, or other digital device. The radio operates on a rechargeable 1000-milliampere hour (mAh) lithium-ion battery via three energy sources—an integrated solar panel on the top of the radio, a manual hand crank, and via micro-USB power, so it’s always ready in the event of an emergency.

At just 2.4 inches high and 5 inches wide, this emergency radio is compact enough to fit in a backpack, making it well suited for camping and hiking outings. The low cost makes it an affordable addition to the car or camper. Sadly, the sound the pint-sized radio produces matches its size. It doesn’t provide the best sound, and the dials are a little fiddly to use. They are analogue rather than digital, making it challenging to be accurate when tuning to AM, FM, or the emergency weather station.

What this radio did do was save space and weight. If shoppers are packing light or need a radio for an emergency kit, this one can do it without gobbling up space or budget. That said, there is a lot of plastic, and it isn’t particularly robust. One feature we appreciated in such a small radio was the ability to charge other devices. However, it doesn’t do so particularly quickly, so patience is required. Another happy surprise was the bright flashlight. This little guy could outshine many of the bigger, more powerful radios.

Get the Esky emergency radio at Amazon.

Best Hand-Crank

DaringSnail Emergency Crank Radio, 4000mAh-Solar

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: DaringSnail Emergency Crank Radio, 4000mAh-Solar
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Battery-power indicator lights
  • Multiple flashlight settings
  • Clear radio reception (not weather station)
  • Can charge more than 1 phone on a full battery

What We Don’t Like

  • Difficult to tune into weather station

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.19 inches tall by 6.23 inches wide by 2.48 inches deep
  • Labels: NOAA
  • Power options: USB, battery, solar panel, hand crank

If the built-in lithium-ion battery in the DaringSnail Emergency Crank Radio runs down, the radio’s hand crank will generate all the energy necessary to listen to weather and news reports and operate the unit’s super-bright flashlight. The radio receives AM/FM and NOAA broadcasts, and it comes with a USB port for charging a cell phone or a tablet.

During testing, the AM/FM reception was exceptionally clear. However, the NOAA broadcasts were much more difficult to find. Yes, we could get on the weather band, but a stiff manual dial made it difficult to tune into a station. The reception for the station we did find wasn’t great. For strictly weather purposes, this model wasn’t the best.

However, there were other features that worked well. It comes with a motion-sensing night light that automatically illuminates with nearby movement, which is a good feature for campers or others who need to get up at night. And the reading light is bright. We would say it was almost blinding, which is effective when out on the trail or camping.

Users can also charge the radio’s battery with its built-in flip-up solar panel on sunny days. The solar panel worked so-so. We got enough of a charge to turn the radio on but had to boost it up with the hand crank. The hand crank helped this model stand out, with a longer handle than average and a smooth cranking action, so it was easy to use. Our favorite feature that had to do with the crank was the four battery-indicator lights that let owners know how much power has been generated.

Get the DaringSnail emergency radio at Amazon.

Best Compact

Midland ER210 Emergency Compact Crank Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Midland ER210 Emergency Compact Crank Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Small, lightweight size but durable construction
  • 3 flashlight settings
  • Digital tuning
  • Easy-to-use crank that hides in the casing well

What We Don’t Like

  • Time-consuming to tune into weather stations

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 2.8 inches tall by 6.5 inches wide by 1.9 inches deep
  • Labels: NOAA
  • Power options: USB, battery, hand crank, solar panel

The Midland ER210 Emergency Compact Crank Radio comes in a deceptively small size that belies its reception abilities. The AM/FM radio picks up a strong signal, and the speaker provides surprisingly loud audio. The AM/FM radio and the weather radio work with a digital tuner. In some ways, that’s easier to use than a dial, but it takes longer to find stations unless owners already know which one they are headed for.

The radio runs with a USB power cord, a battery, solar power, or by hand crank. The crank is easy to turn and hides well into the casing, creating a smooth outer appearance. Three flashlight settings can come in handy in an emergency situation. It has a (very bright) high beam and a low beam, as well as an SOS signal.

This model automatically locks on to the strongest weather station, but the stations can also be scanned through if needed. An alarm sounds if there’s severe weather predicted in the local area. Overall, it was an easy radio to use once we’d gone through the manual. The digital tuning was easier to use than many of the manual dials on the other models, which was a huge plus.

Get the Midland ER210 emergency radio at Amazon or Best Buy.

Most Portable

Eton American Red Cross FRX2 Hand Turbine Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Eton American Red Cross FRX2 Hand Turbine Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Small and lightweight
  • Can charge other devices
  • 4 power options

What We Don’t Like

  • Difficult to tune into weather stations
  • Hard to push flashlight button

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 5.7 inches tall by 4.7 inches wide by 2.8 inches deep
  • Labels: NOAA
  • Power options: USB, battery, solar panel, hand crank

Slip the Eton radio into a backpack or a duffel bag for easy carrying and retrieval. The radio measures just 5.7 inches high by 4.7 inches inches wide by 2.8 inches deep and weighs less than 1 pound, making it easy to carry, slip into a drawer or glove compartment, or pack in a suitcase. While small in stature, the Eton radio offers a full spectrum of emergency functions, including the ability to receive AM/FM and NOAA broadcasts, so the user will never be far from important information about weather alerts or other emergencies.

The Eton radio comes with a built-in lithium-ion battery charged with a USB charger, an integrated solar panel, and a manual hand crank. The radio also has a headphone jack, a bright LED flashlight, a cell phone charger, and a glow-in-the-dark indicator to make locating the radio easier in the dark.

However, the Eton isn’t the easiest radio to use. The controls are confusing, and the directions don’t help out a lot. It took some work to get it dialed into a weather station. It’s small though, and once the user knows how to use the dials, they can get the information they need. Plus, it can charge other devices when its battery is fully charged.

Get the Eton FRX2 emergency radio at Amazon.

Best AM/FM

Rocam Emergency AM/FM/SW NOAA Weather Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Rocam Emergency AM/FM/SW NOAA Weather Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Siren-loud SOS signal
  • Bright reading light
  • Strong reception
  • Easy to tune into NOAA

What We Don’t Like

  • Reading light doesn’t turn off automatically

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 4.7 inches tall by 7.5 inches wide by 3.5 inches deep
  • Labels: SW, NOAA
  • Power options: DC, battery, solar panel, hand crank

With its telescoping antenna, the Rocam emergency radio is at the top of its class for picking up a variety of broadcast frequencies, including AM/FM, shortwave, and NOAA broadcasts. The antenna boosts the radio’s range to receive stations at a greater distance than other radios can.

This model got incredible reception and was very easy to tune to NOAA. We could either use a manual dial or a dial that went to each of the seven weather-band stations. We couldn’t tune to a shortwave, but then this was one of the few radios that even had that option.

The Rocam offers a wide range of additional functions, including an earsplitting (seriously earsplitting) SOS signal that will attract attention if the user is in danger, a super-bright LED flashlight (high and low beam), an LED reading lamp, a directional compass, and a cell phone charger. The radio comes with a rechargeable lithium-ion battery but also accepts three AAA batteries, has an integrated solar panel, and also a hand crank.

The reading light’s power matches that of the SOS signal, as in wow, don’t look directly into the light. However, the reading light doesn’t automatically turn off when the light is shut, so it’s easy to leave it on by accident. The radio comes with a detachable carry strap, and the case will resist damage from light rain and high humidity.

Get the Rocam emergency radio at Amazon.

Best Shortwave

C. Crane CC Skywave SSB NOAA Weather + Alert Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: C. Crane CC Skywave SSB NOAA Weather + Alert Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Multiple reception bands
  • Precise digital tuning possible
  • Clear and informative display
  • Lightweight and compact

What We Don’t Like

  • Comparatively expensive

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 3 inches tall by 4.75 inches wide by 1 inch deep
  • Labels: NOAA, shortwave, VHF airband
  • Power options: 2 AA batteries

The main benefit of shortwave radio, also known as single side band (SSB), is its ability to transmit and receive over long distances, and not just hundreds of miles—but thousands. The CC Skywave radio has the usual AM/FM and NOAA weather alerts but adds the ability to pick up shortwave from both land-based and marine stations, plus VHF aviation bands used by commercial pilots around the world. It can even receive ham radio signals (though it can’t respond to them).

The digital receiver has an auto-scan facility to find stations quickly; then the manual dial can be used for precise tuning. There are 400 memories, a 12/24 hour clock, and an alarm. It all fits within a compact case that measures just 3 inches high by 4.8 inches wide by 1 inch deep, and it weighs only 6 ounces. There is a convenient fold-out stand, and included in the package are earbuds and a 23-foot shortwave reel antenna.

There is no crank handle, solar panel, or charger, which some may see as a disadvantage. However, the CC Skywave will run for up to 60 hours on a pair of ordinary alkaline AA batteries, which are low cost and widely available (though none are included). An AC power adapter can be added, but it costs extra.

Get the C. Crane emergency radio at C Crane.

Most Versatile

Kaito KA500 5-Way Powered Solar Power Emergency Radio

 The Best Emergency Radio Option: Kaito KA500 5-Way Powered Solar Power Emergency Radio
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Strong reception
  • Multiple lighting options
  • Charges other devices

What We Don’t Like

  • Difficult to turn on and dial in

Product Specs

  • Dimensions: 5 inches tall by 8 inches wide by 2.5 inches deep
  • Labels: NOAA, shortwave
  • Power options: AC adapter, battery, USB, solar panel, hand crank

The multifunctional Kaito KA500 5-Way AM/FM/SW/NOAA weather alert radio receives the seven NOAA bands and two shortwave bands; this means it offers broadcasts from other countries. Reception quality is high, and the radio has five power options: by hand crank, flip-up solar panel, AC adapter, battery (three nickel metal hydride [NiMH] AA rechargeable batteries), or USB. Those power options are really this model’s strength since users can find a way to charge in most situations.

The Kaito does not disappoint in terms of added features, as it includes a built-in charger for mobile devices, a reading light, a flashlight, and an SOS beacon. However, the Kaito isn’t the easiest radio to use. It has an on/off switch on the front, but that only turns on some of the features.

There’s also a tiny on/off switch hidden with the charging ports that activates everything. The dials themselves are also confusing, so while this is a great radio for all the power options, it’s not the easiest to use.

Get the Kaito emergency radio at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Emergency Radios

Testing took place in a home office. Surprisingly, many of the radios arrived with dead rechargeable batteries. Our first point of order was charging. Charging with the DC or the USB cords was the fastest way to power, but we also charged using the solar panels and hand cranks.

From there, we tested the reception quality, both with the AM/FM, weather bands, and shortwave radio if the model had it. Ease of use became pretty evident by this point in the testing. Some models were very simple to figure out, while others required carefully going through the owner’s manual.

We tried out all the charging options. With the hand cranks, we timed how long we had to crank to get 5 minutes’ worth of power. We also considered how hard it was to use the crank.

Durability, size, and weight factored into the testing process, too. Some models felt lightweight and cheap, while others were lightweight but still felt like they could withstand some heavy use. Portability came into play with this part of the testing, too. A radio could sit on a nightstand, but others could get tossed into a backpack without adding too much weight.

What to Consider When Choosing the Best Emergency Radio

There are many features to consider when shopping for an emergency radio. Some of the most important include the types of alerts the user can receive, charging options, and whether it can serve other useful functions.

Labels

The first thing many shoppers discover when researching emergency radios is the plethora of labels with acronyms. They can seem overwhelming and downright confusing. However, knowing what each acronym means makes it much easier for shoppers to select the radio that’s right for them. Here’s a rundown of the various letters, logos, and labels buyers are likely to encounter when shopping for an emergency radio.

  • NOAA: The NOAA broadcasts on seven dedicated frequencies in the United States and Canada. Emergency radios with the NOAA Weather Radio All Hazards logo are certified to receive alerts from the National Weather Service, the Department of Homeland Security, and from authorized regional Emergency Operation Centers. Look for this logo to ensure the radio will receive the highest number of alerts.
  • IPAWS (Integrated Public Alert and Warning System): The IPAWS system, maintained by FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency), broadcasts three major types of alerts: imminent threats, presidential pronouncements, and AMBER (missing person) Alerts.
  • NWR (National Weather Radio): NWR indicates that the radio can pick up regional stations that broadcast weather-related news 24/7.
  • EAS (Emergency Alert System): A radio with EAS receives broadcasts concerning national emergencies and regional warnings, including AMBER Alerts.
  • Public Alert: The label “Public Alert” signifies that the radio was developed by the Consumer Electronics

Association in conjunction with the National Weather Service.
While governmental agencies do not endorse any specific manufacturer or brand, they do advise buyers to look for a radio that features both the NOAA All Hazards logo and the Public Alert label.

Charging Options

An emergency radio works when the power goes out. Many emergency radios are multipowered, meaning they feature two or more of the following charging options.

  • Battery: This is one of the most common power options for emergency radios, but if the radio is battery-powered only, be sure to keep extra batteries on hand. Battery-powered radios may be compact, such as pocket radios, making them well suited to traveling.
  • Solar: These radios feature solar panels that draw power from the sun’s rays.
    Hand crank: Because batteries eventually discharge and solar power may not be available during storms, a hand crank is a wise backup power source.
  • Car charger: Some radios come with an additional charger that plugs into a vehicle so the device can charge while on the road.
  • Standard electrical power: The ability to plug the radio into a standard outlet allows an AC adapter to run the radio when there is power, conserving battery life.

Key Features

Today’s emergency radios are often designed to serve multiple purposes. Use these options judiciously; the features that draw power will shorten battery life.

  • Flashlight: Great for those times when a little light is needed during a power outage and there isn’t a regular flashlight.
  • Flashing light: Useful for attracting attention when assistance is needed, like when a car breaks down alongside the road.
  • Cell phone charger: Includes an auxiliary port for recharging cell phones and tablets.
  • Speaker options: Most emergency radios have external speakers that permit anyone in the vicinity to listen, but a unit that allows headphones or earbuds can be helpful in certain situations (such as when children are sleeping nearby).
  • Listener language options: Allows for listening to emergency broadcasts in languages other than English.
  • Shortwave capability: Some models are capable of receiving shortwave broadcasts. Shortwave stations do not broadcast emergency information and alerts, but users can listen to broadcasts from all over the world.
  • Digital clock: Handy for keeping track of time. Some radios also come with alarm clocks.
  • Waterproof case: Protects the radio in rainy conditions.
  • Impact-resistant case: Lets the radio really take a beating. It’s advisable for anyone who’s butterfingered or tough on gadgets.

Types of Emergency Radios

When it comes to emergency radios, there are two main types to consider.

Weather Alert Radio

Usually using a loud beep or tone, a weather alert radio notifies the user of the presence of imminent bad weather, such as a tornado, a hurricane, an impending winter storm, or even an earthquake. Weather radios broadcast alerts from the NOAA. However, users can zero in on a geographical region of interest, depending on whether it has SAME technology.

  • Weather alert radios with SAME: Many of today’s emergency weather radios come with SAME, allowing radio users to block alerts meant for other geographic areas. When the SAME feature is activated, users will only receive alerts concerning their county or nearby counties.
  • Weather alert radios without SAME: Users will receive all weather alerts from stations broadcasting within the user’s reception area, including alerts for regions that do not affect the listeners.

AM/FM Radio

The ability to pick up both AM and FM radio frequencies allows up-to-the-minute information on developing situations from both local stations and stations that are farther away. They also can be used to listen to music, making them a versatile addition to a home emergency kit.

The Advantages of Owning an Emergency Radio

A vital addition to any disaster plan, an emergency radio keeps users informed and aware of dangerous situations as they occur. They’re also an essential tool for receiving weather and other information to help keep loved ones and pets safe.

  • An emergency radio that picks up NOAA broadcasts will keep users abreast of changing weather situations.
  • Most emergency radios will sound an audible tone to alert users to the possibility of a potentially dangerous situation.
  • Many of today’s emergency radios come with added features, such as a flashlight or the ability to charge a cell phone.

Tips for Using an Emergency Radio

Purchasing an emergency radio is a step toward protecting loved ones if an emergency occurs. While the hope is that an emergency radio will never be necessary, it can make good sense to plan ahead and be prepared. The following tips will help ensure the radio is ready to go in any situation.

  • Store the emergency radio in an airtight, waterproof case, and if it requires batteries, store an ample supply.
  • Check the emergency radio to ensure it’s working correctly before taking it on a camping or hiking trip.
  • Owners should familiarize themselves with the radio’s functions as soon as possible so they won’t have to take time to read directions if an emergency occurs.

FAQs

Q. What kind of radio is used for emergencies?

One of the most critical functions of an emergency radio is the ability to receive NOAA alerts and broadcasts. Even more important is the ability to operate the radio without electrical power. This means the radio must have another power source, which may be by battery, solar, or hand crank.

Q. When would I need an emergency radio?

An emergency radio is helpful at home if the power goes out so you are able to receive vital information. They also are needed when camping or hiking to stay abreast of local weather conditions.

Q. What is a crank radio?

A hand-crank emergency radio derives power from manually cranking a handle. This type of radio will never run out of power as long as someone is there to turn the handle.

Q. How long do emergency radios last?

An emergency radio can last from 5 to 10 years or longer if it’s kept clean, dry, and is not dropped or otherwise abused.

The post The 9 Best Emergency Radios—No Electricity, No Wifi, No Cell Service Needed appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T11:48:01-05:00
<![CDATA[Our Favorite High-Pressure Shower Head Can Totally Transform Your Shower—And Installs In Seconds]]>A high-quality high-pressure shower head is pure relaxation for some. See how our top picks performed during our hands-on testing.

The post Our Favorite High-Pressure Shower Head Can Totally Transform Your Shower—And Installs In Seconds appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-high-pressure-shower-head/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=116304Wed, 29 Jan 2025 09:23:58 -0500ReviewsBath Fixtures & FittingsBathroomsInteriorTubs & ShowersWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

High-pressure shower heads reliably deliver one of the main elements of a pleasant shower experience: a steady, invigorating spray. For bathrooms with low water pressure, these simple devices can pump up a shower experience immensely. 

But we wanted to know how much oomph these products could add to an otherwise low-pressure shower, so we researched dozens and tested a host of different models with various designs and spray options. Our favorite was the Speakman Hotel Anystream High-Pressure Shower Head for its sleek appearance and even water distribution on all of its spray settings.

To help assess what makes a great high-pressure shower head, we also spoke with a licensed plumber to get his take on what to look for. Read on to learn more about how to find the best high-pressure shower heads and to find out how each of these bathroom fixtures fared in our hands-on tests.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Speakman Hotel Anystream High-Pressure Shower Head 
    Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Kohler Awaken G110 Multifunction Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Waterpik PowerSpray+ Original Massage Shower Head 
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST HANDHELD SHOWER HEAD: Moen Engage Eco-Performance Handheld Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST DUAL SHOWER HEAD: Delta H2Okinetic In2ition 5-Setting Dual Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  6. MOST EFFICIENT: High Sierra WaterSense Classic Fixed Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  7. MOST UNIQUE OPTION: AquaDance 3-Way Rainfall Combo Shower Head
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST POWER WASH: AquaCare High-Pressure Hand Shower & Tile Power Wash
    Jump to Review 
  9. BEST RAIN SHOWER HEAD: Moen 2-Function 8-Inch Rainshower Spray Head
    Jump to Review
  10. BEST SPRAY PATTERNS: Kohler Flipside 4-Function Shower Head
    Jump to Review 
  11. BEST FILTERED: Jolie Filtered High-Pressure Shower Head
    Jump to Review
TheHO2ME High-Pressure Handheld Shower Head in use during testing.
Photo: Shannon Lee for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

Our Top Picks

We reviewed the top brands and the most popular products to find some of the best high-pressure shower heads available. After matching them up against one another and checking each one against our criteria, we narrowed the list to only the top choices for shower heads offering excellent water pressure. Those looking for a new shower head are likely to find it among our top picks.

Best Overall

Speakman Hotel Anystream High-Pressure Shower Head

 The Speakman Hotel Anystream High-Pressure Shower Head on white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 2.5
  • Handheld included: No
  • Spray patterns: 3

What We Like

  • Multiple finishes to choose from 
  • Comes with 3 different spray settings
  • Easy to clean and maintain

What We Don’t Like

  • Spray coverage is narrow compared to some other shower heads

This Speakman Hotel Anystream high-pressure shower head is a quality choice for new construction or as a replacement wall-mounted shower head. This premium high-flow shower head’s clean lines and sleek, simple design will enhance and complement any modern bathroom. Plus, it comes in four color options to match any bathroom’s current fixtures. 

Those who travel often might recognize this brand and perhaps even this particular model from hotels; it’s a delight for weary travelers to see a Speakman shower head, as it’s a sure sign of good water pressure.

Speakman’s patented Anystream system and eight massage jets evenly distribute water as it smoothly transitions through intense, massage, and combination spray settings. Our testing found that the ring to adjust the various settings moved easily, but not so easily that the shower head could slip from one setting to another without the user adjusting the setting. 

A proprietary plunger system controls the spread of water as it leaves the nozzle, allowing pressure to build and intensify. The plungers are self-cleaning, resisting hard-water buildup and sediment and making the shower head easy to maintain. 

What our expert says: “I found the installation to be as easy as it gets: I simply removed the old shower head and screwed this one into place without the use of tools.”—Tony Carrick, Product Reviews tester & writer

Get the Speakman high-pressure shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Walmart

Runner-Up

Kohler Awaken G110 Multifunction Shower Head

 The Kohler Awaken G110 Multifunction Shower Head on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 1.75
  • Handheld included: No
  • Spray patterns: 3

What We Like

  • Sleek, modern design
  • Wide spray coverage
  • Simple to switch between sprays
  • Complies with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) specifications 

What We Don’t Like

  • May not fit some piping in older homes 

This multifunctional shower head from Kohler offers plenty of options for a customized look and feel in a contemporary design. An advanced spray engine increases low water pressure for a more pleasant shower, and the fixture provides three spray choices controlled by a simple thumb tab. There is a low-pressure option, and the Kohler can comply with ADA specifications.

Though this shower head feels surprisingly light out of the box, it packs a mighty pressure punch. In testing, it installed quite easily, and its spray options indeed proved unique. The wide coverage spray is excellent for general use, while the intense drenching spray is forceful (ideal for rinsing out shampoo). The focused, targeted stream can massage sore muscles—a welcome relief that delivers what a high-pressure shower head is all about. 

Get the Kohler Awaken high-pressure shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Wayfair.

Best Bang for the Buck

Waterpik PowerSpray+ Original Massage Shower Head

 The Waterpik PowerSpray+ Shower Massage Shower Head on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 1.8
  • Handheld included: Yes
  • Spray patterns: 4

What We Like

  • Easy to customize settings
  • Very wide spray area
  • Pulsating and slow massage functions
  • Best budget shower head on this list

What We Don’t Like

  • Frustrating packaging  
  • Sits a little high on the base of the shower faucet 

Those shopping for an excellent yet affordable high-pressure shower head may wish to check out this Waterpik model. The handheld shower head is Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) WaterSense certified for demonstrated water savings and shower performance. It features a 5-foot-long hose to provide plenty of range for bathing kids and pets while also making cleaning the shower easier. Four spray modes include full-body coverage, strong pulsating massage, slow massage, and full-body-with-massage combo. There is no click when turning the dial to change the spray settings, so it’s possible to set them “in-between” for even more customizable options.

The packaging, unfortunately, was frustrating to open; do so carefully in case returning the product becomes necessary. We found the shower head to feel very light and were concerned at first when we heard a rattling sound upon taking it from the box. However, that sound is due to a small part inside the shower head that creates the pulsing sensation of one of the spray settings—it is not a defect. We also found that the tubing requires some time to loosen up, as it is very stiff out of the package.

Get the Waterpik high-pressure shower head at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Handheld Shower Head

Moen Engage Eco-Performance Handheld Shower Head

 The Moen Engage Eco-Performance Handheld Shower Head on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 1.75
  • Handheld included: Yes
  • Spray patterns: 6

What We Like

  • Magnetic docking system
  • Easy installation
  • Multiple jet options 

What We Don’t Like

  • Water pressure can vary 

Moen’s handheld shower head offers freedom and flexibility. The base features a magnetic docking system that allows the business end to be quickly detached for handheld use. When done using, simply put it back into the dock and let the magnet snap it into place. The magnet holds firmly, so a bit of force is needed to pull the shower head from the mooring, but once in hand, the weight feels balanced and comfortable—even when slippery with soap and water, it’s easy to hold on to.

A 5-foot interlocking spiral metal water supply hose provides ample reach. The 3.5-inch-diameter spray head features six unique spray functions to provide a customized shower experience and optimal force. Our testing found that the shower head offered everything from a gentle rain shower, perfect for bathing small children, to a high-pressure stream that leaves adults feeling squeaky clean and refreshed. The Moen complies with ADA specifications and boasts EPA WaterSense certification.

Get the Moen Engage high-pressure shower head at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart

Best Dual Shower Head

Delta H2Okinetic In2ition 5-Setting Dual Shower Head

 The Delta H2Okinetic In2ition 5-Setting Dual Shower Head on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 1.75
  • Handheld included: Yes
  • Spray patterns: 5

What We Like

  • Huge diameter for wide, full-body coverage while showering
  • Durable materials
  • EPA WaterSense-certified shower system
  • Offers 5 different user-friendly spray settings 
  • Comes with a unique wave spray pattern

What We Don’t Like

  • Water pressure can vary

A handheld and overhead all in one, this Delta dual shower head can be used in two basic ways—plus five spray choices make for a luxurious customized shower. The dual shower head can be securely docked overhead or easily detached for handheld use with a separate stainless steel hose. A powerful magnet holds the shower head precisely for easy docking, even if the bather’s eyes are closed. The flexible high-quality hose bends easily, the lever for changing settings moves smoothly, and installation of the unit is a breeze.

Delta’s H2Okinetic In2ition dual shower head provides three times more coverage than a standard shower head with a unique wave spray pattern and larger water droplets. This EPA WaterSense-certified dual shower head system offers four different spray settings plus a pause setting, which saves water by temporarily reducing flow rates to a trickle while lathering or shaving. The spray settings glide rather than click for a more customizable shower experience.

Get the Delta high-pressure dual shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Build With Ferguson.

Most Efficient

High Sierra WaterSense Classic Fixed Shower Head

 The Best High-Pressure Shower Head Option High Sierra WaterSense Classic Fixed Shower Head
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 1.5
  • Handheld included: No
  • Spray patterns: 1

What We Like

  • Very simple to install
  • Straightforward shower head is simple to operate 
  • Angle can be adjusted to get water where it is needed

What We Don’t Like

  • Only 1 spray setting
  • Water pressure can have low flow rates 

Those looking for the best shower experience from the least amount of water will want to check out the High Sierra low-flow shower head. Aside from coming in a host of finishes, there are no bells and whistles with this model. It is a simple shower head with a strong, high-pressure spray even while maintaining a low flow rate of 1.5 GPM.

With its solid metal construction and clog-free nozzle, it’s one of the most rugged, dependable low-flow shower heads available. The patented nozzle delivers a robust and full spray of large water drops for a powerful experience and minimal water usage. We found the installation to be a snap—no surprise, considering the simplicity. The only caveat: This shower head has a small range of movement, but the spray pattern can be angled up or down slightly to suit the height of the user.

Get the High Sierra high-pressure shower head at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Most Unique Option

AquaDance 3-Way Rainfall Combo Shower Head

 The AquaDance 3-Way Rainfall Combo Shower Head on a white background while emitting a powerful spray from both heads.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs

  • GPM: 2.5
  • Handheld included: Yes
  • Spray patterns: 6

What We Like

  • 2 shower heads for enhanced full-body coverage 
  • Easy to install with no tools 
  • 6 spray settings on each for personalized experience 

What We Don’t Like

  • Lower pressure when using both shower heads
  • Sits high on the bracket
  • Poor-quality Teflon tape included

The AquaDance high-pressure shower head is actually two shower heads; they can be used together for a fully immersive experience or separately for a more traditional shower. The larger shower head is 7 inches in diameter, providing a wide spray area, while the 4-inch shower head is a handheld wand with a 5-foot hose that allows for more ease in rinsing. Each shower head has six spray settings, so when using them together, it’s possible to combine settings for a truly personalized experience.

The click-lever dial is easy to move, even with slippery fingers. Our testing found that the water pressure dropped a bit when both shower heads were running, as might be expected when the same amount of water is being forced through more space. Those with low bathroom ceilings might have trouble with installation for this one, as the handheld wand sits higher than the larger shower head. Plus, though installation is simple and toolless, the shower heads come with cheap Teflon tape. To prevent leaks, we recommend buying quality tape separately for installation.

Get the AquaDance high-pressure shower head at Amazon or Target.

Best Power Wash

AquaCare High-Pressure Hand Shower & Tile Power Wash

 The AquaCare High-Pressure Hand Shower & Tile Power Wash on a white background while emitting a powerful spray from both heads.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • GPM: 2.5 
  • Handheld included: Yes
  • Spray patterns: 6 plus 2 cleaning spray patterns

What We Like

  • Includes a high-pressure spray nozzle
  • Nice variety of spray patterns  
  • Has a durable feel

What We Don’t Like

  • Rain settings don’t offer the same broad coverage

This clever handheld shower head isn’t just great for a terrific bathing experience—it also speeds up and simplifies the chore of cleaning the shower. That’s because there’s a tile-cleaning mode among the spray options on the nozzle. For luxurious showering, there’s a wide rain spray pattern for maximum coverage, massage settings, mist settings, two combination settings, and a pause setting. The cleaning nozzle includes two spray patterns: a point jet setting for maximum cleaning pressure and a wide fan for broader rinsing. 

During testing, we loved the versatility and performance of this handheld. Like most handheld shower heads, the AquaCare attaches to the shower spigot via a bracket. We found it to be easy to remove and replace, and we liked the broad range of adjustments on the bracket that allowed us to direct the spray for shorter and taller occupants. 

The wide range of settings provides plenty of pressure and good coverage for a handheld shower head, though it didn’t compare to the coverage from some standard shower heads we tested. The soft mist is a gentle alternative to the more powerful rain and massage settings, and the two mixed spray patterns offer pleasant variations. We particularly liked how the massage settings supplied enough pressure to soothe sore muscles with a water flow of 2.5 GPM. 

While we enjoyed the handheld spray patterns and water pressure, the cleaning functions are what set this handheld apart from other models. Both cleaning spray patterns produce a very high-pressure output that worked very well for removing soap scum, mold, and mildew. 

What our expert says: “I liked the solid construction of this handheld, which survived several drops on the shower floor with nary a scratch.”

Get the AquaCare high-pressure shower head at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Rain Shower Head

Moen 2-Function 8-Inch Rainshower Spray Head

 The Moen 2-Function 8-Inch Rainshower Spray Head on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • GPM: 2.5 
  • Handheld included: No
  • Spray patterns: 2

What We Like

  • Durable and beautiful all-metal construction
  • Lever makes it easy to change between patterns
  • Provides good coverage thanks  

What We Don’t Like

  • Weak water pressure in the “calming” rain setting

Moen’s rain shower head not only offers great coverage; it’s one of the rare models to have all-metal construction. It measures a fairly wide 8 inches in diameter and offers a rain setting and a high-pressure rinse setting, with a lever on the side to switch between the two. The Moen rain shower spray head comes in a variety of finishes, including brushed nickel, brushed gold, chrome, matte black, and oil-rubbed bronze. 

One of the most appealing aspects is the shower head’s all-metal construction, which gives it a higher-quality feel than models with plastic housing. Although this made it the most expensive shower head that we tested, we found the look and feel to be a cut above. 

Unfortunately, we were somewhat disappointed with its performance. We liked the coverage offered by the 8-inch diameter size, but the water pressure on the rain shower setting was disappointingly weak. Switching to the high-pressure rinse spray pattern increases the water pressure dramatically, but while we found this spray pattern useful for rinsing conditioner, its spray was too narrow for regular showering. Folks who like a gentle shower experience may be fine with the rain shower, but those who expect an invigorating spray may well be disappointed.

Get the Moen high-pressure rain shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Best Spray Patterns

Kohler Flipside 4-Function Shower Head

 The Kohler Flipside 4-Function Shower Head on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • GPM: 2.5 GPM
  • Handheld included: No
  • Spray patterns: 4

What We Like

  • Koverage spray pattern produces a wide, soothing rain shower feel
  • Komotion spray closely mimics the feel of a heavy rainfall
  • Flip design makes it easy to move through spray patterns with 1 hand

What We Don’t Like

  • Kotten spray pattern has limited coverage
  • Massaging Kurrent spray pattern doesn’t target muscles well

Kohler’s Flipside is a unique take on the multi-spray pattern high-pressure shower head. Rather than move a lever to cycle through the shower head spray patterns, bathers rotate the shower head end over end to switch between its four spray options. Spray settings include a wide, broad spray pattern for coverage, one that mimics the feel of heavy rainfall, and two massaging spray patterns designed to soothe sore muscles. 

During testing, there were things we loved and things we didn’t like about the Kohler Flipside. One of its positives is its Koverage spray pattern: It lives up to its name by providing broad coverage yet feels soft and soothing on the skin, which is impressive. We also liked Kohler’s Komotion spray, which is a drenching spray that mimics heavy rainfall. We weren’t as enthused with Kohler Kotton, which has a soft feel but is such a narrow pattern that it doesn’t offer much coverage, or Kohler Kurrent, which is a massage spray but has a wide yet thin pattern that makes it difficult to focus its pressure on specific muscle groups. 

The flippable shower head design works quite well. Levers can be finicky, often requiring the bather to hold the shower head with one hand while working the lever with the other. With the Kohler, it was a breeze to flip the shower head with one hand to cycle through its spray patterns. 

We loved the look of the Kolher shower head. Its rounded appearance makes it one of the more attractive models we tested. And while it’s also one of the pricier shower heads we tested, it has a durable feel that suggests it will last a long time. 

Get the Kohler Flipside high-pressure shower head at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Best Filtered

Jolie Filtered High-Pressure Shower Head

 Jolie Filtered High-Pressure Shower Head on a white backround
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • GPM: 1.8 
  • Handheld included: No 
  • Spray patterns:

What We Like

  • Comes with a built-in water filter
  • Provides a steady and high-pressure flow  
  • Over 6 sleek finishes offered  

What We Don’t Like

  • Only comes with 1 rain spray pattern
  • Water filters only last for 90 days 

Compact, clean, and simple, the Jolie filtered shower head offers high-pressure water flow without the hassle of tricky installation. Made with a built-in water filter that is capable of cleaning all harmful materials and bacteria from the dirtiest well water, we loved that this wall-mounted rain shower head offers relief to dry skin, hair, and nails and it comes in six sleek finishes to match any bathroom’s current fixtures. 

During testing, this model provided consistent and strong water pressure and a rainfall effect. But, our favorite moment with this model was when it was used for washing notoriously frizzy hair. It stood up to the test well, given that we felt the softness of the water immediately and there was a noticeable decrease in frizziness after we dried our hair.

We also loved that the Jolie came with everything required for installation, including a small wrench, plumber’s tape, and the first water filter. However, more filters will need to be purchased after 90 days. Users should also note that there is no filter indicator included. 

Read our full review: Jolie Filtered High-Pressure Shower Head

Get the Jolie high-pressure shower head at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best High-Pressure Shower Heads

Before getting our hands on our list of products, we reached out to Roy Barnes, a seasoned plumber and co-owner of Service Force Plumbing in Rockville Maryland, who gave us some expert insights. His main advice is to find a happy medium between coverage and pressure because, as he says, “the fairly universal application of flow restrictors in shower heads for environmental and economic reasons means that there’s a limit to how much water comes out of a modern shower head.” 

Adding to this, he says “the only way to make the flow more powerful is to put a mechanical ‘thumb’ over the shower output.” The tradeoff is that a more focused, pressurized stream will cover less surface area. With this in mind, we researched dozens high-pressure shower heads, chose a select variety, and put them to the test.

We tested them with hands-on trials, guided by a rubric that helped us keep the process fair and as objective as possible. We looked at the gallons per minute (GPM), the ease of installation and use, how suitable they were for the high-pressure needs in a typical shower, and how well they held up over time. 

We also checked out the little things that matter, such as the length of hose in a handheld shower and the ease of removing the product from its packaging. We took note of how the water streams felt on the skin: Does the shower head truly live up to its invigorating high-pressure promise? The results were calculated on our rubric and compiled to present the lineup seen here.

What to Consider When Choosing a High-Pressure Shower Head

There are several functional elements and design features to consider when shopping for a high-pressure shower head. Flow rate is the most important technical concern. In addition to aesthetic choices like appearance and finish, look for features such as spray patterns, energy-saving benefits, and other options. The following are the criteria we considered in making the picks in the above lineup.

Design

There are four basic high-pressure shower head designs: wall-mounted, handheld, rain shower head, and three-way. The model that works best for each person will depend on bathroom size and layout, along with personal preference.

  • A wall-mounted shower head, also known as a fixed shower head, stays in place on a wall and may feature an adjustable spray pattern. It’s available in a standard size as well as larger models. 
  • A rain shower head is a large fixed overhead shower head with a much broader coverage area and a sensory experience comparable to being out in a rain shower. The best high-pressure rain shower head gives a powerful, immersive shower experience.
  • A handheld shower head connects to the water supply with a flexible hose and sometimes comes with spray pattern options. This simplifies tasks such as bathing young children, washing the dog, and cleaning the surrounding shower area. Doctors often recommend them for patients after surgeries that impair movement. A handheld shower head paired with a wall-mounted option is often called a dual shower head.
  • A three-way shower head includes both handheld and fixed shower heads, with a three-way diverter that allows the user to choose one or the other, or both at the same time.

Finish

The finish on a shower head is a purely aesthetic choice, and options are surprisingly diverse, from shiny chrome to warm brass to trendy black matte. Finishes offer many opportunities to customize the look of the shower along with the rest of the bathroom. For cohesion, the shower head should complement (if not exactly match) other bathroom hardware: the sink faucet, toilet flush lever, drawer pulls, towel racks, etc.

The materials and application methods used in chrome, polished brass, brushed nickel, and stainless finishes make them top choices for durability. Chrome is the most popular shower head finish by far, while polished brass is its golden-hued counterpart. These shiny finishes give a clean and classic look, but they also highlight every soap spot. Matte finishes like brushed nickel and stainless offer the same durability as chrome but resist spotting.

Spray Patterns

A high-pressure shower head provides plenty of force, but the spray pattern determines the comfort. Most shower heads have adjustable spray patterns, with some offering eight or more options. Choose from a pulsating massage, a powerful stream, a gentle mist, a soaking rain, or a combination spray pattern. To satisfy the whole family, consider buying a shower head with high pressure and plenty of spray pattern options.

Flow Rate

Flow rate is known as one of the most important considerations when selecting a shower head. Since the flow rate controls the overall water pressure coming out of the shower head, it is the key component users will want to consider if they have preferences about their shower experience. For example, for those who like massagelike water pressure, a shower head with a high flow rate should do the trick! 

Getting down to technical terms, the flow rate, shown in GPM, measures how much water flows through a shower head. Most standard shower heads are rated around 2.0 GPM, with the maximum flow rate being 2.5 GPM. These high-flow rate shower heads deliver 2.5 gallons of water each minute, or 25 gallons of water during a 10-minute shower.

Energy-Saving Certification

Governments regulate showerhead flow rates to help conserve water and energy. Water-saving shower heads that earn the EPA WaterSense label use no more than 2 GPM while providing a shower that is equal to or better than standard shower heads on the market. The EPA estimates that replacing a conventional shower head with a low-flow WaterSense shower head can save nearly 3,000 gallons of water each year. (An incredible savings, considering that showering accounts for approximately 17 percent of home water use.)

When shopping for an efficient shower head, don’t just take the manufacturer’s word for it; look for the WaterSense label. EPA-certified WaterSense shower heads have been tested and approved for their ability to save water and energy.

Optional Features

Many modern shower heads come with unique features that enhance safety, comfort, and convenience—think lights, sound, and smart technology.

LED lights can simply brighten a dimly lit shower, but a model with colorful—or even color-changing—LED lights turns the shower into a fun oasis. Some shower heads include a Bluetooth speaker to listen to music or to keep up with a favorite podcast. Other shower heads available are smart models that turn on automatically, control water temperature, track water usage, play tunes, and answer incoming phone calls.

The Advantages of Owning a High-Pressure Shower Head

High-pressure shower heads offer an improved showering experience over conventional models. These powerful shower heads decrease the water flow rate while increasing water pressure by employing variable spray patterns or compression-chamber engineering. The increased pressure feels invigorating and cleans efficiently, while the decreased flow rate saves water. This is especially helpful in places where household water pressure is lacking.

High-pressure shower heads use about one-fifth less water-flow rates compared to their conventional counterparts. Because they use less water, there is not as much water to heat, so they save on energy consumption, too. Water and power savings translate to money saved every month after switching to a high-pressure shower head. In brief, high-pressure shower heads:

  • Reduce water and energy bills.
  • Conserve water.
  • Upgrade the showering experience in homes with low water pressure.

FAQs

Q. What is a good water pressure for a shower?

Standard residential water pressure in the United States is between 45 and 55 pounds per square inch. Lower water pressure can be increased by installing a high-pressure shower head.

Q. Are there shower heads that increase water pressure?

Yes. High-pressure shower heads increase water pressure either by decreasing the flow rate or using a compression chamber. One of the best options for increasing water pressure is the AquaCare high-pressure shower head. Not only does this option come with a jet spray setting, but it also has a high-pressure spray nozzle that increases the overall pressure of the shower head. 

Q. How do high-pressure shower heads work?

High-pressure shower heads restrict the volume of water flowing through the pipe, like when a gardener sticks a thumb partly over the end of a trickling garden hose to make it spray farther. Inside the shower head, there are components to regulate the high-pressure water flow and provide an even shower.

Meet the Tester

Tony Carrick is a freelance writer specializing in home improvement, landscaping, technology, home security, and design. His articles have been featured on such sites as Angi, Popular Science, Futurism, 360 Reviews by U.S. News & World Report, Domino, and more. Carrick has conducted rigorous product testing on everything from power tools to home security systems to backyard grills. With each review, his goal is to help readers determine whether a product meets their needs and if it is or isn’t worth its price tag. 

Additional research provided by Mark Wolfe, Shannon Lee, and Stephanie Cronk.

The post Our Favorite High-Pressure Shower Head Can Totally Transform Your Shower—And Installs In Seconds appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T09:23:58-05:00
<![CDATA[Too Many Devices, Not Enough Outlets? Here’s a Simple Fix!]]>Power several devices at once with the best power strip. This buyer's guide goes into shopping considerations and several top-rated recommendations.

The post Too Many Devices, Not Enough Outlets? Here’s a Simple Fix! appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-power-strip/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=126240Wed, 29 Jan 2025 09:23:38 -0500ReviewsInteriorLighting & ElectricalTools & MaterialsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Power strips are a simple solution to having too few outlets. Today’s many cordless tools and electronic devices are handy, but they present a problem: the outlets in a home—especially an older home—just aren’t enough to plug everything in. To help meet the electrical needs in our readers’ homes, we researched over 35 power strips and selected the top 9 for hands-on testing. And we found a favorite! DeWalt’s Magnetic Power Strip earned top honors for its powerful magnets that attach firmly to metal surfaces, a 6.5-foot cord, and a quality build.

The right power strip for you depends on how you want to use it, where you want to use it, and what you need to plug in. Keep reading to find out how the following models fared in our tests and how they earned a spot in this lineup of the best power strips. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: DeWalt Magnetic Power Strip With 6 Outlets
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: AmazonBasics 6-Outlet Surge Protector Power Strip
    Jump to Review 
  3. BEST FOR OUTDOORS: APS IPX6 9-in-1 Outdoor Power Strip –FROM BEST OUTDOOR POWER STRIPS
    Jump to Review
  4. MOST VERSATILE: Belkin 8-Outlet Pivot-Plug Power Strip 
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST PORTABLE: Anker Nano 6-in-1 Power Strip
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST FOR WORKSHOP: Klein Tools PowerBox 1 Magnetic Power Strip
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST SURGE PROTECTION: Belkin 12-Outlet PivotPlug Surge Protector
    Jump to Review
  8. BEST FOR DESKS: Jgstkcity Desk-Clamp Power Strip with USB
    Jump to Review
  9. BEST HEAVY-DUTY: CRST Heavy-Duty Power Strip Surge Protector–FROM BEST OUTDOOR POWER STRIPS
    Jump to Review
The Best Power Strips Amazon Basics Power Strip
Photo: Glenda Taylor for Bob Vila

Power Strips Comparison Chart

OutletsSurge ProtectionWater Resistance
DeWalt Magnetic6 AC, 2 USB-ANoNo
Amazon Basics6 AC790 JNo
APS Outdoor6 AC, 3 USB-A400 JIPX6
Belkin 8-Outlet8 AC1800 JNo
Anker Nano2 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-CNoNo
Klein Tools4 AC, 2 USB-A, 1 USB-C2160 JNo
Belkin 12-Outlet Surge Protector12 AC, 2 cable4320 JNo
Jgstkcity5 AC, 2 USB-A, 4 USB-C1200 JNo
CRST Strip10 AC2800 JNo

Our Top Picks

Our list includes power strips for a wide range of uses. Whether you need to charge batteries in your workshop or garage or want extra plug-ins on a desk or nightstand, you’ll find the right one in our tested lineup.

Best Overall

DeWalt Magnetic Power Strip With 6 Outlets

 The Best Power Strips Option DeWalt Magnetic Power Strip With 6 Outlets
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Strong magnets securely attach to metal
  • High build quality
  • Master power switch
  • Two USB ports

What We Don’t Like

  • Not as many outlets as some models
  • No surge protection

Specs 

  • Outlets: 6 AC, 2 USB-A
  • Surge protection: No
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 5/5; Durability 5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 4.8/5

Two very strong magnets on the back of DeWalt’s power strip helped move it to the top of our list, and for good reason. In a workshop situation, it’s crucial to have instant access to a power strip when needed. We’ve had strips fall behind work benches and get tangled up in cords. With DeWalt’s magnetic power strip, all we had to do was put it on a metal surface, like a tool chest, and it didn’t move or fall off, even when we unplugged cords. 

It’s also very well built—there’s no wimpy plastic on this one. It features six standard outlets and two USB ports. The strip also has a master power switch we used to turn the entire strip on and off. That’s a handy feature because we didn’t have to mess with unplugging the individual cords when we shut down for the day. 

What our tester says: “While I tested power strips with more outlets, the DeWalt power strip offers everything a DIYer needs for plugging in tools and chargers. I especially liked that the magnets are so strong that the strip stayed where it was supposed to.”—Glenda Taylor, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the DeWalt power strip at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Grainger

Best Bang for the Buck

AmazonBasics 6-Outlet Surge Protector Power Strip

 The Best Power Strips Option AmazonBasics 6-Outlet Surge Protector Power Strip
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Affordably priced power strip
  • Up to 790 J surge protection
  • Keyhole slots for wall mounting

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited spacing between outlets
  • No USB ports

Specs 

  • Outlets: 6 AC
  • Surge protection: Yes, 790 J
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 4/5; Durability 4.5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 5/5

Power strips don’t have to be expensive. The AmazonBasics 6-Outlet Surge Protector Power Strip is just right for basic appliances. It offers surge protection up to 790 joules (J), and best of all, it comes at an affordable price. 

We tested this power strip by plugging in several small appliances and chargers. The only issue we ran into was not being able to use every outlet if the cords we plugged in had large, 3-prong (grounded) plugs. There wasn’t quite enough room between the outlets to fit a 3-prong plug in each one, so we had to skip every other outlet or use cords without ground prongs. 

Since many small appliances only have two-prong plugs, many users would not have an issue with this power strip. We found it well-suited for home offices, bedrooms, and other spaces where more outlets are needed. We also liked the ability to mount this strip on a wall via the keyhole slots on the backside. 

Get the AmazonBasics power strip at Amazon

Best for Outdoors

AmazonBasics 6-Outlet Surge Protector Power Strip

 The Best Power Strips Option APS IPX6 9-in-1 Outdoor Power Strip
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Suitable for outdoor use in wet weather
  • Integrated safety fuse
  • Widely spaced outlets

What We Don’t Like

  • Offset cord doesn’t fit GFCI boxes

Specs 

  • Outlets: 6 AC, 3 USB-A
  • Surge protection: Yes, 400 J
  • Water resistance: IPX6

Our Ratings: Design 4.5/5; Durability 4.5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 4.5/5

Along with its excellent weather resistance (IPX6), this power strip from APS also offers a nice collection of socket options. Its six 3-prong outlets are well-spaced with no obstructions, so we had no problem fitting larger plugs side by side. There are also three USB plugs on the end of the power strip that are convenient for charging smart devices, lights, or small electronics that use a USB outlet. We found it particularly handy for charging drone batteries.

Along with being weatherproof, the power strip also has a durable feel thanks to its tough plastic housing. It barely registered a scratch when we dropped it. Plus, it has an internal circuit breaker that trips at 1,875 watts and a 306 rotating ball joint where the power cord connects to the power strip, preventing bending that can cause damage at this connection point. 

With its ample capacity and top-notch weather resistance, this is our favorite outdoor power strip for extended use.

Get the APS outdoor power strip at Amazon

Most Versatile

Belkin PivotPlug 8-Outlet Pivot-Plug Power Strip

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Adjustable pivot plugs
  • Cord management clip
  • Light-up status indicators
  • High joule rating (1,800)

What We Don’t Like

  • Shifts if not mounted

Specs 

  • Outlets: 8 AC
  • Surge protection: Yes, 1,800 J
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 5/5; Durability 5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 4.5/5

We’re smitten with Belkin’s idea of incorporating pivot plugs in their power strips. What a neat idea! We tested other power strips where the outlets were configured in a way that kept us from using every one of them because using large plugs blocked adjacent outlets. That’s not a problem with pivot plugs.

Turning the outlets one way or the other on the power strip’s column gave us ample space for every plug. Another perk is a clip at the end of the strip where we were able to tuck the cords to help keep things tidy. The Belkin power strip has a heavy-duty 6-foot cord and light-up status indicators that let us know the unit was protected and grounded. 

The only downside—and it’s really just a matter of personal preference—is that the power strip itself tends to roll around a bit unless it’s mounted via keyholes on the back. With a high joule rating of 1,800, we think this power strip surge protector is a good pick for sensitive electronics and digital devices. 

Get the Belkin PivotPlug 8-outlet power strip at Amazon, Walmart, or Belkin

Best Portable

Anker Nano 6-in-1 Power Strip

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Compact power strip with flat plug
  • Rapid-charge USB ports
  • Over-volt and short-circuit protection
  • Ideal for travel or remote work

What We Don’t Like

  • Non-surge power strip
  • Limited outlets

Specs 

  • Outlets: 2 AC, 2 USB-A, 2 USB-C 
  • Surge protection: No
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 4.5/5; Durability 4.5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 4.5/5

We found a lot to like about the Anker power strip, although it’s more of a square than a strip. It’s a great option for anyone who needs extra plug-ins on the fly. It doesn’t have a joule rating, so it doesn’t provide surge protection; however, it does offer over-volt and short-circuit protection, so we’d be comfortable taking it to an internet cafe, plugging in a laptop, and charging our phone and tablet (via the rapid-charge USB ports) while we work remotely. 

We liked the ultra-slim design of this flat plug power strip, which includes a narrow plug that can be plugged into tight spots behind desks and nightstands. It comes with a flexible, 5-foot cord that winds around it, making it suitable for storing in a backpack or laptop bag without taking up too much space. 

While it only offers 2 AC outlets, that’s probably enough for someone traveling or working remotely for the day. It’s not made for plugging in power tools, but it’s perfect for anyone on the go. We also like the fact that it’s made from 75 percent recyclable materials. 

Get the Anker power strip at Amazon, Walmart, Newegg, and Anker

Best for Workshop

Klein Tools PowerBox 1 Magnetic Power Strip

 The Best Power Strips Option Klein Tools PowerBox 1 Magnetic Power Strip
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • High surge protection
  • Wall-mount power strip
  • Ideal for shop use
  • Very strong magnets

What We Don’t Like

  • Not weather-resistant

Specs 

  • Outlets: 4 AC, 2 USB-A, 1 USB-C
  • Surge protection: Yes, 2,160 J
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 4.5/5; Durability 5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 4.3/5

Klein Tools did a great job with the PowerBox 1, and we found the perfect spot for it: in our workshop! The PowerBox 1 provides 2,160 J of surge protection and comes with magnets on the back for attaching to a metal surface. We liked the idea of the magnets, and they were even stronger than the ones on the DeWalt power strip. We attached the PowerBox to a metal workstand and we had to pull hard just to get it off. 

We also liked the mounting holes in all four corners. This allowed us to insert screws to mount the PowerBox to a wall or workbench and eliminate movement. The PowerBox is a good choice for woodworkers, crafters, and DIYers who must plug in multiple tools and simultaneously charge their phones. We like that it has good surge protection, but we wish Klein Tools had designed it to be weather-resistant so that we could use it outdoors as well. Nonetheless, it’s a nice heavy-duty power strip. 

Get the Klein Tools power strip at Amazon, Lowe’s, and The Home Depot.

Best for Surge Protection

Belkin 12-Outlet PivotPlug Surge Protector

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • High surge protection
  • 8 pivoting outlets
  • 2 cable connectors
  • Integrated cord clip

What We Don’t Like

  • Not suitable for outdoor use

Specs 

  • Outlets: 12 AC, 2 cable
  • Surge protection: Yes, 4,320 J
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 4/5; Durability 4.5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 4.8/5

For a high level of surge protection, the Belken 12-outlet power strip is hard to beat. It comes with a 4,320 J rating, making it a good choice for plugging in sensitive electronics. Like the other Belkin model we tested, this one features pivot outlets (eight, to be precise), which we were able to rotate outward to make the most of the available space. We plugged in large and small plugs with no problems. 

It also has four standard AC outlets on the front center that don’t move and a handy cord clip at the end of the strip. The great surge protection was our favorite feature on this one, but be aware that plugging in 12 devices or tools and running all or most of them simultaneously will likely flip a breaker. Another perk is that this power strip has an 8-foot cord, so it offers more location versatility.

What our tester says: “I think this is a great power strip for use in a home office or media room, where users can plug in several sensitive devices at once without worrying about power surges.” —Glenda Taylor, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Belkin PivotPlug 12-outlet power strip at Amazon, Walmart, or Belkin

Best for Desks

Jgstkcity Desk-Clamp Power Strip with USB

 The Best Power Strips Option Jgstkcity Desk-Clamp Power Strip with USB
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Declutters messy desks and controls cords
  • Versatile charging options
  • Sturdy twist clamp

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited surge protection for sensitive devices

Specs 

  • Outlets: 5 AC, 2 USB-A, 4 USB-C
  • Surge protection: Yes, 1,200 J
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 5/5; Durability 4.5/5; Performance 5/5; Value 5/5

Home office desks are notorious for hosting a messy tangle of cords. Our work desk is covered with cords for speakers, monitors, an Echo Dot, and a mouse. Another cord is involved if we want to charge our phones as we work. As such, we love the organizational ability of this desk-clamp power strip. 

It has 5 AC outlets, 2 USB-A ports, and 4 USB-C ports. The clamp is sturdy, and when it’s tightened snugly, it keeps the power strip firmly in place. This is a great little desk power strip, but it isn’t perfect. It offers 1,200 J of surge protection, but we don’t think that’s quite enough to protect pricey PCs, monitors, and electronic peripherals. We solved this problem by plugging the desk power strip into a dedicated surge protector outlet (sold separately) under the desk. It’s the perfect setup for us: outlets in a handy, organized spot, and powerful surge protection for sensitive electronics.

Get the Jgstkcity power strip at Amazon

Best Heavy-Duty

CRST Heavy-Duty Power Strip Surge Protector

Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Good build quality
  • Long 15-foot cord
  • 15-amp circuit breaker

What We Don’t Like

  • Not water-resistant

Specs 

  • Outlets: 10 AC
  • Surge protection: Yes, 2,800 J
  • Water resistance: No

Our Ratings: Design 4/5; Durability 5/5; Performance 4.5/5; Value 4.8/5

Along with a tough build and large capacity, this outdoor power strip is exceptionally well-designed for those who need a power hub for corded power tools. The CRST has a tough aluminum housing that, combined with the thick plastic covers on its ends, makes it capable of enduring plenty of abuse and drops. We appreciated its thicker 14-gauge power cord (most are 16-gauge).

Measuring 15 feet long, the power cord is much longer than others. This allowed us to extend it out into the yard or driveway without having to add an outdoor extension cord. And while that long cord could be unwieldy, the strip includes an integrated cord holder that allowed us to wrap any slack neatly around the housing and secure it with a Velcro strap. If you need a power strip with a long cord, this is the one.

Its bright yellow color makes it more visible to foot traffic, and it comes equipped with a 15-amp breaker switch in case the user pulls too much juice at one time. This is a good power strip for outdoor DIY projects, but it’s not water-resistant, so use it only in dry conditions. 

Get the CRST power strip at Amazon

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Chose and Tested the Best Power Strips

Testing Stats
Products tested 9
Time spent testing 2 weeks
Tests performed3
Price range$15 to $60

When we started researching the best power strips, we discovered hundreds of different options on the market, so we started by looking carefully at the top-rated models. We took brand names into consideration, to an extent—Anker and Belkin are well-respected names in the industry, for example—but we also looked carefully at niche brands and AmazonBasics picks with good customer reviews. Our initial list had over 35 best-selling power strips, but we narrowed that down to nine picks we wanted to try out for ourselves. 

In our hands-on testing, we used the power strips for two weeks, noting their build quality, trying out their features, and assessing their design. We plugged in battery chargers, power tools, PCs, monitors, peripherals, and small appliances.

Since the primary purpose of buying a power strip is to have additional outlets, we noted how easy (or difficult) it was to use all of the outlets on the strip at the same time. Our goal wasn’t to see how much power we could pull—that depends solely on the circuit—but to see how well the strips were designed for real-world use. 

We awarded points based on a rubric: the better a strip performed on a test or assessment, the higher the points. After testing, we averaged the points to find our top pick and categorize the others by their best use. 

DesignDurabilityPerformanceValue
DeWalt Magnetic5554.8
Amazon Basics44.54.55
APS Outdoor4.54.54.54.5
Belkin 8-Outlet554.54.5
Anker Nano4.54.554.5
Klein Tools4.554.54.3
Belkin 12-Outlet Surge Protector44.54.54.8
Jgstkcity Desk Clamp54.555
CRST Strip454.54.8

What to Consider When Choosing a Power Strip

Before choosing the best power strip for your needs, consider how and where you plan to use it, as well as the important factors below. 

Equipment Type

The right power strip for your needs depends heavily on how it will be used and which devices or equipment will be plugged into it. 

  • Power tools need a rugged power strip with wide spacing between the outlets so larger plugs will not block adjacent outlets. These power strips also typically have a metal frame to protect them from impact damage and a higher power capacity, so you can use them with larger appliances that could overload a regular power strip.
  • Office equipment requires a power strip with multiple specialty outlets for various devices, including modem outlets, USB wall outlets, and coaxial connections. Power strips with surge protection will keep office equipment safe.
  • Simple power strips are suitable for small household appliances. Although many residential-use power strips may have surge protection capability, they are not intended for high-power appliances or devices.
  • Multimedia and smart devices require high surge protection because a power surge can easily damage the sensitive electronics inside these devices. Power strips with multiple USB outlets and smart home compatibility are an ideal option for your smart devices.
  • Outdoor equipment requires a power strip that is weather-resistant, temperature-resistant, impact-resistant, and offers surge protection to ensure that neither the devices nor the strip will be damaged. However, larger garden tools, like lawnmowers or snowblowers, typically require a heavy-gauge extension cord plugged directly into a home’s outlet.

Number of Outlets

The number of outlets you need in a power strip depends on both how many and what type of devices you want to plug into it. Remember that you should not plug high-power-capacity devices into power strips, regardless of the number of outlets. The circuit still limits the power strip.

Power strips can have as few as two outlets or more than 20. These outlets can be standard power outlets, USB-A or USB-C outlets, wide-spaced outlets intended for larger adapters, and specialty connections like ethernet or coaxial connections. The number and configuration of outlets are mostly a personal preference; however, consider that as the number of outlets increases, so does the size of the power strip. So, if space is an issue, choose a power strip with fewer outlets and a narrower profile.

Length and Configuration

Length and configuration refer to the length of the cord and the type of outlets in the power strip. 

  • Cord length is always an important consideration. Cords should be long enough for their intended purpose, but not so long that they create an untidy mess—but often cords don’t come in exactly the right length. Cord length typically ranges from less than a foot to more than 20 feet, though the average length is approximately 6 feet.
  • Outlet type is another factor to consider before purchasing a new power strip. Many users are fine with a product that only has standard outlets, but others need USB outlets to make it easier to charge smartphones, headphones, and other USB devices. Another option is a power strip with outlets that are compatible with smart home systems like Amazon Alexa to set up timers, turn the electrical outlet off from anywhere via an app, or control the power flowing to the strip through voice control.

Surge Protection

In our technologically advanced society, many devices and appliances embedded with complex electrical systems are very sensitive to power surges, so surge protection is a feature of a power strip nearly everyone needs. Power surges typically occur when a storm brings down electrical lines, causing the power company to reroute power to address power demands. These changes can create inconsistent power flow fluctuations, resulting in a power surge. The only way to protect all appliances and devices is with a whole-house surge protector, but strips with surge protection will reduce the risk of damage to sensitive electronics and devices. 

Surge protection—also referred to as the surge suppression rating of a power strip—is measured in joules (J) and normally varies, depending on the product, from as low as 100 J to higher than 4,000 J. When using a power strip as surge protection for expensive or sensitive devices, it is important to invest in a power strip with a high surge suppression rating.

Smart Tech

A standard power strip runs electricity to multiple devices, typically via an on/off switch. Smart power strips function similarly, but they can also connect with compatible smart home systems, like Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant, usually through a WiFi connection.

Once a smart power strip connects to a smart home system, users can control the electrical supply to the paired devices through either voice control or a smartphone app. Some power strips even support timers or schedules so connected devices will automatically turn on or off.

Safety Features

While power strips don’t seem very dangerous, cords can become trip hazards and electrocution and fires can result from improper use. Many power strip manufacturers include safety features like full-metal housing, internal circuit breakers, or ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) to protect users and their property from harm.

  • Full-metal housing is especially useful in construction environments where impact damage is a regular risk. These power strips are made with a durable metal casing to protect the outlets, cables, and internal connections from damage, including a potential fire or short-circuiting of the power strip.
  • Internal circuit breakers are designed to automatically turn off the power strip in the case of a dangerous system overload to help prevent damage to the electrical system.
  • Ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) are typically installed in outlets in areas where water is a hazard. If a piece of electrical equipment comes into contact with water, a GFCI automatically cuts electricity to the outlet if it detects a short circuit to protect users from injury—and even death—from a dangerous electrical shock.

FAQs

Take a look below to find the answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about electrical power outlet strips.

Q. Are power strips dangerous?

If used properly, a power strip can actually reduce the risk of electrical fire by providing a safe place to plug in additional accessories. However, if misused, either by overloading it, using it for appliances it’s not rated for, or linking multiple power strips together (called daisy-chaining), a power strip can become a danger. 

Q. What should you never plug into a power strip?

Never plug high-power-capacity appliances, such as electric space heaters, refrigerators, microwaves, toaster ovens, and air conditioners, into a power strip.

Q. Is it dangerous to daisy chain power strips?

Daisy-chaining power strips means linking multiple power strips together in a series that connects back to a single electrical outlet. This is a big concern for fire-fighting professionals because daisy-chained connections will almost invariably lead to an overloaded power strip that heats up until it burns out or catches fire.

Q. Why do power strips catch fire?

Power strips can catch fire if they are old or frayed, or if they are overloaded beyond their capacity. This can happen when several devices that draw too much electricity, such as air conditioners or electric heaters, are plugged into the same strip. The strip will then heat up and eventually begin to melt, sparking a fire.

Q. How long do power strips last?

While there is some discrepancy between specific products, on average, power strips will last for about 2 years before replacement is necessary. However, they can last between 3 to 5 years if properly maintained.

Q. Is it safe to plug two power strips into one outlet?

It depends on what you plug into the strips, but in general, it’s not a good practice to plug two strips into one outlet. Overloading the circuit will cause the breaker to trip.

Q. Are smart power strips worth the money?

In a home that has too few outlets for the owners’ needs, power strips can absolutely be worth the money because they expand the number of outlets available. Power strips that have surge protection are also ideal for homes with a lot of sensitive electronics, as the strips prevent damage when power surges might otherwise cause damage. Just keep in mind that power strips don’t actually provide more power to the home—they just allow more devices to use the power that’s already there.

Q. Should I turn off my power strip at night?

It’s not a bad idea. Turning it off will reduce standby energy usage, but as long as you’re not overloading the circuit, it should be safe to leave on.

Meet the Tester

Glenda Taylor is a contractor, product tester, and writer focusing primarily on construction and power tools. She tests a wide range of power tools as well as other home improvement, household, and lawn-and-garden products.

Tony Carrick has contributed to BobVila.com since 2020. He writes how-to articles and product reviews in the areas of lawn and garden, home maintenance, home improvement, auto maintenance, housewares, and technology.

Additional research was provided by Timothy Dale.

The post Too Many Devices, Not Enough Outlets? Here’s a Simple Fix! appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T09:23:38-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Sump Pumps for Crawl Spaces and Basements]]>Choose among the best sump pump models to keep your basement safe and dry. This guide offer tips on making the right choice for your home.

The post The Best Sump Pumps for Crawl Spaces and Basements appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-sump-pump/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=122641Wed, 29 Jan 2025 09:10:52 -0500ReviewsBasementsInteriorMajor SystemsPlumbing SuppliesWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A good sump pump is invaluable in times of flooding to prevent the damage caused by water standing for an extended period of time, minimizing the damage and discouraging mold and mildew from forming. Sump pumps typically sit on the basement floor or reside in a pit set below the floor. Once standing water reaches a certain level, the pump turns on and pushes groundwater out and away from the home’s foundation. 

We used sump pump reviews and user experiences to get a feel for which sump pumps were considered the best and why. We then selected several of the top-rated sump pumps on the market for closer scrutiny. We tested four of these pumps, our favorite of which was the Wayne WSS30Vn Basement Backup Sump Pump because of its ease of setup, reasonable price, and high water-pumping capacity.

Below, you’ll find a guide explaining what you should know before buying a sump pump, as well as a roundup of some of the best sump pump options available based on our research and testing. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Wayne WSS30Vn Basement Backup Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Superior Pump 92250 ¼-HP Thermoplastic Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. BEST ENERGY-SAVING: Basement Watchdog SIT 50-D Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. BEST VALUE CAST IRON: Zoeller Model 53 Submersible Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST PRIMARY: Superior Pump 92551 ½-HP Cast Iron Pedestal Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST BATTERY BACKUP: Wayne ESP25 Reinforced Battery Backup Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST COMBINATION: Zoeller Aquanot Spin 508 Sump Pump With ProPak
    ↓ Jump to Review
  8. BEST SMART: Basement Watchdog BWSP Special Connect Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
  9. MOST VERSATILE: Wayne CDU1000 1-HP Submersible Sump Pump
    ↓ Jump to Review
one of the models Wayne displayed as an option of the best sump pumps
Photo: Mike Larson for Bob Vila

Our Top Picks

To select our top picks, we considered some of the highest-performing sump pumps offered by the industry’s most reputable manufacturers. As such, what you’ll find below is what we think are the best sump pumps for crawl spaces and basements.

What our tester says: “I was really impressed with the Wayne WSS30V. Aside from its impressive performance, I also appreciated how easy it was to set up. It went from box to pumping in just a few minutes, which isn’t always the case with sump pumps. Another that I really liked was the Superior Pump 92250. It was incredibly easy to use and very portable.”—Mike Larson, Product Reviews writer and tester

Best Overall

Wayne WSS30Vn Basement Backup Sump Pump

 Wayne WSS30Vn Basement Backup Sump Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Comes pre-assembled; hardly any installation required
  • Can pump about 5,100 gallons of water per hour (GPH)
  • Backup battery can handle 10,000 gallons per charge

What We Don’t Like

  • Not very versatile; can only work indoors

Specs

  • Type Combination
  • Flow rate 2,700 to 5,100 GPH
  • Motor power ½ horsepower (hp)

Our Ratings: Ease of Setup 5/5; Pumping Capacity 5/5; Price 4/5 

For moisture-prone areas that experience regular flooding and power outages, you need a powerful sump pump that will keep your basement dry—even when the power’s out. This combination sump pump comes equipped with a ½ hp motor capable of pumping out up to 5,100 GPH when the power is on and up to 2,700 GPH when it isn’t. Operating off of a 75-amp hour backup battery, this submersible sump pump will continue operating for hours after the power goes out. 

This basement sump pump conveniently switches over to battery power during outages, preventing delays in pumping. Among the top-rated water pumps out there, this basement and crawl space sump pump will work in basins 16 inches in diameter and larger. 

The test for this pump was straightforward: we tried to overwhelm it. The test basically involved creating our own basement “flood,” using a hose to pour water into the basin. The hose was no match for the pump, which handled the inflow of water without issue. Even hitting the main breaker to turn off the power had little effect; the backup battery ensured that the pump just kept going.

Get the Wayne WSS30Vn sump pump at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Best Bang For The Buck

Superior Pump 92250 ¼-HP Thermoplastic Sump Pump

 Superior Pump 92250 ¼-HP Thermoplastic Sump Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Lightweight, submersible design is easy to install
  • Tethered float activates pump if water level rises
  • Portable sump pump; usable indoors and out

What We Don’t Like

  • No adapter included

Specs

  • Type Submersible
  • Flow rate 1,800 GPH
  • Motor power ¼ hp

Our Ratings: Ease of Setup 5/5; Pumping Capacity 3/5; Price 5/5 

There’s no need to spring for a pump with firehose-like power for basements that only experience minor excess water issues. A light-duty sump pump such as this one from the pump specialists at Superior Pump will do the job well. With a ¼ hp motor, this submersible-style pump is a great option for basements that face occasional light to moderate flooding. It’s capable of pumping out up to 1,200 GPH to a height of 10 feet. It features a suction screen that filters out up to ⅛-inch solids. 

The pump’s body is constructed of thermoplastic, which resists corrosion. This reasonably-priced sump pump option is highly functional for basements or for light-duty outdoor activities like pumping out a clogged rain barrel or standing water from an uneven spot on the lawn.

What our tester says: “During testing, I was unable to overwhelm the Superior Pump, and I was happy with the way it moved water when it was completely submerged. That being said, there’s no denying that its ¼ hp motor is definitely on the lower end in terms of pumping capacity. Still, I appreciated its versatility and portability.”—Mike Larson, Product Reviews writer and tester

Get the Superior Pump 92250 sump pump at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Best Energy-Saving

Basement Watchdog SIT 50-D Sump Pump

 The Best Sump Pump Option: Basement Watchdog SIT 50-D Sump Pump
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Heavy duty; outer shell is made of cast iron
  • Permanent Split Capacitor motor delivers industry-leading energy efficiency
  • Equipped with two float sensors for extra protection

What We Don’t Like

  • A little pricey for a ½ hp pump

Specs

  • Type Submersible
  • Flow rate 3,420 GPH
  • Motor power ½ hp

Our Ratings: Ease of Setup 5/5; Pumping Capacity 4/5; Price 3/5 

The first thing you notice when you take the Basement Watchdog out of the box is that it is not a lightweight pump. While most of the pumps we tested (and most on the market) feature a plastic housing, the Basement Watchdog is made of cast iron. Just the feel of it makes you trust that it’s going to last.

The ½ hp motor keeps the water moving, pumping between 3,500 and 4,400 GPH depending on the water level. The pump also features dual float switches, which is a nice safeguarding feature, just in case one of them fails. 

During our testing, we did our best to create a flood, but we were unable to get the pump to flinch. We even manually disabled one of the floats to see if the backup would work. It did. All in all, we felt that this was a high-quality pump we could rely on. The price is steep, but this is a heavy-duty pump that should last much longer than plastic alternatives thanks to its cast-iron housing.

Get the Basement Watchdog SIT-50D sump pump at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot

Best Value Cast Iron

Zoeller Model 53 Submersible Sump Pump

 Zoeller Mighty-Mate Model 53 Submersible Sump Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Cast-iron construction is built to last
  • Can pass larger solids than many competitors
  • Functions at 19¼ inches deep without losing power

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavier than comparable models

Specs

  • Type Submersible
  • Flow rate 1,550 GPM
  • Motor power 3/10 hp

Our Ratings: Ease of Setup 4/5; Pumping Capacity 4/5; Price 3/5 

Given that submersible pumps spend their lives in murky, damp sump-pump pits, durable materials are necessary to ensure they’ll endure these wet environments. With its cast-iron construction, this green sump pump from Zoeller is built for these conditions. It features a 3/10 hp motor capable of pumping out more than 1,550 GPM, which is ideal for basements with moderate flooding problems.

The Zoeller Model 53 is also powerful enough to pass solids up to ½ inch in diameter. A large float regulates the on/off switch at a water depth of 19¼ inches. The pump also includes a built-in thermal overload to prevent damaging the motor from overheating. While the Zoeller was relatively easy to set up, it is a bit heavier than most of the other pumps, including the Basement Watchdog, which is also made of cast iron. The Zoeller also hits hard at the wallet.

During the course of testing, the Zoeller Model 53 happened to be hooked up during a natural flood. With water coming into the basin, the Model 53 was a savior, keeping things dry and pushing the water out easily. 

Get the Zoeller Model 53 sump pump at Amazon.

More Great Options

We tested four of the best sump pumps on the market ourselves, but there are a lot more pumps out there that we were unable to put through the paces. Tapping into our research, we put together a short list of some other pumps we think are worth considering.

Best Primary

Superior Pump 92551 ½-HP Cast Iron Pedestal Pump

 Superior Pump 92551 ½-HP Cast Iron Pedestal Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Heavy, cast iron base gives pump good support
  • Air cooled motor keeps pump from overheating
  • Solid steel drive shaft made to last

What We Don’t Like

  • Pump is susceptible to debris, hindering performance.

Specs

  • Type Pedestal
  • Flow rate Up to 3,600 GPH
  • Battery Power ½ hp

A good pedestal pump will keep its vulnerable motor safely out of harm’s way while performing its duties and will provide easy access when you’re doing routine checks. With its 3-foot height, this pedestal-style primary sump pump from Superior Pump keeps its powerful ½ hp motor dry, while its five-blade impeller pumps out up to 3,600 GPH, or 2,700 GPH at a height of 10 feet. 

Features include a durable stainless steel construction and a heavy cast-iron base for stability. An adjustable float switch turns the pump on or off based on water depth. With its impressive motor and its tall design, this heavy-duty sump pump is a great primary option for basements that flood regularly. It can even handle water at temperatures of up to 180 degrees Fahrenheit. Hopefully, you’ll never find yourself in a situation where your basement is flooded with water that hot, but it’s nice to know that this sump is up to the task nonetheless.

Pedestal sump pumps can be bulky, taking up valuable real estate in a basement, but this sump pump’s tall and thin profile keeps it safely out of the way.

Get the Superior Pump 92551 sump pump at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Northern Tool + Equipment.

Best Battery Backup

Wayne ESP25 Reinforced Battery Backup Sump Pump

 Wayne ESP25 Reinforced Battery Backup Sump Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Durable cast-iron construction
  • Can move 2,500 gallons of water per hour
  • Includes a battery in a corrosion-resistant waterproof case

What We Don’t Like

  • Costs a bit more than similar models

Specs

  • Type Battery backup
  • Flow rate 2,500 GPH
  • Battery power 12 volt, 75 amp hours

When a storm is raging and the power goes out, unless you have enough family members to form a bucket brigade, you’d better have a quality battery-powered sump pump to keep your basement from filling with water. This 12-volt battery backup system can serve as your stopgap against a flooding disaster. 

The ESP25 from Wayne utilizes a 75-amp hour battery to produce up to 2,500 GPH of pumping volume, and it can pump up to 10,000 gallons of water on a single charge. Its cast-iron construction makes this a durable pump, while its top suction design prevents air locks from happening. The kit comes with a waterproof protective battery case that features an LED display and emits an audible alarm when the pump switches on..

Get the Wayne ESP25 sump pump at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Best Combination

Zoeller Aquanot Spin 508 Sump Pump With ProPak

 Zoeller Aquanot Spin 508 Sump Pump System With ProPak on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Sturdy, hermetically sealed thermoplastic exterior
  • Easy-to-read LED screen
  • Flexible battery options

What We Don’t Like

  • Pricey when compared to similar options
  • Battery must be purchased separately

Specs

  • Type Submersible
  • Flow rate 72 GPM (ProPak); 35 GPM (backup)
  • Battery power ⅓ to ½ hp (ProPak); 12 volt (backup)

For high efficiency and reliable flood protection in a combination unit, look no further than the Zoeller Aquanot Spin 508 combination primary and backup sump pump system. This nested unit features a primary ProPak pump that can move 72 GPM of water at a 5-foot lift and a backup pump that can move 35 GPM at 10 feet on its 12-volt battery.

This combination unit features an engineered thermoplastic exterior, and the housing is filled with oil and sealed hermetically to protect the pumps. The battery charger has an LED screen that displays the voltage left in the battery and other essential system information.

When the power goes off, the Zoeller combination pump system emits an audible alert. The unit works on AC for the primary pump and a 12-volt battery (not included) for the backup pump.

Get the Zoeller Aquanot sump pump at Amazon, Sump Pumps Direct, or Ferguson.

Best Smart

Basement Watchdog BWSP Special Connect Sump Pump

 Basement Watchdog BWSP Special Connect Sump Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Syncs with smartphones and sends alerts via Wi-Fi
  • Pairs with downloadable app
  • Emits audible alarm when power goes out

What We Don’t Like

  • The primary pump is not included

Specs

  • Type Battery backup
  • Flow rate 2,600 GPH
  • Battery power 115-volt AC

Receive notifications when the power goes out with the Wi-Fi–enabled battery backup sump pump from Basement Watchdog. This submersible, backup-only pump is designed to sync with your home’s Wi-Fi system and send notifications directly to your smartphone via a downloadable app. You also can monitor the pit’s fluid level and the remaining battery charge from your phone.

In order to use this pump, you must have a primary sump pump already installed or plan to install one at the same time: This battery backup system is only designed to be used as support for a primary sump pump. When the power goes out, it springs into action, pumping up to 1,850 GPH at a 10-foot lift, or 2,600 GPH at a 0-foot lift. In addition to sending notifications to a smartphone, the backup pump emits an audible alarm when the power goes out or when maintenance is needed.

Get the Basement Watchdog BWSP sump pump at Amazon, Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Most Versatile

Wayne CDU1000 1-HP Submersible Sump Pump

 Wayne CDU1000 1-HP Submersible Sump Pump on a white background
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Can move up to 5,400 GPH at a 10-foot depth
  • Automatically turns on when water reaches set level
  • Works in basins of 11 inches in diameter or larger

What We Don’t Like

  • Some users have complained of rust-prone components

Specs

  • Type Submersible
  • Flow rate Up to 6,100 GPH
  • Battery power 1 hp

A powerful unit that is capable of pumping out thousands of gallons of water in an hour is a sensible option for basements prone to flooding. With a 1 hp engine and 1.5-inch diameter discharge, this sump pump submersible can move up to 5,400 GPH to a height of 10 feet and at peak power, it can pump 6,100 GPH. This makes it one of the most powerful submersible sump pumps money can buy. 

It’s made of durable cast iron and stainless steel. It also features a top suction design, eliminating the dreaded air lock problem that can stop some sump pumps in their tracks. A large float operates a manual switch, automatically turning the unit on when the water reaches a set level. This automatic sump pump will work in sump pump basins 11 inches in diameter or larger. 

Get the Wayne CDU1000 sump pump at Amazon or Ace Hardware.

Jump to Our Top Picks

Model Zoeller as one of the best sump pumps
Photo: Mike Larson for Bob Vila

How We Chose and Tested the Best Sump Pumps

Our testing guidelines for these pumps were simple: try to overwhelm them. Each pump spent a week hooked up during autumn’s rainy season in the hope that we would have a big storm. If rain didn’t come, we overwhelmed the pump manually with the help of a hose. We also submerged each pump to see firsthand how much water it could move and how quickly it could do it.

We also interviewed Ben Illig, a general contractor with decades of experience and owner of Ben Illig Construction in Ebensburg, Pennsylvania. His main advice for shoppers is to opt for high-quality options: “Durability is important because it’s something you put in your basement and want to never need to check. If it stops working, your basement floods,” he explained. For this reason, he suggests considering slightly higher price points to ensure you have a reliable and durable sump pump because, as he adds, “You don’t know it’s bad until it’s too late.”

Some of these sump pumps go above and beyond in their user-friendliness by including long power cords, compatibility with various basin sizes, and double-float power switches for ultimate control while using. Make sure that a battery is included with those models that do not have a plug-in feature, as some manufacturers sell batteries separately.

What to Consider When Choosing a Sump Pump

one of the models of the best sump pumps
Photo: Mike Larson for Bob Vila

It’s crucial to understand the difference between various types of sump pumps before buying one. It’s also important for shoppers to know which features they should pay closest attention to when choosing between the most reliable sump pump systems, such as the materials, power capabilities, and ease of installation.

Types of Sump Pumps

When shopping for a new sump pump for a home, there are four main types to consider: submersible, pedestal, battery backup, and combination.  

Submersible 

A submersible sump pump is designed to work in a pit called a sump basin, located below the basement floor’s surface. When water enters the basement, it drains into the pit. Once the water in the pit reaches a certain level, it triggers a sensor on the sump pump. The pump then turns on and begins pumping water out of the basement via a pipe running to the home’s exterior. 

Since the pump sits in a sump basin, submersible pumps are quieter than other sump pumps and are out of the way of other activities that take place in the basement. Typically, they are more expensive than other sump pump types.

If you plan on choosing a submersible pump, keep in mind that unless there’s already a pit under the basement floor, you’ll need to have a sump pump basin dug in your basement floor, which can be an arduous and expensive endeavor. 

Pedestal

Unlike submersible pumps, which live in a sump pump basin, pedestal pumps sit on the basement floor. They draw in water from the pump’s base and, like a submersible pump, pump the water through a pipe leading to a drainage area outside the home. 

The pump’s motor, which is not waterproof, is located at the top of the unit. Pedestal pumps are less expensive than submersible pumps and don’t require the costly expense of digging a sump pump basin; however, the motor’s position on the unit’s exterior makes them noisier than submersible pumps. 

Battery Backup 

Pedestal and submersible sump pumps cannot work without electricity, which is significant given that flooding often occurs during storms that knock out power. A battery backup sump pump works similarly to a standard sump pump but uses a battery instead of an electric outlet for power. When a power outage sidelines your sump pump, the battery backup pump will step in to pump water out of the basement. 

The average battery-powered sump pump can pump up to 100 gallons of water on a single charge. Since battery life is limited, a battery backup will eventually give out during extended power outages; Keeping a spare battery charged is a good idea, but there’s still the possibility that the battery will run out before the water is gone.  

Combination

The best sump pump brands include a built-in backup. These versatile units combine a standard electric sump pump with a battery backup option to provide relief in emergency situations. Combination pumps use a single pump and are more cost-effective than purchasing two separate pumps.  

They also tend to be larger than standard submersible pumps, so if you have an existing sump pump basin, a combination unit may not fit. Check the minimum basin size requirements for the unit before you make a purchase.

Basin Space

A standard sump pump basin is 30 inches deep by about 18 inches to 24 inches across, giving it a capacity of around 26 to 30 gallons. A sump pump placed in a smaller basin will have to work harder, as the basin will fill more quickly, causing the unit to turn on more often. Different submersible sump pumps require different minimum basin sizes. Those sizes can vary significantly, ranging from 7 inches to 16 inches, so make sure you purchase a submersible pump that will fit the basin in your home. 

Core Material

As with any motorized tool or appliance, durability is always an important factor to consider. Sump pumps are built with a surprisingly wide variety of materials. More affordable pumps are made with high-grade plastic that resists wear, while higher-end sump pumps feature stainless steel or heavy cast-iron constructions. Stainless steel has anti-corrosive properties, while cast iron’s efficient cooling abilities help better distribute heat from the motor. 

The interior of a sump pump is just as important. Impellers—the fan-like mechanisms that draw water into the pump—can be made of plastic or stainless steel, with the latter being the more durable of the two. The shaft that spins the impeller should be made of steel for long-lasting functionality. 

Power Source

Most sump pumps are electric-powered and feature 9-amp motors. Some energy-efficient sump pumps will operate at about half that amperage, saving you electricity and money. Battery backup sump pumps operate off of a 75 amp hours (Ah) battery, which provides enough power to operate at a reduced pumping rate for a few hours before a recharge is needed. Combination sump pumps are electric-powered with a 75 Ah battery backup that springs into action in a power outage. 

Horsepower

Sump pumps typically range in power from ⅓ hp to 1 hp. The principle here is simple: the more powerful the motor, the more gallons of water per hour the pump can remove. If you have a moderate to low accumulation of water in your basement, then a low-flow ⅓ hp pump should suffice. However, if your basement is prone to flooding, it’s best to invest in a more powerful 1 hp sump pump. 

No-Screen Intake

When a basement floods, it typically isn’t with crystal clear water. Usually, there is a fair amount of debris floating in it. While straining to keep your basement dry, the sump pump will inevitably suck that debris into it. Lower-end sump pump brands feature screens that filter out this material. That helps keep debris out of the impeller, but screens also eventually clog, reducing the pump’s ability to move water until you manually clean it. 

Some pumps feature no-screen intakes that can process that solid material and eject it along with the water. These higher-end pumps are worth the additional investment if you have a basement that floods periodically. 

Switch Type

The switch is the part of the pump that turns it on and off. Switch types fall into two categories: digital and manual. Manual pumps use a float that attaches to the switch. When the water rises, so does the float, which flips the switch, turning the pump on. When the water level drops, the float drops, and the switch turns off. 

These floats can work on a tether that hangs next to the pump or on a vertical rod, which hangs below the pump. While these are effective for most homeowners, this type of switch can sometimes get hung up, especially if the pump basin is small, causing it to malfunction. 

A digital switch is mounted vertically in the basin and features two sensors: an “on” sensor and an “off” sensor. When the water rises to a certain level, it triggers the sensor that turns the pump on until the water level drops to the off sensor, which shuts the pump off. Unlike manual sensors, which switch on or off based on one set level, a digital sensor allows the pump to run until it reaches the second sensor before switching off. This allows the pump to operate until the basin is nearly empty.

Special Features and Accessories

Setting up sump pumps for basements requires more than just the pump itself. If you’re using a submersible sump pump, you’ll need a sump pump basin and cover to hold the pump. Basins come in various sizes, so make sure you know what size the sump pump you are purchasing requires. 

You’ll also need a discharge hose that carries the water from the sump pump to an area outside your home that drains away from the house. If you’re purchasing a combo kit or battery backup unit, you will need to buy a battery for the unit. Sump pumps typically run off of 75 Ah batteries. 

Some household sump pumps will sound an audio alarm when the pump turns on, letting you know there is enough water accumulating in the basement to require its services. There are even high-end “smart” sump pumps that will text you when they switch on. 

FAQs 

If you have lingering concerns about sump pumps, read on for the most common questions. 

Q. Where should the extra water be drained by a sump pump?

Sump pumps use a drain hose to remove water from your basement. A drain hose should extend outside of your home to an area on your property that drains away from your house (and not directly towards your neighbor’s foundation). This is crucial. You don’t want the water you just pumped out to run back into your basement, starting the cycle all over again.

Q. How often does a sump pump need to be cleaned?

You should clean your sump pump once a year. That said, when your pump tackles an especially hard job, such as removing water from a flooded basement after a bad storm, you should clean it as soon as possible.

Q. How often should you replace sump pumps?

On average, sump pumps last about 10 years. Keep tabs on an older unit as you likely won’t notice that it’s no longer working until water is accumulating in your basement. 

Q. How does a sump pump work?

Homes with below-ground basements usually have a pit underneath the floor where groundwater can collect. When this water accumulates to a certain level, the sump pump activates and removes it from the foundation of the home, keeping the basement dry and safe.

Q. How often should a sump pump run?

This can vary greatly depending on a home’s surrounding area and the landscape. Sump pumps should run whenever there is an accumulation of water, which can be quite often in wet climates or less often during drier months. Significant rain could cause a sump pump to run multiple times a day for a few minutes each time.

Q. What time of year should you install a sump pump?

Summer is a great time to install a sump pump, as you’ll likely be dealing with unfrozen ground that has had a chance to dry.

Q What is the average life of a sump pump?

Depending on how often it’s working, a submersible sump pump can last about 7 to 10 years, while a pedestal sump pump can last 20 years or more.

Q. How much should I spend on a sump pump?

The old adage is true: you get what you pay for. If you live in an area that receives a lot of rain and you have a perpetually wet basement, you may want to spend $200 to $500 on a quality pump. If you don’t get a ton of moisture in your basement, you may feel just as protected with a more economical $75 to $100 pump.

Meet the Tester

Mike Larson is a professional journalist and DIYer in Pittsburgh. He’s become well schooled in sump pumps due to the wet basement in his 100-year-old house. As a product tester, he likes to use a method and criteria that reveal the value of the product as a whole in a way that helps other homeowners.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick.

The post The Best Sump Pumps for Crawl Spaces and Basements appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-29T09:10:52-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Paint a Garage Floor]]>Epoxy paint can completely transform your garage's appearance, and protect the floor from oil stains. All you need is a free weekend and and a little elbow grease.

The post How to Paint a Garage Floor appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-paint-a-garage-floor/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=66607Tue, 28 Jan 2025 15:24:00 -0500DIYExteriorFlooringGaragesInteriorPainting & FinishingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Part-time workshop, storage center for outdoor equipment, shelter for the family cars—the garage is a do-it-all space. Given all of the foot traffic (not to mention mess) that happens here, that space deserves as much attention as any other room in the home. Fortunately, one easy update can both refresh and preserve your multipurpose zone: painting the floor.

Good for more than just coloring your concrete, epoxy paint can make the surface easier to clean and act as a shield against grease and oil stains, both of which are common garage spills. The key to an expert application? Hold out for mild weather—like the crisp and dry temperatures that arrive in the fall—before getting to work on this weekend project. Then, follow these steps for how to paint a garage floor carefully and you’ll be rolling over and walking on glassy floors in no time.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

How to Paint a Garage Floor

Step 1: Ensure that the garage is well ventilated.

Make sure your garage is well ventilated since you will be working with epoxy paint and bleach, both of which have strong fumes. Open a window or your garage door to ensure that air is circulating through the space. Next, pull on the proper protective gear: rubber gloves, dust mask, safety goggles, as well as a set of clothes you don’t mind splattering paint on.

Step 2: Clear the floor of dust and dirt.

Sweep the floor, and wash away all stains using a mixture of bleach and water so that it’s completely clean and clear of dust and dirt before you start painting. (Follow the product instructions to get the ratio of bleach to water exactly right.) If you encounter any stains that are especially stubborn, switch from a standard scrub brush to one with metal bristles to work them out.

When you’re done, rinse the entire area with clean water. Pro tip: Using a pressure washer may make this part of the job easier.

Step 3: Fill in any imperfections in the concrete floor.

If you notice any cracks in the floor, you’ll want to fill them in before painting over the full surface, otherwise they would leave noticeable dents in your renewed floor. Use a concrete filler to take care of smaller cracks and a concrete patch for larger ones. Be sure the cracks are completely clean and dry before applying the compound.

Step 4: Apply concrete etcher to the floor.

After everything has dried, both the bleach solution and any filler you may have used, check to see if you’ll need to etch the floor’s surface. (Etching is a process that will help the paint absorb better.) To test the floor, sprinkle a few drops of water onto the floor. If it absorbs quickly, you can move onto the next step; if the droplets don’t absorb quickly, your best bet is to apply a concrete etcher to the surface.

Concrete etchers can be purchased from hardware and home improvement stores. Following the package’s instructions, dilute the concrete etcher with water and mix it in a plastic bucket. Apply it to the entire floor using a stiff-bristled broom to move it around. Let it stand as long as the product requires, scrub with the broom, then rinse and mop up the extra water. In the end, your floor will have a texture similar to that of a medium-grit sandpaper. allow the floor to dry overnight before you begin painting.

Tried-and-True Advice

“When I painted my garage floor, I found that putting painter’s tape along the edges of the floor where it meets the walls helped me achieve a crisp, professional finish.

I also used a small foam brush to carefully paint along the edges before rolling the epoxy paint onto the larger areas. This helped prevent the roller from accidentally splattering paint all over the walls and saved me from doing touch-ups later. I kept a damp rag nearby to quickly clean up any accidental smudges while the paint was still wet.”

—Paul Rankin, Contributing Writer

Step 5: Prime the floor.

Next, just as you would on walls or furniture, apply a primer coat of paint to your dry garage floor. To take the back-breaking bending out of the application process, though, swap a standard paintbrush or roller for a long-handled paint roller instead.

Let it dry for six to eight hours before moving on to the topcoat.

Step 6: Apply two coats of epoxy.

Mix the epoxy paint well, and apply the first layer using a nylon brush and a water-resistant roller cover. Give that first coat 24 hours to dry before applying the second one.

Then, wait at least five days before walking (or driving) on the floor’s surface. A week later, when you’re rolling your car over the new garage floor, you’re sure to agree that this is one refresh well worth the wait.

The post How to Paint a Garage Floor appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-28T15:24:00-05:00
<![CDATA[Increase Your Fireplace’s Efficiency With This Simple Upgrade]]>The best fireplace grates improve safety by preventing logs from rolling as they burn. See shopping tips and recommendations here.

The post Increase Your Fireplace’s Efficiency With This Simple Upgrade appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-fireplace-grate/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=178980Tue, 28 Jan 2025 13:08:27 -0500ReviewsFireplaces & ChimneysFurniture & DecorHeating & CoolingInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A good fireplace grate is the unsung hero of any wood-burning fireplace. The best fireplace grates keep logs off of the floor of the hearth, which improves airflow and results in a fire that burns longer and hotter. Also, grates not only make a fireplace look better—they also keep logs in place, ensuring the fire stays in the fireplace.

While integral to an efficient fireplace, most grates are shockingly simple. Most are just cast iron or steel rods bent and welded together. However, it’s still important to find a quality grate. Whether you opt for a solid chimney grate, a cast-iron fireplace grate, or even a wood stove grate, with proper care a good fireplace grate can last a lifetime, or at the very least, decades. We rounded up a selection of the best grates available and tested them to find out which we could recommend. 

Our favorite was the Amagabeli Wrought-Iron Fireplace Log Grate, mostly because of its solid construction, ample clearance, and angled bars that hold logs in place perfectly. But we also tested several other grates that performed well, each offering distinct advantages over the others. If you’re looking to find information on the best fireplace grates available, this is the guide for you.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Amagabeli Wrought-Iron Fireplace Log Grate
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Pleasant Hearth Solid Steel Fireplace Grate
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: Grate Wall of Fire 21-Inch M-5 Fireplace Grate
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. BEST ROUND: Amagabeli Round Wrought-Iron Fire Grate
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST LARGE: SteelFreak 36-Inch Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST FOR OUTDOORS: InnFinest 23-Inch Fireplace Log Grate
    ↓ Jump to Review
Gratewall grate for fireplace
Photo: Amber Guetebier for Bob Vila

Testing Stats
Products tested 4
Time spent testing 6 hours
Tests performed3
Price range$50 to $190

Our Top Picks

Our list includes fireplace grates that are maneuverable, durable, and thoughtfully designed. These models suit a broad range of fireplace sizes to make any fireplace ready for chilly months. 

Best Overall

Amagabeli Wrought-Iron Fireplace Log Grate

 The Best Fireplace Grates Option: Amagabeli Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Solid, heavy-duty construction
  • All sizes offer ample clearance beneath the crossbar
  • Angled bars hold logs firmly in place

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavy build makes transporting it difficult

Specs

  • Material Wrought iron
  • Available widths 17, 21, 24, and 30 inches
  • Weight 20 pounds (24-inch model)

Our Ratings: Construction 5/5; Efficiency 5/5; Overall Look 5/5; Price 4/5 

With a simple design and a durable wrought-iron construction, this V-shaped grate from Amagabeli has six solid steel bars and is a good choice for a grate for a fireplace. Weighing a little more than 20 pounds, the grate that we tested measures 24 inches long by 12.5 inches wide by 7.5 inches high, making it fit most hearths. It also comes in 17-inch and 30-inch options for smaller or larger fireplaces. The angled bars prevent the logs from rolling off, directing them instead toward the center of the grate to feed the fire. The grate’s 4-inch legs provide plenty of air circulation to promote a good burn. An enamel coating on this Amagabeli fireplace grate protects the bars from corrosion, making it suitable for outdoor use, too.

We tested this grate in a number of ways. After building and lighting the fire, we observed how long the fire burned, how much the burning logs moved (if at all), and how the grate looked after the fire. The Amagabeli grate performed excellently, both in terms of how long it kept the fire burning and how little the logs moved while the fire burned. And after the fire died down and we wiped down the soot a little, the enamel on the grate also looked great.

What our tester says: “I loved the look and how easy it was to load the Amagabeli Fireplace grate. For being so simple, I was surprised how efficient it was at keeping the fire burning.” —Mike Larson, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Amagabeli wrought-iron fireplace grate at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Pleasant Hearth Solid Steel Fireplace Grate

 The Best Fireplace Grates Option: Pleasant Hearth Solid Steel Fireplace Grate
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • One of the lighter grates we tested
  • Helped maintain the second-hottest fire
  • Angled rods kept logs mostly in place

What We Don’t Like

  • Ember retainer can get clogged, restricting airflow

Specs

  • Material Steel
  • Available widths 18, 21, 24, 30, and 36 inches (we tested the 24-inch model)
  • Weight 16 pounds

Our Ratings: Construction 4/5; Efficiency 4/5; Overall Look 4/5; Price 4/5 

Considering its low price, the Pleasant Hearth fireplace grate is one of the better buys we found. However, it does have its drawbacks.The Pleasant Hearth grate has a thinner construction than others we tested, using .5-inch bars instead of larger .75-inch bars, and the difference in the overall look is noticeable. However, the smaller bars do make for a lighter, more easily transportable final product. It’s a nice choice for a small fireplace grate.

The Pleasant Hearth grate holds wood well and keeps a hot fire. We did notice some log movement during our testing; While none of the logs fell completely off of the grate, there was some movement. If logs were piled too high or were unstable, there could potentially be a problem. Another drawback was the ember retainer at the bottom. This device successfully retained coals and prevented them from falling to the hearth floor, but this inadvertently choked the airflow, causing the fire to burn out faster than it might have otherwise. Despite these issues, the Pleasant Hearth grate is a really solid choice for the money.

Get the Pleasant Hearth fireplace grate at Amazon, Lowe’s (30-inch only), Ace Hardware (21-inch only), or The Home Depot.

Upgrade Pick

Grate Wall of Fire 21-Inch M-5 Fireplace Grate

 The Best Fireplace Grates Option: Grate Wall of Fire Model M-5 Fireplace Grate
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Highly efficient; keeps fire burning for long periods
  • Has a unique, appealing design
  • Can handle more logs than traditionally shaped grates

What We Don’t Like

  • Unique benefits come at a higher cost

Specs

  • Material Steel alloy
  • Available widths 21 inches
  • Weight 30 pounds

Our Ratings: Construction 5/5; Efficiency 5/5; Overall Look 5/5; Price 3/5 

Offering a different take on the fireplace grate, this vertical fireplace grate from Grate Wall of Fire features the unique design of most self-feeding fireplace grates. The grate fits at the back of the hearth and pins a stack of logs between it and the fireplace’s back wall, making it an ideal firewood grate. This configuration forces the logs at the top of the stack to fall into the flames as the logs at the bottom burn and crumble.

Because of this setup, we discovered when testing that we could fit a lot more wood in a fire with this grate than any other. Because of its ability to hold the most fuel, the Grate Wall had the longest burning time of any other grate we tested. Overall, this is a very heavy-duty fireplace grate. 

In addition to eliminating the need for any tending, this vertical fireplace configuration burns more efficiently, creating more heat and leaving fewer unburned pieces. Since the grate forces that logs to be positioned at the back of wood-burning fireplaces, there’s less opportunity for smoke to escape into the room. It can also act as a fireplace rack for wood. This vertical fireplace grate doesn’t resemble a standard fireplace grate, so those who prefer a classic fireplace look may not like it. Another downside is the price. 

What our tester says: “Though this grate is expensive, its high-quality construction means that a customer would likely only ever have to buy it once. Still, it’s pricey for sure.”—Mike Larson, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Grate Wall of Fire fireplace grate at Amazon or Grate Wall of Fire.

Best Round

Amagabeli Round Wrought-Iron Fire Grate

 The Best Fireplace Grates Option: Amagabeli 24in Wrought Iron Wagon Wheel Grate
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Can also be used outside in round firepits
  • Rods and legs are strong, durable
  • 3.5-inch clearance promotes plenty of airflow

What We Don’t Like

  • Can sink into ground without solid support beneath

Specs

  • Material Wrought iron and steel
  • Available widths 12, 16, 20, 24, 27, 32, 36, and 40 inches
  • Clearance 3.3 inches

Our Ratings: Construction 4/5; Efficiency 4/5; Overall Look 4/5; Price 4/5 

This round fireplace grate from Amagabeli offers a different take on the typical rectangular fireplace grate. The grate is shaped like a wheel, and its 12 metal 0.7-inch-thick bars look like spokes extending from the center of the grate. The bars are angled upward to contain burning logs, preventing them from rolling off. This design makes it easy to start a fire that produces an ample amount of heat.

Four large legs elevate the grate 3.3 inches off the ground, allowing for plenty of airflow under the burning logs. Because its steel bars are protected by weather-resistant enamel paint, it works great for outdoor fire pits.

We tested this grate outside and were thrilled with the results. The grate holds wood off the ground and keeps the air flowing to create a hot fire that lasts hours. The only thing we didn’t like was that when loaded with wood, the weight caused the grate to sink into the ground. Overall, it’s a nice choice for an outdoor fireplace grate.

Get the Amagabeli round fireplace grate at Amazon or Amagabeli.

More Great Options

We got to test a few of the best fireplace grates, but there are several others on the market that might meet your needs. Here are a few others that we’ve come across that have the components we expect to find in quality products, and based on their great reviews, we hope to test them ourselves someday.

Best Large

SteelFreak 36-Inch Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate

 The Best Firesplace Grates Option: SteelFreak 36-Inch Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Wide design allows for maximum capacity of logs
  • Solid .375-inch bars and tempered construction
  • 6.5-inch height allows for maximum air circulation
  • Wide size variety offered to fit any hearth

What We Don’t Like

  • Very pricey compared to similar fireplace grates
  • Some users report limited longevity

Specs

  • Material Steel
  • Available widths 21, 24, 27, 30, and 33 inches
  • Weight 23 pounds

Whether it’s Christmas, a chilly night, or a time of celebration, this SteelFreak fireplace grate is a great choice for anyone looking to burn wood in a hearth. Measuring 36 inches in length, this heavy-duty all-steel grate is extra wide and can hold several longer fireplace logs, providing maximum capacity inside a fireplace or a larger fire. 

Made in the United States, this SteelFreak fireplace grate is constructed with locally sourced materials and has a tempered design to avoid warping and wear and tear over time. Plus, the .375-inch-thick bars provide added durability, providing owners a lifelong fireplace grate for open wood-burning fireplaces.

Get the SteelFreak fireplace grate at Amazon or SteelFreak.

Best for Outdoors

InnFinest 23-Inch Fireplace Log Grate

 The Best Fireplace Grates Option: InnFinest 23-Inch Fireplace Log Grate
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Hexagonal design is suitable for holding several logs
  • Angled bars prevent logs from falling out
  • Tall construction allows for maximum airflow
  • Comes fully assembled and ready to use

What We Don’t Like

  • Heavier and pricier than other fireplace grates

Specs

  • Material Solid steel
  • Available widths 18 inches, 23 inches
  • Weight 22 pounds

Steel bars with a hexagonal design and large size make this fireplace grate from InnFinest work well for outdoor fireplaces. It consists of eight 0.75-inch-thick bars in a V formation to prevent logs and debris from falling out of the grates. At 23 inches long by 15 inches wide, it can support a large load of logs, such as those typically found in an outdoor fireplace.

Each of these durable grate’s angled bars ensures the wood stays in the fireplace while also helping to keep the fire going by directing logs toward the center. A little more than 8.5 inches tall, it has plenty of airflow to promote a good burn. Plus, this model comes fully assembled and ready to use. 

Get the InnFinest fireplace grate at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

Amagabeli Grate for fireplace
Photo: Amber Guetebier for Bob Vila

How We Chose and Tested the Best Fireplace Grates

We considered several factors when choosing the best fireplace grates, including quality of construction, design, weight, and size. We chose only grates constructed from a single piece of forged iron or steel. With regard to design, we featured grates with at least 3 inches of clearance from the hearth floor to ensure ample airflow. We also favored grates with curved tines that secured the logs while also helping feed them to the flames. 

We tested the grates by building fires on them and burning. After we loaded them to capacity with logs and lit them, we timed how long it was until the fire burned out completely. We also used a high-temperature digital thermometer to test how hot the fires burned. Our final test included doing a visual inspection of the grate after the fire burned and the grate had cooled.

What to Consider When Choosing a Fireplace Grate

PleasantHearth grate for fireplace
Photo: Amber Guetebier for Bob Vila

Before buying a fireplace grate, shoppers will want to understand the difference between each type and learn how size, shape, and material affect performance. All of these factors play an important role in selecting the best fireplace grate for a home. Here is a closer look at all of these factors and features along with other important characteristics to help shoppers find the right fireplace grates.

Types of Fireplace Grates

There are three types of fireplace grates: bar, basket, and vertical. Bar varieties have parallel steel bars that are welded to four legs and elevate the logs a few inches off of the hearth. Basket fireplace grates are typically made from a single piece of cast iron. While they’re typically more expensive, they can also hold much more wood securely. Vertical fireplace grates hold a bundle of logs in a 90-degree angle, pinning them against the rear of the hearth and dropping a fresh one down onto the embers as older ones burn, limiting the amount of smoke that can escape.

Size

A fireplace grate must fit inside the firebox of the fireplace. While a grate that’s too large won’t fit, a grate that’s too small won’t be able to hold enough logs to maximize the fireplace’s potential.

Fireboxes don’t come in standard sizes, so measure the firebox of a fireplace and pay attention to the dimensions of the grate when shopping. You’ll want to measure the height, width, and depth of the firebox to ensure a proper fit. 

You should also measure the width in both the front and the back, as fireplaces typically taper from the front of the firebox to the back. A fireplace log grate shouldn’t fit in the box like a glove; instead, it needs about 3 inches of clearance between it and the fireplace on all sides.

Shape

Most fireplace grates have bars that curve upward on the front and back. This curved design is intentional, and it serves two purposes: It prevents logs from rolling off while also directing unburned ones toward the embers in the middle of the grate. As the logs burn in the fireplace, gravity guides them to the middle of the hearth, helping them burn more efficiently without the need to push the logs back into place with a poker. Most fireplace grates also taper from the front to the back to match the typical shape of a hearth for a better fit.

Material

Steel and cast-iron grates are suitable options for a fireplace. Cast-iron grates are typically made from one solid piece of metal. By contrast, steel-bar grates are usually made from multiple pieces of extruded square tubes that are welded together.

Because of their single-piece construction, cast-iron grates are more durable than steel varieties, and they have excellent heat-retention properties. Cast-iron fireplace grates are also considerably heavier and more expensive than steel fireplace grates. Steel fireplace grates are cheaper but won’t last as long. Some models have an enamel coating that makes them suitable for use in outdoor fireplaces and fire pits.

Legs and Bars

Structurally, fireplace grates consist of bars that cradle the logs and legs that support the bars, elevating them off the base of the hearth. Most grates consist of six or seven bars. The more bars, the more securely the fireplace grate can support the wood. These bars are typically curved to keep logs at the center of the grate while also preventing them from shifting and rolling out of the hearth. Most fireplace grates have four legs to support the bars. The legs elevate the logs about 3 to 4 inches off the floor of the hearth, allowing for ventilation, which promotes a good burn. 

Mesh Bottom

Some fireplace grates have a steel mesh or grille-like bottom. This feature prevents small pieces of burning wood from falling through the grate and landing on the hearth. Because the mesh catches much of the ash the fire produces, it makes the fireplace grate much easier to clean.

Fireplace grates that have a mesh bottom help keep a fire together, promoting a more robust, hotter burn. How the mesh is patterned typically depends on the metal used (typically steel or cast-iron varieties) to make the fireplace grate and whether the grate itself will be used to burn coal or wood.

The Advantages of Owning a Fireplace Grate

Amagabeli Round grate for fireplace
Photo: Amber Guetebier for Bob Vila

A fireplace grate for a wood-burning fireplace offers several advantages. Airflow is key to achieving a good burn in a wood-burning fireplace. Grates facilitate airflow by raising the wood off the hearth by 3 to 4 inches, allowing oxygen to circulate below the logs. 

Designed to endure for many years, lifetime fireplace grates reduce the amount of tending needed to keep the fire burning while also making it safer. The curved tines of a grate push the logs toward the burning embers, so the user doesn’t have to do it manually. The bars also help contain shifting logs, reducing the risk that a burning log can roll into the room. 

  • Grates create airflow to promote an efficient burn.
  • Grates self-feed the fire, reducing the need for tending.
  • Grates hold the logs in place, reducing the risk of a fire hazard.

Tips for Buying and Using Fireplace Grates

A fireplace log grate isn’t simply about improving the aesthetics and performance of a fireplace; it’s also about safety. Fireplace grates help keep the logs and the fire contained, reducing the chances that an ember or burning log can escape the firebox. A fireplace grate should fit the firebox well and have about 3 inches of buffer on all sides.

Fireplace grates must be moved periodically to sweep up the ash that accumulates underneath. Shoppers should purchase a grate that’s light enough to lift and maneuver in and out of the hearth’s firebox. 

To load a fireplace grate properly, place two timbers on the grate followed by tinder and kindling. Additional logs can then be placed on top of the tinder and kindling. A fireplace grate should never be overloaded, as too much wood could cause logs to roll off and into the room.

  • Purchase a fireplace grate that fits the hearth. 
  • Make sure the fireplace grate is light enough to move for cleanup. 
  • Load the grate properly.

FAQs

Our guide tried to address every question or concern shoppers may have about buying the best fireplace grate. Often, some shoppers may still be left wondering whether a cast-iron grate is better than a steel one, or they may have additional maintenance-related questions. Here are answers to the most common questions about fireplace grates.pers may have about buying the best fireplace grate. Often, some shoppers may still be left wondering whether a cast-iron grate is better than a steel one, or they may have additional maintenance-related questions. Here are answers to the most common questions about fireplace grates.

Q. What is the best metal for a fireplace grate?

Cast-iron fireplace grates are the best metal for a fireplace grate. These grates eliminate the need for welds that can potentially fail and also retain heat better than steel.

Q. How are fireplace grates measured?

Fireplace grates are measured in length and depth. A fireplace grate usually needs about 3 inches of free space around all sides to promote proper airflow. 

Q. How do I clean a fireplace grate?

To clean a fireplace grate, remove any ash or soot buildup with a dry rag. Water should not be used because it can cause rust. 

Q. Can I use a fireplace without a grate?

Yes, a wood-burning fireplace can be used without a grate. A grate simply allows a fire to burn more efficiently while making it easier to manage. 

Q. How tall should my fireplace grate be?

While there is no set height, a good fireplace grate will have at least 3 inches of clearance beneath it to allow for maximum airflow. A grate that’s highest point is at least 10 inches off the ground will keep wood held in tight.

Q. How do you stack wood on a fireplace grate?

For safety and the best burning fire, wood should be stacked uniformly, running lengthwise down the grate.

Q. Does fireplace grate size matter?

Larger grates can hold more wood, and as such, they’ll produce longer-burning fires. However, the most important reason to consider size is to be sure the grate fits properly into your fireplace or fire pit; if it’s too small, the fireplace won’t be maximized in terms of the heat it can produce or the ambiance, but if the frate is too large it will burn inefficiently or be dangerous. 

Meet the Tester

Mike Larson is a professional journalist and DIYer in Pittsburgh. With three fireplaces in his 100-year-old house, fireplace grates are often in use. As a product tester, he likes to use a method and criteria that reveal the value of the product as a whole in a way that helps other DIYers and craftspeople.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick.

The post Increase Your Fireplace’s Efficiency With This Simple Upgrade appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-28T13:08:27-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Drywall Sanders for Quick and Easy Sheetrock Smoothing, Tested]]>The best drywall sanders allow the user to achieve a high-quality finish. We researched a variety to bring you a list of the best drywall sanders.

The post The Best Drywall Sanders for Quick and Easy Sheetrock Smoothing, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-drywall-sanders/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=188393Tue, 28 Jan 2025 04:39:58 -0500ReviewsInteriorPower ToolsTools & MaterialsWalls & CeilingsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Drywall sanders help make the laborious process of preparing sheetrock for paint or plaster quicker and easier. These helpful tools are available as both manually powered pole sanders and options with high-speed motors that hook to convenient dust collection systems. To help you choose the version that’s right for your next DIY project, we put seven popular models through hands-on tests and reached out to a construction expert for additional insights. 

Based on our efforts, we chose the Wen 6377 Variable-Speed Dual-Head Drywall Sander as the top sheetrock sander for its powerful corded construction, easy-to-maneuver design, and effective wet/dry dust collection hose. Still, a few of the other tools we tested are worth considering. Keep reading to learn more about all the products that won awards and get details on which features matter most when selecting from among the best drywall sanders. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Wen 6377 Variable-Speed Dual-Head Drywall Sander
     Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Hyde 09170 Dust-Free Pole Sander Kit
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST POLE SANDER: Marshalltown 48″ Pole Sander With Aluminum Handle
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST CORDLESS: DeWalt 20V Max* Cordless Drywall Sander
    Jump to Review
A close-up of the best drywall sander option
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

Best Drywall Sanders Comparison Chart

Product NameType WeightDust Collection 
Wen 6377 Variable-Speed Dual-Head Drywall SanderCorded electric 17.4 poundsHose for wet/dry vac
Hyde 09170 Dust-Free Pole Sander KitManual pole2.36 poundsHose for wet/dry vac
Marshalltown 48″ Pole Sander With Aluminum HandleManual pole1.6 poundsNone
DeWalt 20V Max* Cordless Drywall SanderCordless electric12.6 pounds Hose connection (no hose included)

Our Top Picks

The following products are our picks for the best drywall sanders available today. We suggest you compare each option closely before choosing the right ceiling sander on a pole or power drywall sander for your needs.

Best Overall

Wen 6377 Variable-Speed Dual-Head Drywall Sander

 The Best Drywall Sander Option Wen 6377 Variable-Speed Dual-Head Drywall Sander
Photo: Lowe’s

What We Like

  • 2 sanding heads for bulk and detailed work
  • Handle folds for storage and telescopes for tall spaces
  • Adjustable shoulder strap makes it easier to handle

What We Don’t Like

  • Doesn’t come with a dust bag

Specs 

  • Type: Corded electric
  • Weight: 17.4 pounds
  • Dust collection: Hose for wet/dry vac

The Wen 6377 drywall sanding vacuum is a corded electric model with a 5-amp head-mounted motor that pivots and swivels for easy sanding. It offers variable speeds between 600 and 1,500 revolutions per minute (RPM), making quick work of big projects. It comes with a standard 8.5-inch round head for large spaces and a triangular head to reach corners, and no tools are necessary to switch between the two. 

We found we didn’t use the triangular head all that often in our tests, but having the option to do so is nice since hand-sounding corners with a block is the only alternative. When working on the ceiling, we appreciated the relatively light weight of this tool (just 9 pounds without one of the swappable heads attached) and the fact that the weight is fairly evenly distributed. The adjustable shoulder strap made using and carrying it even easier, and the 15-foot hose allowed us to get up high while remaining connected to our wet/dry vac. Still, it would be nice if this drywall sanding vacuum tool came with a bag. It does, however, come with a starter pack of sanding sheets that includes five of both round and triangle in grits of 60, 80, 120, 150, 180, and 240.

What our tester says: “The swappable heads are great, as the rotary head can do the bulk of the work while the triangle-shaped head gets into corners—plus, they’re very easy to change. We also really liked the telescoping and folding handle, which felt sturdy and secure during use but was easy to break down for storage.”—Tom Scalisi, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Wen drywall sander at Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Wen.

Best Bang for the Buck

Hyde 09170 Dust-Free Pole Sander Kit

 The Best Drywall Sander Option Hyde 09170 Dust-Free Pole Sander Kit
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Comes with a vacuum hose and adapter
  • Lightweight design enables extended use
  • Head stays flat during use, which we prefer over those that flip

What We Don’t Like

  • Doesn’t come with a pole

Specs 

  • Type: Manual pole
  • Weight: 2.36 pounds
  • Dust collection: Hose for wet/dry vac

Manual pole sanders offer a low-cost alternative to buying an electric sander machine for drywall, but their usual drawback (apart from the physical effort required) is that drywall dust gets everywhere. However, since the Hyde 09170 vacuum sander includes a hose attachment plus an adapter that fits most wet/dry vacs, it strikes an excellent balance between affordable and user-friendly.

Though this manual sander requires more physical input than a power option, we appreciated how much cleanup effort the hose saves us since it did such a good job collecting sanding dust. It even has adjustable vents that allow you to regulate the suction level to ensure you suck up as much dust as possible. We also liked that the swiveling head clamps to a sanding screen rather than using hook-and-loop abrasives and that the head remains flat during use instead of flipping over like many pole sanders do. Though this dust-free drywall sander kit comes with a washable, reusable screen, it doesn’t include a handle. It does have universal threads, however, so it will work with a standard broom or painter’s pole. 

Get the Hyde drywall sander at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or Target.

Best Pole Sander

Marshalltown 48" Pole Sander With Aluminum Handle

 The Best Drywall Sanders Option: Marshalltown 3.25-Inch by 9.25-Inch Pole Sander
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Quick-clamp makes installing sanding screens easy
  • No-flip swivel maneuvers without flipping
  • Included pole is comfortable and durable

What We Don’t Like

  • Pole is double female and won’t fit other tools

Specs 

  • Type: Manual pole
  • Weight: 1.6 pounds
  • Dust collection: None

A manual pole sander is a cheap and efficient solution for those on a tight budget or with only a modest amount of drywall to sand. While it doesn’t have a dust collection system like the other manual sander we recommend, we like that this model comes with a lightweight aluminum pole, which many rivals omit. It also has a reinforced cast aluminum head that’s lightweight and maneuverable yet doesn’t flex. In our tests, the free-swiveling head easily kept the abrasive flat against the wall instead of flipping over and marring the compound.

Since we’ve used this type of drywall pole sander for years, we feel like we know a quality tool when we see one, and our tests proved our instincts were correct. We loved that this model uses durable sanding screens instead of lower-quality sanding discs and that its quick-action clamps make sanding head replacement incredibly easy. We also really liked the aluminum construction and smooth paint finish of the included pole, which is so nice that we’d like to use it with other tools. Unfortunately, we can’t because both ends are female threads (one universal, one machine), so it won’t work with other pole-mounted tools. 

Get the Marshalltown pole sander at Amazon

Best Cordless

DeWalt 20V Max* Cordless Drywall Sander

 The Best Drywall Sander Option: DeWalt 20V MAX Cordless Drywall Sander
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Cordless design removes tripping hazard of cord
  • Quick-release length adjustment is easy to use 
  • Has a wireless on/off switch for compatible dust collectors 

What We Don’t Like

  • Weight and large tube make use awkward at times

Specs 

  • Type: Cordless electric
  • Weight: 12.6 pounds 
  • Dust collection: NoneHose connection (no hose included)

No power? No problem. The DeWalt cordless drywall sander offers you the ability to work in locations where no electricity is available. The 20-volt brushless motor delivers competitive power, driving the 9-inch head at speeds from 700 to 1,200 RPM. It also features a wireless on/off control when paired with a compatible dust collector. 

There was a lot to like about this model during testing. The lack of a cord is a serious plus, and we found sanding a ceiling much easier without worrying about tripping. To be fair, we did still have to watch out for the vacuum hose, but that’s worth it since it eliminates so much mess. On the flip side, the 5-amp-hour battery only lasts about 30 minutes, so many users will need to invest in a second battery to avoid constant interruptions to recharge. The tool also felt heavier than 12.6 pounds, but that could be because the tube, which doubles as a handle, is a bit wide, which is not the most ergonomic design. 

What our tester says: “We really liked this unit’s quick-release clamp, which made it easy to adjust the sander’s length. We noticed we could go from walls to ceilings much quicker with this model than with those where you have to unscrew clamps and screw them back down again.”—Tom Scalisi, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the DeWalt drywall sander (tool only) at Amazon, Lowe’s, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot (with batteries and charger). 

ALSO TESTED

The high-speed, cable-driven F2C Variable-Speed Electric Drywall Sander has pretty decent user reviews, and we assumed we’d agree when we first started testing. However, the cable created excessive tension on the front of the sanding pad that forced it into fresh compound, and the fact that the motor is in the handle meant its fan kept blowing dust everywhere. We agree with users that its speed and weight are great, but we still think much better options are available. 

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Drywall Sanders

To ensure the drywall sanders we included in this guide can handle typical household tasks, we called upon our many years of experience with power tools, hand tools, and DIY projects. We selected seven top-rated sanders and used each for several days, completing drywall repair and working on a test wall and ceiling. 

Since we’re also familiar with how to sand drywall, we used our knowledge to rate each option on speed, comfort, performance, and dust collection. We removed the sanders that failed our tests from our list and gave awards to the remaining picks based on their strengths. 

What to Consider When Choosing a Drywall Sander

Those who already own a sander might wonder whether a dedicated drywall sander is really necessary. While random orbital or detail sanders might be enough for small areas, trying to sand a whole room with one gets old quickly. Knowing which features to look for before using a manual or power sander on drywall will help you choose the right tool for the job.

Types of Drywall Sanders

While you can find manual sanding blocks in any hardware store, their small size and the physical effort required to use them make them impractical for sanding drywall. The most basic alternative is a larger pad attached to a pole. Not surprisingly, these types of sanders are called pole sanders. Their heads can be oblong or round and usually attach to a hook-and-loop sanding disc or sanding screen. Advanced versions incorporate a hose you can attach to a wet/dry vac.

The other option is an eclectic sander, either a portable cable sander or a cordless version that’s handheld or attached to a pole. These are effectively large-diameter orbital drywall sanders, and they usually hook up to a wet/dry vac or have their own dust-collection system. A self-contained dustless drywall sander is a rapid way to finish drywall and dramatically reduces cleanup time.

Motor Power and Speed

Electric drywall vacuum sanders allow DIYers and professionals to work faster. Since their heads vary from 7 inches to 9 inches, these tools must have a reasonably powerful motor to drive them efficiently. A 5-amp motor should be enough, but those with bigger projects may want to look for a 7-amp model.

Cordless models are rated in volts, which reflects the battery power, and most of the models currently available are 20 volts. The Ah capacity of the battery is another important element. The higher the number, the longer the tool can run without needing recharging. Pay attention when buying a cordless sander, as many are sold “bare.” While the price might look attractive, the battery and the charger cost extra.

Electric drywall sanders also offer variable speeds, improving control for rapid material removal or fine finishing. The specifics will vary depending on the model, but the tools we considered ran between 500 and 2,000 RPM.

Flexibility, Hose Length, and Weight

Sanding drywall usually involves working up from the floor to the ceiling and possibly across the ceiling surface. The reach provided by the drywall sander has a major impact on convenience. Handheld electric models—much like an orbital sander for drywall but with a larger head—are often more affordable than long-reach versions, but you’ll need a ladder to reach the top of walls.

Low-cost manual pole sanders can offer good reach and have articulated joints that allow for multiple sanding angles. However, they may not come with a pole. Some manual sanders have dust collection, but you’ll still want to check that the included hose is long enough to reach your wet/dry vac. If the hose is on the short side, you’ll need to keep the collecting bag or vacuum close, meaning it could get in the way. 

Weight also is an important factor since most electric models have head-mounted motors. A heavy tool will prove tiring, particularly if you need to use the drywall sander above shoulder height for extended periods. Some vacuum bags have shoulder straps to overcome this problem.

Sanding Discs and Screens

Many drywall sanders use inexpensive and easy-to-change hook-and-loop discs. These come in a range of grits, from 60 grit for fast material removal to 220 grit for final finishing before painting. The challenge with standard sanding discs is that the disc can clog quickly, even on drywall sanders with dust collection. 

Sanding screens are an alternative that can fit some tools. The mesh screen is resistant to tearing and doesn’t clog as easily. Many can be rinsed and reused, whereas discs are usually disposable. There is a wide range of sanding screens available for rectangular pole sanders, which attach via clamps or clips. It can be difficult, however, to find screens for 9-inch-diameter heads that take hook-and-loop discs.

FAQs

While the technical information above may have answered many of your questions on the best drywall sanders, it’s possible you still have a few lingering queries. The following answers to frequently asked questions should help. 

Q. Is a drywall sander worth it?

For small repairs, such as patching after removing drywall screws, finishing sanders can do a reasonable job. If you have a particularly thick area of compound you need to remove, even handheld belt sanders can be useful. But if you’re working on a large area or multiple rooms, getting a drywall sander will be worth it. Drywall sanding tools generally have long handles so you can work on walls and ceilings, and they offer much better dust control to minimize the mess created by this task.

Q. Can you use a hand sander to sand drywall?

Yes, you can use a good hand sander on drywall, however, the job will take considerably longer and likely be much dustier.

Q. Should I use ear protection when using drywall sanders?

It is advisable to wear noise protection when using a drywall sanding machine since noise levels above 80 decibels (dB) may cause hearing loss. In workplaces, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requires hearing protection for those experiencing sound levels above an average of 85dB for an 8-hour day. Many drywall sanders are around this level, but even quieter, prolonged exposure can be uncomfortable.

Q. Can drywall dust make you sick?

Yes. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, drywall dust can cause eye, nose, throat, and respiratory tract irritation. Prolonged exposure can lead to coughing, phlegm production, and breathing difficulties. Using some kind of mask while sanding is vital, and we recommend a half-mask respirator with replaceable filters.

Q. What is the best way to get rid of drywall dust?

Drywall dust is very fine and flies everywhere. Dampening it with a water spray helps it stick together, making it easier to clean up. Any spray bottle that produces a reasonably fine mist will do. Lightly spray the dust to make it damp (not wet), use a soft broom to sweep up as much as possible, and then vacuum. Drywall dust can easily clog household vacuums, so it’s best to use a wet/dry vac.

Q. What is the correct grit for sanding drywall?

We asked Clark Lowe, President and CEO of O’Connor Company, which grits he recommends. He said, “For drywall, start with a medium grit like 120 to smooth rough edges, then finish with a finer grit like 180 or 220 for a polished surface.” 

Q. How do you sand drywall without making a mess?

Mess- and dust-free sanding is easiest using the right tools and techniques. Cover open doorways with plastic sheeting, spread a drop cloth over floors, and select a drywall sander with a vacuum attachment to clear away dust as you go. 

Q. How long do you have to leave drywall before sanding?

Building expert Clark Lowe says that “Drywall compound should be left to dry for at least 24 hours, depending on the thickness of the application and room conditions like humidity and ventilation.” 

Meet the Tester

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes. He spent years working in the trades and industrial maintenance, undertaking more drywall projects than he can count.

Additional research provided by Bob Beacham.

The post The Best Drywall Sanders for Quick and Easy Sheetrock Smoothing, Tested appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-28T04:39:58-05:00
<![CDATA[The 20 Best Products for Surviving Winter]]>The post The 20 Best Products for Surviving Winter appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/reviews/best-products-for-surviving-winter-cold/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=425543Mon, 27 Jan 2025 12:18:27 -0500ReviewsEveryday EssentialsHeatingHeating & CoolingHVACInteriorMajor SystemsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

The winter months are tough for anyone who doesn’t enjoy the cold; short days and bitter temperatures don’t exactly make for paradise. But for those stuck inside—or worse, outside shoveling—having the right supplies on hand can make these days bearable, or even enjoyable. From conquering the snow and ice to staying warm and cozy, here are the tools to survive winter’s blast.

1. Snow Joe Shovelution Snow Shovel

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Snow Joe Shovelution Snow Shovel
Photo: Amazon

Shoveling snow is never a fun chore, but it can be a little easier with the Snow Joe Shovelution Snow Shovel. This snow shovel is our top pick tested for our best snow shovel guide, mainly due to its ergonomic design. It’s lightweight with an integrated spring-assisted lifting handle for moving those heavy scoops of snow. 

What our tester says: “During testing, we didn’t want to like the Snow Joe. The additional lift-assist handle seemed like a gimmick, but it required much less bending over compared to a traditional shovel and plenty of leverage for scooping.” — Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Snow Joe Shovelution Snow Shovel at Amazon for $40.09

2. Greenworks 80V 12″ Cordless Battery Snow Shovel

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Greenworks 80V 12 Cordless Battery Snow Shovel
Photo: Amazon

If a snow shovel doesn’t quite cut it for the amount of snow, the Greenworks 80V 12″ Cordless Battery Snow Shovel is the next level up. This electric snow shovel tosses snow 20 feet away from its path with minimal effort. It was our top pick for the best electric snow shovel because of its ample 45-minute run time and quick 30-minute charge time. That gives plenty of time to clear walkways, and if the battery runs out, there’s only a short wait for it to recharge.

What our tester says: “Overall, this is a fantastic, well-built electric snow shovel. There are a couple of cheaper models that perform nearly as well, but anyone who wants top-notch power and battery life might want to pay just a little more for the Greenworks 80V.” —Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Greenworks 80V 12″ Cordless Battery Snow Shovel at Amazon for $249.99

3. Toro Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Toro Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower
Photo: Tractor Supply

Bring in the big guns with an electric snow blower. The Toro Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower is our top pick tested for our best electric snow blower guide. This is a heavy-duty blower with a durable steel construction that we recommend for all terrains; it’s sturdy enough to perform for many years in very snowy conditions. 

What our tester says: “We found this unit’s overall power on par with gas models, and it held up well against a top-tier machine we also own in terms of traction and performance.” —Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Toro Power Max e24 60V Two-Stage Snow Blower at Tractor Supply Co for $1,599.99

4. Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain
Photo: Amazon

Thermal blackout curtains are a small investment that can reduce the effects of poorly-insulated windows and make a room feel warmer through the winter. As our top pick for the best thermal curtains, the Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain insulates well, and just as important, looks nice too. The curtains block light and are available in several sizes and colors. 

Get the Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain at Amazon for $34.99

5. Everlasting Comfort Luxury Faux Fur Throw Blanket 

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Everlasting Comfort Luxury Faux Fur Throw Blanket
Photo: Amazon

A cozy blanket is a must-have to get through the winter. We tested the Everlasting Comfort Luxury Faux Fur Throw Blanket for our best blanket guide, and we loved that it offered comfortable warmth without being too heavy. It drapes beautifully, comes in various appealing colors, and is machine-washable for easy cleaning. 

What our tester says: “The Everlasting Comfort faux fur throw rose to the top for its softness and the beautiful drape of the fabric. I couldn’t stop running my hand over the fabric because it felt wonderful, and this made me want to use it all the time.” —Stacey L. Nash, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Everlasting Comfort Luxury Faux Fur Throw Blanket at Amazon for $21.99

6. Beloskida Car Emergency Roadside Tool Kit

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Beloskida Car Emergency Roadside Tool Kit
Photo: Amazon

A car emergency kit is a prudent investment at any time of year, but it comes in particularly handy in winter. Stay safe on the roads with this comprehensive kit, which includes a small shovel, tow rope, and emergency blanket that are extra useful to have in the winter. It also comes with a 500-Amp jumper cable, a hand crank light, a first aid kit, and more, so drivers are ready for any emergency. 

Get the Beloskida Car Emergency Roadside Tool Kit at Amazon for $48.99

7. JOJOMARK Tire Traction Mat

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option JOJOMARK Tire Traction Mat
Photo: Amazon

All drivers should know how to get their car unstuck from the snow. First, dig as much slush and snow out from under the tires as possible, then get back in the car, turn the wheel slightly, and slowly accelerate or reverse. If there’s nothing for the tires to gain traction against, though, drivers are fighting a losing battle. Add traction by wedging these JOJOMARK Tire Traction Mats between the edge of the tires and the slippery substrate to get back on the road quickly and safely. 

Get the JOJOMARK Tire Traction Mat at Amazon for $69.99

8. Snow Joe Ice & Snow Melt

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Snow Joe Ice & Snow Melt
Photo: Amazon

It’s no surprise that traditional ice melt is an imperfect solution. Sure, it melts snow and ice on driveways and walkways, but its caustic formula also damages shoes, boots, landscaping—even pets’ paws. Snow Joe’s natural alternative ice melt uses different ingredients that are effective against snow and ice while protecting shoes and Fido’s paws. It’s our budget-friendly pick for the best ice melt since it’s safe but still effective. 

What our tester says: “We really loved this ice melt’s shaker container for easy spreading. The larger granules also minimized our need to reapply.” —Zach Lazzari, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Snow Joe Ice & Snow Melt at Amazon for $25.99

9. Snow Joe 18″ Telescoping Snow Broom & Ice Scraper

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Snow Joe 18 Telescoping Snow Broom & Ice Scraper
Photo: Amazon

Simple but effective, the Snow Joe 18″ Telescoping Snow Broom & Ice Scraper is an ideal car tool for frigid and snowy winters. This two-in-one extendable windshield ice scraper and snow broom has the necessary parts to clear snow and ice from the car. It’s fairly compact, very lightweight, and has a non-abrasive foam head that won’t damage glass or paint. 

What our tester says: Zach Lazzari, a Bob Vila staff writer and product tester, reviewed a version of this product. “I’ve used the scraper end daily for several weeks without issue,” he noted. “It’s nothing fancy, but it works reliably and as intended. I was initially skeptical about the foam head, but it’s very rigid, and I love not worrying about scratching the car.”

Get the Snow Joe 18″ Telescoping Snow Broom & Ice Scraper at Amazon for $29.99

10. Scotts Elite Spreader 

Scotts Elite Spreader holding salt for melting ice on hardscape
Photo: Amazon

Quickly spread salt across large surfaces with the Scotts Elite Spreader. This multi-use wheeled push spreader holds enough salt (or fertilizer or grass seed in the warmer seasons) to cover up to 20,000 square feet with a 6-foot spread width. It makes applying salt much less tedious for those with a lot of area to cover, and provides a more even application with less waste than hand-spreading. 

What our tester says: “If I could only choose one salt and fertilizer spreader, this would be it. It holds a ton of product, moves easily over uneven terrain, and makes quick work of large areas.” —Michelle Larson, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Scotts Elite Spreader at Amazon for $149.99

11. Dreo Solaris H3 Slim Space Heater

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Dreo Solaris H3 Slim Space Heater
Photo: Amazon

Compact, quiet, and very effective, the Dreo Solaris H3 Slim Space Heater came out on top during our testing for the best electric heater. It’s slim and lightweight, so it’s easy to move around and place in any room. Even better, we found it warmed up spaces even larger than its recommended coverage area of 200 square feet. 

What our tester says: “This is my favorite electric heater of all the options I tested. I keep it by my desk for chilly mornings, and it warms my toes without taking up much space. Though I love its tall and narrow design, I’m glad it shuts off when it tips over. My dogs seem to have a special ability to run right into it when they come running in to say hi.” —Michelle Larson, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the Dreo Solaris H3 Slim Space Heater at Amazon for $74.99

12. Sunbeam Royal Ultra Fleece Heated Electric Blanket

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Sunbeam Royal Ultra Fleece Heated Electric Blanket
Photo: Amazon

The Sunbeam Royal Ultra Fleece Heated Electric Blanket is weighty and thick. Choose from one of its 12 heat settings and it feels like a big, warm hug on a cold winter’s day. Ideal for layering on a bed, it’s our top pick for the best electric blanket with even heating and a long 12-hour timer to get cold sleepers through the night. 

Get the Sunbeam Royal Ultra Fleece Heated Electric Blanket at Amazon for $78.54

13. Duraflame Freestanding Electric Fireplace Stove Heater

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Duraflame Freestanding Electric Fireplace Stove Heater
Photo: Amazon

The Duraflame Freestanding Electric Fireplace Stove Heater provides ambiance as well as heat. This infrared fireplace looks like a wood stove but is much easier to use: It’s electric, so it doesn’t create any smoke, but it does create lots of heat to warm spaces up to 1,000 square feet. The faux 3D flame effect looks charming and we appreciate that the infrared heating doesn’t dry out the air in the room. 

Get the Duraflame Freestanding Electric Fireplace Stove Heater at Amazon for $249.99

14. Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier
Photo: Amazon

For those who feel particularly parched in the winter or suffer from sinus or lung problems due to dry air, a humidifier can be a saving grace. The best room humidifier chosen in our testing is the Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier. It has great features at a reasonable price, with a 6-liter water tank providing up to 60 hours of run time, four mist levels, and smart controls so users can set schedules and timers. 

Get the Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier at Amazon for $79.99

15. Mr. Heater Portable Heater

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Mr. Heater Portable Heater
Photo: Amazon

Don’t let the cold prevent DIY projects out in the workshop. This portable propane heater from Mr. Heater warms up to 225 square feet on one of two settings using the small propane tanks often used for camping and cookouts (or up to 40-pound tanks with the right hose to connect them). A few hours with this radiant heater will keep the shop toasty enough to complete whatever task couldn’t wait for a warm day. 

What our tester says: “This powerful little heater is dependable and burns clean—I keep one in my mobile shop during cold weather to take the chill off and provide a quick warm-up at a moment’s notice.” —Glenda Taylor, Product Reviews tester and writer 

Get the Mr. Heater Portable Heater at Amazon for $83.99

16. Resideo Wi-Fi Water Leak and Freeze Detector

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Resideo Wi-Fi Water Leak and Freeze Detector
Photo: Amazon

Indoor pipes can freeze and burst during cold snaps, and while there’s not always a way to prevent that from happening, acting fast when a pipe does burst can mitigate the amount of damage caused by the water. Place the Resideo Wi-Fi Water Leak and Freeze Detector near the areas most likely to be affected, such as the water heater or a sink located on an exterior wall, and this gadget warns users of dangerously low temperatures that might cause those pipes to freeze via a smartphone app. Users can then take action before disaster strikes by adjusting the heat accordingly, but if it’s too late, the system’s cable will detect and alert users to the presence of water so they can address it before the damage spreads too far.

Get the Resideo Wi-Fi Water Leak and Freeze Detector at Amazon for $109.94

17. Decorealm Heavy-Duty Door Draft Stopper and Blocker

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option Decorealm Heavy-Duty Door Draft Stopper and Blocker
Photo: Amazon

As one of the best door draft stoppers we tested, we like that the Decorealm Heavy-Duty Door Draft Stopper and Blocker can work for just about any home. It’s a freestanding stopper and doesn’t need to be attached to the door, so it’s damage-free and renter-friendly. It’s heavy-duty, filled with ceramic beads that kept it in place better than some other products we tested. The herringbone-pattern fabric is also attractive so this draft stopper isn’t an eyesore. 

Get the Decorealm Heavy-Duty Door Draft Stopper and Blocker at Amazon for $46.90

18. FosPower Emergency Weather Radio

The Best Products for Surviving Winter Option FosPower Emergency Weather Radio
Photo: Amazon

It’s never a good time to lose electricity. It’s especially bad in the winter, at least in those parts of the country where temperatures drop below freezing. To be prepared for anything and everything, pick up an emergency radio. The FosPower Emergency Weather Radio tunes in to three bands—AM, FM, and NOAA VHF—and its built-in LED light and phone charger make it a multipurpose, there-when-you-need-it lifesaver for indoors or out.

Get the FosPower Emergency Weather Radio at Amazon for $34.99

19. Garage Insulation

KitReach Barrier 3009 Garage Door Insulation Kit on a white background
Photo: Amazon

The Reach Barrier 3009 uses reflective aluminum on the front and back, with a laminated bubble layer sandwiched between the layers to create an effective boundary between the garage and the extreme temperature outdoors in both winter and summer. The kit comes with eight precut panels that measure 4 feet long by 2 feet wide—a size suitable for most standard single-car garage doors. When we installed ours, we noticed an immediate decline in the sound transfer through the door, and the temperature measurements on the insulated side were notably different than on the uninsulated side.

What our tester says: Some garage door insulation kits can be a hassle to install, but this one makes installation easy. “All that’s required is to clean the door, attach the adhesive squares, and stick the panels in place. During testing, I found that the Reach Barrier was as easy to install as claimed: I simply placed a few of the adhesive squares along the perimeter of each section and pressed the insulation into place.” —Tom Scalisi, contributing Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Reach Barrier garage door insulation kit at Amazon.

20. 3M Window Insulation

Best Window Insulation Kit Review
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

Windows are one of the most common spots for energy loss, but a thin layer of plastic can offer a fair amount of protection. This 3M insulator kit comes with enough film to cover up to five windows measuring 5 feet long by 3 feet wide. This relatively thick film provides enhanced insulation thanks to its thickness of 0.75 mils (a unit of measurement equal to a thousandth of an inch). The film comes in one cut-to-fit sheet that measures 17.5 feet long by 5.16 feet wide. This kit also comes with a 27.7-yard roll of double-sided tape to facilitate installation and ensure it stays in place all season.

What our tester says: “This was my favorite [window insulation] kit to install… It kit allowed me to reposition the plastic a few times before pressing it down and heating it. Also, the kit does cover a lot of square footage, but the ends of the sheet can be tough, so it’s important to take your time. After I finished installing the kit, removing wrinkles was extremely easy. This kit provided the best results alongside the other 3M products that use the same plastic.” —Tom Scalisi, contributing Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the 3M indoor window insulation kit at Amazon.

The post The 20 Best Products for Surviving Winter appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-27T12:18:27-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Air Quality Monitors to Keep Your Home Safe]]>The best air quality monitor can help ensure that you can breathe easy in your own home. We tested top models to determine which ones could pinpoint pesky pollutants. See our reviews here.

The post The Best Air Quality Monitors to Keep Your Home Safe appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-air-quality-monitor/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-air-quality-monitor/Mon, 27 Jan 2025 11:15:08 -0500ReviewsHeating & CoolingHVACInteriorMajor SystemsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Breathing easy at home should be simple enough. Unfortunately, some gases, such as radon and carbon monoxide, are colorless and odorless but also hazardous if inhaled. The good news is that indoor air quality monitors may detect such gases in the home as well as identify additional pollutants, including volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and airborne particulate matter like dust and pollen. These home devices can be a first alert to safety. They may let you know when to leave an area where the air is unsafe to breathe or simply start you on a path to removing pollutants from the air, thereby avoiding or alleviating health problems. Keep in mind, however, that not all air quality monitors detect all harmful pollutants.

Concerned about the dangers of hidden pollutants lingering in the air of typical homes, we decided to test a number of today’s most popular air quality monitors. We began by extensively researching more than 40 air quality monitors to narrow the field and then selected a range of models to test. (Spoiler: Not all of the air quality monitors we tested earned a spot on this lineup.)

It’s easy to take steps to improve the air quality in your home with an air quality monitor. The best air quality monitor will depend on which pollutants you want to keep track of and whether you prefer a basic or tech-forward model. Our favorite is the Airthings 4200 House Kit Air Quality Monitor. It monitors total VOCs (TVOCs), radon, temperature, humidity, mold risk, and outdoor pollen levels. It also comes with smart-home capability and easy-to-use air quality indicators, and it’s suitable for multi-room usage.

Ahead, find out about what the devices can do and see how the models listed below fared in our hands-on testing to help you choose the best air quality monitor for your home.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Airthings 4200 House Kit Air Quality Monitor
  2. RUNNER-UP: Temtop M10 Air Quality Monitor
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Airthings 292 Wave Mini Indoor Air Quality Monitor 
  4. MOST HIGH-TECH: Airthings 2950 Wave Plus Radon & Air Quality Monitor
  5. MOST COMPREHENSIVE: uHoo Smart Indoor Air Quality Monitor 
  6. BEST FOR ALLERGIES: IQAir AirVisual Pro Indoor Air Quality Monitor
  7. BEST PORTABLE: Temtop P600 Air Quality Monitor
  8. BEST FOR BEDROOMS: Amazon Smart Air Quality Monitor
The Best Air Quality Monitor Options
Photo: Glenda Taylor

Product Comparison

MonitorsSmart-Home IntegrationNumber of Rooms
Airthings 4200 House Kit Air Quality MonitorTotal VOCs (TVOCs), radon, temperature, humidity, mold risk, outdoor pollen levels✅Multiroom coverage (1 monitor per room)
Temtop M10 Air Quality MonitorPM2.5, TVOCs, formaldehyde, Air Quality Index (AQI)❌Single-room coverage
Airthings 292 Wave Mini Indoor Air Quality Monitor TVOCs, temperature, humidity, outdoor pollen levels✅Single-room coverage
Airthings 2950 Wave Plus Radon & Air Quality MonitorTVOCs, radon, carbon dioxide, temperature, humidity, outdoor pollen✅(via IFTTT)Single-room coverage
uHoo Smart Indoor Air Quality Monitor TVOCs, ozone, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon dioxide, plus temp and humidity✅Single
IQAir AirVisual Pro Indoor Air Quality MonitorPM1, PM2.5 PM10, CO2, AQI, temperature, humidity✅Single-room coverage
Temtop P600 Air Quality MonitorPM2.5, PM10❌Single
Amazon Smart Air Quality MonitorPM2.5, CO, TVOCs, humidity, temperature✅Single

Our Top Picks

When it comes to air quality monitors, accuracy is essential. While we didn’t have access to a laboratory for testing, we could offer a measure of control by testing all the monitors under similar situations to see if the readings would correspond when compared to one another. The following monitors all detected the presence of pollutants in our hands-on tests, and we would not hesitate to recommend any of them to help our readers choose a product to detect airborne pollutants in the home.

Best Overall

Airthings 4200 House Kit Air Quality Monitor

 Airthings 4200 House Kit next to a smartphone on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Offers both Bluetooth and Wi-Fi connectivity
  • Readings were consistent
  • Colored lights indicate air quality

What We Don’t Like

  • No carbon monoxide or particulate matter detection
  • Colored indicator lights don’t stay on full-time

Product Specs

  • Monitors: Total VOCs (TVOCs), radon, temperature, humidity, mold risk, outdoor pollen levels
  • Smart-home integration: Yes
  • Number of rooms: Multiroom coverage (1 monitor per room)

The Airthings 4200 House Kit offers a fairly complete way to keep track of potential problems in the household air. It includes the Airthings Wave 2nd Generation, the Wave Mini, and the Airthings Hub. Prior to testing, we downloaded the Airthings app to our smartphone and followed the steps to set up the monitors via Bluetooth. That was simple; the app detected and automatically synced with the monitors.

We decided to test the Airthings Wave 2nd Generation radon detector in a friend’s home, where radon was an issue. We placed the detector in the friend’s basement and left it there for a full week. The monitor showed a radon reading of 3.7 picocuries per liter (pCi/L) when we retrieved it. This is just below level 4, where the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommends radon mitigation measures. This was also within 0.2 of a point from our friend’s radon monitor. We were pleased with the accuracy.

At home, we easily connected the Wave Hub to sync the Wave Mini with our Wi-Fi network. Then we used voice commands, such as “Alexa, open Airthings,” to hear an air quality report on our Alexa Echo Dot.

The Wave Mini is made to detect TVOCs and mold risk. The mold risk detector factors in room temperature and humidity levels over time and uses color-coded lights to indicate whether there is a low, medium, or high risk of mold development.

It also detects and reports outdoor pollen levels drawn from local weather reports. We poured a small amount of oil-based wood stain into a dish and put it in our test box with the Wave Mini and other monitors we were testing. We closed the lid of the box and gave the fumes several hours to infiltrate the air.

The monitors in this series use the word “wave” because they flash a colored light—green, yellow, or red—when someone waves a hand in front of them. When we opened the box and passed our hand in front of the Wave Mini, the light flashed bright red—a warning that the air quality wasn’t safe. We then checked the app on our smartphone and sure enough, the app showed high TVOC levels.

The Wave Mini also registers temperature and humidity. Both of those readings were within 2 degrees of the other monitors that earned a spot on this lineup, so we deemed those functions to be accurate.

We liked the Airthings House Kit but wished the monitors would have displayed the green, yellow, or red lights full-time rather than only when we waved our hand in front of them. We found the Airthings monitors to be easy to set up, and they offered fairly accurate readings. Still, they don’t test for either carbon monoxide or particulate matter, so if such detection is important, a different monitor may be a better choice.

Get the Airthings 4200 air quality monitor at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Airthings.

Runner-Up

Temtop M10 Air Quality Monitor

 Temtop M10 Air Quality Monitor on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • LED display with color-coded light indication
  • Detects formaldehyde levels, VOCs, and particulate matter
  • The screen is large and bright

What We Don’t Like

  • No carbon monoxide or radon detection
  • Light is difficult to see from a distance
  • Does not sync with Bluetooth or Wi-Fi

Product Specs 

  • Monitors: PM2.5, TVOCs, formaldehyde, Air Quality Index (AQI)
  • Smart-home integration: No
  • Number of rooms: Single-room coverage

While we appreciated the accuracy of the Temtop M10 air quality monitor, we had issues with some of its functionality. Though its 3.2-inch square display screen proved easy to see, even from across the room, we had to repeatedly press a button on the top to scroll through all the various air quality readings. The display defaults to its AQI setting (not to be confused with the AQI reported by local weather stations) and reflects Temtop’s PM reading.

The monitor features a color-coded light at the top that shines green to indicate good air quality, yellow when the air quality isn’t optimal but isn’t hazardous, and red for poor air quality. We considered the light to be a bit too small and not bright enough—not easily noticeable unless we stood within a few feet of the device.

The Temtop detects TVOCs, and it specifically detects formaldehyde. Its formaldehyde (H2CO) reading increased when we put an oil-based stain in the test box (stain contains formaldehyde). Its TVOC numbers also increased, since formaldehyde is also a VOC. The TVOC numbers were consistent with the TVOC readings of the other monitors. In addition, its red light alerted us that the air quality was poor.

To detect particulate matter, we shook a dust mop over the box and let the dust and debris fall while we watched the PM readings. Temtop’s PM number tripled about 10 minutes later, which we felt was a good indicator of accurately sensing the dust; the number dropped after about 25 minutes as the dust settled.

Get the Temtop M10 air quality monitor at Amazon or Temtop

Best Bang for the Buck

Airthings 292 Wave Mini Indoor Air Quality Monitor

 Airthings 292 Wave Mini Indoor Air Quality Monitor next to a smartphone on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • The color-coded light indicator
  • Detects TVOCs that are circulating in the air
  • Reads the room’s temp and humidity levels
  • Shows outdoor pollen levels (via app)

What We Don’t Like

  • No carbon monoxide, radon, or PM2.5 detection

Product Specs

  • Monitors: TVOCs, temperature, humidity, outdoor pollen levels
  • Smart-home integration: Yes
  • Number of rooms: Single-room coverage

To measure chemical pollutants in the air without spending a lot, consider the well-priced Wave Mini. We tested a model independently from the one in our best overall pick, and to keep the two monitor tests separate, we downloaded another Airthings app on a different smartphone to track it. Unfortunately, the two Minis interfered with one another, so we disconnected the Airthings House Kit and then tested the Wave Mini separately.

This model doesn’t come with a hub (so no Wi-Fi connection), but it offers Bluetooth connectivity. We could read the numbers on our smartphone when we were within Bluetooth range (approximately 100 feet of the monitor).

The Wave Mini detects TVOCs, humidity, and temperature in the room. After spending a few hours exposed to a dish of oil-based stain in a closed box, the monitor’s TVOC levels spiked. When we compared its temperature and humidity readings to other monitors being tested, the readings were comparable. We believe it accurately portrayed all three readings.

The Wave Mini offers visual indication of air quality in the room, which is accessible when the user waves a hand in front of the monitor. A light flashes green for “healthy,” yellow for “caution,” and red for “poor” air quality.

Users can purchase a hub separately, allowing them to integrate with smart-home products such as Google Assistant and Alexa. The Wave Mini also tracks outdoor pollen levels via the app that syncs with a local weather service. If users don’t have a specific need for monitoring carbon monoxide, radon, or dust, the Wave Mini may be just the right budget-friendly device to keep track of chemical pollutants in the home.

Get the Airthings 292 air quality monitor at Amazon.

Most High-Tech

Airthings 2950 Wave Plus Radon & Air Quality Monitor

 Airthings 2930 Wave Plus Radon & Air Quality Monitor next to a smartphone on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Detects radon and carbon dioxide in addition to TVOCs
  • Color-coded light indicator shows air quality
  • Comes with smart-home integration

What We Don’t Like

  • No particulate matter detection integrated
  • Not Wi-Fi capable

Product Specs 

  • Monitors: TVOCs, radon, carbon dioxide, temperature, humidity, outdoor pollen
  • Smart-home integration: Yes (via IFTTT)
  • Number of rooms: Single-room coverage

The third Airthings monitor we tested was quite an overachiever! We tested it separately from the other Airthings models to avoid conflicting app readings. This monitor, which connects using Bluetooth technology via the Airthings app, provided detailed reports about our home’s air quality. It will also connect to smart-home devices, such as Alexa, but not via Wi-Fi. Instead, users must download the IFTTT app for their smartphone, which allows a connection between Wave Plus and Alexa.

The first test we performed on the Wave Plus was in a friend’s home where radon was previously detected and is being treated. They have a professional radon detector, so we wanted to see if the Wave Plus would also detect the gas. We positioned it in the basement of the home and left it there for a week.

On our return, we checked the Airthings app and found a radon reading of 3.5pCi/L. This was the exact reading the professional radon detector was showing. When we waved a hand in front of the Wave Plus, it flashed a yellow light that told us the air quality was affected but not hazardous. When we took the Wave Plus outside in the fresh air, the radon level dropped, and the light turned green to indicate healthy air.

We then tested the Wave Plus in our test box where we exposed it for 2 hours to a dish of oil-based stain, a product that contains VOCs. When we checked the monitor, the light was red (indicating hazardous air quality), and on the app we saw that the TVOC reading had spiked. We also compared the monitor’s temperature and humidity readings to those of the other monitors, which were consistent.

We performed one more test—a very unscientific CO2 test. We know that smoke contains CO2, so we took the Wave Plus to the garage and put it on a bench. We used our beehive smoker to blow little puffs of smoke directly on the monitor. The CO2 levels on the app increased slightly, and the indicator light turned yellow. We felt it was detecting some CO2, but we couldn’t tell if it was sensing as much as it should have been. Still, it registered an increase similar to the CO2 detectors on other monitors, so we felt the smoke from the beehive smoker didn’t contain much carbon dioxide.

Get the Airthings 2950 air quality monitor at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Most Comprehensive

uHoo Smart Indoor Air Quality Monitor

 uHoo Indoor Air Sensor 9 in 1 Smart Air Monitor next to a smartphone on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Detects a wide range of airborne pollutants
  • Sleek and attractive look
  • Syncs with smart-home devices

What We Don’t Like

  • No visual indicator of air quality

Product Specs

  • Monitors: TVOCs, ozone, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon dioxide, plus temp and humidity
  • Smart-home integration: Yes
  • Number of rooms: Single

With its attractive cylindrical shape and lack of a screen, the uHoo air quality monitor didn’t look like a monitor of any kind. And we were slightly discouraged to find that it didn’t come with an instruction manual. Then we found the uHoo app and downloaded it to our phone, and it walked us through the setup. We synced the uHoo with our Wi-Fi network without any problems; it also has the ability to sync to smart-home devices, such as Alexa, with the IFTTT app. The monitor itself does not offer any visual displays—all readings are accessed over a smart device via the app.

We put the uHoo in a large box with an open dish of oil-based wood stain to see if it would react to the VOC fumes released by the liquid. We closed the box and checked the app in 2 hours. The VOC numbers had almost tripled, and the app showed a red caution bar indicating a dangerous level of VOCs.

We tested for particulate matter by shaking a dust mop over the box and then observing the PM2.5 reading on the app. As the dust filtered down through the box, the PM reading spiked and fell again in about 25 minutes as the dust seemed to settle.

We used some creative—but not scientific—tests to see if the monitor could detect CO2.

  • To test for CO2, we put the uHoo on a shelf in the garage and used our beehive smoker to blow puffs of smoke directly on the monitor.
  • To test for NO2, we started a wood-burning fire in the fireplace of our she shed and then closed the chimney flue, causing smoke to back up in the shed.
  • To test for CO, we put the uHoo in the garage, started the car, and then closed the garage doors to let the exhaust accumulate.

The uHoo monitor detected a small amount of CO2 and larger amounts of CO and NO2. We watched the corresponding readings on the smartphone app (while we remained safely outside).

The only test that failed to provide a successful reading was for ozone. We’d read that printers can increase ozone levels, so we put the monitor beside a printer and printed dozens of pages—but we saw no change on the uHoo app. Our second test was a spur-of-the-moment one, as a large thunderstorm with lots of lightning was occurring (lightning generates ozone). We placed the monitor on a table on our covered patio, but the app readings didn’t fluctuate. We don’t know if that was the monitor’s fault or whether the storm created little to no ozone.

We also compared the temperature and humidity as reported by the uHoo to the readings we got on other monitors, and it was consistently within a couple of degrees. To check air pressure readings, we compared the uHoo to the barometric reading of our professional weather station, and it was pretty close there as well.

Get the uHoo air quality monitor at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Best Buy.

Best for Allergies

IQAir AirVisual Pro Indoor Air Quality Monitor

 IQAir AirVisual Pro Air Quality Monitor next to a smartphone on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Easy-to-see digital display
  • Detects airborne particulates in a wide size range
  • Displays outdoor weather readings (AQI)
  • Will send alerts to smartphone

What We Don’t Like

  • No radon or TVOCs detection
  • Must be plugged in to operate

Product Specs

  • Monitors: PM1, PM2.5 PM10, CO2, AQI, temperature, humidity
  • Smart-home integration: Yes
  • Number of rooms: Single-room coverage

The AirVisual Pro air quality monitor by IQAir boasts advanced laser technology, airflow control, and a crafted calibration algorithm to detect precise particulate matter and CO2 data. We felt the most important readings on this monitor for allergy sufferers were the PM1, PM2.5, and PM10 readings. These sensors detect various-size airborne particles, ranging from pollen, which is rather large and can be detected by the PM10 sensor, all the way down to ultrafine dust that can’t be seen but is easily inhaled.

The AirVisual Pro syncs with smart-home systems using either Wi-Fi or IFTTT. We tested both, and both worked well. The best thing about this monitor is its large visual display screen. It’s nice to be able to check the app, but in our opinion, it’s even better to see a visual display at a glance without having to use a smartphone first. Another plus: This monitor gathers outside air quality ratings via local weather reports and displays them prominently.

When we put the AirVisual monitor in our test box and shook a dust mop over it, all three PM sensor readings spiked, which indicated that it was detecting a range of particulate matter sizes. After 30 minutes, the PM10 and PM2.5 readings dropped, as we suspected they would, because the dust had settled. However, the PM1 reading only declined slightly, which we think was due to the extra-tiny particulates that remained airborne longer. The PM1 reading didn’t drop for another hour.

The air quality monitor also detectsCO2 levels, temperature, and humidity. We tested the CO2 sensor by putting the monitor in the garage and blowing puffs of smoke on it from our beehive smoker. The CO2 readings increased slightly, but they didn’t spike. Still, that was consistent with our other monitor tests for CO2.

This specific monitor had some trouble with temperature and humidity, as both readings were off by more than 7 degrees Fahrenheit/points compared to the other monitors. Also, it doesn’t detect VOCs. Overall, this is a handy monitor to detect the presence of primary allergy triggers, such as airborne particulates.

Get the IQAir air quality monitor at Amazon, Walmart, or Best Buy.

Best Portable

Temtop P600 Air Quality Monitor

 Temtop P600 Air Quality Detector on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Large digital readout for quick checks and monitoring
  • Battery-operated for portability indoors and out
  • Simple construction

What We Don’t Like

  • Doesn’t detect VOCs in the air
  • Needs daily recharging
  • Doesn’t sync with smart devices

Product Specs

  • Monitors: PM2.5, PM10
  • Smart-home integration: No
  • Number of rooms: Single

Those looking for a portable air quality monitor to detect pollen and other airborne particulate matter may find the Temtop P600 air quality monitor to be just the ticket. It uses a Quantum Semiconductor International (QSI) laser diode to detect particulate matter as small as 2.5 microns. A highly sensitive diode also found in professional laboratory equipment, it also detects larger particulates, such as pollen, in the 10-micron range.

The unit has a kickstand that folds out, so users can stand the monitor on a table, nightstand, or even a tent floor when camping out. The first thing we did was charge it fully using the included USB cord, then we started testing.

There wasn’t too much to test on this one, however, since the P600 detects only airborne particulate matter. We put it in our test box and shook a dust mop over it. This monitor doesn’t sync with smart devices, so we couldn’t monitor the readings remotely from a smartphone. Instead, we checked it every few minutes to see if it had changed. The readings predictably spiked after 10 minutes and then gradually dropped (after about 25 minutes) as the dust settled.

One of the upsides to this Temtop model is that it displays air quality over 12 hours on a chart readout. This helped us see air quality changes over the course of a day. Unfortunately, the battery runs down pretty quickly—we had to charge it every morning for a couple of hours in order for it to run the rest of the day. The alternative is to leave it plugged into the USB cord, but the cord plugs into the bottom of the monitor so it won’t sit upright when plugged in. As a solution, we recommend turning the monitor on periodically to check the air quality in a room and then turning it back off to save battery life.

Get the Temtop P600 air quality monitor at Amazon or Walmart

Best for Bedrooms

Amazon Smart Air Quality Monitor

 Amazon Smart Air Quality Monitor on a white background
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Detects multiple elements
  • Works with Amazon Alexa
  • Multicolor LED status indicator

What We Don’t Like

  • No carbon dioxide detection or radon levels in the air

Product Specs

  • Monitors: PM2.5, CO, TVOCs, humidity, temperature
  • Smart-home integration: Yes
  • Number of rooms: Single

Amazon, increasingly offering more of its own brand of products, has entered the air quality monitor field with this device, which measures particulate matter, TVOCs, carbon monoxide, humidity, and temperature. It’s ideal for bedrooms because the small white cube with a little stainless steel vent in front doesn’t have a large display that might keep some folks awake. Instead, a tiny indicator light at the top that shines green, yellow, or red notifies the user of the current air quality. We didn’t find the indicator light to be bright enough to be annoying; it was just bright enough to display the air quality at a glance. However, it only works in a darkened room—it’s not bright enough to see it in sunny daylight.

The Amazon smart air quality monitor syncs with Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, and we found it simple to connect to both. We were unable, however, to connect the monitor to our Echo Show (not included), although it’s advertised as being able to do so. We’re not sure what caused the glitch, since our Echo Show and the monitor individually synced with the Alexa app, but it’s possible it will only connect with newer models of the Echo Show (ours is an older model). Still, the Alexa app on our smartphone provided excellent real-time readings and charts that made it easy to see the air quality.

We tested this monitor in our test box for VOCs and particulate matter. For the first test, we put a dish of oil-based stain in the box, gave it a couple of hours to infiltrate the air, and then checked the app. The VOC reading had spiked. We then opened the box to check the monitor—the indicator light shone red (hazardous air quality). For the second test, we shook the dust mop over the box and monitored the app on our phone. The PM2.5 reading spiked in about 5 minutes and fell 20 minutes later as the dust settled.

To test the CO sensor, we put the monitor in the garage, started the car, and closed the doors. We watched on our smartphone as the CO reading on the app rose. When we opened the garage door, the indicator light was red. We brought the monitor out into the fresh air, and the light turned green in about 10 minutes.

Compared with the other monitors we tested, the Amazon smart air quality monitor’s temperature and humidity readings were right on target. Overall, we liked this little monitor, and we felt it was accurate and discreet enough not to detract from bedroom or nursery decor.

Get the Amazon air quality monitor at Amazon

Also Tested

Biaoling Air Quality Monitor

Not all the air quality monitors we tested earned a spot on this lineup. We had high hopes for the Biaoling air quality monitor because it has a large display screen and is supposed to detect a range of pollutants. Unfortunately, the only pollutant it detected was CO2, and even then, the increase was much smaller compared with the other monitors with CO2 sensors. We saw no movement when testing for formaldehyde, TVOCs, or particulate matter, so we had to eliminate the Biaoling from our lineup.

When checking product reviews, we found some buyers liked this monitor and felt it was accurate, so perhaps we just got a defective model.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Air Quality Monitors 

Before we chose monitors for hands-on testing, we researched more than 40 models, looking for various sensor types and paying close attention to buyers’ reviews and ratings. We also reached out to an industry expert to get some additional insight. Lisa Townley, the associate director of product management/replacement parts at Carrier, a global provider of HVAC solutions, says, “As people are focused on the health of their indoor environments more than ever before, it’s imperative that they take steps to improve their living and working spaces, including the air they breathe.” She goes on to say that knowing what’s in your air is important because you can “take steps to lower the likelihood of mold … better manage allergens and asthma triggers … and create conditions for improved sleep.” She adds that air monitors with advanced technology to detect finer particles down to 2.5 microns or smaller are particularly useful in the home. We took this expert advice into consideration when choosing which products to test.

For our actual tests—and we must say right off the bat that these were not scientifically controlled trials—we created situations we felt mimicked (or exceeded) real-life air quality problems. To test whether monitors with particulate matter (PM) sensors worked, we put them in a large box and shook a very dirty dust mop over the top. We then monitored the PM readouts on smartphones (or manually) to see when or if they spiked and when they fell (as the dust settled).

We used wood stain, which contains VOCs, including formaldehyde, to test the monitors with VOC sensors. We placed an open dish of oil-based wood stain in the test box and allowed the fumes to infiltrate the box for a couple of hours before checking the readings.

We got a little more creative when testing other sensors! We tested monitors with carbon dioxide (CO2) sensors by blowing puffs of smoke directly on the monitors using our beehive smoker. We tested for carbon monoxide (CO) by putting the monitors with CO detectors in a closed garage with a car running inside. We tested a single monitor to see if it would detect nitrogen dioxide (NO2) by starting a wood fire in the fireplace of our she shed and then closing the flue and monitoring the readout on our smartphone.

To see how well radon sensors worked, we tested them in the basement of a friend’s home, where we already knew radon was an issue.

Temperature and humidity were casually tested by comparing those numbers with other monitors and using the average of the readings (minus the highest and lowest, which we threw out) to determine consistency.

We looked for readout increases and decreases but didn’t compare actual numbers. The detection numbers varied from monitor to monitor from the start, and we felt that one monitor might receive more exposure to a pollutant than another, even though we tried to keep the exposure levels similar. If the readings more than doubled, we deemed it a “spike.”

We also examined and analyzed how easy it was to sync the monitors with Bluetooth; Wi-Fi; or If This, Then That (IFTTT) capability.

To arrive at our awards, we gave models points using a rubric—the better we felt the monitor performed during a test, the more points it received. At the end of testing, we added the points and used them to determine the best category for each monitor.

What to Consider When Choosing an Air Quality Monitor

The monitors we tested ranged from single-pollutant sensors, such as simple radon detectors, to multiple-pollutant detection models that tracked the e humidity levels and several toxic gases. In most cases, a consumer will want a monitor that detects the type of air pollution that puts their home and family at the most significant risk.

For example, consumers who live in a region with known radon problems will want to look for a radon detector or a carbon monoxide detector if they’re concerned about automobile exhaust fumes seeping in from an attached garage. In addition, the following factors are important considerations for consumers shopping for an air quality monitor.

Precision

Consumer-quality monitors are not as precise as laboratory detectors, but they’re typically good enough to alert household members that airborne particulates and toxic gases are present.

Monitors that detect dangerous gases, such as VOCs and carbon monoxide, feature electrochemical sensors that react to the presence of gaseous toxins in the air. In some monitors, these sensors must be manually calibrated, but many of the newer models are precalibrated.

Monitors designed to detect dust, allergens, and other airborne particulates do so by estimating the amount of particulate matter that passes in front of a laser. Though valuable, these measurements may not be exact for two main reasons: larger PM might not drift into the laser chamber, and the laser might overlook the tiniest PM.

Detected Pollutants

Home air quality monitors can detect a range of pollutants and will generally detect one or more of the following. Some may detect additional contaminants, but these are the most common.

  • Total VOCs: Most monitors will usually not differentiate between different types of VOCs but will record them all as “total VOCs” or “TVOCs.”
  • Formaldehyde: Potentially a problem in new homes and caused mainly by the off-gassing of new products (such as newly refinished furniture or freshly laid carpeting), formaldehyde can cause respiratory symptoms, especially in those prone to allergies. Most monitors don’t specifically measure H2CO, but some do. Formaldehyde is a VOC, so a monitor that detects TVOCs will also pick up H2CO; it just won’t specify it as such.
  • Radon: Colorless, odorless, and toxic, radon is a natural byproduct of decomposition in soil—particularly soils that are heavy in clay. Radon detectors should be located in the lowest rooms of the house, typically the basement or crawl space, because that’s where radon enters and accumulates. Unless a monitor specifies that it measures radon levels, it probably doesn’t.
  • Ozone: Created in nature (think the smell of the air after a thunderstorm) or as a product of electronic devices (such as printers), ozone can trigger headaches and respiratory symptoms in some people. Only a few air quality monitors can detect ozone.
  • Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide: Odorless and highly toxic, carbon monoxide is present in automobile exhaust. It can also be found in homes with wood-burning stoves that are not adequately vented. Some monitors also detect carbon dioxide and nitrogen dioxide as well. All three are carbon gases and considered detrimental to humans and the environment. While CO is the most dangerous to humans, high concentrations of both CO2 and NO2 can trigger respiratory symptoms.
  • Particulate matter: For allergy sufferers, airborne pollutants such as dust and pollen are primary symptom triggers. Monitors that detect particulate matter are usually rated PM2.5, which means they will detect particles as small as 2.5 microns. For comparison, a human hair is about 70 microns thick. Some monitors offer smaller particulate detection of PM1, which would include, for instance, ultrafine dust. Others offer PM10 detection, which can be helpful for allergy sufferers because large pollen particulates can be in the 10-micron range.
  • Pollen: Rather than detecting actual pollen levels in the room, an air quality monitor that tracks pollen levels most likely syncs with a local weather service to report local outdoor air quality conditions (see the section on AQI below).
  • Mold: Not all mold is toxic black mold (Stachybotrys), but the airborne spores from virtually all types of mold can cause headaches and respiratory symptoms. Homes in damp or humid areas, or rooms prone to high humidity (such as bathrooms), may benefit from mold detection that can alert the user to a mold problem nearby.
  • Temperature: Often, this simply measures the temperature in the room where the monitor is located, but it may also be the local outdoor temperature if the monitor syncs with an online weather service.
  • Humidity: A monitor’s ability to detect humidity can inform users about when to run a humidifier or a dehumidifier if desired to increase comfort.
  • Air Quality Index: Some monitors sync with local weather services to let users know the outdoor air quality daily, which is known as the local Air Quality Index. Others report indoor AQI based on the amount of particulate matter they detect in a room.

Ease of Use

While some air quality monitors are relatively straightforward, others are pretty high-tech. For example, some models are Wi-Fi capable, and others connect to smartphones and devices via Bluetooth capability or IFTTT technology. Such monitors come with apps that can be downloaded to a smartphone, and then the app walks users through the installation process.

Single-pollutant detectors, such as carbon monoxide detectors, are among the simplest to use because they often just plug into an outlet. If they detect the gas in question, they emit a high-pitched alarm. The best air quality monitor for any individual should be easy to use, depending on the person’s technical skill level. Consumers will want to avoid choosing a complex model with a huge learning curve that requires watching online videos for hours just to figure out how it operates.

Size

Most air quality monitors are relatively small devices, with a sensor unit and a screen that displays how much of the pollutant is currently in the air. Portable units, which fit in a tool belt, purse, or tool bag, are the smallest of all. These are well suited for testing the air on jobsites or in rental homes that don’t have stationary monitors.

Versatility

Many monitors have the ability to detect numerous problem gases and pollutants and are suitable for multiple spaces. Those who want air quality monitoring to integrate with smart-home technology—so it can display information on a phone or respond to voice commands—will want to look for a smart air quality monitor.

Some people prefer visual alerts rather than numbers or charts that can be challenging to decipher. Today’s monitors often provide color-coded lights that indicate air quality at a glance. Typically, a green light indicates good air quality, a yellow light signifies the air quality is less than optimal but not dangerous, and a red light is a warning that the air quality is poor.

Response Time

Response time refers to how quickly an air quality monitor will sense the problem and alert the household. Higher-quality devices often have quicker response times because their sensors are more accurate. Response times will also vary depending on which pollutant the monitor is tracking.

For example, some carbon monoxide monitors will sound an alarm after detecting a low level of gas over a few hours; however, if they detect a higher level, the monitor will sound the alarm after just a few minutes. Monitors that measure dust and pollen may not emit a warning at all but simply track and record the varying levels of the pollutants by the hour.

Power Supply

Air quality monitors are either corded (running on electricity from a standard household outlet) or battery-operated (powered by rechargeable batteries). Both are efficient, but for those who need to test air quality in a storage shed or another remote location, a battery-operated model is the handiest.

FAQs

Very few things are as important as the quality of the air your family is breathing. If you’re new to air quality monitors, you likely have some questions.

Q. Are air quality monitors accurate? 

According to SmartAir, a developer of air filtration products, the accuracy of air quality readings on monitors falls between 70 percent and 85 percent. While most monitors are as accurate as possible, no single model is 100 percent accurate.

Q. What are the most common airborne pollutants?

The most common pollutants are airborne particulate matter, such as dust, pet dander, and pollen. However, some other airborne irritants to be aware of are carbon monoxide, lead, radon, and carbon dioxide.

Q. How do I improve my indoor air quality? 

A few simple ideas can improve poor air quality:

  • Clean regularly
  • Keep your home well ventilated
  • Purchase an air purifier
  • Maintain your heating and cooling systems
  • Add house plants
  • Clean air ducts

Q. How do air quality monitors work?

They sense high or unhealthy levels of particulate matter or toxic gases and alert residents if the levels become dangerous. Many options on the market rely on color-coded air quality indicators to alert users as to the status of the air quality.

Q. Can air quality monitors detect mold?

Most consumer models can’t detect mold. However, consumers can purchase a home mold test with a petri dish and ingredients that will trigger mold growth if the home has a mold problem. While growing mold may seem counterproductive, it allows consumers to discover whether mold spores are present in the air, so they can take steps to locate the source of the mold and get rid of it.

Meet the Tester

Glenda Taylor is a product tester and writer specializing in the construction, remodeling, and real estate industries. She and her husband own a general contracting company, and Taylor is experienced in both residential and commercial building applications. She tests a wide range of power tools as well as other home improvement, household, and lawn-and-garden products.

The post The Best Air Quality Monitors to Keep Your Home Safe appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-27T11:15:08-05:00
<![CDATA[This Tool is Essential for Simple Home Upgrades]]>A circuit breaker finder can help with your electrical projects. We tested several well-reviewed models to see which ones we could count on for a variety of tasks.

The post This Tool is Essential for Simple Home Upgrades appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-circuit-breaker-finder/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=150883Mon, 27 Jan 2025 09:52:19 -0500ReviewsInteriorLighting & ElectricalWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

While a circuit-breaker finder isn’t one of the most common tools in a DIYer’s arsenal, it can be essential for home upgrades such as installing a new light switch, updating an outlet, or changing a light fixture. A circuit-breaker finder helps to accurately determine the circuit breaker that’s connected to each light or outlet so you can safely turn off the breaker to eliminate the risk of electric shock while adding a dimmer switch or installing a new ceiling fan. 

These handy devices include a transmitter that plugs into a power outlet or a light receptacle and a receiver that scans the circuit-breaker box. The transmitter sends a tone through the circuit, allowing the receiver to identify the corresponding breaker. Some circuit-breaker finders also identify wiring problems in ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) outlets often found in kitchens, bathrooms, and outdoor areas. 

I field-tested 10 of the top circuit-breaker finders on the market to determine how effective they are at locating circuit breakers. My top recommendation is the ET310 Digital Circuit Breaker Finder from Klein Tools thanks to its superb accuracy, multiuse features, and affordable price point. Read on to discover more of the best models for DIYers and professionals. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Klein Tools ET310 Digital Circuit Breaker Finder 
    Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Southwire 41210S Circuit Breaker With GFCI Test 
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST MANUAL: Extech CB10 AC Circuit Breaker Finder
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST HIGH-CAPACITY: Zircon Breaker ID Pro 300 Circuit Breaker Finder
    Jump to Review 
  5. BEST EASE OF USE: VersativTech Circuit Breaker Finder
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST AUTOMATIC: Hi-Tech HTP-6 Circuit Digital Circuit Breaker Finder 
    Jump to Review
A circuit breaker finder being used on an electrical panel
Photo: Tony Carrick Photo: Tony Carrick for Bob V

Product Comparison

My Top Picks

The list below considers important functions and features to evaluate when determining the best circuit-breaker finders on the market. Any of these top options will help match the electrical receptacles in a home to their respective circuit breaker. 

Best Overall

Klein Tools ET310 Digital Circuit Breaker Finder

 Klein Tools ET310 Digital Circuit Breaker Finder on a white background
Photo: amazon

My Ratings: Ease of Use 4.5/5; Accuracy 5/5; Durability 4/5; Value 4.7/5

Product Specs 

  • Max voltage: 120 volts
  • Type: Automatic
  • GFCI test: Yes

What We Like

  • Receiver checks for faulty wiring and functions as a GFCI tester
  • Beeps intermittently as it gets close to the correct circuit
  • 2 pieces plug together for better storage

What We Don’t Like

  • Constant beeping can lead to identifying the wrong breaker

With its durable construction, affordable price, ability to match circuits accurately, and useful extras, the Klein Tools circuit-breaker finder is the best all-around model that I tested.

Similar to other circuit-breaker finders, the ET310 uses an LED light and a high-pitched tone to match a circuit breaker to the plug holding its transmitter. In my test of seven different circuits, I was able to identify each breaker accurately with relative ease. I liked how the receiver begins beeping intermittently as it approaches the matching circuit before crescendoing into a single long tone when the receiver comes into contact with it. This “you’re-getting-hotter” design eliminated any ambiguity over which breaker it identified as the match.

In addition to being one of the most accurate circuit-breaker finders I tested, it’s also thoughtfully designed. The molded grip and angled head on the receiver make running up and down the electrical panel easier than it is for those with a straight body. 

The ET310’s additional functions also pack in a lot of value for the price. The transmitter doubles as a GFCI tester, and it has three LED lights that indicate if the circuit’s wiring is faulty. There’s also a three-prong outlet on the back of the receiver for attaching adapters when testing bare wires and light sockets (though shoppers will need to purchase those adapters separately). I also liked that I could plug the transmitter into the outlet for storage.

The ET310’s accuracy, numerous functions, and low price make it a great all-around circuit-breaker finder for any homeowner looking to match breakers to the outlets in their house. 

Get the Klein Tools circuit-breaker finder at Amazon, Ace Hardware, or The Home Depot.

Best Bang for the Buck

Southwire 41210S Circuit Breaker With GFCI Test

 Southwire 41210S Circuit Breaker With GFCI Test on a white background
Photo: amazon

My Ratings: Ease of Use 3.5/5; Accuracy 4/5; Durability 5/5; Value 4.7/5

Product Specs 

  • Max voltage: 120 volts
  • Type: Automatic
  • GFCI test: Yes

What We Like

  • Affordable price  
  • Transmitter has built-in GFCI tester
  • Sturdy build with an ergonomic curved design

What We Don’t Like

  • Intermittent beeping; challenging to identify the right circuit

Given Southwire’s circuit-breaker finder’s affordability, I wondered how it would handle my accuracy tests. After a slow start, the Southwire ultimately impressed me.

I loved how this circuit breaker beeped continuously once turned on and more rapidly as the receiver approached the right circuit breaker. While this feature isn’t unique, it is typically only found on pricier finders. My only gripe is that the beeping was a little ambivalent at times, making it challenging to locate the matching circuit. I successfully located the right circuit with each test—it just took a little more time. 

Despite its low price, the Southwire includes a surprising number of extras. The transmitter functions as a GFCI tester and has LED lights that indicate if there is a problem with the socket’s wiring. The finder even comes with an adapter for testing the two-prong outlets found in older homes. 

I also liked the Southwire’s build. Both pieces survived my drop test without a scratch, and both receiver and transmitter have a rubberized coating that feels comfortable to grip. 

Get the Southwire circuit-breaker finder at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Manual

Extech CB10 AC Circuit Breaker Finder

 Extech CB10 AC Circuit Breaker Finder on a white background
Photo: amazon

My Ratings: Ease of Use 3.5/5; Accuracy 5/5; Durability 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Max voltage: 125 volts
  • Type: Manual
  • GFCI test: Yes

What We Like

  • Can manually adjust the sensitivity 
  • Built-in GFCI tester and faulty-wiring indicator
  • Unique design is easier to along the electrical panel 

What We Don’t Like

  • Can register many false positives if sensitivity is set too high 

The Extech CB10’s ability to let the user adjust the receiver’s sensitivity sets it apart from the automatic models that make up most of the circuit-breaker finders priced for DIYers.

The Extech CB10 looks and functions like most circuit-breaker finders, save for the sensitivity dial on the front of the unit. I loved this feature—it allowed me to make adjustments on the fly while moving the receiver across the electrical panel. 

That said, the Extech CB10 does have a learning curve. During my initial tests, I had the sensitivity set too high, causing the receiver to identify multiple circuits as I ran it across the electrical panel. However, after a few minutes of playing with the sensitivity adjuster, I quickly narrowed those results down to the correct circuit. 

While the adjuster adds a step to the process, I found that the dial helps when there is ambiguity between two neighboring circuits. When the receiver identified more than one breaker, I simply dialed back the sensitivity to eliminate the imposter. This is something users can’t do with a circuit-breaker finder that auto adjusts the sensitivity for them. 

I also liked the Extech’s design. Most circuit-breaker finders must be positioned perpendicularly to the panel during testing. The Extech receiver, however, runs down the panel’s side, which made it easier for me to see which circuit caused the receiver to ping. The Extech also has some useful extras, including a GFCI tester and LED indicators for faulty wiring. 

Get the Extech circuit-breaker finder at Amazon or Grainger.

Best High-Capacity

Zircon Breaker ID Pro 300 Circuit Breaker Finder

 Zircon Breaker ID Pro 300 Circuit Breaker Finder on a white background
Photo: amazon

My Ratings: Ease of Use 4.5/5; Accuracy 5/5; Durability 3/5; Value 3.7/5

Product Specs 

  • Max voltage: 300 volts
  • Type: Automatic
  • GFCI test: No

What We Like

  • Comes in a protective foam-lined metal carrying case
  • Very accurate when properly aligned with the circuit breakers 
  • Comes with an adapter for bare wires and light sockets

What We Don’t Like

  • Does not come with an appropriate adapter for 220-volt outlets 
  • Not particularly sturdy construction for the price

With its ability to test circuits up to 300 volts, the Zircon Breaker ID Pro 300 is a great option for professionals who don’t want to spend hundreds (or even thousands) on a high-end circuit-breaker finder.

The Breaker ID Pro 300 excelled in my accuracy tests. It identified each tested circuit on a single pass with nary a chirp of uncertainty on adjacent circuits. That said, the receiver was a little finicky. If I didn’t have the angled end of the receiver flush with the matching circuit, the receiver wouldn’t identify it. 

In addition to the receiver and transmitter, the Breaker ID Pro 300 also comes with adapters for standard outlets, light fixtures, bare wires, and blades for 220-volt outlets. All worked well except for the 220-volt adapter. I attempted to use the blade attachment to test a dryer outlet but discovered that the prongs were far too small. This was disappointing, given that the price of the Breaker ID Pro 300 is based on its ability to test higher-voltage outlets. 

The Breaker ID Pro 300 comes in an impressive foam-lined metal carrying case that holds the receiver, transmitter, and various adapters. While I liked the case’s durability, I was less impressed with the receiver’s construction, which had a fragile feel compared to other more affordable models I tested. Although the Breaker ID Pro 300 survived the drop test, hitting the hard concrete floor did jar the battery cover loose. 

Get the Zircon circuit-breaker finder at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Grainger.

Best Ease of Use

VersativTech Circuit Breaker Finder

 VersativTech Circuit Breaker Finder on a white background
Photo: amazon

My Ratings: Ease of Use 4.5/5; Accuracy 5/5; Durability 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Max voltage: 125 volts
  • Type: Automatic
  • GFCI test: Yes

What We Like

  • Easy-to-read receiver display
  • Built-in flashlight
  • Transmitter also functions as a GFCI tester
  • Ergonomic curved shape and rubberized covering

What We Don’t Like

  • Easy to turn on accidentally and needlessly drain the battery

VersativTech’s user-friendly design and handy extra features make it one of the most user-friendly circuit-breaker finders I tested. While the circuit-breaker finder accurately identified each of the seven test outlets, its easy-to-read display sets it apart. 

While other finders use a single LED light or a glowing arrow to identify circuits, VersativTech incorporates emojis. A frowning face denotes a negative reading, while a smiley face indicates a match. This novel design makes it easy—even for newbies—to identify circuit breakers. 

I also liked the thoughtful extras VersativTech builds into the receiver. There’s a low-battery indicator and a built-in flashlight function, which is ideal if the circuit-breaker box is in a dark place. The transmitter comes equipped with a GFCI tester and a faulty-wiring indicator. There’s even a handy carrying bag for storing the receiver and transmitter, plus labels for the electrical box. 

The VersativTech is also one of the more ergonomic models I tested. Its curved shape made it easy to scan the electrical panel while viewing the LED indicators. With its rubber grip, the VersativTech also feels tougher than most circuit-breaker finders. While I only drop-tested it from waist height, I’m confident it could survive falls from higher elevations.

Get the VersativTech circuit-breaker finder at Amazon

Best Automatic

Hi-Tech HTP-6 Circuit Digital Circuit Breaker Finder

 Hi-Tech HTP-6 Circuit Digital Circuit Breaker Finder on a white background
Photo: amazon

My Ratings: Ease of Use 4.5/5; Accuracy 5/5; Durability 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Max voltage: 120 volts
  • Type: Automatic
  • GFCI test: No

What We Like

  • Easy to identify the matching circuit breaker
  • Accurately matches outlets to the corresponding circuit breaker
  • Auto shut-off feature

What We Don’t Like

  • Must move the receiver slowly

With its affordable price, accurate readings, and easy-to-use design, the Hi-Tech HTP-6 is a great basic circuit-breaker finder. Though not perfect, the HTP-6 performed accurately during my tests, and I liked its simple design. When the receiver identified the matching breaker, it illuminated a green arrow while emitting a loud tone. However, using the proper speed to perform my tests was critical. 

Since the HTP-6 doesn’t beep intermittently when approaching the right breaker, I had to go more slowly than with circuit-breaker finders that have this feature. While this delayed the process a bit, it wasn’t a big issue, especially since the Hi-Tech circuit-breaker finder is one of the more affordable models on the market. 

The circuit-breaker finder’s transmitter has two prongs, making it an ideal option for those who live in older homes with two-prong outlets. While the HTP-6 is among the most affordable circuit-breaker finders available, it lacks the extras of many other circuit-breaker finders. There is no GFCI tester, and the transmitter does not detect faulty wiring in the outlets. 

Like other circuit-breaker finders I tested, the HTP-6 has a power button that’s annoyingly easy to press. This design makes it virtually impossible to put in a pocket or tool belt without inadvertently turning it on. Luckily, it turns itself off after a few minutes of inactivity, which saves the batteries. 

Get the Hi-Tech circuit-breaker finder at Amazon, Walmart, or Harbor Freight.

ALSO TESTED

While the Klein Tools ET300 is one of the more affordable circuit-breaker finders on the market, it comes up short compared to other higher-priced models in terms of performance. The receiver had no problem connecting with the transmitter when testing outlets reasonably close to the receiver. However, once I ventured to parts of the home more than 30 feet away from the breaker box, the ET300 struggled mightily. Given this inconsistency, the circuit-breaker finder is probably only a good choice for outlets or fixtures relatively close to the electrical panel. 

The Sperry Instrument’s circuit-breaker finder is a departure from most models. Instead of running the entire receiver over the circuits, the user guides a probe over the electrical panel. As it nears the matching breaker, an LED meter rises to signify the connection. Unfortunately, the sensitivity of the receiver made identifying circuits very difficult. In each test, the meter maxed out on at least three or four breakers, making it impossible to identify the correct one. The receiver also emits a tone that becomes increasingly higher as it finds the matching circuit, but it repeatedly identified the wrong breaker. This resulted in very inaccurate readings that make it difficult to recommend the Sperry.

Jump to My Top Picks

How I Tested the Best Circuit-Breaker Finders

I put my collection of circuit-breaker finders through their paces in a series of tests. First, I tested each circuit-breaker finder for accuracy by attempting to locate seven different circuit breakers from various outlets. To simulate a real-world situation, I covered my electrical panel labels. I also chose outlets that varied in distance from the electrical panel to determine the range for each finder. 

While testing each model, I considered how accurately the circuit-breaker finder matched the outlet to its corresponding circuit breaker and how easy the finder was to use. Then I tested any additional features the finders offered, including GFCI outlet testers and adapters for bare wires or light sockets. 

For my final test, I assessed the durability of each circuit-breaker finder by dropping it onto a concrete floor five times from waist height and checking it for damage. 

Testing Stats
Products tested 10
Time spent testing 5 hours
Tests performed3 to 4
Price range$40 to $350

What to Consider When Buying a Circuit-Breaker Finder

Like most projects around a home, working with circuits requires the right tools. A circuit-breaker finder’s ability to work with outlets or light fixtures and its GFCI testing capability are important factors to consider when shopping for one of these tools. Ahead, learn more about these and other crucial factors when shopping for a circuit-breaker finder. 

Types of Circuit-Breaker Finders

Circuit-breaker finders work by transmitting a tone through an electrical outlet picked up by a receiver at the circuit-breaker box. The accuracy of a receiver’s signal detection depends on its sensitivity. While automatic circuit-breaker finders offer the convenience of auto adjusting for sensitivity, manual units allow the user to fine-tune the sensitivity. 

Automatic 

An automatic circuit breaker has a built-in microprocessor that automatically sets the unit’s sensitivity by running the receiver over the electrical panel once or twice. A circuit-breaker finder that automatically calibrates itself will set the sensitivity to the optimal level, which helps prevent false positives from adjacent circuits that also put off tones. An automatic circuit-breaker finder eliminates the need to manually set the sensitivity, which can be difficult for those new to using a circuit-breaker finder.

Manual

Manual circuit breakers include a dial that allows the user to fine-tune the circuit-breaker finder’s sensitivity to improve its accuracy. This setting is helpful for those living in densely populated areas where a lower sensitivity is needed to avoid interference from signals from other sources. Manual controls are more useful for professional electricians accustomed to using a circuit-breaker finder. 

UL Certificate 

Since circuit-breaker finders work with live electrical currents, they can potentially be hazardous. These products require the user to insert the transmitter into a live electrical outlet. A poorly made product can damage the electrical circuit or cause an electric shock. 

Shoppers will only want to use circuit-breaker finders with a UL certification to ensure the product is safe. Consumer products with a UL certificate have been certified by Underwriters Laboratories, which has been certifying the safety of new technologies for consumer use since the late 1800s. Look for the UL trademark on the product. 

GFCI Testing Capability 

Circuit-breaker finders can do more than find which circuit goes with each light fixture or outlet. They also can tell if a GFCI outlet is working correctly by reporting the wiring condition of the circuit. 

GFCI outlets have built-in breakers that interrupt the circuit to prevent an electric shock should the outlet experience a ground fault. A GFCI outlet has two small buttons labeled “test” and “reset” between the two three-prong inputs; these buttons test the operation of the built-in breaker and reset it if the breaker trips. GFCI outlets work faster than the circuit breaker in the breaker box to cut off the flow of electricity, so they serve as an essential safety feature. 

Since a ground fault can occur if water splashes the circuit, most outlets in bathrooms and kitchens or on the home’s exterior have a GFCI outlet. A single GFCI outlet typically controls multiple outlets in a room. Circuit-breaker finders that identify GFCI wiring issues use two or three colored LED lights to indicate whether the circuit wiring is faulty. 

Frequency 

A circuit-breaker finder uses a receiver that communicates with a transmitter. The receiver plugs into an outlet and sends a signal through the wire to the breaker box. By identifying that frequency, the circuit-breaker finder locates the correct breaker for the outlet, switch, or receptacle. For this to work, the receiver must differentiate the transmitter’s frequency from other frequencies traveling up and down a home’s electrical lines. This is where the sensitivity of a circuit-breaker finder comes into play. 

A receiver working at a higher sensitivity more easily picks up the signal sent by the transmitter. However, it may also pick up signals from other circuits or even electromagnetic waves emitted by other electronics, which can cause false positives. Lowering the sensitivity allows the receiver to more easily differentiate the signal put out by the transmitter from other signals. Automatic circuit-breaker finders set this sensitivity to the optimal level, while manual models require the user to adjust the sensitivity via a dial. 

Voltage 

Circuit-breaker finders have a voltage maximum. Most circuit-breaker finders for homes work on standard 120-volt circuits, covering a majority of a house’s circuits except for those that handle larger appliances, such as clothes dryers using 220-volt circuits. 

Circuit-breaker finders designed for industrial settings have voltage maximums that reach 270 volts or more to work with high-voltage circuits. A circuit breaker with a maximum of 120 volts is sufficient for most homes, while professional electricians may require a circuit breaker with a higher voltage capacity. 

Maximum Interrupting Capacity 

When figuring out the circuit breakers in a home, it’s important to know the maximum interrupting capacity of the circuits. This is the maximum fault current a circuit breaker can interrupt without failing. For example, a standard 15-amp circuit breaker can handle up to 1,800 watts before tripping the breaker. A 20-amp breaker can handle up to 2,400 watts before it trips. 

To determine how much load is on a breaker, add up the wattage of all the electric devices plugged into one circuit. The total should not exceed the max interrupting capacity of the breaker. For example, a 15-amp circuit can handle a 1,500-watt space heater and 150-watt 50-inch LCD TV (1,650 watts total) without tripping the breaker. By cutting off power, a breaker prevents a circuit from overheating and causing a fire. 

The Advantages of Owning a Circuit-Breaker Finder

While circuit-breaker finders are a must-have tool for electricians, they’re also convenient for DIYers. Below, learn about the advantages of owning a circuit-breaker finder. 

  • It makes working on electrical systems safer. While upgrading a standard light switch to a dimmer switch or changing a light fixture are relatively easy DIY projects, they can be dangerous since they involve working with electricity. A circuit-breaker finder will allow the user to locate and turn off the circuit they will be working on to ensure safety. 
  • It allows the user to label a circuit-breaker box. A well-labeled breaker box makes identifying the circuits in the home easier, allowing anyone to identify potential outlets or light fixtures that might be tripping a breaker. 
  • Identify wiring problems. Most circuit-breaker finders do more than just identify circuit breakers; many also identify potential problems in the wiring, allowing users to fix these issues before they become a hazard. 

Tips for Buying and Using a Circuit-Breaker Finder

When shopping for the best circuit-breaker finder for a home, it’s essential to consider a few tips to help find the right model for a home’s electrical system. 

  • Make sure it meets the maximum power requirements. A circuit-breaker finder with a maximum voltage of 120 volts is sufficient for most home use. Identifying circuits in an industrial setting may require a circuit-breaker finder with a higher maximum voltage of 270 volts. 
  • Buy a model that is easy to calibrate. Circuit-breaker finders are supposed to make the process of matching outlets and light fixtures to circuit breakers fast and easy. If shoppers are new to using a circuit-breaker finder, they will want to choose one that will automatically calibrate to the circuit-breaker box, which saves time by eliminating the need to accomplish this task manually. 
  • Purchase a model that tests GFCI circuits. Most circuit breakers have transmitters that identify wiring problems in GFCI circuits in addition to helping match outlets to circuit breakers. This additional function helps catch potential electric shock hazards in a home before an accident happens. 
  • Consider any needed adapters. Most circuit-breaker finders work with three-prong outlets. This won’t be enough if users are trying to label all the circuits in a circuit box. Look for models that either include adapters for testing light bulb sockets and two-prong outlets (for owners of older homes) or tools that are compatible with adapter kits as accessories. 

FAQs 

Q. How do I know what size circuit breaker to use?

Calculate the total amount of wattage the circuit uses and divide that number by 240 volts to determine the amperage needed for the circuit breaker. Then choose a circuit breaker that exceeds that number. If the circuit is using 28 amps, use a 30-amp circuit breaker. 

Q. How do I trace an electrical circuit in a home? 

Tracing an electrical circuit through the wall can be a tricky process. To do this without damaging the wall, you need a magnetic stud finder that detects wires. Using this device, you can trace the wires from an outlet or a light receptacle to the breaker box. 

Q. How can I make sure not to drill into a wire?

As with tracing a house electrical circuit, you need a magnetic stud finder that can detect whether there are wires in the area you plan to drill

Q. How can I find a hidden outlet? 

Look for bulges or inconsistencies in the wall created by the outlet box pushing against the drywall. Most outlets are between 18 and 24 inches off the floor, which is the most common height for wall outlets, and no more than 6 feet from a door. 

Meet the Tester

Tony Carrick is a freelance writer specializing in home improvement, landscaping, technology, home security, and design. His articles have been featured on such sites as Angi, Popular Science, Futurism, 360 Reviews by U.S. News & World Report, Domino, and more. Carrick has conducted rigorous product testing on everything from power tools to home security systems to backyard grills. With each review, his goal is to help readers determine whether a product meets their needs and if it is or isn’t worth its price tag.

The post This Tool is Essential for Simple Home Upgrades appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-27T09:52:19-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Carpet Tiles of 2025 for Every Space in Your Home]]>The best carpet tiles offer DIY-friendly installation and numerous styles to choose from. Use this buyer’s guide to discover the most worthwhile options.

The post The Best Carpet Tiles of 2025 for Every Space in Your Home appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-carpet-tiles/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=153625Mon, 27 Jan 2025 04:51:35 -0500ReviewsFlooringInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Like traditional carpet, carpet tiles offer a comfortable, padded feel underfoot. But unlike conventional carpet, they’re DIY-friendly and low maintenance. If one tile becomes stained or damaged, it can be replaced without needing to replace all of the carpet. Plus, carpet tiles are often less than half the price of traditional carpeting. 

After reviewing more than 30 popular carpet tile options, our favorite is the Smart Squares in A Snap 18” x 18” Soft Carpet Tile. It comes with attached padding, provides a seamless appearance, and is available in six colors. Plus, it’s peel-and-stick, offering easy installation even for novice DIYers.

We also spoke to an experienced interior designer to learn key tips for utilizing carpet tiles in the home. Read ahead for shopping considerations and a curated list of some of the best carpet tiles for your flooring needs.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Smart Squares in A Snap 18” x 18” Soft Carpet Tile
    Jump to Review 
  2. RUNNER-UP: 4urFloor Assorted Carpet Tile 24″ x 24″
    Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: YWSHUF Self Adhesive Carpet Tile, Easy to Peel 
    Jump to Review
  4. BEST FOR PLAYROOM: We Sell Mats Thick Interlocking Foam Carpet Tiles
    Jump to Review
  5. BEST FOR LIVING ROOM: Mohawk Basics 24” x 24” Carpet Tile
    Jump to Review
  6. BEST FOR BASEMENT: Achim Home Furnishings Nexus Carpet Tile
    Jump to Review
  7. BEST FOR PETS: Serenity Home Peel and Stick 12×12 Carpet Tiles
    Jump to Review
The Best Carpet Tiles Option
Photo: amazon.com
SizeInstallationColorsMaterial
Smart Squares in A Snap 18” x 18” Soft Carpet Tile18-inch by 18-inchPeel and stick6Polyester
4urFloor Assorted Carpet Tile 24″ x 24″24-inch by 24-inch
Peel and stick (double-sided tape)Random, assortedNylon and propylene
YWSHUF Self Adhesive Carpet Tile, Easy to Peel12-inch by 12-inchPeel and stick8Polyester
We Sell Mats Thick Interlocking Foam Carpet Tiles24-inch by 24-inchInterlocking6Carpet topped EVA foam
Mohawk Basics 24” x 24” Carpet Tile24-inch by 24-inch
Glue-down or via FlexLok floating floor tabs (sold separately)22Polyethylene Terephthalate
Achim Home Furnishings Nexus Burgundy Carpet Tile12-inch by 12-inchPeel and stick4Unspecified
Serenity Home Peel and Stick 12×12 Carpet Tiles12-inch by 12-inchPeel and stick1Polyester

Our Top Picks

To make the search for carpet tiles easier, here is a list of top picks based on different room and lifestyle needs. While the best carpet tiles for any specific room will vary and depend on budget, design, resilience, and stain resistance, any one of the following carpet tile options can be an optimal choice in most homes.

Best Overall

Smart Squares in A Snap 18” x 18” Soft Carpet Tile

 The Best Carpet Tile Option Smart Squares in A Snap 18” x 18” Soft Carpet Tile
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Offers a seamless appearance
  • Available in 6 neutral colors
  • DIY-friendly peel-and-stick installation
  • Padded for a comfortable feel

What We Don’t Like

  • Some user complaints about the adhesive quality

Specs 

  • Size: 18-inch by 18-inch
  • Installation: Peel and stick
  • Colors: 6
  • Material: Polyester

These 18-inch square carpet tiles with padding from Smart Squares can add both comfort and character to a living room, bedroom, or another space in a home. Each carpet tile offers a plush feel crafted using 100 percent PureColor Solution Dyed BCF Polyester. Homeowners and guests will also appreciate the attached 6-pound high-density polyurethane memory cushion. The memory foam offers the right amount of padding to keep individuals comfortable and eliminates the need for any additional carpet padding.

We appreciate that these professional-looking carpet squares offer simple installation that home DIYers can manage with the peel-and-stick design. Plus, with the special technology utilized by the manufacturer when cutting the tiles, guests won’t be able to tell these cushioned carpet tiles apart from wall-to-wall carpet. The PureColor fiber system used to craft these tiles makes them resistant to stains and fading.

Get the Smart Squares carpet tiles at Amazon

Runner-up

4urFloor Assorted Carpet Tile 24" x 24"

 The Best Carpet Tile Option 4urFloor Assorted Carpet Tile
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Comes preinstalled with aggressive double-sided tape
  • Stain-resistant carpet tiles
  • Random assortment allows creative freedom

What We Don’t Like

  • Can’t choose color preferences

Specs 

  • Size: 24-inch by 24-inch
  • Installation: Peel and stick (double-sided tape)
  • Colors: Random, assorted
  • Material: Nylon and propylene

No need to spend a lot of money to take advantage of the versatility that comes with carpet tiles. The affordably priced 4urFloor Assorted Carpet Tiles feature peel-and-stick installation, and they come in a variety of colors for creating a whimsical or an eclectic look. The buyer will receive 24 carpet squares per order, and each square measures 2-feet by 2-feet. 

The tiles are randomly selected from an assortment of colors and textures so the user can mix and match the tiles to create a unique flooring look. Made from a variety of materials, each tile is simple to install and holds firmly in place. The variety of colors, patterns, and textures makes the 4urFloor carpet tiles suitable for basements, bedrooms, and playrooms.

Get the 4urFloor carpet tiles at Amazon, The Home Depot (12-pack), Wayfair (12-pack), or Bed Bath & Beyond (12-pack).

Best Bang for the Buck

YWSHUF Self Adhesive Carpet Tile, Easy to Peel

 The Best Carpet Tile Option: YWSHUF Self Adhesive Carpet Tile, Easy to Peel
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Available in different colors and patterns
  • Easy to install
  • Attractive price point

What We Don’t Like

  • No attached padding
  • Some complaints about inconsistent coloring

Specs 

  • Size: 12-inch by 12-inch
  • Installation: Peel and stick
  • Colors: 8
  • Material: Polyester

These peel-and-stick carpet tiles from YWSHUF cost a fraction of the price of many other options. Each box includes a dozen 12-by-12 easy-to-install tiles that are suitable for use in bedrooms, living rooms, offices, basements, or even garages. 

Choose from eight different color options based on the decor in the space, or mix and match to create fun patterns and designs. These tiles come in blue, black, gray, beige, dark gray, burgundy and gray-white. Each tile has a ribbed texture to add some dimension to the room. Regular vacuuming and spot cleaning will help these carpet tiles continue to look their best and extend their lifespan.

Get the YWSHUF carpet tiles at Amazon.

Best for Playroom

We Sell Mats Thick Interlocking Foam Carpet Tiles

 The Best Carpet Tile Option: We Sell Mats Thick Interlocking Foam Carpet Tiles
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Bottom layer features anti-fatigue foam
  • Works over most hard, flat indoor surfaces
  • Each tile comes with 2 detachable borders
  • Easy-to-install interlocking design

What We Don’t Like

  • Not recommended for installation over carpet
  • Furniture will leave indents in the foam

Specs 

  • Size: 24-inch by 24-inch
  • Installation: Interlocking
  • Colors: 6
  • Material: Carpet topped EVA foam

For easy installation and a bit of cushion, consider We Sell Mats Interlocking Foam Carpet Tiles that feature foam backing. The We Sell Mats tiles do not require glue, and they are not peel-and-stick tiles. Instead, they feature interlocking edges on all sides that fit together like puzzle pieces to form a layer of carpet that is easy to remove if necessary. 

Each 2-by-2-foot tile comes with two straight and two interlocking borders, and tiles are available in sets of six per carton. The straight borders allow the user to create a clean line around the carpet’s edge, but they can be altered to install the tiles in the center of the floor. We also like that the tiles are waterproof and stain resistant, and they’re durable enough to resist punctures from spiked high heels and other sharp items. They come in a wide variety of colors and are easy to disassemble and remove.

Get the We Sell Mats carpet tiles at Amazon, Walmart, Wayfair (25-pack), or We Sell Mats.

Best for Living Room

Mohawk Basics 24” x 24” Carpet Tile

 The Best Carpet Tile Option Mohawk Basics 24 x 24 Carpet Tile
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Available in a wide range of colors and patterns
  • Features EnviroStrand PET carpet fibers
  • Soil and stain-resistant

What We Don’t Like

  • Must glue down or purchase FlexLok adhesive tabs

Specs 

  • Size: 24-inch by 24-inch
  • Installation: Glue-down or via FlexLok floating floor tabs (sold separately)
  • Colors: 22
  • Material: Polyethylene Terephthalate

Give your living room or bedroom a makeover with these 24-inch carpet tiles from Mohawk. Available in a variety of colors and patterns, these EnviroStrand PET carpet tiles are stain—and soil-resistant, making them a good choice for high-traffic areas. Each case includes 24 tiles covering 96 square feet of floor.

The Mohawk carpet tiles do not have a peel-and-stick backing but rely on a glue-down application or FlexLok tabs (sold separately). If you don’t want the tiles glued to your floor, the FlexLok tabs, a type of one-sided carpet tape, allow you to attach the tiles together for a floating floor installation.

Get the Mohawk carpet tiles at Amazon, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Wayfair.

Best for Basement

Achim Home Furnishings Nexus Carpet Tile

 The Best Carpet Tile Option Achim Home Furnishings Nexus Carpet Tile
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Features a ribbed texture
  • DIY friendly installation
  • Ideal for all indoor spaces

What We Don’t Like

  • Some users complaints regarding quality

Specs 

  • Size: 12-inch by 12-inch
  • Installation: Peel and stick
  • Colors: 4
  • Material: Unspecified

Achim Home Furnishings carpet tiles for basement and home flooring offer an easy way to spruce up any room. These carpet tiles can be applied to any flat, dry surface and are also resistant to staining and fading. Their construction means they’ll also offer durability to withstand heavy traffic.

Each carpet tile is a 12-inch square, and 12 tiles are included in each box. These tiles offer a ribbed texture for a fashionable look. The self stick carpet tile design means most users can easily install these on their own to cover the entire floor or to create a carpet tile rug.

Get the Achim Home Furnishings carpet tiles at Amazon or Walmart.

Best for Pets

Serenity Home Peel and Stick 12×12 Carpet Tiles

 The Best Carpet Tile Option: Serenity Home Peel and Stick 12x12 Carpet Tiles
Photo: Amazon

What We Like

  • Berber carpet texture
  • Effortless to cut and install
  • Easy to clean

What We Don’t Like

  • Only available in burgundy

Specs 

  • Size: 12-inch by 12-inch
  • Installation: Peel and stick
  • Colors: 1
  • Material: Polyester

The Serenity Home Peel and Stick Carpet Tiles are durable and easy to clean. Muddy paws and pet accidents won’t stain if dealt with promptly, and the loop-pile fibers provide a durable, resilient surface, making these our best carpet for pets choice.

Easy to install, these 12-by-12-inch adhesive carpet tiles come with a peel-off paper backing that allows the user to position the tile and press it firmly in place. Suitable for virtually any room, including home offices, basements, or even garage flooring, these carpet tiles feature looped polyester, and, unlike some carpet tiles, buyers can safely use a carpet cleaning machine on these. One order includes 12 tiles.

Get the Serenity Home carpet tiles at Amazon.

How We Chose the Best Carpet Tiles

Carpet tiles should be durable, easy to install, and easy to replace when one becomes stained or torn. We considered these factors when researching over 30 different carpet tile options. We also looked at user reviews and chose only products with high customer satisfaction rates.

We then narrowed our list of recommended carpet tiles to find options that would work for different types of spaces in a home, such as basements, playrooms, and high-traffic living rooms. Installation was a key concern, so we chose easy-to-install tiles with peel-and-stick, glue-down, interlocking, or floating floor applications. To ensure that our picks would meet numerous design needs, we selected highly rated brands that offered some of the best carpet colors and designs. 

What to Consider When Choosing the Best Carpet Tiles

From room type to installation method, there are many factors that can help decide which carpet floor covering is best for a particular situation. Below are some of the most important carpet tile characteristics and features to think about. 

Room Type

“Carpet tiles are a great option for high traffic areas such as entryways, hallways or family rooms,” says Jennifer Jones, principal designer at Niche Interiors in San Francisco, California. “The genius behind carpet tiles is that a stubborn spill or stain won’t ruin the entire rug! Simply replace the tile with a new one and extend the life of your rug.”

With that in mind, a room’s primary use and traffic level are essential factors in choosing carpet tiles because the materials that go into making a particular carpet tile will help determine where they’re best suited. Soft, luxurious tiles might feel oh-so-heavenly underfoot, but they might not be suitable in a basement if they’re prone to developing mold or mildew. 

Some manufacturers gear their carpet tiles toward specific rooms that might become damp by using materials that resist moisture damage. These moisture-resistant carpet tiles can be suitable for kitchens, laundry rooms, and bathrooms. Other carpet tiles are better suited to bedrooms and family rooms where water and humidity aren’t issues.

Carpet Fiber

Another crucial consideration when choosing carpet tiles is the carpet fibers. Fibers can offer the desired degree of softness, cushioning, and durability needed for different applications. Nylon, polyester, polypropylene, and natural fibers are commonly found in carpet tiles, and each has its benefits and considerations. Many carpet tiles made from synthetic fibers are recyclable. 

  • Nylon: Widely found in carpet tiles, nylon fibers create a durable surface that withstands spills and ground-in dirt without leaving permanent stains. Nylon is naturally mildew resistant, so it’s well suited to installation in a basement or a kitchen where moisture or spills are likely. Nylon fibers can either have a soft surface or a surface that’s stiff and scratchy. Cheaper nylon fibers are found in less-expensive carpet tiles, and they don’t hold up as well as higher-quality nylon fibers. Examine nylon carpet tiles to see if the fibers are firmly attached to the base and whether the surface is soft when rubbing a hand over it.
  • Polyester: Comfortable and soft underfoot, polyester is mildew resistant, and it makes for a nice comfy floor surface. Polyester carpet fibers are well suited to bedrooms and family rooms where comfort is a factor, but they’re not quite as stain resistant as nylon and polypropylene, so they might not be the best choice for kitchens or playrooms. High-end carpet tiles often feature polyester fibers.
  • Polypropylene: Carpet tiles with polypropylene fibers are waterproof and resistant to stains and wear, so they’re helpful in homes with kids and pets, basements, and garages. However, they can tend to be a bit scratchy, so they’re probably not best for families who want to lounge on the floor. Polypropylene carpet tiles are made by looping the polypropylene fibers, which can trap crumbs and make it difficult to vacuum the tiles thoroughly. Depending on the type of backing, some carpet tile floors made from polypropylene will withstand a  steam cleaner
  • Natural Fibers: While less common, some manufacturers offer plush carpet tiles made from wool or sisal. In general, natural-fiber carpet tiles are more expensive than synthetic fibers, but they are strong and eco-friendly. 
  • Wool: Pricier than synthetic fibers, wool is strong, soft to the touch and offers an insulating effect. The downside is that stains are more difficult to remove from wool. 
  • Sisal: Derived from the Agave genus of plants, sisal is a fine fiber that can be used to create a natural carpeting. It’s strong enough to withstand high-traffic areas, but, like wool, it’s also pricier than synthetic options. 

Tile Backing

A thick, cushioned tile backing will give the whole floor a softer, more springy feel. A thin, rigid backing doesn’t offer much in the way of cushioning but may be better used in some areas of a home. Backing materials can vary in thickness from a mere 1/16 inch up to an average of 3/8 inch for the thicker rubber and polyurethane varieties. Except for PVC, the following synthetic fibers are all recyclable. Check the product description to determine whether specific carpet tiles are made from recyclable materials. 

  • PVC: Short for polyvinyl chloride, PVC is extremely durable, water resistant, and affordable. It’s often found as the backing on less-expensive carpet tiles and will stand the test of time. It doesn’t offer much padding, however. PVC is related to plastic, but unlike regular plastic, it contains chlorine and cannot be recycled.
  • Plastic: Similar to PVC in feel and also stain resistant and water resistant, plastic backing is usually thin and relatively stiff. However, it’s well suited to use in rooms where moisture is a factor.
  • Polyurethane: Some of the higher-end carpet tiles, designed for installation in the bedroom or the family room, come with cushioned polyurethane backing, which offers a nice padded feel underfoot. It’s a type of foam, but it may not be as moisture resistant as PVC or plastic. Depending on the specific product, it can be up to 3/8 inch thick. 
  • Rubber: Soft and resilient, rubber tile backing offers both a measure of cushioning as well as durability. Carpet tiles with rubber backing are favorites in kitchens where the cushioning helps ease standing fatigue on legs and feet and rubber resists moisture damage. Like polyurethane, rubber backing may be as thick as 3/8 inch. 
  • Polypropylene: The same material used in some carpet fibers, polypropylene is tough, durable, and moisture resistant, but it doesn’t offer much in the way of padding. 

Visual Effect

Carpet tiles are available in various colors, designs, and textures to suit any room. A single smooth pattern can be used throughout a room, or ribbed tiles can be used to form a checkerboard look. This is a popular design because it creates a deliberate visual separation between the tiles, making the overall tile effect look more purposeful. Most come in square or rectangular shapes, but a few are available in other shapes like octagons.

While carpet tiles are offered in a range of colors, some carpet tile packs include different colors within the same pack, providing a fun and whimsical design to a floor. “We love using carpet tiles in fun patterns and colors in kids bedrooms where tastes can change quickly. They are an affordable solution and extremely customizable,” says Jones. 

For the formal-minded, though, carpet tiles with the same pattern are often installed in a linear fashion, which unifies the room and offers a wall-to-wall effect.

Style

Like wall-to-wall carpeting, carpet tiles are made with different fiber configurations that can change the surface’s look and feel. 

  • Cut pile: Among the lushest carpet types, cut pile features carpet yarn fibers cut flat at the top. The individual yarns look and feel soft and luxurious, making them well suited to bedrooms or family rooms.
  • Cut pile plush: Like cut pile, the loops of cut pile plush are cut at the top to form single strands, but additional yarn is woven in to create a denser look and feel. It’s suitable for most rooms but especially used where family members spend time on the floor.
  • Loop pile: In a loop-pile carpet, the yarns are looped, not cut, which gives the carpet a smooth, condensed look. Loop-pile carpet tiles are usually intended for basements, laundry rooms, and kitchens.
  • Multilevel loop pile: Manufactured in the same manner as loop pile, the loops of multilevel loop pile have random heights. This gives the carpet a textured look and feel, and it’s suitable in most rooms, especially basements and kitchens.

Installation

Traditional carpet installation requires attaching razor-sharp carpet strips along the walls and then stretching the carpet over the strips using professional tools and techniques. Carpet tile installations are completely DIY-friendly, although they install in a few different ways. 

  • Adhesive: Carpet tiles that install with adhesive require spreading a thin layer of the glue over a strip of the existing floor, waiting a few minutes until the glue becomes tacky, and then positioning the individual tiles. The directions on the adhesive may indicate that goggles and masks are recommended. 
  • Peel-and-stick: Similar to vinyl tiles, peel-and-stick carpet tiles are among the simplest to install. The user lays out the tile pattern on the floor, lifts each tile in turn, peels off the paper backing, and positions it on the subfloor. The adhesive on peel-and-stick tiles often remains sticky so the tiles can be pulled when one needs to be replaced without scraping residue from the floor. 
  • Floating: A floating carpet tile floor means that the tiles are not attached to the subflooring. Floating carpet tiles interlock on their sides—much like puzzle pieces. This is usually the better option for renters and those who like to frequently change interior decor. 

FAQs About Carpet Tiles

Carpet tiles can be affordable and DIY-friendly, and many are water resistant, making them suitable for homes with children and pets. For those shopping for carpet tiles for the first time, a few questions are to be expected. Here are answers to some popular questions.

Q. What is carpet tile made of? 

The three most common materials in carpet tiles are nylon, polypropylene, and polyester. Some come with padded backing, but many do not.

Q. What are the benefits of carpet tiles? 

Carpet tiles offer the look and feel of carpet for a fraction of the price. Plus, installation is DIY-friendly. Many carpet tiles also offer outdoor installation options for areas such as screened-in porches.

Q. Is it easy to install carpet tiles? 

Installing carpet tiles is an easy DIY project. Most carpet tiles are peel-and-stick, making them a snap to install.

Q. How do I clean and maintain my carpet tiles? 

Use a carpet vacuum on carpet tiles at least once a week and at least twice a week for high-traffic areas. Be sure to wipe up any spills and treat stains promptly. A few types of carpet tile will even withstand being cleaned with a carpet cleaner or steam cleaner.

Q. How long will my carpet tiles last? 

The amount of wear and tear carpet tiles experience will be the ultimate decider of their useful life, but in general, polypropylene carpet tiles will last 5 to 7 years.

Q. What is the best material for carpet tiles?

While high-quality nylon, propylene, and polyester are some of the most durable and stain-resistant carpet fibers, the best carpet tile material depends on your needs and preferences.

Q. Should I put anything under carpet tiles?

In most situations, carpet tiles should be applied to a dry, flat surface. However, the manufacturer’s installation instructions will vary by brand

The post The Best Carpet Tiles of 2025 for Every Space in Your Home appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-27T04:51:35-05:00
<![CDATA[We Researched and Compared Over 20 Water Softeners to Find This Top Pick]]>The post We Researched and Compared Over 20 Water Softeners to Find This Top Pick appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/reviews/best-water-softeners-for-well-water/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=422365Fri, 24 Jan 2025 20:09:55 -0500ReviewsInteriorMajor SystemsPlumbingPlumbing SuppliesWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

A water softener for well water is fitted to a plumbing system to filter unwanted minerals out of hard water. This prevents the buildup of scale that can clog pipework and reduce the working life of household appliances like washing machines and dishwashers. One typical sign of excess hard water is white deposits in showerheads. City water can also be hard, which explains the need for a variety of different water softener systems

There are a number of important technical aspects to consider when choosing the right hard water treatment for your home, and we explain these in detail in this article. We have also included our recommendations for what we believe are currently the best water softeners for well water on the market.

Best Overall

Aquasure Harmony Series 48,000 Grains Whole House Water Softener

 The Best Water Softeners Option: Aquasure Harmony Series 48,000 Grains Whole House Water Softener
Photo: Amazon

Pros

  • High-capacity softener at a competitive price
  • Multi-function digital control head
  • Heavy-duty corrosion-resistant tank

Cons

  • Requires considerable floor space
  • Faults aren’t common but do occur

Specs

  • Type Salt-based, dual tank
  • Grain Size 48,000
  • Suitability Up to 5 people, 3 to 4 bathrooms

Aquasure has been developing water softeners for over 25 years. This model from the Harmony Series is designed to work with both city and well water. It is a dual tank system, which is usually recommended for well water, with a 48,000 grain capacity. This will deliver softened water for families of up to five in homes with three or four bathrooms.

A digital control pane clearly indicates the flow rate and time left until regeneration is recommended. The intuitive control head can be programmed to maximize efficiency based on the household’s water usage. Installation is straightforward, and a heavy-duty polyethylene tank with a fiberglass lining provides excellent corrosion resistance and durability. Models ranging from 30,000 to 72,000 grains are also available.

Get the Aquasure water softener for well water at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

More Water Softeners for Well Water Worth Your Money

The Best Water Softeners Option in the bathroom
Photo: Amazon

Our best rated water softener will satisfy many buyers, but there are always exceptions. The following options cover a range of prices and specifications to suit different-sized homes and families.

  • AO Smith Whole House Descaler System, available at Amazon or Lowe’s.
  • Aquasana Whole House Well Water Filter System, available at Amazon.
  • Whirlpool 40,000 Grain Softener, available at Amazon.
  • Durawater Fleck Whole House Water Softener, available at Amazon.
  • Pro+Aqua 80,000 Grain Whole House Water Softener, available at The Home Depot or Amazon.

How We Chose the Best Water Softeners for Well Water

Finding a water softener system for homes with well water is more challenging than for those that use city or municipal supplies, but because there are fewer options, it allowed us to research the market in depth. We looked at each of the technical aspects discussed below and also considered ease of installation, durability, any maintenance requirements, and price.

We also took expert advice. John Wilson, CEO of Wilson Plumbing and Heating, told us that finding out your well water’s hardness was a good idea. You can check typical hardness in your zip code at sites online, but testing your well water is better, and kits are widely available. Deciding which type of water softener you need is key: “Salt-based systems are generally more effective for treating hard water, while salt-free options are ideal if you want to avoid salt altogether.” Choosing the correct size for your household needs is important because an under-specified model will actually be more expensive to run. He also said to “look for a model that’s easy to maintain, with infrequent salt refills and minimal upkeep.”

What to Consider When Choosing a Water Softener for Well Water

One of the main benefits of water softener use is the reduction of scale, something we discuss in detail in our article “So you want to install a water softener.” Doing so can increase the life of appliances, reduce the amounts of detergents and soaps you use, and improve how your skin and hair feel. Once you have identified the problem and decided a water softener for your well water is the right course of action, you’ll want to think about the following features.

Types of  Water Softeners

There are basically two water softener types: those that use salt and those that are salt-free. Salt-based models work on the ion exchange principle and have a brine tank and a resin tank. The resin has negatively charged ions that draw the minerals with positive ions, which cause hardness, out of the water. These negative ions need to be replenished, hence the use of salt water for the brine tank. The softener manufacturer may recommend a brand of water softener salts, but there are numerous other options to choose from as well.

Salt-free systems use an electromagnetic system that causes minerals like calcium and magnesium to crystallize so they don’t form scale in your plumbing or appliances. They are cheaper but only effective with low hardness, so they’re not generally recommended for well water.

Capacity

Water softener capacity is measured in grains per gallon (gpg), though usually just the term grains is used. Technically speaking, 1 grain equals 0.002 ounces of calcium carbonate dissolved in a gallon of water. Water with a gpg of 7.5 and above is considered hard.

To calculate the grains you need, you should multiply your water hardness by the average daily water consumption. Aquasure, who manufactures our top pick, gives the following guide.

32,000 grains is enough for 1-3 people and 1-2 bathrooms.

48,000 grains is enough for 4-5 people and 3-4 bathrooms.

64,000 grains is enough for 5-7 people and 5-6 bathrooms.

72,000 grains is enough for 7+ people and 6+ bathrooms.

Installation

There are two things to consider when it comes to installation: the space available and whether to tackle the job yourself. Salt-based water softeners for well water have two tanks, one for resin and another for the brine (salt water) necessary for regeneration. These can take up considerable space. The optimum position is as near the water’s entry point to the home as possible, so the size of the tanks may have an impact on your choice. It is possible to install an outdoor water softener, and some are available with weather covers, but bear in mind it still needs an electrical supply.

While the plumbing fixtures for water softeners are fairly straightforward, the process of installation may not be. Understandably, many people prefer to have installation carried out by a professional.

FAQs

The information above applies to a variety of home water softening systems for those who have well water and will help you find the right model for your needs. During our research, we found several specific questions relating to water softening that crop up regularly, so we have answered those here.

Q. What is water softener?

A water softener is a system that reduces the amount of minerals in your water, generally called hard water. It reduces the build up of scale that can shorten the life of household appliances like water heaters, washing machines, and dishwashers.

Q. How does a water softener work?

A salt-based water softener works by adding resin beads to hard water in order to attract minerals that cause scale, like calcium and magnesium. A salt-free system uses electrolysis so the minerals pass through without adhering.

Q. What is a good water softener brand?

We’re happy to recommend any of the water softener brands mentioned in this article. Aquasure, which was our top pick, performs consistently well in independent reviews.

Q. What is the downside of a water softener?

The main downside is the cost of a water softener. Annual water softener maintenance may also be required.

Q. How long does a well water softener last?

The longevity of a water softener will depend on the composition of the well water, but on average they can be expected to last 15 to 25 years. Our comprehensive article on how long water softeners last has more details.

Q. Should I get a water softener if I have a well?

It’s a personal choice, but a water softener will usually reduce hard water damage to plumbing fittings and appliances. You could also consider a well water filtration system that includes a water softener component.

Q. Can you drink well water with a water softener?

A well water softener system should produce water that is safe to drink, but you can still get it tested by your local county or state-certified laboratories. Some people also add filtration to reduce sodium levels.

Q. Does softened water remove minerals?

Salt-based water softeners do. The process is called ion exchange. It can remove calcium, magnesium, and iron.

The post We Researched and Compared Over 20 Water Softeners to Find This Top Pick appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T20:09:55-05:00
<![CDATA[Pest Predictions: 2025 Could Be a Doozy for Many Households]]>The post Pest Predictions: 2025 Could Be a Doozy for Many Households appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/diy/pest-predictions-2025/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=425403Fri, 24 Jan 2025 17:30:03 -0500DIYGarden PestsGardeningInteriorLawn & GardenPest ControlPestsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Understanding seasonal pest patterns can help you take action to prevent infestations that could damage your yard or home. By knowing when certain pests are most likely to invade, you can be on alert and implement targeted measures, whether that means scheduling a pest service or using some DIY tools like setting traps or using natural methods. 

Each year presents a different story on the type and number of insects that could show up in your area. Much of this depends on climate patterns. “The warmer it is, the more pests will thrive and the more populations we’ll see,” says Emma Grace Crumbley, an entomologist with Mosquito Squad Plus, a pest control company with more than 200 locations nationwide.

Crumbley believes that 2025 climate patterns will be very similar to those of 2024. Keep in mind that 2024 was the warmest year on record, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Crumbley suggests that if these climate patterns “of being warmer than usual and more precipitation than usual in a lot of regions [continue], that will naturally make all our pests across the board have a spike this year.” 

Discover which insects to look out for in the coming months as warmer temperatures arise, where pests might appear, and what you can do to prevent an infestation on your property. 

Closeup of a mosquito biting a hand.
Photo: Joao Paulo Burini/Moment via Getty Images.

5 Pests to Watch for in the Coming Months

The following insects are most likely to cause trouble in and around your house as temperatures warm up in the spring, says Crumbley.

Mosquitoes (Culicidae family)

Nobody enjoys dealing with itchy mosquito bites, but these critters are more than a nuisance. Unfortunately, of the 200-plus mosquito species in the U.S., about 12 types can cause diseases—even deadly ones. More than 1,000 Americans experience serious illness or death because of a mosquito bite every year. 

Last year, there was a huge spike in mosquitoes over the summer, along with the emergence of several mosquito-borne illnesses throughout the U.S., says Crumbley. “We saw dengue and West Nile virus become more prevalent. And at the end of last year, in the northeastern part of the country, we saw encephalitis (EEE) start to pop up as well.” 

This year could be as bad or worse than last year, warns Crumbley. “The second it starts getting warmer, especially for mosquito populations, I would expect to see an uptick pretty quickly in areas that typically have a warm, wet climate.”

Close-up of Spotted Lanternfly on a piece of wood
Photo: Philippe Gerber/Moment via Getty Images.

Spotted Lanternflies (Lycorma delicatula)

These pests are one of the newest invasive insect species spreading across the country. First introduced in Pennsylvania in shipping cartons from Asia, these flying insects are either black with bright white spots, vibrant red with black and white spots, or gray-winged with black spots, depending on their stage.

While spotted lanternflies do not bite or sting and are not dangerous to people or animals, they excrete a sticky sugary substance called honeydew that builds up and leads to fungi. The sooty mold can damage plants, trees, outdoor furniture, and cars. They also are a nuisance to buildings. “They’ll lay their eggs and colonize on trees nearby homes,” says Crumbley. “When it gets cold they want to find a way inside a warm area,” she says. Crumbley adds that people complain about the insects coming into their homes.

“They’re certainly going to be spreading throughout this next year,” says Crumbley. “They are mostly in the Northeastern U.S., but last year they got introduced to Georgia as well.” 

Asian Longhorned Ticks (Haemaphysalis longicornis)

Crumbley has also been keeping an eye on Asian longhorned ticks, another invasive insect. When unfed, they are light reddish-tan to dark reddish with brown and have dark markings, while adult females are gray-green with yellowish markings. Introduced a few years ago in New Jersey, the ticks pose a large risk for the health and safety of livestock animals and can carry pathogens that make people ill. Also called the bush, cattle, or scrub tick, the insects can now be found in the eastern half of the country from New York south to Georgia and west to Missouri.

“They’re capable of not only biting and being annoying and sucking blood, but they can also spread diseases to livestock,” says Crumbley, which can threaten owners’ livelihood. They could be vectors of Rickettsial diseases like Rocky Mountain spotted fever, which can develop an allergy to red meat. “These ticks can also spread anaplasmosis to people, which can develop to either minor symptoms like fever, chills, headache, and muscle aches to more severe symptoms, including respiratory failure, bleeding problems, organ failure, and even death,” says Crumbley.

Three cicadas on a tree.
Photo: ELIJAH NOUVELAGE/AFP via Getty Images.

Cicadas (Cicadoidea family)

Last spring, three different broods of cicadas emerged at the same time, but this year won’t be as intense. “There is going to be a brood of periodical cicadas that will emerge in a few months,” says Crumbley. Brood XIV, the second largest group of periodical cicadas, appears every 17 years and is also called the Greater Eastern Brood since it will mostly appear in the Eastern U.S. “Based on the data we have from the last time they emerged, it seems likely the states of Tennessee, Kentucky, West Virginia, and Pennsylvania will be hit the hardest, but they could emerge in neighboring states as well,” says Crumbley. 

Cicadas don’t bite or sting, but they cause a nuisance with their loud chirping and by flying into everything. “They’re clumsy flyers, so if you leave a window or a door open, they can fly right in,” says Crumbley. To prevent an influx of these creatures in your home, keep doors and windows closed as much as possible and add screens if you don’t have them yet, she suggests. 

Joro Spiders (Trichonephila clavata)

Joro spiders are another annoying invasive pest to watch for this year. First introduced in Georgia, they are now appearing in Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina, Maryland, and Florida. “They’re large, yellow and black, and they build really massive, sturdy webs that have a golden tint to them,” says Crumbley. Fortunately, they are not harmful to human health, but they are another type of spider to control in your yard and home, since they might reduce populations of helpful native spiders. 

Woman Opening Mosquito Net Wire Screen Door At Home
Photo: aquaArts studio/E+ via Getty Images.

Tips to Prevent an Insect Infestation on Your Property

Wondering how to battle a surge of creepy crawlies at home this year? Keep in mind that pests rely on food, shelter, and water or moisture to thrive. If you can remove those elements, you will drastically decrease the pest population, advises Crumbley. Here are some tips to get started.

  • Learn how to identify insects when they appear. Some resources include the National Pest Management Association or your County Extension Office. You also can refer to Pestworld.org, iNaturalist, and the Identification Technology Program at the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) Plant Protection and Quarantine (PPQ) division, or your pest control company’s website.
  • Choose integrated pest management (IPM) strategies instead of going straight to pesticides. For example, try reducing clutter, removing trash, installing physical barriers, setting traps, and getting rid of overgrown vegetation.
  • Seal cracks in doors and walls to prevent insects from sneaking in.
  • “Remove any standing water source that’s not necessary outside,” says Crumbley. Examples include water collecting in a bird bath or on an old tarp in the corner of your yard.  
  • Avoid overgrown grass and debris in your yard and wood piles close to your house.  
  • Monitor vegetation for bite marks, discoloration, and other signs that could indicate an insect infestation. 
  • Hire a professional pest control company, but be sure to ask that they use natural pest-control solutions, such as a botanical insecticide derived from essential oils. 

The post Pest Predictions: 2025 Could Be a Doozy for Many Households appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T17:30:03-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Remove Vinyl Flooring]]>Tired of looking at that dated, dirty, and dilapidated vinyl? Removing it is tedious, but it's a doable DIY.

The post How to Remove Vinyl Flooring appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-remove-vinyl-flooring/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=53687Fri, 24 Jan 2025 15:28:26 -0500DIYFlooringInteriorSkills & TechniquesWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Peeling up vinyl flooring is no picnic, but the real trial is to get rid of the glue that had been securing the vinyl to the subfloor.

The only silver lining here is that while the work may be tedious and time-consuming, anyone can learn how to remove vinyl flooring. No special tools or advanced skills are required—it’s really only a matter of putting in the work.

Empire Today Flooring

Carpet, hardwood, vinyl, and tile flooring.

Bob Vila has partnered with Empire Today to help you easily get beautiful new floors at a great price.
Free In-Home Estimates

Before You Begin

Until the mid-1980s, asbestos often served as an ingredient in vinyl flooring products. If you know that the flooring you’re removing has been around that long, or if you’re not certain how old the vinyl floor is, you’ll want to test for asbestos before you move forward. It’s a good idea to hire a professional to do this.

4 Steps to Removing Vinyl Flooring

Step 1: Remove furniture and baseboards from the room.

To remove vinyl flooring, you must first take all furniture out of the room and give yourself unimpeded access to the work area. You’ll also need to carefully remove all baseboards and any other trim that meets the floor.

Step 2: Cut flooring into 12-inch strips.

Next, locate a section of the floor with no glue underneath. Start removing vinyl flooring right here, using a utility knife to cut the material into 12-inch strips.

Pull up each one gently. Where you encounter resistance from the glue, use a scraper tool (or even a kitchen spatula) to get the strip loose. In places where the glue is especially tenacious, you can use a hammer-and-chisel combination to chip at the hardened adhesive.

Tried-and-True Advice

“I like to remove a small section [of vinyl] before strategizing for the entire floor. Find an edge and peel, cut and scrape as necessary to expose the edge tape. If the vinyl is only taped, the center sections will peel away easily. If glue is present, use a thin-edged flooring scraper while pulling strips of vinyl away. Adding a solvent or soap mixture can help to soften and release the glue. Heat from a hair dryer or heat gun is also useful, but vinyl will melt with too much concentrated heat so be cautious when a heat gun is present.”

—Zach Lazzari, Contributing Writer

 

Step 3: Get rid of the glue.

One of the downsides of vinyl flooring is that its adhesive makes the flooring tough to remove. If you remove the vinyl flooring but there’s glue remaining on the subfloor, try this: Mix warm water and soap in a bucket, then apply it liberally to the glue, allowing time for the mixture to soak in. When you return, the glue will have softened and become easier to remove.

If that doesn’t work, it’s time to bring some heat into the equation. Buy or rent a heat gun—or in a pinch, use your hair dryer—and hold it directly over the stubborn adhesive long enough to soften the glue (but not long enough to cause any damage to the subfloor). Then go at the glue with your trusty scraper.

Step 4: Clean up.

The last step to removing vinyl flooring is some final cleanup: Use a broom or shop vac to remove all remaining debris.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

Another Way to Remove Vinyl Flooring

If this process seems like way too much work, another option is to rent a power scraper from your local home improvement center, which will make quicker work of things. If you opt for the power scraper, be sure to test it first in an inconspicuous area; you will need to adjust its angle so that it removes only the vinyl-and-glue layer, not the underlying subfloor. Score the vinyl into 10-inch sections with the utility knife, then turn on the scraper and get busy.

The post How to Remove Vinyl Flooring appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T15:28:26-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Get Gum Out of Carpet]]>If you’re stuck on how to remove gum from the carpet, chew on these fast, easy, and damage-free fixes!

The post How to Get Gum Out of Carpet appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-remove-gum-from-carpet/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=71327Fri, 24 Jan 2025 13:49:26 -0500DIYCleaningCleaning & OrganizingFlooringInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Gum can easily make its way onto your carpet, whether it’s from a misstep outdoors or from someone accidentally dropping it inside. While it might seem tempting to pull the gum out by hand, doing so can damage your carpet fibers. 

Fortunately, we know a handful of effective ways to remove gum without causing harm to your carpet. Before you begin, it’s always a good idea to test your chosen technique in an inconspicuous area first to ensure it won’t harm your particular carpet’s fibers or coloring.

5 Ways to Remove Gum From Carpet

Various cleaning materials laid on a beige carpet, including WD-40, bottle of vinegar, rag, ice, and toothbrush.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

All of these methods for removing gum from carpet can be completed using simple household items and ingredients. 

1. Ice Cubes

Person holds Ziploc bag of ice over a piece of gum on a beige carpet, putty knife nearby.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

To prevent a sticky situation from getting even stickier, give lodged-in wads of gum the cold shoulder with ice cubes. Gather ice cubes from the freezer, and then follow the following steps:

  1. Place a handful of ice cubes in a Ziploc bag and press the ice onto the gum wad. Leave it in place until the gum freezes and hardens.
  2. Gently pick at and pull the frozen gum from the carpet using your fingers, a scraping tool, or a butter knife.
  3. Start lifting along the edges and move toward the center of the wad, taking care not to remove the carpet fibers along with the gum! (Master this technique, and in the future you can even apply it to upholstery messes and gummed-up clothes.)
  4. To deal with any stubborn leftover residue, you can root it out with a few drops of methyl salicylate (such as the pain-relieving cream Bengay).
  5. Scrub away any discoloration or carpet stains left in the gum’s wake with a mild carpet-cleaning detergent.
  6. Rinse the area with warm water.

If this method doesn’t work quite as well as you’d like, try dabbing a small amount of rubbing alcohol onto a clean white cloth or cotton ball, then gently blot the gum residue. The alcohol will help break down the gum’s stickiness.

2. Hair Dryer

A hair dryer can be an effective way to soften gum, making it easier to remove without damaging your carpet. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Set the hair dryer to a low or medium heat setting. You don’t want to overheat the carpet fibers.
  2. Hold the dryer a few inches above the gum. Aim the warm air directly at the gum for about 30 seconds to soften it.
  3. Once it’s softened, use a dull knife or spoon to carefully lift the gum from the carpet. Avoid pulling too hard to prevent damaging the fibers.
  4. After the gum is removed, clean the area with warm soapy water to remove any remaining stickiness.

This method works best for smaller gum spots and is pretty low risk in terms of damaging the carpet.

3. WD-40 

Person sprays WD-40 on a wad of gum on the carpet, a yellow cloth nearby.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Another household workhorse, WD-40 is also effective for dealing with gum in carpet and rugs. Chewing gum is hydrophobic, which means it can’t be dissolved by water. To break it up, dissolve it using another hydrophobic material, like WD-40. (The WD-40 technique should be a quicker fix than the ice technique, because you won’t have to wait around for the gum to harden.) Here’s what to do:

  1. Spray a liberal amount of WD-40 on the chewing-gum stain. Point the spray straw as close as you can to the underside of the area, where the gum meets the carpet. You may need to use your fingers to work the WD-40 into the carpet fibers.
  2. Wait 5 or 10 minutes.
  3. Using a rag or small scrub brush, wipe or lightly scrub the gum in one direction.
  4. Add more WD-40 as needed to remove remaining gum from the carpet. Continue wiping in the same direction.

4. Vinegar

Person applies vinegar to wad of gum on carpeting with a yellow cloth, an aqua toothbrush laying nearby.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

White vinegar has so many uses around the home that it’s no surprise it can also be used to get gum out of carpet. Here’s how natural, do-everything vinegar can get chewing gum from carpet:

  1. Warm ¼ cup of white vinegar in the microwave.
  2. Dab a clean white cloth or towel into the vinegar, and then dab it onto the gum.
  3. Use a putty knife, dull knife, or the side of a spoon to scrape away as much gum as you can.
  4. Use an old toothbrush to brush away the remaining gum. (The gum remnants will gunk up the toothbrush entirely, so you’ll want to toss it after using it for this task.)

5. Peanut Butter

Peanut butter is another surprisingly effective way to loosen gum from your carpet. The oils in the peanut butter help break down the gum’s sticky texture, making it easier to lift. However, be prepared for a bit of cleanup afterward. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Apply a small amount of peanut butter. Use a spoon or knife to gently spread a thin layer of peanut butter over the gum. Be careful not to push it deeper into the carpet fibers.
  2. Allow the peanut butter to sit on the gum for a few minutes to soften it.
  3. Use a dull knife or spoon to lift the gum from the carpet. The peanut butter should have loosened it, making it easier to remove.
  4. After removing the gum, you’ll need to clean the area well. Use a dish soap and water mixture to remove the oily residue left by the peanut butter. Follow up with a clean, damp cloth to remove any remaining soap.

While this method can be effective, it does require a thorough cleaning afterward to ensure the peanut butter doesn’t leave an oily stain.

Tips for Keeping Your Carpet Clean

Person blots a beige carpet with a yellow rag.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

How to get old black gum out of carpet

Freeze it off. Place a couple of ice cubes in a plastic bag, and leave the ice on the gum until the gum is hard and brittle. Scrape off frozen gum residue with a putty knife or butter knife.  

How to get gum out of a wool carpet

The freezing tip mentioned above will also work on removing gum stuck in wool carpets. Simply freeze the gum and scrape it off with a sharp edge, without having to worry about whether a solvent will damage the wool.

How to get chewy sweets out of carpet

Begin by blotting the candy with a rag dipped in cold water, which should loosen the sticky bond. Scrape away any large bits of candy, and then apply a stain remover or carpet cleaning solution. Wait a few minutes, then carefully blot the stain remover. If the stain persists, blot it with a clean cloth dipped in white vinegar.

How to get hard stuff out of carpet

It depends on what the hard stuff is. If you know the substance is candle wax, you can either try the ice technique, or use a warm iron. To remove candle wax with an iron, lay a damp white cloth over the stain. Then, with an iron set to low heat, iron the cloth until it absorbs the wax. Repeat as needed, covering the wax with a clean area of the cloth each time.

The post How to Get Gum Out of Carpet appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T13:49:26-05:00
<![CDATA[Keep Your Home Warm With a Space Heater]]>The best space heaters can keep you warm during cold weather. We put our top picks to the test to see how well each one performed.

The post Keep Your Home Warm With a Space Heater appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-space-heater/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=86090Fri, 24 Jan 2025 13:19:27 -0500ReviewsAppliances & CookwareHeating & CoolingInteriorWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Ever-rising utility costs can make heating an entire house prohibitively pricey. To save money but still keep occupied areas comfortable—say, the living room during a movie marathon—many renters and homeowners take advantage of space heaters. Today’s models offer basic heating features at more affordable prices, newer bells and whistles, and all-important upgraded safety features. To help potential buyers spot those that offer the features they want most, we put the space heaters below through a series of hands-on testing.

The best space heater for any particular area will depend on the room’s size, the type of heater, and whether it will be used in a home with children and/or pets. Testing took place in the home—in real-life scenarios to put performance and safety features on the spot—and gave us an inside look at how their features function over time. We also spoke to Robin Saidov, an energy industry expert, electrical engineer, and the owner of Your Energy Footprint, a company in Westport, Connecticut, that educates consumers on ways they can be more energy efficient. Ahead, learn what we found, how to navigate all of the market options, and find out why the models below are among the best space heaters available.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Amazon Basics Portable Manual-Control Radiator Heater
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Amazon Basics 1,500-Watt Oscillating Ceramic Heater
  3. UPGRADE PICK: AirNmore Comfort Deluxe Infrared Space Heater
  4. DESIGN PICK: Lasko 1500W Designer Series Ceramic Space Heater
  5. BEST FOR LARGE ROOMS: Dr. Infrared Heater DR-968 Portable Space Heater
  6. BEST FOR BATHROOMS: Vornado VH10 Whole Room Heater
  7. BEST FOR BASEMENTS: De’Longhi SlimStyle Digital Convection Panel Heater
  8. BEST FOR LIVING ROOMS: Heat Storm 1500-Watt Logan Deluxe Infrared Heater
A person adjusting a space heater
Photo: Stacey L. Nash for Bob Vila

Before You Buy a Space Heater

A space heater can be a welcome source of supplemental warmth in a chilly room, especially if it also saves money on utility costs by allowing the user to turn the HVAC thermostat down a few degrees. Keep in mind that space heaters get very hot and, if used carelessly, they can lead to a house fire. Before looking for a space heater, it’s a good idea for shoppers to call their homeowners insurance agent, since some insurance policies will not cover damages from a fire caused by a space heater.

Product Comparison

WattsWeightDimensions
Amazon Basics Portable Manual-Control Radiator Heater1,500 15.41 pounds26.38 inches tall (with wheels) by 13.19 inches wide by 9.84 inches deep 
Amazon Basics 1,500-Watt Oscillating Ceramic Heater1,5003.2 pounds10.04 inches tall by 6.34 inches wide by 7.52 inches deep
AirNmore Comfort Deluxe Infrared Space Heater1,50022 pounds16.75 inches tall by 13 inches wide by 16.5 inches deep
Lasko 1500W Designer Series Ceramic Space Heater1,5006.89 pounds16 inches tall by 11 inches wide by 11 inches deep
Dr. Infrared Heater DR-968 Portable Space Heater1,50024 pounds15 inches tall by 13 inches wide by 12 inches deep
Vornado VH10 Whole Room Heater1,5005.08 pounds12 inches tall by 9.25 inches wide by 11.63 inches deep
De’Longhi SlimStyle Digital Convection Panel Heater1,5006.95 pounds21.8 inches tall (with feet) by 32.2 inches wide by 8.5 inches deep 
Heat Storm 1500-Watt Logan Deluxe Infrared Heater1,500 10 pounds15.3 inches tall (with wheels) by 12.3 inches wide by 10.8 inches deep

Our Top Picks

To qualify as a top pick, a space heater needed to show in our testing that it was powerful enough to heat the intended room. We also made sure each included safety features that would turn the unit off if it fell over. The following models are suited to various heating needs, and any one of them might well serve a variety of situations.

Best Overall

Amazon Basics Portable Manual-Control Radiator Heater

 The Amazon Basics Portable Manual-Control Radiator Heater on a white background.
Photo: Amazon.com

What We Like

  • Simple design is easy to assemble
  • Runs almost silently
  • Produces enough heat for larger rooms

What We Don’t Like

  • Might not meet the needs of techier shoppers

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 3/5; Noise 5/5; Portability 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Watts: 1,500 watts
  • Weight: 15.41 pounds
  • Dimensions: 26.38 inches tall (with wheels) by 13.19 inches wide by 9.84 inches deep 

The Amazon Basics portable manual-control radiator heater is aptly named, as it is a basic space heater. This oil-filled radiator features two control knobs (temperature and output) for setting the heater and letting it do its work, so it is very easy to use.

This model features a 1,500W output, allowing it to heat large rooms. It also features a tip-over switch and overheat protection for safety, and it operates nearly silently, aside from the sound of an air bubble in the oil now and then. It measures 26.38 inches tall (with wheels) by 13.19 inches wide by 9.84 inches deep. It features a top-mounted handle for transport as well, and it weighs 15.41 pounds. 

There isn’t a lot to say about the Amazon Basics oil heater. It was easy to assemble and use, and it produced plenty of heat (although it took 2 hours to heat a living room from 60 to 70 degrees Fahrenheit). There isn’t a digital display or remote control to adjust the temperature, but the fact that it provides silent heat is really a plus—all that’s discernible is a click every now and then when the heating element kicks on and off. It might be a little too simple for tech lovers, however. 

Get the Amazon Basics space heater at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Amazon Basics 1,500-Watt Oscillating Ceramic Heater

 The Amazon Basics 1,500-Watt Oscillating Ceramic Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Lightweight and easy to set up and adjust
  • Oscillating feature distributes heat throughout the room
  • Small and compact design

What We Don’t Like

  • No display to show exact thermostat setting

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Performance 4/5; Noise 3/5; Portability 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Watts: 1,500
  • Weight: 3.2 pounds
  • Dimensions: 10.04 inches tall by 6.34 inches wide by 7.52 inches deep

For a reasonable price, this oscillating heater provides 1,500 watts of heat, enough to keep a 150-square-foot room warm and cozy. It features three power outputs (low, high, and fan only), plus tip-over shutoff for safety should it inadvertently get knocked over. There’s a simple on/off switch for easy operation and a thermostat dial that allows the user to select the desired temperature. After the user sets the thermostat, the heater will turn itself on and off to maintain the selected temperature. It weighs a mere 3.2 pounds and boasts a handle on the back for easy toting from room to room.

While this simple heater did well during testing, it doesn’t have any features that make it stand out. The basic heat functions worked well, and the adjustable thermostat triggered an automatic shutoff. However, it could use a display to show the exact temperature setting. The current variable thermostat left us guessing as to the temperature we were choosing. Overall, it’s lightweight, portable, and made quick work of heating a 150-square-foot office.

Get the Amazon Basics oscillating space heater at Amazon.

Upgrade Pick

AirNmore Comfort Deluxe Infrared Space Heater

 The AirNmore Comfort Deluxe Infrared Space Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Onboard cord storage and 4 casters
  • Comfortable penetrating heat
  • Includes particle filter

What We Don’t Like

  • Large size makes it more conspicuous

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Performance 4/5; Noise 3/5; Portability 3/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Watts: 1,500
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Dimensions: 16.75 inches tall by 13 inches wide by 16.5 inches deep

For warmth and peace of mind, consider the ample safety features of the AirNmore Comfort Deluxe infrared space heater. Though it will heat a room up to 150 square feet, its outer casing will remain cool to the touch, which is crucial for homes with kids and pets. The tip-over safety function shuts the unit off if it gets knocked over, but since it weighs 22 pounds, this is a less likely scenario than with some smaller models. A 14-gauge cord with a three-prong heater plug reduces the risk of the cord melting from overheating.

The power level is adjustable, and the heater has a built-in thermostat to maintain a consistent temperature. A removable, washable filter prevents dust from recirculating in the air. Users might mistake this space heater for an old-time radio; it definitely looks more design-friendly than some other more utilitarian models. We loved this heater in testing, although with infrared heaters, users have to direct the heat toward themselves. It’s a penetrating heat, but only if it hits the body.

A tiny remote control let us change modes (low or high) and temperatures while working at a desk, and we liked that we could precisely adjust the temperature setting and see it on the display. The downside with this AirNmore space heater is its size. It’s big and takes up a lot of room while heating up a relatively small 150-square-foot space. However, the casters make moving this behemoth out of the way when not in use fairly easy.

Get the AirNmore space heater at Amazon or Walmart.

Design Pick

Lasko 1500W Designer Series Ceramic Space Heater

 The Lasko 1500W Designer Series Ceramic Space Heater and remote on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Attractive design that doesn’t look like a heater
  • 3 automatic timer settings and automatic shutoff
  • Comes with a handy remote control
  • Warms a room fairly quickly

What We Don’t Like

  • Shuts off when the temp is reached

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Performance 5/5; Noise 5/5; Portability 4/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Watts: 1,500
  • Weight: 6.89 pounds
  • Dimensions: 16 inches tall by 11 inches wide by 11 inches deep

This electric heater from Lasko’s Designer series has smooth contours and rests on an attractive base so that it looks more like a work of art than a space heater. Appearance aside, the ceramic model effectively heats rooms up to 150 square feet by oscillating smoothly from side to side for uniform heat distribution. Switch between its adjustable heat settings via the remote; the Lasko can even be programmed in advance to turn on and off when desired. This handsome space heater also features a safety shutoff in case the unit tips over.

This beauty was a pleasant surprise during testing because it cranks out the heat. It might be designed to heat 150-square-foot spaces, but it can do more than that with the heat it puts out. The oscillating setting spread the heat far and wide, quickly warming our 200-square-foot test space (another office) to perfection. We liked that we could pick the temperature setting, though it only goes in 5 degree Fahrenheit increments. Plus, it comes with a timer that automatically turns the unit off after 1, 2, or 4 hours. With that set, we didn’t worry about leaving it on while we were away.

Once the room reaches the set temperature, this space heater automatically shuts off. However, we noticed that if the temperature began to fall, it didn’t automatically turn back on. But we could turn it back on using the remote, so no one actually had to get out of their chair. This model might have made us a little lazy.

Get the Lasko space heater at The Home Depot, Best Buy, or Staples.

Best for Large Rooms

Dr. Infrared Heater DR-968 Portable Space Heater

 The Dr. Infrared Heater DR-968 Portable Space Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Puts out fast infrared heat
  • Quiet fan helps circulate heat without noise
  • Easy thermostat adjustability and setting options
  • Remote control

What We Don’t Like

  • Quite heavy and cumbersome to move around

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 5/5; Noise 5/5; Portability 3/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Watts: 1,500
  • Weight: 24 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15 inches tall by 13 inches wide by 12 inches deep

This 1,500-watt portable space heater from Dr. Infrared Heater looks like a classic radio but runs like the high-tech space heater that it is. Emitting only 39 decibels, this infrared heater features quiet air circulation that moves the heat through large spaces. We tested it in a 200-square-foot office, and this space heater made quick work of warming it. Infrared heaters don’t heat the air; instead, they heat objects. This heater’s quiet fan made it feel like the heat permeated farther and made a difference in overall room temperature.

It’s also packed with features including standby, eco, low, and high power modes. The digital display shows the thermostat’s setting, which makes it easy to make adjustments based on comfort levels.

We’re big fans of remote controls. This model’s remote control allowed us to make comfort adjustments without getting out of our office chair. We appreciated that we could leave it on all day while we worked, and it would turn on and off as needed. There’s also an adjustable timer, which can go up to 12 hours before automatically shutting off the heater.

Overall, it’s a nice-looking heater that can handle spaces up to about 850 square feet. It’s not the most mobile unit, weighing 24 pounds, but it does have casters for easier mobility.

Get the Dr. Infrared Heater space heater at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Dr. Heater.

Best for Bathrooms

Vornado VH10 Whole Room Heater

 The Vornado VH10 Whole Room Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Built with 3 safety features
  • Wide base provides more stability
  • Vortex action moves a lot of air through the room

What We Don’t Like

  • Cannot see the precise temperature setting

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 3/5; Performance 5/5; Noise 4/5; Portability 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Watts: 1,500
  • Weight: 5.08 pounds
  • Dimensions: 12 inches tall by 9.25 inches wide by 11.63 inches deep

A set of three safety features provides extra security in a bathroom setting. The Vornado’s cool-touch exterior, heat detection, and tilt shutoff create a safer heater for a room where it could easily get knocked over. The heat detection feature turns the heater off if a towel or clothing falls on top of the heater. Among its other features, it has an adjustable thermostat, though there’s no display to show users the exact temperature, and two heat settings—low or high.

The Vornado’s wide base made it more stable than similar space heaters we tested. When that’s coupled with the three safety features, it’s made for places (or homes) where blankets, towels, and clothes could end up on top of the heater, or pets and kids might knock it over. This model moved air beautifully and heated our office space quickly. The only thing we felt was missing was a display so we could have seen the precise temperature setting rather than guessing with the adjustable thermostat.

Get the Vornado space heater at Amazon, The Home Depot, Walmart, or Target.

Best For Basements

De’Longhi SlimStyle Digital Convection Panel Heater

 The De’Longhi SlimStyle Digital Convection Panel Heater on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Slim design
  • Features anti-freeze mode
  • Attractive design

What We Don’t Like

  • It doesn’t come with a remote

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 4/5; Performance 4/5; Noise 5/5; Portability 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Watts: 1,500
  • Weight: 6.95 pounds
  • Dimensions: 21.8 inches tall (with feet) by 32.2 inches wide by 8.5 inches deep 

Figuring out the heat in a finished basement can be an ordeal but might be easily solved with the De’Longhi SlimStyle digital convection panel heater. This model can be set on the floor or mounted on the wall (the latter being best for basement duty), and it produces up to 1,500 watts of heating power. It measures 21.8 inches tall (with feet) by 32.2 inches wide by 8.5 inches deep. 

The De’Longhi features a convection-style design that is virtually silent in three out of the four modes, and a fourth mode with a fan to help pump out the heat. It also features a fifth mode (anti-freeze), which the manufacturer says kicks on when the temperature in the space reaches 41 degrees Fahrenheit; this is to help prevent frozen pipes. The heater has a built-in tip-over switch as well as an overheat sensor, timers, and an electronic digital display. Unfortunately, it doesn’t come with a remote. 

We’re not relegating the De’Longhi to the basement because it’s ugly; we honestly found it very nice looking. However, we think it’s best there for its included wall-mount brackets and the fact that it has a freeze-protection mode (ours activated at 45 degrees, not 41 like the manufacturer stated). With so many pipes and mechanicals in a finished basement, we thought this was the perfect solution to protect the investment. Also, most space heaters don’t reach settings that low, so this one works really well for that purpose.

There is one thing we couldn’t figure out, however: Why in the world doesn’t it come with a remote?

Get the De’Longhi SlimStyle space heater at Amazon.

Best For Living Rooms

Heat Storm 1500-Watt Logan Deluxe Infrared Heater

 The Heat Storm 1500-Watt Logan Deluxe Infrared Heater on a white background.
Photo: Amazon.com

What We Like

  • Fabric sides and faux wood provide a cozy look
  • Produces plenty of heat
  • Remote control and large digital display

What We Don’t Like

  • Faux wood not as high quality as real-wood

Our Ratings: Ease of Use 5/5; Performance 5/5; Noise 5/5; Portability 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Watts: 1,500 watts
  • Weight: 10 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.3 inches tall (with wheels) by 12.3 inches wide by 10.8 inches deep

The Heat Storm Logan Deluxe infrared heater is all about coziness. This powerful space heater features a 1,500W output, a digital display, and a remote control for managing the device from the couch. It has a faux-wood box-style design with fabric-covered sides, allowing it to blend in with comfortable living room decor. It can also handle large living rooms, considering it can warm up to 1,000 square feet. 

This model features several modes—including high, medium, low, and auto—that control the heater based on the preset temperature. It also has a safe-touch exterior that remains cool and safe, a child lock, and overheat protection. The heater operates quietly (measured at 46 decibels on a sound meter app from about 4 feet away) as well. It measures 15.3 inches tall (with wheels) by 12.3 inches wide by 10.8 inches deep.

We’ll be honest and say that this heater has to match a living room decor to be a perfect fit, but if one of the three finish color options works, the unit can sit in the corner of any room and blend in until it’s needed. 

While it’s light (10 pounds), the box itself is simply faux wood, which doesn’t seem as high in quality as other real-wood heaters that we’ve tested in the past. It had a better digital display than any of those other box-style heaters, however, and it produced a lot of heat, bringing a 63 degree Fahrenheit living room to 70 degrees Fahrenheit in about 15 minutes. Also, for those who care, it blows hot air out at the perfect height for one of our old dogs, who instantly laid down in front of it and fell asleep. We assume other four-legged friends will love it, too.  

Get the Heat Storm Logan space heater at Amazon, The Home Depot, Walmart, Northern Tool + Equipment, or Menards.

Also Tested

Lasko Ceramic Space Heater With Adjustable Thermostat

This space heater performed well in many respects. It has an adjustable thermostat, 11 heat settings, a cool-touch exterior, and a compact design. What it doesn’t have is an automatic tilt shut-off feature. That means if it gets knocked over, it keeps running. In a home with pets, kids, and, honestly, most adults, it could keep running face down, posing a fire hazard. For that reason, it didn’t make our list of top picks.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Space Heaters

We tested these space heaters in person, in real-world situations. They were all tested in a home office setting where the office was 150 to 200 square feet in size. One of the test offices also had large windows, so the room temperature fluctuated more often. We tried them on different surfaces, from plush carpet to bare floors.

For models with a digital display, we set the thermostat between 70 and 75 degrees Fahrenheit to see how well the space heater kept a consistent room temperature. From there, we made adjustments to settings (low and high), timers, and safety features. For example, we tipped over every single space heater to make sure it turned off.

Models designed to turn on and off based on the thermostat were left running to see how they performed over time. Some stayed in standby mode for hours without turning on because a furnace kept the room at temperature. We wanted to make sure they wouldn’t turn on if it wasn’t necessary. Ease of use was also a consideration, and models with remote controls or intuitive designs got higher marks from us.

Besides taking into account the size of the room you’re planning to heat, Saidov says it’s a good idea to “find a model that has a set temperature.” She adds, “This will ensure that the unit doesn’t overheat the space.” She also says to make sure the space heater is Underwriters Laboratories (UL) certified, a third-party certification that means the heater meets certain safety standards. And, most importantly, “Electric space heaters should always be plugged into a wall outlet and grounded. Using extension cords and power strips can be a fire hazard.”

Testing Stats
Products tested11
Time spent testing11 hours
Tests performed4
Price range$35 to $295

What to Consider When Choosing a Space Heater

A small space heater might be suitable under a desk or next to a lounge chair, but it likely won’t make a dent in a sizable chilly room. A space heater’s size should suit the room that it will warm and should, of course, be as safe as possible.

Types of Space Heaters

For those just starting to shop for a space heater, it might come as a surprise to find so many different types from which to choose. Each type has its pros and cons, and not all space heaters are suitable for all rooms and situations.

Fan Space Heaters

Fan space heaters function by heating the air around an electric coil or wire elements and then dispersing the heat with a fan. They are among the least expensive models but do not offer the same efficiency as other types. Therefore, fan heaters are best suited to rooms without drafts or for warming a small space quickly.

Convection Space Heaters

Convection space heaters warm air over ceramic plates or disks and allow it to radiate warmth into the room. Some models do include fans for quicker heat dispersal and, like conventional fan heaters, they work best in rooms without drafts. Convection heaters come in compact or tower models, often with exterior cases that are cooler to the touch. Prices vary depending on wattage and added features.

Infrared Space Heaters

Infrared space heaters are among the quietest options for the home. They generate heat quickly by radiating heat to the objects—including people—in front of them. As opposed to heating the air in the room, this type of heater heats the user, making it a good choice for use in drafty rooms. All that’s needed is for the user to aim it directly at where they’re sitting.

Oil-Filled Space Heaters

Oil-filled space heaters (another type of radiant heater) are also a quiet option. Because they are capable of putting off an abundance of heat while using less electricity than fan-type models, these heaters are well suited to larger rooms. Due to the weight of the oil and the steel casing, these heaters are relatively heavy, but many come with wheels to make relocating easier. Oil-filled space heaters take a while to heat up, but they radiate continuously once they do.

Micathermic Space Heaters

Micathermic space heaters combine convection and radiant heating processes. Designed as a panel to stand or hang on a wall like a piece of artwork, they create a welcoming ambience for the senses by mimicking the look of a real fire and radiating heat. Some models include fans for greater efficiency and remote controls for extra convenience. These advanced heaters vary widely in price.

Safety

Space heaters are a leading cause of house fires, so the best space heaters boast safety features to reduce risk. Manufacturers have introduced automatic shutoffs that kick in when a unit overheats or gets inadvertently knocked over. In addition, many have exterior cases that keep units cool to the touch at all times. Some models even come equipped with motion sensors that automatically turn the heater off when a pet or child comes too close. For extra peace of mind when purchasing, look for the letters NRTL on the space heater packaging, which indicates that the model has been tested for safety by the Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory.

Your Heating Needs

As a general rule of thumb, select a space heater that will produce 10 watts of power for every square foot. For instance, to heat a 12-foot-long by 10-foot-wide room, a shopper would need to purchase a 1,200W space heater. A very large room may require more than one space heater to maintain a comfortable temperature throughout.

Other factors that affect a space heater’s efficiency include ceiling height, the insulating factor of the exterior walls, the number of windows, and the available outlets. While high-wattage heaters offer more heat than lower-wattage models, they’re limited to the capacity of the electrical outlet; a home’s standard 110-volt electrical outlet can only provide 1,500W of power, so that must be the wattage cap for any machine plugged into it.

Energy Efficiency 

One of the main reasons for using a space heater is to save on energy costs. But unlike many other appliances, space heaters do not require energy testing by the Environmental Protection Agency, nor does the agency issue Energy Star ratings for them, so those who are serious about saving will want to opt for the most efficient type.

Oil-filled space heaters are among the most efficient because they heat the oil and the metal casing, gradually dispersing radiant warmth into the room. Once the oil reaches the desired temperature, less energy is needed to maintain that temperature. Even after an oil-filled heater is turned off, it will continue to radiate heat for up to 30 minutes or more. Next in energy efficiency are infrared space heaters, which use up to 10 percent less energy than space heaters with coils and fans.

Noise Level 

For the most part, space heaters are among the quietest of all small appliances. Space heaters that use radiant heat, either infrared or oil-filled, make virtually no noise. Traditional space heaters with fans will emit an average of 35 to 45 decibels of sound, approximately the same as soft indoor conversation (which could be suitable to use as a white noise machine).

The Advantages of Owning the Best Space Heater

  • A good space heater will keep a room’s occupants warm and comfortable, even if the rest of the house is chilly.
  • Homeowners and renters can save on heating costs by using a space heater in one room and lowering the thermostat for the rest of the house.
  • Many of today’s space heaters come with built-in thermostats, enabling them to keep the room at a consistent and cozy temp.
  • Space heaters are portable and can be moved from room to room as necessary.

Tips for Using a Space Heater

Homeowners and renters can save on utility costs by using a space heater in one or more rooms rather than heating the entire home. For the toastiest—and safest—results, check out these useful tips.

  • Maintain a 3-foot safety area around the space heater, and do not allow blankets, furniture, draperies, children, or pets within this zone.
  • Install both carbon monoxide detectors and smoke alarms in the home when using space heaters, and test them monthly to ensure the batteries and the detectors are working.
  • For safety’s sake, it’s important for users to turn off the space heater when leaving the room or going to bed. The exception to this rule is an oil-filled radiant heater, which may be left running. However, consult the owner’s manual, and follow all other safety precautions.
  • Never use an extension cord with a space heater. Household extension cords are often not heavy-duty enough to handle the amount of electricity a space heater draws during operation.
  • Remember to close the door in the room being heated to keep that toastiness from escaping to hallways and unoccupied areas.

FAQs

Q. Is it OK to have a space heater on all night?


Most space heaters should be turned off at night and when you leave a room. The exception is an oil-filled radiating space heater, which can be left on. However, make certain not to leave anything flammable within 3 feet of the radiator.

Q. What space heaters use the least electricity?


Oil-filled radiant heaters use the least amount of electricity because once they heat up, it takes very little energy to keep them warm. Plus, they will radiate heat for up to 30 minutes or more after they’ve been turned off.

Q. What is the safest type of space heater?


The safest space heater is one that will automatically shut off if it overheats or if it accidentally tips over.

Meet the Testers

Stacey L. Nash is a writer and product tester with a background in home and garden products. She’s researched and tested home products for over 5 years. That research is coupled with the practical experience that comes from living life with four kids and a DIY husband on 12 acres that require clearing and upkeep. Now she tests and writes about home appliances, kitchen tools, lighting, cleaning products, and garden tools.

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes as well as his own pest control blog.

Additional research provided by Glenda Taylor.

The post Keep Your Home Warm With a Space Heater appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T13:19:27-05:00
<![CDATA[We Researched 57 Humidifiers and Our Top Pick Runs for 60 Hours on One Fill]]>Home heating and dry air don't have to go hand in hand. Use our guide to pick out the best room humidifier, and you'll rest easily indoors.

The post We Researched 57 Humidifiers and Our Top Pick Runs for 60 Hours on One Fill appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-room-humidifier/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=82009Fri, 24 Jan 2025 10:16:31 -0500ReviewsHome TechnologyInteriorTech & ElectronicsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Heating and air conditioning strip a home’s indoor air of its natural humidity. The result of uncomfortable dryness leaves skin feeling dehydrated, contributes to sinus and respiratory problems, and even promotes static electricity—that annoying shock that occurs upon crossing a carpeted room and touching the television.

A little added moisture in the air helps alleviate dust mites, reduces allergy symptoms, and soothes irritated nasal passages. In addition to a handful of household hacks, residents can rely on humidifiers to help the situation. Humidifiers have been around for decades, but today’s models offer more choices than ever before. We’ve done the legwork and found out what features buyers want most in humidifiers as well as which models they rate as the best humidifiers.

Keep reading to learn all about today’s room humidifiers, hear what experts have to say about these devices, and discover why we’ve selected these as top choices, depending on a person’s individual home and needs.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Pure Enrichment MistAire Studio Ultrasonic Humidifier
  3. UPGRADE PICK: Venta Filter-Free Evaporative Humidifier
  4. BEST DESIGN: Honeywell Designer Series Cool Mist Humidifier
  5. BEST PORTABLE: Geniani Erie Portable Small Cool Mist Humidifier
  6. QUIETEST OPERATION: Everlasting Comfort Air Humidifier for Bedroom
  7. BEST FOR PLANTS: Crane 4-in-1 Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier
  8. BEST FOR SMALL ROOMS: Raydrop Cool Mist Small Room Humidifier
  9. BEST FOR LARGE ROOMS: Vornado Evap40 4-Gallon Evaporative Humidifier
  10. BEST WHOLE-HOUSE: Aircare MA Console-Style Evaporative Humidifier
One of the best room humidifiers glowing red and releasing a humidifying mist while on a table.
Photo: amazon.com

Product Comparison

TypeRuntimeCoverage
Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart HumidifierUltrasonicUp to 60 hours215 to 505 square feet
Pure Enrichment MistAire Studio Ultrasonic HumidifierUltrasonicUp to 10 hoursUp to 175 square feet
Venta Filter-Free Evaporative HumidifierCool mistNone provided600 square feet
Honeywell Designer Series Cool Mist HumidifierCool mistUp to 24 hoursNone listed
Geniani Erie Portable Small Cool Mist HumidifierCool mistUp to 8 hoursUp to 65 square feet
Everlasting Comfort Air Humidifier for BedroomUltrasonicUp to 50 hoursUp to 500 square feet
Crane 4-in-1 Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist HumidifierUltrasonicUp to 24 hoursUp to 500 square feet
Raydrop Cool Mist Small Room HumidifierUltrasonicUp to 9 hours220 square feet
Vornado Evap40 4-Gallon Evaporative HumidifierCool mistUp to 24 hoursUp to 1,000 square feet
Aircare MA Console-Style Evaporative HumidifierCool mistUp to 36 hoursUp to 3,600 square feet

Our Top Picks

We considered factors such as warm versus cool mist, size, and technology to determine the best room humidifier for just about any residence.

Best Overall

Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier

 The Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Smart controls to create schedules and monitor humidity
  • 4 mist levels and auto mode
  • Large water tank provides long runtimes

What We Don’t Like

  • A small number of leaks have been reported

Product Specs 

  • Type: Ultrasonic
  • Runtime: Up to 60 hours
  • Coverage: 215 to 505 square feet

With so many quality models available, it isn’t easy picking a single best room humidifier. The Levoit Classic takes top spot for its wide-ranging feature set at a price that won’t break the bank.

A 6-liter (1.6-gallon) water tank provides a runtime of up to 60 hours in rooms from 215 to 505 square feet. It has a top opening that’s easy to fill—and easy to clean, too. It includes an aromatherapy tray for oils that can add pleasant aromas to the room and can help relieve nasal congestion or a sore throat.

There are four mist levels, an auto mode that maintains the desired humidity, and a sleep mode that turns off the display. Smart control allows schedules and timers to be set, and the Levoit Classic can integrate with Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant for voice control.

Get the Levoit room humidifier at Amazon or Best Buy.

Best Bang For The Buck

Pure Enrichment MistAire Studio Ultrasonic Humidifier

 The Pure Enrichment MistAire Studio Ultrasonic Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compact model ideal for modest spaces at a very competitive price
  • High and low mist settings provide up to 10 hours per refill
  • Easy-to-fill top-loading model

What We Don’t Like

  • Small tank means frequent refilling required

Product Specs 

  • Type: Ultrasonic
  • Runtime: Up to 10 hours
  • Coverage: Up to 175 square feet

The Pure Enrichment MistAire Studio humidifier is a sleek, good-looking model that is compact enough to fit on a desk, side table, or bedside cabinet. It’s an ideal solution for those who want humidification for rooms up to 175 square feet, and it comes with a budget-friendly price tag.

There are two mist settings (high and low), providing runtimes of either 7 or 10 hours. It could, for example, be used for a bedroom (it includes a night-light), then topped up and moved to a home office, kitchen, or workroom during the day. There’s an automatic shutoff to prevent damage if it runs dry.

Get the Pure Enrichment room humidifier at Walmart or Target

Upgrade Pick

Venta Filter-Free Evaporative Humidifier

 The Venta Filter-Free Evaporative Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Runs for more than a week before it needs cleaning
  • Simple top-mounted LED touch controls
  • Runs safely on tap water

What We Don’t Like

  • More expensive than other picks on our list

Product Specs 

  • Type: Cool mist
  • Runtime: None provided (see above)
  • Coverage: 600 square feet

This Venta humidifier uses an unusual—yet very simple—design of a disk stack running in a 3-gallon bath of water. With no wick or filters to clean or replace, it’s a very low-maintenance machine. While many standard humidifiers require cleaning every day or so, the Venta only needs to be checked every 10 to 14 days, and the process is very straightforward.

This Venta model is rated for coverage of up to 600 square feet and offers three speeds for rapid humidification if desired. The company doesn’t provide a runtime but does suggest that the water level be checked daily. Should the water run out, the machine will automatically switch itself off.

Venta says their machine naturally reduces air pollutants. Another option is to consider a combined humidifier and air purifier, devices we explored

in detail here

.

Get the Venta room humidifier at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Design

Honeywell Designer Series Cool Mist Humidifier

 The Levoit Classic Ultrasonic Smart Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Sleek, modern, filter-free design
  • Ergonomic handle
  • Tactile scroll wheel allows adjustment of mist output

What We Don’t Like

  • At the price, we’re surprised that there’s no humidistat

Product Specs 

  • Type: Cool mist
  • Runtime: Up to 24 hours
  • Coverage: None listed (see above)

Good design is about more than visual appeal. While we expect many will find the exterior of the Honeywell Designer Series humidifier attractive, there are several valuable ergonomic and practical elements we can recommend as well.

A clever handle in the lid gives easy access to the 1.25-gallon lift-out water tank, making it easy to fill and clean. An illuminated window lets users check the water level easily with three lighting settings: bright, dim, and off. There’s also an auto shutoff if it reaches empty. Below this is a thumbwheel that allows the mist output to be adjusted to personal preference. Honeywell claims the Designer Series humidifier can run for up to 24 hours, though rather than give a specific coverage area, the machine is simply described as for medium to large rooms.

Get the Honeywell room humidifier at Amazon or Walmart (in black).

Best Portable

Geniani Erie Portable Small Cool Mist Humidifier

 The Geniani Erie Portable Small Cool Mist Humidifier and its box on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Compact and lightweight cordless model
  • 1-button operation and USB charging
  • Fits in most cup holders

What We Don’t Like

  • Quality control might be hit or miss

Product Specs 

  • Type: Cool mist
  • Runtime: Up to 8 hours
  • Coverage: Up to 65 square feet

Folks who need to humidify a variety of small spaces but only want to purchase one machine will want to take a close look at Geniani’s portable unit. It’s compact, has cordless operation, and weighs under 11 ounces. This travel-ready mini model will even fit into vehicle cup holders. USB charging can be done via a laptop, portable power pack, or household socket with an appropriate adapter.

Despite a tank that’s only 0.006 gallon, the Geniani will run for up to 8 hours. Coverage isn’t huge at 65 square feet, but it’s adequate for many modern motel rooms. It runs silently, so it won’t disturb sleep. There’s a built-in nightlight plus an auto shutdown that prevents damage if it dries out.

Get the Geniani room humidifier at Amazon or Walmart.

Quietest Operation

Everlasting Comfort Air Humidifier for Bedroom

 The Everlasting Comfort Air Humidifier for Bedroom, its box, and its remote on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Uses “whisper-quiet” motor technology
  • Straightforward dial control
  • Includes night-light and drawer for aromatherapy oils

What We Don’t Like

  • Awkward to carry when full without spills

Product Specs 

  • Type: Ultrasonic
  • Runtime: Up to 50 hours
  • Coverage: Up to 500 square feet

It’s never easy to define how quiet something is because we all hear differently. However, we do know that ultrasonic humidifiers like this one from Everlasting Comfort are typically quieter than fan-based alternatives. Although the manufacturer doesn’t give an actual decibel level, independent figures put it at under 35 decibels, which is the equivalent of the “whisper quiet” given in the description.

This low sound level is all the more impressive given the performance provided. Variable mist output gives a runtime anywhere from 22 to 50 hours from the 1.6-gallon water tank, and it’s rated for coverage of 500 square feet. An aromatherapy oil tray lets users scent the room either purely for pleasure or to combat seasonal allergies.

Get the Everlasting Comfort room humidifier at Amazon or Walmart.

Best For Plants

Crane 4-in-1 Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier

 The Crane 4-in-1 Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Adjustable 360-degree nozzle
  • 3 speed settings to adjust output
  • Choice of white noise, rain, or ocean waves to help sleep

What We Don’t Like

  • Sounds or night-light aren’t for everyone (but can be turned off)

Product Specs 

  • Type: Ultrasonic
  • Runtime: Up to 24 hours
  • Coverage: Up to 500 square feet

Those keen on houseplants probably know that most of them love increased humidity. While tropical plants may prefer a warm mist humidifier, these devices can cause discomfort for people. The Crane ultrasonic cool mist model is a solution that will keep both plant life and human occupants happy.

The 360-degree nozzle allows humidity to be directed where it’s needed most, and three speeds deliver the desired moisture level. With its clear 1-gallon tank, the Crane humidifier can run for up to 24 hours and provide coverage for up to 500 square feet. For nighttime use, it comes with a choice of three soothing sounds, and it has a night-light that changes colors. An aroma tray is included that can accept pads or oil.

Get the Crane room humidifier at Amazon, Walmart, or Target.

Best For Small Rooms

Raydrop Cool Mist Small Room Humidifier

 The Raydrop Cool Mist Small Room Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Low-cost model that’s great for small spaces
  • Impressive runtime for its size
  • Very quiet with an easy-to-use dial

What We Don’t Like

  • Cannot use essential oils

Product Specs 

  • Type: Ultrasonic
  • Runtime: Up to 9 hours
  • Coverage: 220 square feet

Finding a spot for a humidifier can be a challenge in small spaces like dorm rooms or campers. This Raydrop humidifier boasts a compact design that’s only 4.7 inches in diameter, so it should be easy to find a space for it in small or cluttered spaces. It also has a noise level of just 32 decibels, which is described as very faint, so it should not disturb sleepers.

The water tank is only 0.45 gallon, but that will provide mist for up to 9 hours at the machine’s highest output setting. The revolving control dial is easy to use while still offering accurate adjustment of mist output. It is rated for coverage of 220 square feet, so it actually has the capability to humidify good-size bedroom or home office spaces. It also comes with a budget-friendly price tag.

Get the Raydrop room humidifier at Amazon or Walmart.

Best For Large Rooms

Vornado Evap40 4-Gallon Evaporative Humidifier

 The Vornado Evap40 4-Gallon Evaporative Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • Uses a vortex action to spread humidity evenly
  • 3-speed fan with built-in humidistat
  • 4-gallon tank capacity

What We Don’t Like

  • It’s quite a bulky unit

Product Specs 

  • Type: Cool mist
  • Runtime: Up to 24 hours
  • Coverage: Up to 1,000 square feet

Vornado is one of the leading names in air movement, from fans and heaters to air purifiers and humidifiers. The Evap40 provides impressive performance for spaces of up to 1,000 square feet. Not surprisingly, it’s a little more expensive than most of our other top picks, but considering the coverage provided, we think it represents a good value.

The Vornado Evap40 has a unique vortex action that spreads humidity evenly throughout the room. Two 2-gallon water tanks give up to 24 hours of continuous humidity, and they lift out for easy refilling and cleaning, without moving the main unit. There is a three-stage fan and a rotary humidistat allowing users to set precise levels. Two antimicrobial-treated wicks are used with this model, and they must be replaced every 4 to 8 weeks.

Get the Vornado room humidifier at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Whole-house

Aircare MA Console-Style Evaporative Humidifier

 The Aircare MA Console-Style Evaporative Humidifier on a white background.
Photo: amazon.com

What We Like

  • High-performance model for large spaces
  • Adjustable humidistat and 4 fan speeds
  • Helpful visual alerts

What We Don’t Like

  • Area to be humidified must be contiguous

Product Specs 

  • Type: Cool mist
  • Runtime: Up to 36 hours
  • Coverage: Up to 3,600 square feet

There are two types of whole-house humidifiers. The first needs to be connected to HVAC, so fitting will need to be considered in addition to the cost of the unit. The second type are console-style models, like this Aircare MA, which offers coverage of up to 3,600 square feet (of contiguous space) and can run for 36 hours between refills. It’s quite large, but casters make it easy to move around, and the 3.6-gallon water tank lifts out for easy refilling.

Control is via adjustable humidistat and four-speed fan allowing fine control over humidity levels. There are useful indicators for when the tank is empty and the wick needs changing. A demineralization cartridge is also included to provide water that is as free from contaminants as possible.

Get the Aircare room humidifier at The Home Depot, or Walmart.

Jump to Our Top Picks 

How We Chose the Best Room Humidifiers

Room humidifiers can do more than just improve the air quality. They can soothe dry skin, chapped lips, and help relieve a dry throat and common cold symptoms. However, there’s no one-size-fits-all solution, so consumers will want to check the variety available before making their choice.

During our own research, we looked at over 50 of the best room humidifiers currently available before landing on our carefully collated selection. We wanted to incorporate the various types, account for different room sizes, and choose models that were as easy to operate and maintain as possible. We looked for a range of humidifiers that would satisfy every need.

Price is always a consideration, and many of our picks offer excellent value for money. We also included a few high-end models for those who are prepared to pay a little extra for their comfort.

Evan Scobria, founder of Prime Home Humidity based in Bellingham, Washington, provides consumers with the latest information about humidifiers, dehumidifiers, and home humidity. “The mist created by room humidifiers protects wood floors and wood furniture from the damaging effects of overly dry air,” he says. In sum, the devices “are an effective remedy for low-humidity home environments.”

What to Consider When Choosing a Room Humidifier

Getting the best room humidifier for your needs involves considering the differences between warm mist and cool mist models, room size requirements, humidistat features, ultrasonic technology, and cleaning considerations. Additionally, for households with young members, it’s essential to explore child-safe options to ensure a secure and family-friendly choice.

Warm Mist vs. Cool Mist Humidifiers

Both cool and warm mist humidifiers add much-needed moisture to dry indoor air, with slight differences:

  • A standard warm mist humidifier brings water to a boil to inject the room’s air with a little extra moisture. The high heat reduces the risk of bacterial transmission, leading it to be considered slightly healthier. Warm mist humidifiers are also typically quieter to operate since steamy mist naturally rises, eliminating the need for an internal fan. They do require additional cleaning because the boiling process leaves behind mineral deposits.
  • A cool mist humidifier (also called evaporative) uses a fan to blow air through a damp wick, so it can be noisy when it turns on. Cool mist humidifiers are preferable to warm mist humidifiers in homes with small children since there is no danger of burning little fingers.

Ultrasonic Technology

Ultrasonic humidifiers can disperse a warm or a cool mist, or both. The cool mist option is more common, but some models include an internal heater that facilitates a cool mist in the summer and warm mist in the winter. Instead of utilizing a strong fan, as a standard cool mist humidifier might, an ultrasonic humidifier breaks up water droplets into mist using a ceramic diaphragm that vibrates at a frequency too high to be audible to the human ear. Best of all, most ultrasonic humidifiers are whisper quiet, so they won’t interfere with sleep.

Size

A humidifier that is too small may not be sufficient, while one that’s too large could add so much moisture into the room that droplets appear on furniture and other surfaces. Fortunately, humidifiers are rated by the intended room size.

  • A small room humidifier effectively treats rooms with less than 400 square feet of floor space. They are often portable and lightweight, making them a good choice for bedrooms, nurseries, kitchens, and other small spaces.
  • Medium-size room humidifiers treat rooms between 400 and 900 square feet and are only semiportable.
  • For a room with 1,000 square feet or more, look for a large room humidifier. Large room humidifiers feature bigger water reservoirs and are stationary.

Humidistat

A humidistat is a concept similar to a thermostat on a heater, except a humidistat is used to set the desired humidity. The humidifier will then turn itself on and off automatically to maintain that level. Many room humidifiers have a humidistat, though by no means all. Cheaper models may just pump out moisture at a preset level and need to be turned on and off manually. Unfortunately, this isn’t convenient for rooms that are unattended and can lead to over or under humidification.

Often the humidistat is a sensor with a simple dial, and some experimentation is needed before the preferred level is established. Others allow precise setting of humidity at a given percentage. Smart humidifiers can even allow this to be set or changed remotely.

Cleaning

Humidifiers need regular care for two reasons. First, it keeps them operating at peak efficiency and should prolong their working life. Second, mold and bacteria can build up on the unit, potentially creating a health hazard. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency general advice is to clean humidifiers every third day, though we would recommend following each manufacturer’s specific instructions for its machine.

Some high-end room humidifiers have cleaning cycles that make life a lot easier. Of course there is a premium to pay for this functionality. Fortunately, cleaning humidifiers by hand is not difficult, usually requiring just white vinegar, water, a scrubbing brush, and a sponge or cloth. The Consumer Products Safety Commission recommends the use of demineralized or distilled water to reduce mineral buildup, though some manufacturers disagree. A few actually warn against their use, so be sure to check instructions for each device.

The post We Researched 57 Humidifiers and Our Top Pick Runs for 60 Hours on One Fill appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-24T10:16:31-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Polish Wood Floors]]>Hardwood flooring takes a beating every day. Polishing it will give it like-new luster in just a few simple steps.

The post How to Polish Wood Floors appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-polish-wood-floors/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=97233Thu, 23 Jan 2025 17:11:04 -0500InteriorDIYFlooringRepair & MaintenanceWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Think about the beating your wood floors endure on a daily basis: high heels, pet nails, children’s toys, and shifting furniture, to name a few! Tough as wood floors may be, their finish is still susceptible to scratches and scuffs. Refinishing wood floors, the process of sanding floors down entirely to apply a new surface finish, is costly and really only necessary every few decades. But polishing with a product specifically formulated for your floors is an easy, inexpensive way to regain shine, even out imperfections, and extend the life of your handsome hardwood. All it takes is a flat-head mop with a microfiber cleaning pad and commercial wood floor polish, which comes in low- or high-gloss sheens to achieve your desired look.

Whether or not you should polish your floors, however, depends on their finish. Those with a protective surface—a waterproof barrier such as urethane, for example—will benefit from polish, but floors with penetrating finishes like tung oil or unsealed wood require wax instead of polish. Using the wrong product can cause a host of problems, from making floors too slick to dulling the finish, and impair proper refinishing down the road. It’s important to determine which kind of floor you have (our Step 1 in this guide on how to polish wood floors) before you dive in and cause damage.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Step 1: Test the finish on your wood floors. 

If you’re not sure what type of finish is on your floor, use a sharp knife blade to scrape off a tiny bit from an inconspicuous area.

  • If the finish is smudged but no clear material is scraped up, your floor probably has a penetrating finish. Stop here, and do not polish these wood floors; these should only be waxed.
  • If you see a clear material, your flooring likely has a surface finish. It’s safe to polish these wood floors. Still, be sure to test out the polish in a small hidden or inconspicuous location on the wood before tackling the entire floor.
Empire Today Flooring

Carpet, hardwood, vinyl, and tile flooring.

Bob Vila has partnered with Empire Today to help you easily get beautiful new floors at a great price.
Free In-Home Estimates

Step 2: Clear and clean your wood floors of dust and dirt. 

How to Polish Wood Floors
Photo: istockphoto.com

Empty the room, removing as much furniture as possible, then clean the wood floor thoroughly to remove dust and dirt. Sweep or vacuum, then mop with a commercial wood floor cleaner or solution of a 1/4 cup of dish soap and 1 gallon of warm water to lift any lingering grime. Give the floors a final pass with a clean, water-dampened mop to remove any cleaner residue. Dry completely with a soft, clean towel.

Step 3: Polish the wood to a shine.

Begin in a back corner of the room, plotting a path that will have you end up near an exit, pour a small S-shaped amount of wood floor polish onto the floor.

Using a flat-surface mop, work the solution back and forth in the direction of the wood grain, smoothing out any air bubbles. Work in small areas (about 3 to 5 feet wide in either direction) to best control the amount of polish you’ve applied.

While you must make sure to completely coat the floor, thin layers will dry more quickly than thick ones, and you can always apply another coat if needed.

Note: Polish can stain drywall and baseboards, so take care not to make contact with these areas.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

Step 4: Wait a day before replacing furniture.

Wait at least one hour before allowing light traffic through the room and a full day before moving your belongings back in and resuming normal use. To avoid scratching, take care not to drag or slide furniture; pick up each piece up and place them where they belong. Attach felt furniture pads underneath heavy pieces for extra protection.

Tried-and-True Advice

“Most of us focus on the type of product we put on our floors when preparing to polish them but the quality of the mop is just as important. Choosing the wrong mop leaves streaks on your floors or, at worse, causes scratches if the brush is too abrasive. I get the best results by using a high-quality microfiber mop. It’s soft enough that it won’t damage the floors and does a good job of spreading polish evenly without streaks. Also, don’t forget to clean the mop head in between polishings.”

—Tony Carrick, Contributing Writer

 

Step 5: Follow a few precautions to keep wood floors looking great, and you can put off your next polishing job.

Now that your floors look like new, maintain them by placing rugs at entry doors to prevent dirt from being tracked inside. If your kitchen has wood flooring, also place a rug at the sink to catch stray drops of water.

Stick to a regular cleaning routine, vacuuming weekly and giving the floors a deep clean monthly. Skip any homemade cleaning solutions that include diluted vinegar or ammonia on wood floors—all they’ll do is dull a surface-finished floor. Instead, for an all-natural approach, make a homemade wood floor cleaner, which features castile soap.

These measures will go a way to make preserve your wood floor’s shine. You may still want to repeat the polishing process a few times annually, as needed, but don’t exceed four applications per year.

The post How to Polish Wood Floors appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-23T17:11:04-05:00
<![CDATA[We Tested the Best Thermal Curtains for Easy Energy Efficiency]]>The best thermal curtains help reduce energy usage while adding style. We tested our top picks to see which provide the most insulation.

The post We Tested the Best Thermal Curtains for Easy Energy Efficiency appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-thermal-curtains/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=130537Thu, 23 Jan 2025 16:07:28 -0500ReviewsDesignFurniture & DecorInteriorInterior DesignWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Even the highest-rated windows present an opportunity for air to infiltrate the home, but thermal curtains offer an extra layer of insulation that can help make a home more energy efficient. But with so many kinds available, selecting energy-efficient yet stylish curtains can be a challenge. We tested all of the curtains below for several days, noting their ability to insulate, block light, and hold up to general wear and tear.  

After testing, we found Best Home Fashion Thermal Blackout Curtains to be best at insulating, while also blocking light and being easy to clean. 

We also spoke with an HVAC pro and design expert to get their take what on thermal curtains can do and how to select the right ones for the walls in your home. This guide reviews the results of our tests and the most important features to consider so you can choose from the best thermal curtains available. 

  1. BEST OVERALL: Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain
  2. RUNNER-UP: Nicetown Triple-Weave Noise-Reducing Thermal Curtain 
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Deconovo Thermal Insulated Blackout Curtain
  4. UPGRADE PICK: Bodulf Cross-Linen Thermal Blackout Curtains
  5. BEST PATTERNED: HLC.ME Paris Paisley Blackout Grommet Curtain Panels
  6. BEST TEXTURED: Abihail Burlap Weave Thermal Extreme Blackout Curtain 
  7. BEST COLOR SELECTION: BGment Thermal Blackout Curtains for Bedroom
  8. BEST NOISE REDUCTION: House of Hampton Dora Max Blackout Curtain Panel
  9. BEST VELVET: Dreaming Casa Darkening Thermal Velvet Curtains
  10. BEST FOR OUTDOORS: Nicetown Triple-Weave Outdoor Blackout Curtains 
  11. BEST FOR KIDS: H.Versailtex Blackout Star Thermal Curtains for Kids
Size OptionsMaterialNumber of Colors
Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtains54 to 132 inches long x 40 to 100 inches widePolyesterNumerous; varies by size and retailer
Nicetown Triple-Weave Noise-Reducing Thermal Curtain 40 to 120 inches long x 29 to 55 inches widePolyester blendNumerous; varies by size
Deconovo Thermal Insulated Blackout Curtain45 to 108 inches long x 42 to 100 inches widePolyesterNumerous; varies by size and retailer
Bodulf Cross-Linen Thermal Blackout Curtains84 to 120 inches long x 50 inches widePolyester8
HLC.ME Paris Paisley Blackout Grommet Curtain Panels54 to 96 inches long x 50 inches widePolyester5
Abihail Burlap Weave Thermal Extreme Blackout Curtain 63 to 96 inches long x 52 inches widePolyester4
BGment Thermal Blackout Curtains for Bedroom45 to 120 inches long x 38 to 70 inches widePolyester30
House of Hampton Dora Max Blackout Curtain Panel84 to 108 inches long x 50 inches widePolyester5
Dreaming Casa Darkening Thermal Velvet Curtains63 to 102 inches long x 42 to 100 inches wideVelvet12
Nicetown Triple-Weave Outdoor Blackout Curtains 72 to 120 inches long x 52 to 140 inches widePolyester14
H.Versailtex Blackout Star Thermal Curtains for Kids63 to 96 inches long x 40 to 52 inches widePolyester5

Our Top Picks

With so many different types of thermal curtains on the market, making a decision on which to buy can be challenging. The following list breaks down some of the best options in various categories. Each of the curtains on this list was tested for at least 5 days, with their thermal-control, light-blocking, and noise-control abilities at the forefront of the testing process.

Best Overall

Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain

 The Best Home Fashion Wide Basic Thermal Blackout Curtain installed over a patio door.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 54 to 132 inches long by 40 to 100 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: Numerous; varies by size and retailer

What We Like

  • Excellent light blocking
  • Multiple colors in deep, rich hues
  • Machine-washable fabric for easy upkeep

What We Don’t Like

  • Fabric creases can be difficult to remove
  • Back of curtain displays the curtain color

With its high insulating and light-blocking qualities, this thermal curtain from Best Home Fashion adds an extra layer of insulation to windows while contributing to the room’s aesthetics. It features triple-weave polyester construction that includes a layer of black yarn, keeping out up to 99 percent of light (the darker color choices are most effective) and 100 percent of ultraviolet (UV) rays, helping to keep the home warm in the winter and cool in the summer.

Each panel features attractive antique bronze grommets that are 1.6 inches in diameter. These panels come in lengths between 54 to 132 inches and widths from 40 to 100 inches. With dozens of colors available (options vary by size and retailer), there is sure to be an option that matches your home’s decor. These curtains are machine washable, making them easy to maintain.

The curtains did an excellent job of insulating and blocking light. We tested the extra-wide curtain panel in burgundy. The dark, rich color kept nearly all light out, and the thick fabric draped well. The only downside to these is that the curtain’s back is the same color as the front. Those who like uniform curtain colors from the exterior of their home will need a second neutral layer to face the street.

Get the Best Home Fashion thermal curtains at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Best Home Fashion.

Runner-Up

Nicetown Triple-Weave Noise-Reducing Thermal Curtain

 The Best Thermal Curtains Option: Nicetown Triple-Weave Noise-Reducing Thermal Curtain
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 40 to 120 inches long by 29 to 55 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester blend
  • Number of colors: Numerous; varies by size

What We Like

  • Many sizes to choose from
  • Good noise reduction
  • Extensive color options

What We Don’t Like

  • Colors can fade in constant, direct sunlight

This set of thermal curtains from Nicetown features insulating layers with a black yarn layer sandwiched between two microfiber layers. They provide protection against winter cold and summer heat while reducing noise and blocking up to 99 percent of sunlight.

These curtains feature 1.6-inch grommets, making them suitable for most standard curtain rods. A selection of over 30 solid colors makes them ideal for a variety of styles. And, with sizes ranging from 40 inches long by 29 inches wide to 120 inches long by 55 inches wide, they’ll fit virtually any window. Their machine-washable fabric makes them easy to clean, though getting wrinkles out can take some work.

During testing, we found the triple-layer design effective at hiding the inner black thread layer. However, we also found that the manufacturer’s claim of 99 percent light blocking was a bit of an exaggeration. While they did a good job of blocking out light and heat, we’d put the percentage closer to between 75 and 80. They also dampened some noise but were not entirely noise blocking.

Get the Nicetown noise-reducing thermal curtains at Amazon.

Best Bang for the Buck

Deconovo Thermal Insulated Blackout Curtain

 Deconovo Thermal Insulated Blackout Curtains installed in a bright white living room.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 45 to 108 inches long by 42 to 100 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: Numerous; varies by size and retailer

What We Like

  • Affordable compared to similar options
  • Triple-layered for increased insulation and light blocking
  • Machine-washable fabric

What We Don’t Like

  • Cheaper materials may not last as long

Window treatments don’t have to be expensive, as these thermal curtains from Deconovo prove. These energy-saving insulated curtains feature three layers of fabric for maximum blackout and insulation quality, cutting those energy bills without demanding you invest a lot of money up front.

These curtains include standard 1.6-inch grommets and are available in 18 sizes, ranging from 45 to 108 inches long by 42 to 100 inches wide. With over 30 colors to choose from (selection varies by size and retailer), there are plenty of options to match home decor. Cleaning the Deconovo curtains is easy: Just throw them in the washing machine on a cold, gentle cycle.

The Deconovo curtains look similar to the other curtains tested—even those that cost a lot more. They block out 75 to 80 percent of light and a similar amount of heat. The fabric doesn’t have quite the heft of some of the other curtains on the list, but they’re a great option for those on a budget. Keep in mind that the price is for a single curtain only—double the price to purchase a pair.

Get the Deconovo thermal curtains at Amazon, Deconovo, or Walmart.

Upgrade Pick

Bodulf Cross-Linen Thermal Blackout Curtains

 Bodulf Cross-Linen Thermal Blackout Curtains installed over a patio door.
Photo: Wayfair

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 84 to 120 inches long by 50 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 8

What We Like

  • High-quality material looks like linen
  • Heavy material with excellent drape
  • Excellent light blocking and noticeable thermal control

What We Don’t Like

  • Comes in limited sizes
  • Dry-clean only

Those who want an understated luxe look will appreciate the Bodulf cross-linen curtains, designed to look similar to expensive linen. Unlike traditional stiff polyester, the weight and thickness of these curtains allow them to drape beautifully—they even feel like high-end linen.

These curtains, sold as single panels, have a rod pocket, tabs, and a hook belt, offering a wide range of hanging options. Their white foam backing offers thermal control, lighting blocking, and sound absorption. Plus, the white backing creates a uniform window experience on the home’s exterior. Offered in only four sizes that range from 84 inches long by 50 inches wide to 120 inches long by 50 inches wide, these curtains might not fit every window. However, they come in multiple colors, ranging from neutrals to rich black or indigo, that are likely to please most.

During testing, the Bodulf curtains offered excellent light blocking and thermal control. They dampened some sound, but they didn’t bring it down as much as some of the thicker curtains. Of the curtains we tested, these stood out for their balance of performance and appearance. We didn’t love that they’re dry-clean only, but to maintain the curtain’s stunning appearance, it’s worth it.

What our tester says: “These curtains felt the most high-end of any that I tested. They draped beautifully,” —-Stacey L. Nash, Product Reviews tester and writer

Get the Bodulf thermal curtains at Wayfair.

Best Patterned

HLC.ME Paris Paisley Blackout Grommet Curtain Panels

 Blue HLC.ME Paris Paisley Blackout Grommet Curtain Panels on a brass curtain holder.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 54 to 96 inches long by 50 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 5

What We Like

  • Attractive paisley-patterned design
  • Great for saving on energy costs
  • Filters 60 percent of light and dampens sound

What We Don’t Like

  • Lighter colors tend to fade over time

With its diverse and rich collection of paisley patterns, the HLC.ME curtains add flair and visual interest. HLC.ME’s curtains use triple-weave polyester fabric to insulate windows, saving up to 30 percent on energy costs.

The HLC.ME curtains are machine washable and dryer-friendly on a low setting. The panels are all 50 inches wide and come in lengths ranging from 54 inches to 96 inches, allowing you to achieve looks ranging from tailored to elegant. Each set comes with two panels.

During testing, these curtains filtered out about 60 percent of light and a similar amount of sound. In artificial light, the muted colors almost look faded. When light shines through these curtains, the silver light-blocking panel gives the paisley pattern a silvery cast. They’re a great option if you love the pattern, but compared to the other options we tested, they’re not the most effective at controlling temperature or light.

Get the HLC.ME thermal curtains at Amazon, Walmart, or HLC.ME.

Best Textured

Abihail Burlap Weave Thermal Extreme Blackout Curtain

 A grey set of Abihail Burlap Weave Thermal Extreme Blackout Curtains installed on a over a large window in a living room.
Photo: Wayfair

The name of these curtains include the word “extreme,” which proved apt based on our testing.

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 63 to 96 inches long by 52 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 4

What We Like

  • Thick fabric and lining keep out nearly all light
  • Noticeably regulates temperature and sound
  • Machine-washable fabric with a detailed but subtle weave

What We Don’t Like

  • May have a few loose threads upon opening
  • Tend to wrinkle easily

Advertised as 100 percent light blocking, these curtains from Abihail lived up to their claim. They also did an excellent job maintaining the room temperature, and while they didn’t completely block out sound, there was a distinct dampening effect.

The Abihail curtains are only available in three sizes, ranging from 63 to 96 inches long by 52 inches wide, but if there’s a size to match your window, you won’t be disappointed. With a 1.5-inch-diameter grommet, they fit most standard curtain rods. The burlap weave texture of their polyester rayon blend adds to the richness and detail of a room without overwhelming your overall decor.

In addition to their performance, we also liked how easily these curtains washed. They arrived stiff, with noticeable wrinkles and a few loose threads that needed clipping. They relaxed somewhat after washing and drying, but they were still a bit stiff rather than drapey and had to be hung immediately to prevent new wrinkles from appearing.

Get the Abihail thermal curtains at Wayfair.

Best Color Selection

BGment Thermal Blackout Curtains for Bedroom

 A navy blue pair of BGment Thermal Blackout Curtains for Bedroom installed over a paned window.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 45 to 120 inches long by 38 to 70 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 30

What We Like

  • Multiple sizes available with a great range of colors
  • Simple, solid color choices work well in most homes
  • Can be lightly ironed to eliminate wrinkles

What We Don’t Like

  • No neutral backing fabric

With 30 colors to choose from, these thermal curtains from BGment have style options to suit most rooms. They feature a triple-weave design of polyester microfiber and black yarn to insulate in both the summer and winter while remaining soft to the touch. During testing, we found that those three layers also muffle outside noises while blocking between 80 and 95 percent of light, facilitating some sleeping in on the weekends.

Each panel uses 1.6-inch silver grommets, making them compatible with most standard rods. These curtains are easy to maintain, too. Simply throw them in the washing machine on the gentle cycle with cold water and tumble dry on low. BGment thermal curtains come in sizes ranging from 45 inches to 120 inches long by 38 to 70 inches wide, though all sizes may not be available in all colors. Each set includes two curtain panels.

The wide color selection includes bold, deep colors that hold up to sunlight. However, the curtains don’t have a neutral backing, so they’re the same color from the outside of the house as they are on the inside.

Get the BGment thermal curtains at Amazon or Walmart.

Best Noise Reduction

House of Hampton Dora Max Blackout Curtain Panel

 A pair of House of Hampton Dora Max Blackout Curtain Panels installed over a patio door in a living room.
Photo: Wayfair

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 84 to 108 inches long by 50 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 5

What We Like

  • Easy to machine wash and dry
  • Heavy, thick, luxurious fabric
  • Excellent sound, light, and noise blocking

What We Don’t Like

  • Comes in limited sizes

For homes where outside noise is an issue, these House of Hampton curtains are a classy solution. Thick and heavy, the polyester fabric blocks noise, light, and heat from the bedroom, and the Jacquard pattern adds a touch of velvet for extra texture. During testing, these curtains muffled sounds and acted as an effective barrier that kept the bedroom completely dark until light barely peaked over the top near the rod.

Available in a handful of pleasing solid colors, we tested these curtains in silver. They featured a champagne-colored foam backing that provided additional thermal, light, and noise blocking as well as the unified exterior look we prefer. However, keep in mind that backing color varies by curtain color—certain colors may not present a neutral exterior appearance, requiring a second liner curtain.

The House of Hampton curtains come in three sizes—84 to 108 inches long by 50 inches wide—and feature built-in grommets that fit up to a 1.25-inch rod. Those sizes will fit many standard windows but could limit placement in some homes. Despite the high-end look of these curtains, they’re easy to machine wash. Plus, machine washing quickly took out wrinkles during the testing process.

Get the House of Hampton thermal curtains at Wayfair.

Best Velvet

Dreaming Casa Darkening Thermal Velvet Curtains

 A blue pair of Dreaming Casa Darkening Thermal Velvet Curtains installed in a formal living room.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 63 to 102 inches long by 42 to 100 inches wide
  • Material: Velvet
  • Number of colors: 12

What We Like

  • 12 luxurious, rich color options
  • Beautiful, heavy fabric with excellent drape and texture
  • Easy to clean for a velvet curtain

What We Don’t Like

  • Holds wrinkles, which can be difficult to remove

The Dreaming Casa velvet curtains look luxurious, drape beautifully, and add an intriguing touch to any room. They’re not quite as thermally insulated as most other curtains on our list, but they still help maintain room temperature better than the average curtain. Constructed of a single layer of unlined velvet, their efficacy regarding temperature control was about 75 percent. They blocked a similar percentage of light (they’re considered light filtering rather than blocking), with darker colors blocking better than light colors.

Despite those things, we loved these velvet curtains in testing. They have a 2-inch rod pocket and tabs and come in 20 sizes, offering options that accommodate most window sizes. Their heavy velvet fabric brings texture to the room while reducing light. They come in 12 rich colors, ranging from deep black and coffee to lighter hues of rose red or green.

As much as we liked these curtains, we did have issues with wrinkles. We washed them in cold water, hung them to dry, and even steamed them, but the velvet held its wrinkles. Velvet can be ruined with ironing, so expect a bit of a crinkled look.

Get the Dreaming Casa thermal curtains at Amazon.

Best for Outdoors

Nicetown Triple-Weave Outdoor Blackout Curtains

 Metal grommets on Nicetown Triple-Weave Outdoor Blackout Curtains spaced out evenly on a metal curtain rod.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 72 to 120 inches long by 52 to 140 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 14

What We Like

  • Triple-layer fabric provides shade, wind protection, and privacy
  • Wide range of color choices
  • Heavy, waterproof fabric and water-resistant grommets hold up to weather

What We Don’t Like

  • Color can fade over time if left up continually

A summertime alfresco dinner stays cool and comfortable with thermal-insulated outdoor curtains. These multilayered backyard curtains from Nicetown provide cooling shade while also giving you privacy from the neighbors. They feature a layer of high-density black yarn sandwiched between two layers of polyester to protect you from the sun’s damaging rays while also blocking wind.

Outdoor curtains wouldn’t be much good if they couldn’t endure the elements. These curtains are waterproof and include rustproof grommets. And when they get dirty, you can throw them in the washing machine to freshen them up. Available in 14 color options and a wide variety of sizes, these curtains will suit various patio sizes and styles.

We tested the Nicetown outdoor curtains in the 108-inch length. The length alone adds heft, but the fabric also makes these curtain panels heavier, which is exactly what you want outdoors. They do an excellent job of controlling light and resisting water damage, as long as you don’t leave them outside during a downpour. They’re sold as single panels with some sizes available as a set—simply measure your space and order accordingly.

Get the Nicetown outdoor thermal curtains at Amazon.

Best for Kids

H.Versailtex Blackout Star Thermal Curtains for Kids

 H.Versailtex Blackout Star Thermal Curtains for Kids on a black metal curtain rod with an inset star shape showing a close-up of the curtain pattern.
Photo: Amazon

Product Specs 

  • Dimension options: 63 to 96 inches long by 40 to 52 inches wide
  • Material: Polyester
  • Number of colors: 5

What We Like

  • Thick fabric blocks light, sound, and heat well
  • Reflective stars create a whimsical, comforting environment
  • Easy to clean and dry; washing also helps remove wrinkles

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited sizes available
  • Backing is not a neutral color

The fun and whimsy of a child’s room can spark their imagination, but it still needs to be conducive to a good night’s sleep. That’s where the H.Versailtex blackout curtains come into the picture. These star-themed curtains hint at a galaxy far, far away or a dreamy unicorn fantasy land, depending on the color. The light-blocking, heat-controlling, noise-reducing fabric also creates a dark, cool sleep environment.

Made of hypoallergenic polyester, these curtains are tough and functional but easy to keep clean. This is often a big factor in choosing kids’ curtains, which can take a beating from tiny hands. We washed them, which cleaned them and helped remove wrinkles—they looked as good as new. Testing also revealed the reflective nature of the silver stars. All it took was a night light to turn them into a gently sparkling window cover that was magical and comforting for the kids.

These curtains come in sizes that range from 63 to 96 inches long by 40 to 52 inches wide. There are only four sizes in total, which is a bit limiting. The other issue is they don’t have a neutral backing, which could make the house’s exterior look less uniform. However, for the price and performance, it’s hard to beat the H.Versailtex for a child’s room.

Get the H.Versailtex thermal curtains at Amazon.

Jump to Our Top Picks

How We Tested the Best Thermal Curtains

We installed all the curtains on our lists in bedrooms and evaluated each by an established set of guidelines. We tested their ability to block light, regulate temperature, and hold up to use and machine washing (if applicable). 

To test the curtains’ light-blocking abilities, we turned off daytime interior lights and scored how well the curtains prevented outdoor light from leaking in. To test thermal control, we compared room temperature several times daily with the curtains open versus closed. We also scored the curtains based on fabric quality, thickness, and drape, factors that influence how well the curtains wash and wear over time. We also washed the curtains according to the manufacturer’s instructions if applicable. 

Testing Stats
Products tested 11
Time spent testing 2 months
Tests performed3
Price range$15 to $50

What to Consider When Choosing Thermal Curtains

Although the fabric used to create thermal curtains is crucial to how well it insulates the windows in the home, you will also want to consider other factors, including size, noise reduction, and aesthetics.

Type

Thermal curtains are available as standard classic curtains as well as Roman shades, hobbled shades, balloon shades, and side-draw shades, to name a few. Thermal curtains consist of insulated padding sandwiched between material suspended by a curtain rod that prevents air from passing into the room from the window.

Side-drawn shades work best for large windows, French doors, and sliding-glass doors. Roman shades and hobbled shades open and close through this classic stacking style. Balloon shades function similarly but gather the fabric as they rise. Unlike conventional blinds, Roman and balloon shades feature thick padded material that works well for insulating.

Thermal curtains come in various sizes ranging in length from 45 to 132 inches and in width from 36 inches up to 52 inches. For the curtains to properly insulate, they should be large enough to cover the entire window casing.

Size

Beyond that, the size you want depends on the look you’re trying to achieve. For a traditional look, mount the curtain rod so that the curtain hangs from 6 inches above the top of the window frame to about 3 inches below the bottom. The curtains should also extend beyond either side of the window by 3 inches. For a more modern style, mount the rod as close to the ceiling as possible and allow the curtains to extend to about 1 inch above the floor or allow them to rest on the floor to create a puddled effect.

If you’re using blinds or shades, they must fit tightly inside the window casing to prevent air from leaking around the edges of the blinds.

Fabric

Like standard curtains, insulated curtains come in a wide variety of fabrics, including cotton, polyester, silk, microfiber, and even velvet. Polyester and microfiber are the most effective fabrics for thermal curtains, as they resist moisture, which can build up in the air trapped between the curtain and the windowpane.

Aesthetic

One patterned thermal curtain and one grey thermal curtain installed over a large window.
Photo: Stacey L. Nash for Bob Vila

While insulated curtains may make you think of tacky window treatments found in cheap hotel rooms, they come in a wide variety of stylish colors and patterns. These curtains go beyond being functional, featuring attractive grommets and cuts that allow you to achieve traditional, modern, and classic looks.

We interviewed Artem Kropovinsky, interior designer and founder of Arsight based in New York City, who gave us an insight on what to look for style-wise. “Go for textured and patterned drapes in bohemian space, while clean lines with neutral colors in a modern environment.” This expert advice can also be applied to regular curtains, so it’s a good tip to keep in mind when decorating a space.

Noise Reduction

The thick layers or multiple layers of material in an insulating curtain not only prevent heat loss in the home but also absorb sound waves. This works both ways, muting the sound of a neighbor’s barking dog or screaming children while also muffling loud music in the home. Thermal curtains can reduce the noise in the home by as much as 10 decibels.

Insulation

“In simple terms, thermal curtains help you keep the heat where you want it—inside or outside,” explains HVAC expert Jimmy Hiller, founder and president of Happy Hiller in Nashville, Tennessee. So how do thermal curtains achieve this?

They use multiple layers of material to insulate. The middle layer, which is the insulating layer, consists of a heat-resistant material such as foam, felt, thick cotton batting, or flannel. A thermal curtain should have at least two layers, although three is better. For maximum insulation in the summertime, they should also use blackout technology that eliminates up to 90 percent of light.

Whether talking about the insulation in a home’s walls or thermal curtains, insulation is measured using what’s known as R-value. The higher the R-value, the better the insulation qualities of the material. R-value generally ranges from 0, which is open air, to as high as 60, which is attic insulation. Windows also have an R-value. Single-pane windows have an R-value of 1, while Energy Star–rated windows typically have an R-value of 3. When properly installed, an insulated curtain can increase a window’s R-value to as high as 6.

Washing Machine vs. Dry-Clean Only

Some curtains are machine washable, making them easy to maintain. Many thermal curtains are even safe to dry in the dryer. Others require the trip to and expense of a dry cleaner. Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning to avoid damaging thermal curtains.

The Advantages of Owning Thermal Curtains

There are a variety of benefits to owning thermal curtains. With their multiple layers of fabric, these curtains provide an extra layer of insulation for windows, saving money on utility bills.

The same triple-layer design that keeps cold air out and warm air in, or vice versa in the summertime, also does an excellent job of dampening outdoor noise, creating a more peaceful environment inside the home.

Thermal curtains do a great job of filtering out light. Darker-color curtains will actually block all sunlight, allowing you to sleep in on those sunny Sunday mornings. This dense material also provides maximum privacy for bedrooms.

  • Thermal curtains insulate windows, saving energy.
  • They do an excellent job of blocking sunlight.
  • They dampen outside noise.
  • Thermal curtains provide maximum privacy.

FAQs

Q. Are thermal curtains the same as blackout curtains?

Although thermal curtains will actually function as blackout curtains due to the multiple layers of fabric they use to insulate the window, there are differences between these two curtain types. Whereas both feature multiple layers of fabric, thermal curtains feature a thick backing for insulation and may include a synthetic lining that resists moisture.

Q. How do thermal curtains work?

Thermal curtains use a triple or double layer of fabric with a layer of thick batting. The material is made of either polyester or microfiber to resist moisture, while the batting serves as a barrier that prevents air from entering the home.

Q. Do thermal curtains keep cold out?

While thermal curtains may not entirely keep cold out, they do raise the insulation level of windows, trapping cold air between the window and the curtain and preventing it from entering the room.

Q. How do you hang thermal curtains?

To hang thermal curtains so they are effective, it’s important to use the right size. Make sure the curtains extend beyond the window casing on all sides to provide enough coverage to block the air that passes through the window from entering the room. It’s crucial to make sure the curtains hang close enough to the wall so that there is no gap between the curtains that would allow air to pass between the two. This may require you to mount the curtain rod closer to the wall.

Q. Can you wash thermal curtains?

Most thermal curtains are machine washable, using cold water and a gentle cycle. Some can even handle a trip through the dryer. Just make sure to read the manufacturer’s instructions regarding care before attempting to machine wash curtains.

Meet the Tester

Stacey L. Nash is a writer and product tester specializing in all things home and garden. Her reviews combine her professional research experience and her practical experience living on 12 acres of land with four kids and a DIY husband. She reviews everything from kitchen tools to cleaning products to bedding.

Additional research provided by Tony Carrick.

The post We Tested the Best Thermal Curtains for Easy Energy Efficiency appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-23T16:07:28-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Drain a Water Heater]]>If your water is rust colored or not heating quickly, it may be because sediment in collecting in your water heater. Here's how to drain the tank.

The post How to Drain a Water Heater appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/how-to-drain-a-water-heater/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=41565Thu, 23 Jan 2025 14:27:30 -0500InteriorPlumbingWater HeatersWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Q: I just drained my water heater for the first time since it was installed back in 1989. The water came out very clean, with no sign of sediment, so I stopped after about 5 minutes. Does this mean that my heater has no sediment?

It’s smart to drain the tank on a water heater every year, no matter what type of water heater you own. Sediment builds up over time within the appliance, compromising its energy efficiency and leading to clogs in fixtures throughout the house. The fact that you witnessed clean-looking water come out of your tank does not necessarily mean you’re in the clear. To remove sediment, you must drain a water heater not just for five minutes, but for as long as it takes to empty out completely.

In the future, follow these steps to drain a water heater:

Step 1: Check the pressure-relief valve.

Before you drain a water heater, check its pressure-relief valve, the means by which the tank keeps from bursting due to excess pressure.

How do you ensure that the valve is functioning properly? Switch off the power to the water heater. (If the unit runs on electricity, simply turn it off. If it burns gas, then switch the heater over to “pilot” mode.) Next, trip the lever on the valve in the cold water supply line. Finally, to minimize mess, position a bucket under the pressure-relief valve. Once you have opened the valve, listen for air and look for water. If you experience either, that means the valve is working as designed and you proceed to the next step. (Note that if you open the pressure-release valve and nothing happens—no hissing air, no dripping water—then it probably needs to be replaced.)

Tried-and-True Advice

“When draining my water heater, I found that attaching a clear section of tubing between the tank’s drain valve and the garden hose makes it easier to check the water flow and sediment. The transparent tubing lets you clearly see when sediment starts or stops flowing out of the tank, so you know when the tank is actually clear. It’s an inexpensive addition that eliminates guesswork and makes sure you get a thorough flush.”

—Paul Rankin, Contributing Writer

Step 2: Run your drain line.

Run a garden hose from the water heater drain to the exterior of your home. If the tank sits below grade (say, in the basement), you’ll likely need at least two lengths: One that runs from the tank to a portable pump, plus another that runs from the pump to the outdoors. If your water heater is located anywhere besides the basement, then gravity ought to do the trick. To be on the safe side, give the water in the switched-off heater ample time to cool down (allot several hours) before opening the drain valve. Note that taking a long, hot shower proves an effective strategy for speeding up this part of the draining process!

Step 3: Flush your tank.

After opening all the hot water faucets around your house, proceed to open the water heater drain valve. (Now is the time to activate your pump, if you’ve chosen to use one.) Let the tank drain completely, then turn on the water supply (short bursts of water may help to dislodge any sediment buildup). If sediment slows or obstructs the flow of water from the drain valve, get it out of the way: In other words, remove the drain valve, so the sediment can exit through a larger opening. With the valve removed, a long screwdriver or dowel may assist you in dislodging sediment. Keep several large buckets on hand to capture the outflow.

Step 4: Shut off the faucets and restore power to the water heater.

Once the water coming out of your tank appears to be running clear, turn the supply off once more. Then close the water heater drain valve and turn on the cold water supply. Remember also to return the pressure-relief valve to its initial position. Shut off the hot water faucets around your house (which you had turned on in Step 3) and, finally, restore the power to your water heater, which is now free of sediment.

Is it time to replace your water heater? Our researched guide to the best hot water heaters can help you make the right choice for your household.

The post How to Drain a Water Heater appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-23T14:27:30-05:00
<![CDATA[Why Is My Refrigerator Leaking Water? ]]>If your refrigerator is leaking water on the floor, don't panic. Making these tweaks will likely stop the leaking—and save you the cost of a repair tech.

The post Why Is My Refrigerator Leaking Water?  appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/refrigerator-leaking-water/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=97494Thu, 23 Jan 2025 13:19:18 -0500DIYAppliancesInteriorKitchen & DiningRepair & MaintenanceWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

When a puddle of water appears inside the refrigerator or on the floor near the appliance, it could be due to any number of issues. The good news is that the most likely scenarios are those you can easily remedy yourself, without calling for professional repair. Let’s run through the likeliest possibilities, and some DIY solutions for a refrigerator leaking water.

Possible Reasons Why Your Fridge Is Leaking 

Woman holding a refrigerator manual in front of the appliance.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

The first thing to do when a refrigerator has water leaking on the floor is to clean up the water. The next thing to do is to try to identify the cause with some troubleshooting (having your owner’s manual handy will help). Here are common reasons why a fridge leaks and the easiest way to fix each problem.

1. The door seal is dirty or broken.

The seal around a refrigerator—the rubber that lines the entire door opening—is an important barrier to humidity and warmth. It keeps the cold and dry air inside and the hot, moist air out. A leveled refrigerator door will close and almost pucker to seal. If the door seal is damaged or if there are food crumbs in it, you won’t get a tight seal. This leads to extra condensation in the unit and to the refrigerator leaking water inside or even onto the floor.

Solution: Clean or replace the seal.

“Check the gasket for cracks or gaps,” says Heather Rubalcava, customer support manager for appliance brand Whynter. An intact seal also helps the unit run more efficiently, and maintaining it could extend the life of your refrigerator. KitchenAid recommends inspecting the door seal once a year to look for dirt or damage. If you live with kids, you might want to inspect it more often. 

  • Open the refrigerator and/or freezer doors and inspect the entire rubber seal, as well as any corner gaskets.
  • Test the seal by closing the door on a dollar bill or other paper. If you can pull the paper through easily with the door closed, the refrigerator might have a weak seal. 
  • If the seal looks dirty, wipe it down well with a soft cloth dipped in soapy water.
  • Close the door and make sure it seals tightly, so it resists a little when you try to reopen it.
  • If the seal is still weak or if you spot cracks in the rubber. “Replace it if necessary to prevent warm air from entering,” says Rubalcava. Your user manual should include a part number.
  • Wait to remove the old seal until you are ready to install the new one.
  • If you aren’t confident about replacing the seal, call in a professional to replace it.

2. Your refrigerator might not be level.

A yellow level on a refrigerator.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

If you’ve just purchased a refrigerator, moved into a new home, or recently remodeled your kitchen floors, you moved the refrigerator. Moving the appliance might have caused it to start leaking water. If your brand new refrigerator is leaking water, looks unlevel, rocks, makes rattling noises, or has doors that need extra help closing, it might need to be leveled. 

An unlevel appliance affects the systems and refrigerants that work together to keep refrigerators cold. Moisture could accumulate, or frost can build up on the evaporator coils, and it can leak out.

Solution: Level the refrigerator.

Follow these steps to level your refrigerator:

  • Place a level on top of your fridge (not on an inside shelf, which might be uneven on its own) to confirm that it’s even from left to right and front to back (unless your owner’s manual calls for a slightly higher front). 
  • To adjust the side level, remove the grill from the bottom front of the fridge and turn the legs or rollers according to the instructions provided in your owner’s manual. 
  • Depending on the refrigerator model, this adjustment may require a wrench or screwdriver. 
  • Place the level from front to back and check the level again (per your owner’s manual). 
  • If the back legs or rollers also need to be adjusted, ask a friend to help since that will involve unplugging the appliance and pulling it away from the wall.
  • If the floor is uneven, you might need plastic shims in addition to adjusting the legs or rollers. Leveling refrigerators and refrigerator doors on uneven surfaces can get trickier. Tuck a shim under the leg and gently tap it closes the gap between the floor and the leg. Check the level again and if that side is still low, tap the shim in more in tiny increments or find a slightly thicker shim.

3. The defrost drain is blocked.

Fortunately, having to defrost a refrigerator is a task that owners of newer refrigerators won’t have to perform. However, a blocked defrost drain—which could be caused by a food particle, a stack of frozen dinners, ice, or some combination—can cause your appliance to work overtime. According to Whirlpool, the defrost drain is the most common tube to have a blockage. That can lead to water pooling inside the compartment. If not addressed, the water can leak through the door’s bottom seal and cause water from the refrigerator to leak onto the floor.

Solution: Unblock the defrost drain.

Stop the leak by unclogging the defrost drain. On most refrigerators, the drain is accessible at the inside back of the freezer. 

  • Open the freezer and make sure that nothing is blocking the drain along the back wall.
  • If it’s obstructed by items in an overpacked freezer, move things around until air can flow freely, and then give it a day or two to see if the issue resolves. 
  • If puddles persist, something smaller (like crumbs or ice) might be the cause.
  • Transfer your food from the fridge and freezer to a mini fridge or chest freezer and unplug your refrigerator. 
  • Remove the plastic plate that’s over the drain hole (your appliance manual may have tips for this) and use a turkey baster or funnel to flush warm water down the defrost drain. 
  • This should clear the drain of debris and allow your unit to function normally once more.
  • Help prevent future blockages in an overcrowded freezer by organizing its contents.

4. There’s a problem with your water supply line.

A refrigerator water leak might start with either the plastic water supply line inside the refrigerator or the main supply line from the wall. One clue that this is the cause: Water is pooling inside the refrigerator, along with halted or limited ice production, or if water flow is slowing when commanded at the fridge door.  According to Wesley Sirios, Frontdoor virtual appliance expert, “Ice complaints are the most common issues with refrigerator brands today.” These include no ice or not enough ice, which could indicate a blocked line to the dispensers. Frequent opening and closing can cause lines to freeze. 

Solution: Look for ice in water lines.

  • First, move your perishables to a cooler or another freezer while you inspect the plastic line to the ice maker. 
  • According to LG, your first step should be to check the setting for your freezer temperature. If set below 0 degrees Fahrenheit, raise the temperature and see if this stops the problem.
  • Inspect the inside supply line for blockages from ice or debris.
  • Turn off your icemaker, then unplug the refrigerator and turn off the water supply line (clockwise) that enters the back of the fridge. The valve is either underneath the nearest sink or in the basement.
  • Pull the refrigerator from the wall and look for a transparent type of clog in the plastic line that connects to your ice maker and water dispenser inside or along the back of the unit.
  • Either leave the refrigerator off for about an hour or two so that a small ice clog can thaw or carefully use a hair dryer or heat gun to thaw the ice in the water line before turning the supply back on and checking water flow and leakage. 
  • Check the line for any signs of damage or kinks before returning perishable items. If you see cracks, refer to your user’s manual to determine how to replace the line or call a pro to do the repair.

5. The main water supply line is cracked or loose.

Water under the refrigerator and water coming from the back could indicate a loose connection or other issue with the main water supply line at the back of the refrigerator. Again, low (or no) water pressure to the icemaker/water dispenser could be a clue, as is water pooling on the floor under and water flowing toward the back of the unit.

Solution: Inspect the main water supply line.

The cause of water leaking could be an issue with the main water supply line. This fix requires unplugging your refrigerator and pulling it away from the wall to get to the line and connections at the back, so you may need to ask a friend to help. Follow these steps to fix it.

  • Unplug your refrigerator and pull it away from the wall to get to the line and connections at the back. 
  • Look for water from the refrigerator dripping or collecting along the exterior of the hose. 
  • Frigidaire suggests using a dry paper towel to wipe the line, the connection into the refrigerator, and the main water connection and valve to determine if they are wet. 
  • Check all of the connections to ensure the tubing is firmly inserted into the fittings and that there are no kinks. 
  • Check for loose fittings and tighten them, as well as all connections.
  • If you cannot find the solution or fix the problem, contact an appliance repair professional. 

6. The drain pan needs replacing.

If it still looks like your fridge is leaking water from the underside, the drain pan might be the cause. This oft-forgotten refrigerator part catches and holds liquid from normal condensation. Though the water typically evaporates as the unit cycles, a crack in the drain pan could cause water running into it to leak out. 

Excess humidity also can cause extra water to build up inside of a refrigerator. Eventually, the water drains down to the pan. The pan could fill up, causing a leaking fridge. 

Solution: Check the drain pan.

It’s helpful to refer to your refrigerator model’s instructions or diagrams before looking for the pan. For example, GE Appliances notes that drip pans on models from 1987 forward do not have easily accessible drip pans.

  • If your model has a removable drain pan, look under your fridge and remove the kickplate or grille, using a screwdriver if necessary.
  • Pull out the plastic drain pan housed there. Most are located under the refrigerator at the front or back. Refer to your refrigerator owner’s manual for a diagram of the pan and instructions for its removal.
  • A completely empty drain pan could indicate a crack, since they should always have some water inside.
  • If the pan seems overly full, especially if you live in a humid environment, look for water inside the refrigerator.
  • If humidity appears to be the problem, check and replace the door seal if necessary, and look for ice build-up on vents. Try not to open the door as often on humid days, and consider placing a dehumidifier near the refrigerator.
  • Check for cracks in the plastic pan; reinstall if it has no leaks. Replace it with the appropriate manufacturer part if it is damaged.
  • In models with inaccessible pans (that might require removing a condenser to reach, for example), contact an appliance repair professional.

7. The water dispenser is broken.

Person putting a glass of ice under the water dispenser on a stainless steel refrigerator.
Photo: JAZZSOUND DARK / Getty Images

If the water dispenser on the door of your refrigerator is dripping or water pools at the bottom of it, the problem might be in the lines. Air in the line or a blockage can affect water flow to the ice and water dispensers. The water dispenser also will drip if the inlet water valve is not shutting as it should. 

Solution: Inspect the dispenser and filter system.

If you have already checked the water lines supplying the dispenser, try these steps to determine the cause:

  • Check the water pressure of your home at the kitchen faucet. If it is too low, the dispenser will drip. If that is temporary, the dripping should stop. Chronically low water pressure could require a fix by a plumber.
  • Try to find where the leak begins, such as droplets forming at the tip of the dispenser. If the valve appears to malfunction or if it is loose, it might need to be replaced.
  • Also check the ice dispenser to see if frost or ice are clogging the chute. Look for damage on the dispenser door.
  • Look for any damage to the controls or switches that send signals to the dispenser. Although the fix likely requires an appliance professional, you can at least look for possible damage.
  • Try dispensing a few quarts of water to help clear air from lines and then see if the leak continues. While dispensing, note the water flow.
  • KitchenAid recommends removing the system’s filter and running water without it to see if the flow increases noticeably. If it does, replace the filter, which could be clogged or installed wrong.

 8. Excess frost is building up.

Frost build-up in a refrigerator.
Photo: sammyvision via Getty Images

According to GE Appliances, almost all refrigerators manufactured today have an automatic defrost system. This system produces some of the drainage discussed in the causes of a refrigerator leaking water that are outlined above. If the defroster is not working as it should or you have a model with manual defrost or partial automatic defrost, you might need to address the frost built up in the compartment.

Solution: Defrost the appliance.

You might need to defrost your freezer. If manual defrost is required, GE Appliances suggests doing so when frost has built up to ¼ inch to ½ inch of thickness. Check your product manual for instructions on using any built-in defrost functions and for troubleshooting or correcting frost buildup. In general, here are the steps commonly used to fix this issue.

  • Turn the temperature control dial to its coldest setting about 6 hours before you plan to defrost it. This ensures that frozen food is as cold as possible before you remove it. 
  • Unplug the freezer or disconnect its power.
  • Remove the frozen food, and insulate it with newspaper and a blanket, or store it in a cooler or cold area.
  • You may have to remove the drain cover and empty the drain pan before beginning. See these tips from Amana for defrosting models with or without a drain system. 
  • Place an uncovered pan of hot water in the freezer to speed defrosting. Avoid using ice picks, knives, or other sharp tools to chip away ice.
  • Use paper towels or a sponge to wipe down the walls as ice melts.

Final Thoughts

If you see water pooling in or near your refrigerator, the fix could be as simple not lingering in front of open refrigerator doors, or opening the refrigerator less frequently. Other causes relate to clogged water supplies, clogged defrost drains, or damaged or clogged parts like water dispensers or the door seal.

Always begin by referring to the manufacturer’s literature for your refrigerator model; most owner’s manuals include some troubleshooting advice. Tackle the solutions above that you’re comfortable addressing. And though smart refrigerators might seem too high-tech to fix on your own, Sirios says owners can correct most problems. “All the manufacturers offer toll-free numbers, where an owner can reach support agents ready to help,” says Sirios. If it is too difficult to determine the cause or too overwhelming to move and unplug your refrigerator, call an appliance repair professional. Depending on the cause and age of the unit, it might even be time to replace your refrigerator.

The post Why Is My Refrigerator Leaking Water?  appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-23T13:19:18-05:00
<![CDATA[How to Replace a Toilet Shut-Off Valve]]>Fix a plumbing leak and get your toilet back into service ASAP by DIY-ing a toilet shut-off valve replacement.

The post How to Replace a Toilet Shut-Off Valve appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/replace-a-toilet-shut-off-valve/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=118218Wed, 22 Jan 2025 15:35:02 -0500InteriorBathroomsToiletsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

That inconspicuous toilet shut-off valve doesn’t see much action. In fact, that valve may sit for years without ever being closed. That’s not a good thing. After going unused for so long, the valve’s rubber washers begin to dry rot so that when you finally give it a turn, it leaks. And since the valve is usually only closed when the toilet isn’t working, a leaking shut-off valve often adds insult to a repair that’s already in progress.

This guide explains how to replace a toilet shut-off valve, and get your porcelain throne back in service as soon as possible.

Tools & Materials

Bobvila.com may earn a commission from purchases made through these links.

Before You Begin

You need to assess the type of plumbing you have before starting a toilet shut-off valve replacement.

  • If you live in a home built before 1980, chances are you have iron pipes. Corroded iron pipes can break and crumble when you attempt to remove an old shut-off valve, turning what was supposed to be an easy repair project into a DIY nightmare. For that reason, it’s best to hire a professional if you’re dealing with old cast iron plumbing.
  • You may also encounter copper plumbing. Copper pipes are often joined to toilet shut-off valves through a process called sweating, which involves soldering the joint with a blowtorch. This isn’t necessarily an obstacle for DIYers. You can easily cut a sweated copper joint and replace it with a compression connection, avoiding the need to wield high-intensity flames and combustible gas. But, if you want to “sweat” the new joint, it’s best to hire a professional plumber.

Finally, keep in mind that once you begin the process of replacing a toilet shut-off valve, your home will be without water until you complete the repair. Make sure you have all the necessary plumbing tools and supplies before you start, so you can finish the repair as quickly as possible and turn your water back on again.

Find trusted local pros for any home project
+

How to Replace a Toilet Shut-Off Valve

Step 1: Cut the water supply to the house.

Woman turns the handle on the main water shut off valve for her home.
Photo: Jenny Stanley for Bob Vila

The water main shut-off valve in a home is usually located in the basement, but may be found in various other locations, including the laundry room, under the kitchen sink, or in a bedroom closet. Once you’ve found it, tighten the valve to shut off the water.

Step 2: Drain the water lines.

Woman turns on the water at a bathroom sink faucet.
Photo: Tom Fenenga for Bob Vila

Before you remove the toilet shut-off valve, you’ll need to drain the supply line to prevent the water remaining in the pipe from gushing out onto your bathroom floor. Open a faucet that is below the level of the toilet valve you’re replacing. This step allows excess water to drain out of the water lines above it, including the pipe that supplies your toilet with water.

Step 3: Disconnect the supply line.

Removing an old toilet shut-off valve.
Photo: iStock

The toilet supply line is the flexible metal hose that runs from the toilet to the valve. Place a small bucket on the floor under the valve to catch any excess water that escapes from the line before you remove it. Use a crescent wrench to remove the bolt that connects the supply line to the valve. Then disconnect the line from the valve.

Step 4: Remove the old toilet shut-off valve.

The process for removing the toilet valve varies depending on the type of connection:

  • For compression joints, use a crescent wrench to unscrew the bolt connecting the pipe to the existing valve while holding the pipe with a pair of pliers. The pliers will prevent the pipe from being twisted or bent as you apply pressure with the crescent wrench to loosen the bolt. Once you’ve removed the nut, pull the old valve off of the pipe. Then remove and discard the nut and compression rings.
  • For sweated copper joints, place a tube cutter over the copper pipe as close to the old valve as you can. You need to leave enough pipe extending from the wall to have room to install the new fitting. Tighten the pipe cutter and rotate until it cuts completely through the metal, and then remove the valve.

Step 5: Install the new shut-off valve.

If you’re installing the new valve to a copper pipe, use a deburring tool to remove the sharp edge created when you cut it. Push the tool into the pipe firmly and turn a few revolutions until the edge is smooth. Skip this step if you’re working with a PVC pipe.

Next, slide the compression nut onto the copper or PVC pipe with the threads facing towards you. Then push the compression ring onto the tube. Slide the new valve over the pipe until it stops, ensuring the valve’s outlet is correctly oriented upward to receive the toilet’s supply line.

Hand-tighten the compression nut onto the threading of the new valve’s input. Then use two crescent wrenches, one to hold the valve body in place and the other to engage the nut, to tighten the nut another half turn.

Tried-and-True Advice

“When I replaced a toilet shut-off valve in my older home, I struggled with loosening the compression nut due to years of buildup and corrosion. A trick that worked like magic was gently heating the nut with a hair dryer for a few minutes. The heat caused the metal to expand slightly, making it much easier to unscrew. Just be careful not to overheat the area, especially if you’re working near plastic components, and always wear gloves to protect your hands from any hot surfaces. This simple tip saved me from damaging the pipe, and reduced frustration.”

—Paul Rankin, Contributing Writer

Step 6: Attach the toilet supply line.

Connect the toilet supply line to the new shut-off valve. If the supply line includes a compression nut, you can remove and discard the nut included with the new valve. Thread the nut onto the valve output. Hand-tighten the nut, then use a crescent wrench to tighten it another half turn.

If you can’t get the supply hose to line up with the new valve, you’ll need to loosen the valve nut and reposition it, so it lines up with the supply line. Make sure you adequately tighten all nuts before proceeding to the next step.

Step 7: Turn the water supply to the house back on.

Open the water main in the house then loosen the toilet shut-off valve by turning it counterclockwise. As the water begins filling the toilet’s tank, check for leaks around the new valve.

If there is a leak, shut off the water, empty the lines, and unscrew the valve’s compression nut. Add plumbers tape or plumbers putty to the threads on the valve. Reinstall, making sure to tighten all compression nuts, and recheck the fitting.

Final Thoughts

Replacing a leaky toilet valve is a repair that most DIYers can complete in a few short hours. By following these simple steps, you can ensure that your toilet valve replacement will go smoothly, eliminating the offending leak and allowing you to get your toilet back into service.

This project is one that most DIYers can handle, but remember not to bite off more than you can chew. Wrestling with old corroded iron plumbing is a recipe for DIY disaster. You can manage the PVC and copper repairs yourself, but call a plumber for the old stuff.

The post How to Replace a Toilet Shut-Off Valve appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-22T15:35:02-05:00
<![CDATA[These Are the Types of Drywall Every DIYer Should Know]]>The post These Are the Types of Drywall Every DIYer Should Know appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/interior/types-of-drywall/https://www.bobvila.com/?p=425232Wed, 22 Jan 2025 13:48:32 -0500InteriorBuilding & InstallingDIYWalls & CeilingsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Unless you live in an older home with plaster and lath walls, then you’re likely surrounded by panels of compacted gypsum powder that make up the interior walls and ceilings in many homes. While most of us are familiar with standard white board drywall sheets, there is actually a wide variety of drywall types. They come in such mysterious sounding names as blue wall, green wall, and purple wall, Type C, and Type X. 

Since these names provide very little insight into when and where you should use them, selecting drywall panels for your next home renovation project can be more than a little confusing. We tapped Mitch Coluzzi, who’s flipped hundreds of homes for SoldFast.com as the home buying company’s head of construction, to help us make sense of it all. With his help, we’ve assembled a list of the 10 most common types of drywall, complete with descriptions and intended applications. 

1. White Board

Sheets of 1/2 inch white board drywall against a white background.
Photo: The Home Depot

The most common type of drywall, white board, is made from compressed gypsum powder that’s held in place by heavy grade paper. White board is used to create walls and ceilings in bedrooms, living rooms, and hallways. It’s the most affordable type of drywall and comes in a broad range of thicknesses. Unlike other types of drywall, white board doesn’t have any mildew or mold resistance, so it’s not suitable for bathrooms or kitchens. 

Best For: White board is best used for ceilings and walls in bedrooms, hallways, and living areas. 

Common Sizes

1/4 inch: This thinner drywall thickness is used for covering worn out, damaged drywall. Since it’s also more bendable than thicker drywall, ¼-inch drywall is also suitable for creating curved walls.

3/8 inch: Slightly thicker than 1/4-inch drywall, 3/8-inch drywall is used to repair holes in drywall and can also be used for walls with a slight curve.

1/2 inch: The most common thickness of white board, 1/2-inch drywall is the standard for creating interior walls.

5/8 inch: Whereas 1/2-inch drywall is typically used for walls, this thicker drywall is the standard for ceilings. 

2. Green Board

A DIYer or contractor carrying a sheet of green board drywall through a kitchen renovation site.
Photo: The Home Depot

Green board is a moisture-resistant drywall that gets its name from the green-colored wax paper backing that gives it its resistance to water. Its moisture-resistant qualities make it a popular choice for kitchens and bathrooms, though Coluzzi notes that you should only use it for walls and ceilings that do not come into contact with water. 

Best For: Its resistance to moisture makes it suitable for walls in kitchens, bathrooms, laundry rooms. 

3. Blue Board

A contractor installing blue board drywall made for plaster.
Photo: The Home Depot

Blue board is a porous type of drywall that is designed specifically to bond with veneer plaster. Unlike white board drywall, which has seams you must tape, mud, and sand multiple times, blue board is simply taped then veneered over with a thick layer of plaster. While this method is expensive and requires technique and skill that’s beyond what the average DIYer can handle, it produces an aesthetically superior finish that’s more durable than standard drywall.  

Best For: Blue board is specifically designed for veneer plastering. 

4. Purple Board

Purple board drywall installed in a home bathroom.
Photo: Lowe’s

Purple board, a type of drywall made by Gold Bond Building Products, has a gypsum core that’s resistant to moisture, mildew and mold. These qualities make purple board ideal for areas prone to moisture. “Purple is water-, mold-, and mildew-resistant and should be used at any wet location,” Colluzi says. 

This mold-resistant drywall also has a heavier paper coating than standard white board, which makes it more resistant to scuffs, dents, and scratches. Its ability to endure abuse makes purple board an attractive drywall option for high-traffic parts of the home, such as hallways, stairwells, and garages.

Best For: Wet humid areas such as bathrooms, kitchens, and laundry rooms, and high-traffic parts of the home. 

5. Paperless

Paperless drywall on a white background.
Photo: The Home Depot

Paperless drywall uses a moisture-resistant fiberglass covering instead of paper. This design protects the drywall from water, preventing mold and mildew growth, while also making it stronger and more durable than traditional drywall that uses a paper covering. This makes paperless drywall ideal for bath and shower walls that are above the tile line and behind toilets and vanities. Since paperless drywall is also Greenguard certified, it emits very few volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which is good for indoor air quality. 

Best For: Paperless drywall’s moisture resistance makes it ideal for use above the tile line in showers and behind sinks. 

6. Cement Board

A DIYer installing cement board sheets in a home bathroom remodel.
Photo: The Home Depot

This drywall material is made from cement mixed with fibers that give it enhanced structural integrity and excellent moisture resistance. Also called backer board, cement board’s rigid structure and water-resistant qualities make it a common underlayment for tile in bathrooms and kitchens. 

“Cement board is used in direct wet locations with two thin layers of waterproofing membrane rolled on,” says Coluzzi. Due to its heavier weight, most cement board is sold in smaller 3-foot-by-5-foot sheets. 

Best For: Cement board is an ideal substrate for tile in bathrooms and kitchens. 

7. Type X

A contractor installing Type X fire-resistant drywall in a home.
Photo: Lowe’s

This 5/8-inch thick drywall offers a greater degree of fire resistance than other types of drywall thanks to glass fibers in its core that make it significantly more fire-resistant than standard drywall. Whereas standard drywall can withstand fire for 30 minutes, type X drywall has a 1-hour fire rating. Though sometimes used in homes, type X drywall is usually installed in commercial buildings, such as hotels, schools, and office buildings. It’s usually used to add fire protection around utility rooms and furnaces and to separate various fire zones within a building. 

Best For: Typically used in commercial buildings to meet certain fire safety codes. 

8. Type C

Type C drywall installed in a residential home.
Photo: The Home Depot

Similar to Type X drywall, type C is a fire-resistant type of drywall. Like Type X, type C is 5/8-inch thick and has a gypsum core infused with glass fibers. Since type C has a higher percentage of glass fibers in its core, it’s more fire-resistant than type X. While type X drywall is commonly used for walls, type C is a common fire-resistant drywall to use for ceilings and other horizontal applications that must meet certain fire resistance codes. 

“For fire-rated applications, we used type X on walls and C on ceilings because C is lighter and counts as 2X layers,” Colluzzi says. 

Best For: While type C is most often used in commercial applications, it can be used in homes for ceilings in utility rooms with furnaces.  

9. Soundproof

Soundproofing drywall pieces against a white background.
Photo: Lowe’s

Soundproof drywall is made by sandwiching layers of viscoelastic materials and ceramics between gypsum. These additives reflect sound waves, effectively trapping them in the wall to reduce noise. Soundproof drywall is typically used in entertainment rooms, music studios and for shared walls in apartment buildings.  

Best For: Soundproof drywall is a good solution for dampening noise from an entertainment room or in-home music studio. 

10. VOC-Absorbing Drywall 

VOC-absorbing drywall sheets stacked and against a white background.
Photo: CertainTeed

This advanced type of drywall has additives built into it that capture and neutralize VOCs in a home as air flows through the walls, improving the overall indoor air quality of a home. Some VOC-absorbing drywall products can capture and convert VOCs for up to 75 years and continue to work even when painted with multiple coats of paint. 

Best For: While VOC absorbing drywall is particularly useful for rooms prone to high VOCs, such as drywall for basements, garages, and workshops, this type of drywall can also be used throughout a home to improve its overall air quality.

The post These Are the Types of Drywall Every DIYer Should Know appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-22T13:48:32-05:00
<![CDATA[This Is Your Home’s Ideal Indoor Humidity Level ]]>If your indoor air is too humid or too dry, your health may suffer. Learn how humidifiers and dehumidifiers can help you achieve the ideal home humidity.

The post This Is Your Home’s Ideal Indoor Humidity Level  appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/humidity-level-at-home/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=105118Tue, 21 Jan 2025 18:03:14 -0500InteriorHeating & CoolingWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

While you can’t change the humidity levels outdoors, you can take steps to control humidity levels inside your home. This can improve your comfort and health, and can even prevent damage to home systems and structures. 

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) says that ideal indoor humidity levels should be between 30 percent and 50 percent. Some research suggests that the ideal relative humidity for sleeping is slightly higher, at 40 to 60 percent. Though logic tells us that in desert regions, indoor humidity always falls well below that and soars higher in Southeastern homes, temperature also affects indoor humidity and resulting air quality. “The 30 to 50 percent range is standard. But personal comfort, health, and the season should guide specifics,” says Josh Mitchell, owner of Air Conditioner Lab. 

Effects of High Indoor Humidity

When the humidity is higher than 50 percent, you won’t just feel sticky and uncomfortable; the increased moisture in the air can lead to mold growth, and condensation on windows and toilet tanks. The water droplets that collect can eventually cause the rot and decay of materials in your home, such as flooring and structural elements. 

Effects of Low Indoor Humidity

Inadequate humidity in the house can also cause problems. Low humidity can result in dry skin, nasal irritation and sinus issues, and increased static electricity. Excessively dry air, at 5 percent humidity or less, can also cause wallpaper to peel away and wood furniture and building materials to shrink, which can lead to warping or cracking. Monitoring your home’s moisture levels and keeping them in the ideal indoor humidity range can prevent these things from happening. Our tips for raising humidity levels below can help.

How to Measure Indoor Humidity

Man holds an energy monitor in his living room to measure temperature and humidity; red sofas in the background of the modern living space.
Photo: Peter Cade / Getty Images

To monitor home humidity levels, consider purchasing several inexpensive gauges, such as Pinmu’s Mini Digital Humidity Meters. Position them in different areas of your home, because humidity can vary from room to room. For example, basements are often more humid than other rooms because moisture from the ground can seep through basement walls. 

While hygrometers are the go-to tools for measuring humidity, Mitchell suggests paying close attention to physical signs too. “Consistent condensation on windows, a musty smell, or unusual respiratory responses can all signal high humidity,” Mitchell says. If the humidity is over 50 percent or under 30 percent in one or more areas, try the following solutions to adjust the humidity level at home.

How to Lower Indoor Humidity

To prevent problems like window condensation, mold, and mildew, lower overly humid spaces to the ideal 30 to 50 percent range. Lowering humidity levels also can make the environment less hospitable for some pests, and more comfortable for you and your family.

Replace an old air conditioner.

Repairman dressed in blue coveralls replaces dated outdoor air conditioning unit.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

In addition to cooling indoor air, AC units remove moisture. A central air conditioning unit should last 12 to 15 years before needing replacement, and a window unit should last 8 to 10 years. When air conditioners are older than their predicted useful life, their components can wear out and they may no longer remove humidity efficiently. 

“Regular maintenance is key. I recommend professional servicing every year before summer, regular filter changes (every 30-90 days, depending on use), and keeping the unit and surrounding area clean and free from debris,” Mitchell says. “Also, ensuring the refrigerant level is adequate can prevent overworking the system.”

Use room dehumidifiers.

Living room with dehumidifier in the foreground and woman sitting on the floor near her couch in the background with her cat.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

Air conditioners might not remove enough humidity in high-moisture areas, like finished basements. A supplemental basement dehumidifier, such as the GE 50-Pint Dehumidifier with Built-in Pump, can make even the muggiest areas feel more pleasant.

Cover a dirt basement floor with a vapor barrier.

Most of today’s new homes have poured concrete basement floors, but many houses built before 1950 still have unfinished dirt floors. The moisture in a dirt-floor basement can be as high as 100 percent, depending on the dampness of the soil, and that moisture can filter up into other areas of the home. The solution, in this case, is placing a vapor barrier such as 6-millimeter plastic sheeting over the dirt, and then covering the sheeting with several inches of sand or pea gravel to hold it in place.

Install a bathroom exhaust vent.

Technician installs bathroom ventilation fan.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

As much as you enjoy long, hot showers or baths, all that steam will float out as soon as you open the bathroom door. Run a bathroom exhaust fan, such as the Panasonic WhisperFit exhaust fan, during and after bathing to draw steamy air up, out, and away. (Be sure to determine the right size of bathroom exhaust fan for your needs before purchasing.) 

Consider a whole-home dehumidifier.

When the indoor humidity levels in the entire home are consistently high—if they regularly register higher than 50 percent humidity—it might be time to consider adding a whole-house dehumidifier. “Whole-house dehumidifiers are particularly useful in regions with high humidity levels, such as coastal areas,” says Dan Johnson, vice president at Sanders & Johnson, a heating and cooling service company in Denver, Colorado. Additionally, these systems can help prevent the proliferation of pests such as dust mites and insects.

Whole-house dehumidifiers are designed to regulate and maintain optimal humidity levels throughout a home. They are a part of the home’s central heating and cooling system that can remove excess moisture as air cycles through the main vent system. This type of dehumidifier should be installed by an HVAC professional.

How to Increase Indoor Humidity

If the humidity level at home is too low, add moisture to the air as best you can, especially in the winter. Twenty-five percent humidity in winter is generally considered healthy; aim for the 30 percent threshold the rest of the year. To increase humidity in an overly dry home, you can start with simple household solutions or add humidity as needed with a humidifier.

Increase humidity while doing household tasks.

Steam releases from silver dishwasher with ceramic cups inside.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

Those who live in dry climates know that any bit of humidity will benefit indoor air, especially during dry winters. These simple changes can add humidity to your dry home:

  • Open the dishwasher after the final rinse cycle and allow the steam to flow out rather than using the dry cycle.
  • Keep a large pot of water simmering on the stove or wood stove.
  • Air-dry laundry on an indoor clothesline.
  • Allow bathwater to cool in the tub before draining it to release moisture into the air. Do this with a sink full of warm dishwater, too.
  • Acquire some houseplants, which release moisture into the air through their leaves.
  • Keep a fine-mist spray bottle handy and spray the air lightly every hour or so. You don’t want to spray so much that furniture or countertop surfaces become wet; just a light spritz here and there will help raise the humidity level at home.

Use a portable humidifier to relieve skin and respiratory problems.

A portable air humidifier sits on a bedside table next to a black lamp while woman in pink shirt sleeps in the background.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

If a family member suffers from dry nasal passages, sinusitis, or skin irritations, all of which can be aggravated by low humidity, a humidifier can help alleviate symptoms. A portable humidifier like Pure Enrichment’s Mist Aire Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier will introduce soothing moisture to the air and reduce health issues as well as annoying static electricity. This type of humidifier is a great option for bedrooms, living rooms, and nurseries, and might only need to run while sleeping.

Consider a large-room or whole-home humidifier.

In parts of the country, such as areas of Nevada, Arizona, and New Mexico, the air can be severely dry all year long and increasing indoor humidity is top of mind most of the year. Homeowners in these regions could also consider installing a large room humidifier to cover more ground or talking with an HVAC professional about whole-home humidifiers.

Switch from forced-air heat to a different heating method.

Radiant heating system installed in new home construction.
Photo: iStock Photo: istockphoto.com

A standard furnace heats the air and then distributes it throughout the home, but the warming process dries the air and removes humidity. If your house has too little humidity mostly during the winter months, switching from a forced-air heating system to radiant heat will keep the air from drying out. 

Although this is a more expensive solution, it will help those most affected by dry air and can be incorporated into floor replacements or remodels. Radiant heat goes down beneath flooring and behind wall panels, but it’s typically not a DIY job. A professional radiant heating contractor should do the work.

Final Thoughts

The amount of humidity in the air varies from morning until night, from one season to another, and due to weather and other factors. Controlling indoor humidity is not just a comfort issue. It can indirectly affect health by how humidity increases or decreases concentrations of indoor air pollutants. The first step toward a comfortable and healthy relative indoor humidity is a solid measurement. Homeowners can then take simple to major steps to keep the air from being too dry or too damp and to enjoy consistently ideal indoor humidity levels.

The post This Is Your Home’s Ideal Indoor Humidity Level  appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-21T18:03:14-05:00
<![CDATA[This Simple Kitchen Upgrade Helps Keep Germs From Spreading]]>Touchless faucets are standard in public spaces—now, you can have this luxury at home. Check out the best touchless kitchen faucet picks.

The post This Simple Kitchen Upgrade Helps Keep Germs From Spreading appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-touchless-kitchen-faucet/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-touchless-kitchen-faucet/Tue, 21 Jan 2025 16:02:07 -0500ReviewsInteriorKitchen & DiningWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

Touchless kitchen faucets allow users to wash their hands without leaving germs, flour, or grease on the faucet handles. We tested today’s popular models by installing them on our kitchen sinks, and we found a favorite. The Moen Arbor MotionSense Wave One-Handle Kitchen Faucet took our top spot thanks to its build quality, high performance, and straightforward installation.

These smart kitchen gadgets offer convenience while keeping faucet handles germ—and grime-free. If you’re on the hunt for one, check out our picks below. All excelled in our hands-on testing and have our stamp of approval as some of the best touchless kitchen faucets across a range of brands.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Moen Arbor Motionsense Wave One-Handle Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Glacier Bay Touchless LED Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. UPGRADE PICK: Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Sink Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. BEST INSTALLATION: Moen Brantford MotionSense Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST VOICE-ACTIVATED: Delta Trinsic VoiceIQ Pulldown Touch2O Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST PULL-OUT SPRAY: Bio Bidet Flow Motion-Activated Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST MODERN: Vigo Edison Kitchen Faucet With Touchless Sensor
    ↓ Jump to Review
  8. BEST WITH SOAP DISPENSER: American Standard Fairbury 2S Touchless Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review
  9. STRONGEST FLOW: Kohler Crue Touchless Kitchen Faucet
    ↓ Jump to Review

Product Comparison

FinishFlow RatePower Supply
Moen Arbor Motionsense Wave One-Handle Kitchen FaucetSpot-resist stainless, oil-rubbed bronze, matte black, or chrome1.5 gallons per minute (GPM)6 AA batteries or alternating current (AC) power adapter (sold separately)
Glacier Bay Touchless LED Pull-Down Kitchen FaucetPolished chrome, stainless steel, bronze1.8 GPMBattery
Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Sink FaucetPolished chrome, stainless, brushed “moderne” brass, or matte black1.5 GPMElectrical outlet
Moen Brantford MotionSense Pull-Down Kitchen FaucetSpot-resist stainless, oil-rubbed bronze, or chrome1.5 GPM6 AA batteries or AC adapter (sold separately)
Delta Trinsic VoiceIQ Pulldown Touch2O Kitchen FaucetArctic stainless, matte black, black stainless, champagne bronze, or chrome1.8 GPM6 AA batteries or AC adapter (AC required for voice feature)
Bio Bidet Flow Motion-Activated Kitchen FaucetBrushed nickel, champagne, chrome, matte black, oil-rubbed bronze1.8 GPM4 AA batteries
Vigo Edison Kitchen Faucet With Touchless SensorChrome, stainless steel, matte brushed gold, matte black1.8 GPMBattery
American Standard Fairbury 2S Touchless Kitchen FaucetPolished chrome, stainless steel, matte black1.8 GPMBattery
Kohler Crue Touchless Kitchen FaucetPolished chrome, vibrant stainless steel, vibrant brushed moderne brass, matte black1.5 GPMElectrical outlet

Our Top Picks

We tested top-rated touchless kitchen faucet brands to select the ones that meet the needs of shoppers’ budgets, design preferences, and finish options. We’ve also selected the best overall for performance and convenience.

Best Overall

Moen Arbor Motionsense Wave One-Handle Kitchen Faucet

 The Moen Arbor Motionsense Wave One-Handle Kitchen Faucet on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 5/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Finish: Spot-resist stainless, oil-rubbed bronze, matte black, or chrome
  • Flow rate: 1.5 gallons per minute (GPM)
  • Power supply: 6 AA batteries or alternating current (AC) power adapter (sold separately)

What We Like

  • Simple installation, even for beginner DIYers
  • Available in 4 popular finishes 
  • Handy pause button on the sprayer 
  • Hands-free operation

What We Don’t Like

  • Batteries required (AC adapter sold separately)

Moen is known for its beautiful, high-caliber kitchen fixtures, and this sensor faucet is no exception–installing it took just one hour. The model we tested came with a spot-resist stainless finish, and despite our best attempts to smudge it up with grubby fingers, we never needed to wipe it down at all. Impressive!

This faucet features a single sensor on the left of its base that’s activated by any movement detected near it. With a simple hand wave, the faucet turns on or off. The sensor is battery-operated, and six AA batteries are included. It can also be powered with an adapter, sold separately.

The sprayer has two simple settings that work well, but we were a little bummed that there was no booster button for the occasional extra power. That said, there is a pause button, which could come in handy every now and then. 

We spent two weeks testing this faucet and found that it’s best not to store any items (like soap, sponges, etc.) on the left side of the faucet to avoid accidentally triggering the motion sensor. A slight annoyance but with a simple solution that makes this our favorite touchless faucet in our lineup. 

Read our full review: Moen Arbor Touchless Faucet Review

What Our Tester Says: “If you’re updating your kitchen and would like to incorporate some technology, the Moen Arbor MotionSense not only brings this to the table, but does so with a robust construction and, perhaps most importantly, at a very competitive price point compared to other smart options available.”— Paul Rankin, Product Reviews Team Tester and Writer.

Get the Moen Arbor touchless kitchen faucet at Amazon, Lowe’s, or Wayfair.

Best Bang for the Buck

Glacier Bay Touchless LED Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

 Glacier Bay Touchless LED Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 4/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs 

  • Finish: Polished chrome, stainless steel, bronze
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM
  • Power supply: Battery

What We Like

  • Battery-powered; no electrical outlet
  • Relatively simple installation
  • Modern finish fits with most kitchen styles
  • LED light turns on and off with the faucet

What We Don’t Like

  • Faucet finish is not smudge-free

Buying a touchless faucet doesn’t have to break the bank. The Glacier Bay battery-powered model was one of our favorite sensor kitchen faucets for its sleek looks, powerful spray stream, and attractive price point. It comes in three finishes and looks sleek in modern and traditionally styled kitchens. 

We didn’t think we’d need a light on a faucet, but the LED light really illuminates the sink when filling a glass or pot and makes us less likely to use the other kitchen lights at night. Installation was a breeze, even for average DIYers like us. We appreciate the quick-connect functionality that made hooking up the under-sink parts straightforward and simple. Unlike other models we tested, the Glacier Bay faucet comes with a couple of extra perks–a built-in soap dispenser, deck plate, and batteries, making this under-$200 faucet an excellent value for a budget-minded homeowner.

Get the Glacier Bay touchless kitchen faucet at The Home Depot or Amazon.

Upgrade Pick

Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Sink Faucet

 Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Sink Faucet on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 5/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Finish: Polished chrome, stainless, brushed “moderne” brass, or matte black
  • Flow rate: 1.5 GPM
  • Power supply: Electrical outlet

What We Like

  • Advanced water-saving capabilities
  • Three spray settings
  • Several finish options 

What We Don’t Like

  • Water-saving feature reduces water pressure

This Kohler Simplice is a well-constructed luxury faucet with a classic design and many features. Unlike several touchless faucets, the motion sensor is positioned under the spout to provide a more strategic way to turn the faucet on and off without accidentally activating it and soaking your arm when placing dishes into the sink.

With an ergonomic gooseneck design, the Simplice features a pull-down spray head with three functions: stream, boost, and sweep spray. For stuck-on dirt, boost technology increases the flow rate by 30 percent with the press of a button. We loved the boost button and often used it for tougher cleaning jobs. The handle rotates 90 degrees forward to prevent contact with a backsplash. 

Installation was straightforward and required an electrical outlet. The faucet has an LED light indicator to let users know when it is operational, and it comes with temperature memory that automatically selects the user’s desired water temperature. With a flow rate of 1.5 GPM, this faucet is efficient, and at approximately $500, we feel it’s a good investment when upgrading a kitchen.

Get the Kohler touchless kitchen faucet at AmazonLowe’s, The Home Depot, Wayfair, or Kohler.

Best Installation

Moen Brantford MotionSense Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

 The Moen Brantford One-Handle Pulldown Kitchen Faucet on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Functionality 4.8/5; Motion detection 4.8/5; Value 4.8/5 

Product Specs

  • Finish: Spot-resist stainless, oil-rubbed bronze, or chrome
  • Flow rate: 1.5 GPM
  • Power supply: 6 AA batteries or AC adapter (sold separately)

What We Like

  • Simple DIY installation—no plumber needed
  • Power-stream feature for cleaning stuck-on foods 
  • High spout for good maneuverability

What We Don’t Like

  • Wiping down the sink can trigger motion sensor

This hands-free kitchen faucet couldn’t be more straightforward to install. It features the Duralock push-type installation system and comes with clear instructions. The hardest part of the installation process for us was removing the old (rusted) faucet, but once it was off, it was smooth sailing. 

The touchless sensor is powered by six AA batteries or an optional AC adapter (sold separately) with a power splitter. We went with the batteries.

The Brantford is a low-flow kitchen faucet rated to deliver just 1.5 GPM with an aerated stream for everyday cleaning. You’d never know it’s a low-flow faucet by its spray stream, powerful enough to clean even stuck-on foods. 

We found only one requirement for using this faucet: If we turned it on by waving a hand in front of the motion sensor, we had to turn it off the same way. If we turned it off via the handle, we had to turn it off with the handle. 

Like most touchless faucets, the Brantford can’t tell the difference between an intentional wave or the movement of a hand wiping down the sink–so we experienced an occasional soaked arm. Still, its touchless technology was appreciated when our hands were dirty and we didn’t want to transfer grime or germs to the faucet handle. 

Get the Moen Brantford touchless kitchen faucet at Amazon, The Home Depot, Wayfair, and Walmart.

Best Voice Activated

Delta Trinsic VoiceIQ Pull-Down Touch2O Kitchen Faucet

 The Delta Trinsic VoiceIQ Pulldown Touch2O Kitchen Faucet on a white background.
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs

  • Finish: Arctic stainless, matte black, black stainless, champagne bronze, or chrome
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM
  • Power supply: 6 AA batteries or AC adapter (AC required for voice feature)

What We Like

  • Quality and elegant design
  • Reactive LED color for water temperature
  • Spray head magnet snaps back into place

What We Don’t Like

  • Deck plate for 3-hole installation sold separately
  • Voice setup can be pretty lengthy
  • Steep price tag 

If your home already has voice-control technology, the Delta Trinsic will fit right in. Featuring Delta’s proprietary innovation, the Trinsic uses Delta VoiceIQ Technology to sync the faucet with existing devices enabled by Amazon’s Alexa or Google Assistant. When synced, the faucet can be controlled via voice prompts.

It took us around 1 hour and 30 minutes to install this faucet. The instructions were clear and easy to follow. We hooked the faucet up to Amazon Alexa to test the voice features, but that process took a little longer than we would have liked (around 45 minutes). We suspect the problem may have been related to our Alexa system. 

The default voice commands (at least for Alexa) felt a little cumbersome actually to speak out loud. A long command had to be spoken verbatim without deviation for the faucet to respond. We suggest buyers invest a little extra setup time with an IFTTT program to create a custom voice command to simplify the experience. “Alexa, pour me 5 cups of water” rolls off the tongue much more naturally than “Alexa, tell Delta to dispense 5 cups of water from the kitchen faucet,” which becomes a pretty tiring mouthful after a while.

We couldn’t fault Delta Trinsic VoiceIQ outside of this minor complaint. It operates with a simple touch anywhere on the spout or handle using a wrist or forearm. We loved that we could check the water temperature from across the room with the TempSense LED indicator light that changes color to reflect water temperature. Six AA batteries power it for the essential touch functions, while the AC wall adapter is necessary for the voice technology. The biggest downside for the Trinsic is the price, which is quite expensive. However, it may be a worthwhile investment for a smart-tech home.

Get the Delta touchless kitchen faucet at Amazon, Lowe’s, The Home Depot, or Build With Ferguson.

Best Pull-out Spray

Bio Bidet Flow Motion-Activated Kitchen Faucet

 Bio Bidet Flow Motion-Activated Kitchen Faucet on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 4.5/5; Value 4.5/5

Product Specs 

  • Finish: Brushed nickel, champagne, chrome, matte black, oil-rubbed bronze
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM
  • Power supply: 4 AA batteries

What We Like

  • No electrical outlet required
  • Smart latch turns faucet on and off by pulling sprayer head
  • Pause button lets you temporarily stop the spray

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires replacement batteries periodically

Installing the Bio Bidet automatic faucet was straightforward. It comes with comprehensive instructions and a website full of helpful videos. Its standout feature? The pull-down sprayer. 

It uses a motion sensor to turn on the faucet with a hand wave and also features smart latch technology. This means that the faucet will automatically turn on when you pull down on the faucet head and will turn back off when it returns to its housing. We loved this feature and didn’t realize how practical and second nature it would be. The faucet head has a pause button to stop the flow quickly when moving the head around areas you’d prefer not to spray with water. 

The Bio Bidet has metallic waterways, ceramic valves, and a 180-degree swivel spout, as well as all the parts needed for either a single—or three-hole installation. It’s available in five finishes: brushed nickel, chrome, oil-rubbed bronze, matte black, and champagne. We tested the stainless steel version and have nothing negative to say about it. It blended with our existing kitchen finishes and was easily cleaned with a quick wipe. 

Get the Bio Bidet touchless kitchen faucet at Amazon, The Home Depot, or Bio Bidet.

Best Modern

Vigo Edison Kitchen Faucet With Touchless Sensor

 Person turning on water on Matte black Vigo Edison Kitchen Faucet With Touchless Sensor
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 3/5; Functionality 4.8/5; Motion Detection 4/5; Value 4/5

Product Specs 

  • Finish: Chrome, stainless steel, matte brushed gold, matte black
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM
  • Power supply: Battery

What We Like

  • 360-degree faucet swivel
  • Battery-powered operation
  • Multiple finishes available

What We Don’t Like

  • Fittings are not quick-connect
  • Pull-out hose doesn’t swivel

This motion-sensor faucet is a beauty. The coils give it the look of a professional-grade kitchen faucet, but the price and features are designed for home use. When testing, our favorite feature was the 360-degree base swivel—it really helped us to reach those awkward nooks of the sink and water our plants on the kitchen shelf. The pull-down hose smoothly released from the faucet neck without leaking, and the water flow in both spray and standard mode was more substantial than we expected. 

The key feature, the touchless sensor, worked perfectly to turn the faucet on and off with the wave of a hand. We found the installation a little tricky because we have an under-sink water filter. It takes some plumbing knowledge to hook up the faucet from below, as there aren’t quick-connect supply lines (wrenches will do the job). The pull-out hose doesn’t swivel, so we had to adjust from below the sink. We wish batteries and a deck plate were included like they were on some other models we tested, but it wasn’t a deal-breaker. Overall, it’s a great touchless faucet that comes in several stylish finishes. 

Get the Vigo touchless kitchen faucet at Amazon, The Home Depot, Wayfair, or Walmart.

Best With Soap Dispenser

American Standard Fairbury 2S Touchless Kitchen Faucet

 American Standard Fairbury 2S Touchless Kitchen Faucet on white background
Photo: The Home Depot

Our Ratings: Installation 5/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 5/5; Value 4.7/5

Product Specs 

  • Finish: Polished chrome, stainless steel, matte black
  • Flow rate: 1.8 GPM
  • Power supply: Battery

What We Like

  • Auto shutoff after 4 minutes
  • Strong water flow on both settings
  • Sensor can be calibrated
  • Includes batteries, deck plate, and matching soap dispenser

What We Don’t Like

  • Limited finishes to choose from

When testing the American Standard Fairbury 2S, it was hard to find anything we didn’t like. The installation was as simple, and the instructions were straightforward. The touchless function is powered by a battery pack that uses 4 AA batteries and easily plugs into the faucet from below. After hooking up the battery, we followed the instructions to calibrate the sensor. 

When the handle is turned on, a hand wave turns the water on and off as advertised. You can disable the sensor the old-fashioned way: turning the handle to the “off” position when you’re finished using the sink. For added security, the sensor also has an automatic shutoff that stops the water flow after 4 minutes to avoid water waste. 

Next, we tested the sprayer. The neck pulled out smoothly, and the water pressure was strong. With the press of a toggle, we could switch the flow setting from spray to standard stream. There is a third button on the neck that instantly stops the flow, kind of like a pause button. To top it off, the Fairbury 2S comes with a matching built-in soap dispenser and deck plate.

Get the American Standard touchless kitchen faucet at The Home Depot or American Standard.

Strongest Flow

Kohler Crue Touchless Kitchen Faucet

 Stainless steel Kohler Crue Touchless Kitchen Faucet on white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Installation 4/5; Functionality 5/5; Motion Detection 5/5; Value 4.7/5

Product Specs 

  • Finish: Polished chrome, vibrant stainless steel, vibrant brushed moderne brass, matte black
  • Flow rate: 1.5 GPM
  • Power supply: Electrical outlet

What We Like

  • Boost spray increases water flow by 30 percent
  • DockNetik docking system
  • Attractive modern design
  • Motion sensor located in the faucet arch
  • Deck plate included

What We Don’t Like

  • Requires under-sink electrical outlet

We’ve been using the Kohler Crue for weeks and still love it as much as day one. It’s beautiful and works perfectly. One stand-out feature is the Spray Boost, which increases the water flow by 30 percent at the push of a button. The other two spray modes are also strong—we could clean day-old pasta sauce in seconds. The touchless sensor is located on the top of the arch, which we preferred to other models we tested. The location feels more natural, and there is a lower chance of accidentally activating the water. 

The DockNetik system ensures that the hose docks—and stays docked—in the correct position without awkward twisting and pulling. Installation wasn’t overly complicated, but it did help to have someone with electrical and plumbing knowledge on hand to ensure the unit was correctly configured. It can become a larger project if you don’t already have an electrical outlet under your sink, but we think the result is worth the effort. It has a matching deck plate that made our 10-year-old sink look sleek. We can’t recommend the Crue enough. 

Get the Kohler Crue touchless kitchen faucet at Amazon, Lowe’s, or The Home Depot.

Jump to Our Top Picks

 Best Touchless Kitchen Faucet
Photo: Glenda Taylor for Bob Vila

How We Tested the Best Touchless Kitchen Faucets

Testing Stats
Products tested 
Time spent testing 12 weeks
Tests performed5 to 6
Price range$170 to $724

We installed each faucet paying close attention to fitting and fixture quality, and overall ease of installation. We then used each faucet for several days in our daily kitchen routines—washing dishes, cleaning the sink, filling stock pots, etc. We noted the water pressure when using the faucets’ spray settings and evaluated how easy the faucets were to maneuver. 

Most importantly, we assessed the faucets’ motion detection sensitivity to determine any pain points with specific models. We let a few dirty dishes pile up in the sink overnight to see how the sprayers tackled tough, dried-on foods. Each faucet was awarded points for installation, functionality, motion detection, and overall value. We used the points to determine our top pick and to assign appropriate categories for each model. 

What to Consider When Selecting a Touchless Kitchen Faucet

Like traditional faucets, touchless models come in various styles and sizes. They also vary in features like finish, water-flow rate, sensor style, and power source. Here are some considerations when choosing a touchless kitchen faucet to replace your old one.

Activation Feature

Touchless kitchen faucets use motion-detecting sensors to start and stop the flow of water. Both of these aspects can be affected by the number of sensors and how accurate those sensors are. Some faucets have multiple sensors, which increases accuracy. 

The sensor should trigger water flow immediately with the swipe of a hand or dish—users should not have to wave their hands around waiting for the sensor to activate. Users also won’t want the sensors so sensitive they’re triggered by any slight motion in the room, leading to wasted water. Compare the number of sensors of the different models of touchless faucets to find the best option.

Power Supply 

The sensors need a power supply to function. There are two options for the power supply: battery power or plugging into an electrical outlet. Battery-operated models are handy, but shoppers will spend money replacing batteries. Choosing an energy-efficient faucet will help reduce battery consumption costs.

If shoppers have an existing under-sink electrical outlet, they can choose a model that plugs in, and they won’t have to swap out batteries. However, if there isn’t an electrical connection under the sink, shoppers will have to go with the battery option or pay an electrical to have an outlet wired under the sink.

Finish

Like other types of faucets, touchless versions are available in multiple finishes and styles, including chrome, stainless steel, brushed nickel, zinc alloy, and other materials. Choose a model with a design and finish that complements your decor. 

A faucet with a spot-free finish is less prone to fingerprints and other smudges. If you’ve always loved the look of high-shine metal but hated dealing with the smudges, look for a spot-free or spot-resistant finish. 

Water Flow Rate

The flow rate of a faucet indicates how much water the fixture uses. The standard of measurement for water flow in plumbing fixtures is GPM. Knowing the flow rate will help determine the efficiency of the faucet before purchase. 

The lower the GPM, the more water-saving the faucet, but extra-low-flow faucets can deliver disappointingly weak spray streams. In the United States, the maximum flow rate for kitchen faucets is 2.2 GPM, which is more than sufficient for regular kitchen use. 

Additional Features

As with other fixtures, some touchless faucets come with a few bells and whistles. The most noticeable additional feature is voice activation that syncs with smart-home systems. These faucets can be paired with a connected device (Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant) to enable voice-activated commands.

Some models let users create custom presets. Once they “teach” or program the preset, they can set shortcut commands for activation. However, these added features do come with some downsides. They are significantly more expensive and have to be plugged into an electrical outlet since they require more electrical power than most batteries supply. 

 Best Touchless Kitchen Faucet
Photo: Glenda Taylor for Bob Vila

The Advantages of Using a Touchless Kitchen Faucet

A touchless kitchen faucet uses motion-sensor technology to activate the water flow. With a wave of a hand or a pan near the sensor, the water will turn on and off. This technology is commonly used in public restrooms to eliminate the need to touch handles. 

Hands-free faucets are trending due to their convenience and adaptability. They look just like conventional faucets, and DIY-capable owners can install most without the help of a plumber. Additionally, touchless options are water-efficient. A traditional faucet allowed to run continuously can use up to 2 gallons of water per minute, whereas a touchless version will only emit water if triggered. Here are some other benefits:

  • Hands-free activation prevents the transfer of germs and grime.
  • The sink and faucet are more hygienic.
  • Touchless faucets are convenient.

FAQs 

Touchless faucets are typically more expensive than their traditional counterparts. Knowing how they work before investing will save time and frustration.

Q. How do touchless kitchen faucets work?

Touchless faucets consist of four main parts: a spout, sensor window, solenoid valve (a type of electromagnet), and power source. The sensor is activated when you place your hand or object near the sensor windows, and a signal is sent to the solenoid valve to open and allow water to flow through the spout.

Q. Does a touchless kitchen faucet require electricity?

Touchless faucets require a power source to control the sensors and solenoid valves. The power is typically in the form of batteries or requires an electrical outlet.

Q. Can a touchless kitchen faucet work manually?

Most touchless faucets have a manual sensor-override mode, which allows the faucet to function as a regular faucet even if the power is lost.

Q. How long should a touchless kitchen faucet last?

As with any product, its lifespan depends on the brand, materials, and how often you use it. However, a good-quality model can reasonably last 5-10 years.

Q. What are the best brands of kitchen faucets?

The top kitchen faucet brands are Moen, Kohler, and Delta, which excel in quality, customer service, and durability.

Meet the Testers

Glenda Taylor is a product tester and writer specializing in the construction, remodeling, and real estate industries. 

Stephanie Cronk is the Executive Editor of Commerce/Product Reviews for BobVila.com and has spent years researching and testing DIY, home improvement, home appliances, and outdoor living products.

Kara Illig is passionate about online shopping, lifestyle hacks, product research, and sharing the best of everything in BobVila.com’s handy shoppable guides. When she’s not editing and researching buyer’s guides, she’s finding clever ways to stay organized (read: sane) in her own home, which is an ongoing project.

Paul Rankin is a Scotland native now living in New York City. He started writing for BobVila.com in 2021, focusing on buyer’s guides for the full range of tools, furniture, DIY supplies, and home and garden products that the Bob Vila team reviews.

Additional research was provided by Debbie Wolfe. 

The post This Simple Kitchen Upgrade Helps Keep Germs From Spreading appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-21T16:02:07-05:00
<![CDATA[The Best Voltage Testers, According to Our Tests]]>The best voltage testers can keep you safe and prevent shocks. We tested top picks—see which ones came out on top in our review.

The post The Best Voltage Testers, According to Our Tests appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
https://www.bobvila.com/articles/best-voltage-tester/https://www.bobvila.com/articles/?p=144507Tue, 21 Jan 2025 11:53:44 -0500ReviewsDIYInteriorLighting & ElectricalToolsWe may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn More ›

When working on electrical projects at home, it’s important to have tool box essentials on hand, including a voltage tester. We recently tested several voltage testers to identify eight models that can improve efficiency and help prevent electrical shocks.

Voltage testers allow users to quickly, easily, and safely check for power. With numerous types of voltage testers available, it’s important for consumers to know what to look for in a voltage tester and how to determine which one best suits their needs. Our favorite is the Fluke 1AC II VoltAlert Non-Contact Voltage Tester. It has a user-friendly design featuring a self-testing indicator, quick power alert, secure clip, and adjustable beep settings.

We conducted hands-on testing in situations DIYers are likely to encounter and consulted industry professionals and experts from Frontdoor.com to compile this list of the top voltage testers by category.

  1. BEST OVERALL: Fluke 1AC II VoltAlert Non-Contact Voltage Tester
    ↓ Jump to Review
  2. RUNNER-UP: Klein Tools NCVT-1 Non-Contact Voltage Tester Pen
    ↓ Jump to Review
  3. BEST BANG FOR THE BUCK: Sperry Instruments Non-Contact Voltage Tester 
    ↓ Jump to Review
  4. BEST MULTIMETER: Fluke T6-1000 Pro Electrical Tester
    ↓ Jump to Review
  5. BEST MULTIFUNCTION: Klein Tools NCVT-4IR Non-Contact Voltage Tester Pen
    ↓ Jump to Review
  6. BEST WITH LIGHT: Greenlee Non-Contact Self-Test Voltage Detector
    ↓ Jump to Review
  7. BEST POCKET-SIZE: Ideal Industries 40-1000V AC Volt Aware NCVT
    ↓ Jump to Review
  8. ALSO CONSIDER: Fluke 2AC Non-Contact Pocket-Sized Voltage Tester
    ↓ Jump to Review
A person using the Sperry Instruments STK001 Non-Contact Voltage Tester to test an electrical cord.
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

Product Comparison

DesignTesting RangeActual Size
Fluke 1AC II VoltAlertPen 90 to 1,000V6 inches long by 0.625 inch wide by 0.75 inch deep
Klein Tools NCVT-1Pen 50 to 1,000V5.5 inches long by 0.7 inch wide by 1 inch deep
Sperry Instruments Non-ContactPen/outlet50 to 1,000V3 inches long by 1.5 inches wide by 1 inch deep
Fluke T6-1000 ProMultimeterUp to 1,000V11 inches long by 3 inches wide by 2 inches deep
Klein Tools NCVT-4IRPen 12 to 1,000V 6.25 inches long by 1 inch wide by 1 inch deep
Greenlee Non-Contact Self-Test Pen50 to 1,000V AC6 inches long by 0.75 inch wide by 0.75 inch deep
Ideal Industries 40-1000V ACPen40 to 1,000V AC5.75 inches long by 0.625 inch in diameter
Fluke 2AC Non-ContactPen 90 to 1,000V 5.75 inches long by 0.75 inch in diameter

Our Top Picks

Below, DIYers will find details about some of the best voltage testers on the market—all from trusted brands that produce quality electrical tools, all of which have been put through their paces with our hands-on testing. 

Best Overall

Fluke 1AC II VoltAlert Non-Contact Voltage Tester

 The Fluke 1AC II VoltAlert Non-Contact Voltage Tester on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Durability 5/5; Usability 5/5; Value 5/5 

Product Specs

  • Design: Pen 
  • Testing range: 90 to 1,000V 
  • Actual size: 6 inches long by 0.625 inch wide by 0.75 inch deep

What We Like

  • Easily fits inside a tool bag or pocket
  • Self-test indicator prevents incorrect readings
  • Audible alert indicates active circuit detection
  • Automatic shutoff conserves battery

What We Don’t Like

  • Adjusting beep and silent modes takes practice

The Fluke 1AC II noncontact voltage tester is a quality pen tester from a leader in the electrical testing industry. This tester can detect voltage between 90V and 1,000V while fitting comfortably in a tool pouch or a pocket. When it detects voltage, the tip glows bright red as an alert.

The Fluke 1AC II voltage tester features a continuous self-test indicator that flashes red to alert that it’s working. It also has a loud, audible beep to indicate it detects power, but there is a disable function for quiet environments. This Fluke voltage tester runs on two included AAA batteries and features an automatic shutoff to save battery life.

We found that this voltage tester was extremely easy to use. The self-testing indicator is a handy feature, as it constantly alerts users that the tool is, in fact, working. We noted that it also alerts to power quickly when turned on (some models take a few seconds). It fits well in the tool bag, and the sturdy clip locks on easily. Turning it on with or without the beep (it depends on how long the button is held down) took some getting used to, but it didn’t impact the tester’s functionality. 

Get the Fluke VoltAlert voltage tester at Amazon or Lowe’s.

Runner-up

Klein Tools NCVT-1 Non-Contact Voltage Tester Pen

 The Klein Tools NCVT-1 Non-Contact Voltage Tester Pen on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Durability 4/5; Usability 5/5; Value 5/5 

Product Specs

  • Design: Pen 
  • Testing range: 50 to 1,000V 
  • Actual size: 5.5 inches long by 0.7 inch wide by 1 inch deep

What We Like 

  • Indicator shows charge
  • Auto shutoff saves battery
  • Compact size

What We Don’t Like

  • Battery cap is secure but doesn’t seal off completely 

Klein Tools produces top-notch tools for electrical professionals, and the Klein Tools NCVT-1 noncontact voltage tester lives up to the company’s legacy. It can test for voltage between 50 and 1,000V of alternating current and fits nicely in a pocket or pouch.

The NCVT-1 voltage tester uses an easy-to-understand red-and-green indicator to alert the user to power: green for no power and red for voltage. It also beeps steadily when it detects voltage. It features an automatic shutoff to stretch battery life and a low-battery indicator that alerts when the included AAA batteries are about to run out.

While it might drain batteries faster than some other voltage testers, the constant green this tester emits when it’s on proved to be a nice touch during testing. It indicated that the model was working and slightly illuminated dark spaces, too. We also like that this tester is compact, measuring just 5.5 inches long, making it more than suitable for a toolbox or bag. 

Also, the automatic shutoff turns off without a loud beep, saving energy and avoiding startling the user when working with an electrical device. Our only complaint is that while the tail cap that retains the batteries is secure, gaps around the cap prevent it from sealing completely. 

Get the Klein Tools NCVT-1 voltage tester at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Bang For The Buck

Sperry Instruments Non-Contact Voltage Tester

 The Sperry Instruments Non-Contact Voltage Tester on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Durability 5/5; Usability 4/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Design: Pen/outlet 
  • Testing range: 50 to 1,000V 
  • Actual size: 3 inches long by 1.5 inches wide by 1 inch deep

What We Like

  • Identifies reversed wiring and circuit issues
  • Tests GFCI outlets with one button touch
  • Affordable plug-in outlet tester/pen tester combination 
  • Audible and visual indicators when outlet is energized 

What We Don’t Like

  • Pen tester is overly sensitive; a bit unreliable

For a reliable, value-minded voltage tester, the STK001 noncontact voltage tester from Sperry Instruments is worth a look. This pen tester comes with a plug-in outlet tester, allowing users to test wires and outlets with one kit.

The pen tester detects voltages between 50 and 1,000V. When it detects voltage, it will beep loudly, and the clear plastic housing of the bulb will flash red. It runs on one AAA battery (included) and has a low-battery indicator to ensure it’s working. The outlet tester will alert the user to voltage, open grounds, neutrals, hots, and reversed polarities. It can also test ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) outlets to ensure they work properly. 

Our assessment of the Sperry kit is that it offers much value for its price point. For a relatively low cost, consumers get two tools to detect voltage. The plug-in tester proved easy to use, and our testing of outlet wiring configurations was a breeze. Also, tripping GFCI outlets was simple, requiring just the press of a button. We found that the pen tester is extremely sensitive and occasionally alerts to a voltage that isn’t present, but at least it errs on the side of caution.

Get the Sperry Instruments voltage tester at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best Multimeter

Fluke T6-1000 Pro Electrical Tester

 The Fluke T6-1000 Pro Electrical Tester on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Durability 5/5; Usability 4/5; Value 5/5

Product Specs

  • Design: Multimeter 
  • Testing range: Up to 1,000V 
  • Actual size: 11 inches long by 3 inches wide by 2 inches deep

What We Like

  • Measures DC, AC, amperage, and resistance 
  • Performs touch-free voltage measurements
  • Includes holster and alligator clips for portability

What We Don’t Like

  • Noncontact voltage readings aren’t as accurate 

Electrical professionals often need a fast way to test a wire and take measurements without finding a junction or outlet. The Fluke T6-1000 Pro electrical tester multimeter’s Field Sense setting detects and measures the voltage without disconnecting connections. Simply slide the testing fork over the wire, and the T6-1000 will report on its condition.

The T6-1000 features all the other common settings expected from a multimeter, including DC and AC, amperage, and resistance measurements. This durable voltage tester comes with alligator clips, swappable test leads, and a holster to keep it close at hand. 

As a multimeter, the T6-1000 worked just as we expected, providing readings on voltage, resistance, amperage, and hertz (helpful for electrical motor service and other equipment). The fact that it can indicate the presence of voltage between the forks is a nice benefit, allowing it to serve as a noncontact tester and a standard multimeter. However, in our experience, the actual voltage readings weren’t nearly as accurate as those of the regular leads. For user convenience, it comes with a holster, swappable leads, and alligator clips for easy transport. 

Get the Fluke T6-1000 voltage tester at Amazon.

Best Multifunction

Klein Tools NCVT-4IR Non-Contact Voltage Tester Pen

 The Klein Tools NCVT-4IR Voltage Tester Pen on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 4/5; Durability 5/5; Usability 4/5; Value 5/5 

Product Specs

  • Design: Pen 
  • Testing range: 12 to 1,000V 
  • Actual size: 6.25 inches long by 1 inch wide by 1 inch deep 

What We Like

  • Infrared thermometer detects between -22 and 482 F 
  • Includes noncontact voltage testing and temperature tests 
  • Low-voltage detection as low as 12V
  • IP54 rating; resists dust and water penetration 

What We Don’t Like

  • Fairly bulky compared to other pen testers

For electrical work around equipment that runs a bit hot, such as boilers, furnaces, and industrial equipment, the NCVT-4IR voltage tester from Klein Tools is a smart choice. In addition to detecting voltages within a range of 12 to 1,000V, this model features a built-in infrared thermometer. The thermometer can detect temperatures between -22 and 482 degrees Fahrenheit, providing safe, hands-free temperature checks. 

The pen tester features a two-color LED system: blue to indicate that it’s working and red when it detects voltage. The infrared thermometer has a built-in laser pointer that makes precise measurements easier. Both functions run on two AAA batteries, which have a built-in shutoff to preserve their life.

While the NCVT-4IR pen tester—an infrared thermometer and noncontact tester in one tool—is designed for HVAC mechanics and technicians, DIYers should also appreciate it. The laser was easy to use in testing, though slightly weaker than we would’ve liked. However, this model had the best range, detecting lower voltages than the others tested. It is fairly bulky compared to other pen-size models, but that bulk might be considered a benefit since this model is resistant to dust and water penetration and proved unaffected by either during our test. 

Get the Klein Tools NCVT-4IR voltage tester at Amazon or The Home Depot.

Best With Light

Greenlee Non-Contact Self-Test Voltage Detector

 The Greenlee Non-Contact Self-Test Voltage Detector on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 5/5; Durability 5/5; Usability 5/5; Value 5/5 

Product Specs

  • Design: Pen
  • Testing range: 50 to 1,000V AC
  • Actual size: 6 inches long by 0.75 inch wide by 0.75 inch deep

What We Like

  • Rubberized grip provides comfortable, nonslip use
  • Built-in flashlight
  • Fits well in a shirt pocket or tool bag

What We Don’t Like

  • Color-changing indicator preferable to rapid-flashing LED and beep

Folks who want to ensure they can see exactly where and what they are testing will want to consider Greenlee’s noncontact voltage detector. This model has a built-in flashlight that the user can turn on when needed to see into dark corners or spaces. 

This model can detect voltage between 50 and 1,000V AC. In normal powered-on mode, it flashes red to indicate it’s working. Upon detecting voltage, the red LED flashes rapidly and the model beeps, indicating power is present. The automatic shutoff turns the pen tester off after 5 minutes of inactivity, and with its rubberized grip, holding onto it is a bit easier to manage.

During testing, we found quite a bit to like about the Greenlee. First, the rubberized texture makes holding this model comfortable and less likely to slip. Also, the flashlight illuminates darker spaces enough to find the wires, outlet, or device that needs testing. We particularly liked the size since it’s one of the most slender models going and fits well in a shirt pocket or tool bag. We would prefer that the LED light change color upon detecting voltage, but the rapid flash and beep work well. 

Get the Greenlee voltage tester at Grainger.

Best Pocket-size

Ideal Industries 40-1000V AC Volt Aware NCVT

 The Ideal Industries 40-1000V AC Volt Aware NCVT on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 4/5; Durability 4/5; Usability 4/5; Value 5/5 

Product Specs

  • Design: Pen
  • Testing range: 40 to 1,000V AC
  • Actual size: 5.75 inches long by 0.625 inch in diameter

What We Like

  • Fits neatly in shirt/tool-bag pocket
  • Twist-on/twist-off function 
  • Rubberized grip is comfortable

What We Don’t Like

  • Flimsy clip could break

Whether it’s a spare to toss in a tool bag or the main voltage tester a technician keeps in a shirt pocket, the Ideal Industries 40-1000V AV Volt Aware NCVT is a worthy choice. This model isn’t much larger than a typical magic marker, so it fits easily within most clothing pockets and can even slip into a pencil pocket in a tool bag or belt.

This tester can detect voltage between 40 and 1,000V AC. It has a green steady light that indicates when it’s on and a red flashing light and beep that indicates when it detects electricity. The rubberized body prevents slipping out of the hand, and the silence/beep toggle button near the tip is easy to access and use.

We found it super handy to tote this tester in either a shirt pocket or the one on our tool belt because it’s compact and rounded, taking up less space than a square-cornered model. We also liked the twist-on and twist-off function for a more tactile response than pressing a standard on/off switch, and the rubber grip makes grabbing it out of a pocket a breeze. However, the pocket clip is flimsy, so should it break off, the cylindrical tester might easily roll off a table or shelf. 

Get the Ideal Industries voltage tester at Amazon.

Also Consider

Fluke 2AC Non-Contact Pocket-Sized Voltage Tester

 The Fluke 2AC Non-Contact Pocket-Sized Voltage Tester on a white background
Photo: Amazon

Our Ratings: Portability 4/5; Durability 4/5; Usability 4/5; Value 5/5 

Product Specs 

  • Design: Pen 
  • Testing range: 90 to 1,000V 
  • Actual size: 5.75 inches long by 0.75 inch in diameter

What We Like

  • Compact and thin for easy transport
  • Visual indicators alert to the presence of power
  • Always in “on” mode for easy use

What We Don’t Like

  • No functional beep

While most pen testers will clip to a pants pocket or fit inside a shirt pocket, bulky models won’t feel comfortable to carry that way. Enter the 2AC noncontact voltage tester from Fluke. This pen tester measures just 5.75 inches long and 0.75 inch in diameter, so it can slide into a pocket with ease. It also weighs just 10.6 ounces, so it won’t feel heavy when clipped to a shirt.

The Fluke 2AC voltage tester detects voltages between 90 and 1,000V and glows red to indicate that it detects voltage. However, while the product description claims that the tester also beeps upon voltage detection, the model we used did not (some online consumers had the same complaint). The lack of an audible beep was somewhat of a letdown, as all the other models tested have that capability. But this model doesn’t have an on/off switch, so it’s always in “on” mode for easy use. And since there’s a built-in battery indicator and automatic shutoff, it should not drain its two AAA batteries. 

Get the Fluke 2AC voltage tester at Amazon or Walmart.

Jump to Our Top Picks

A person using the Sperry Instruments STK001 Non-Contact Voltage Tester to test an electrical outlet.
Photo: Tom Scalisi for Bob Vila

How We Tested the Best Voltage Testers 

We wanted to ensure we suggested only the best voltage testers, so we did our homework. We performed extensive product research and consulted experts like Chris Lozano, a master electrician with over 10 years of experience at Rev Electric in Sharon, Pennsylvania. He says that a voltage tester needs to be rated for the voltage you will be testing. “A residential household uses a 120/240-volt AC system, so a tester needs to be rated up to 250 volts AC.” 

We initially tested each model on various household outlets and appliance wires, both plugged and unplugged. Each was also tested on a 240-volt (V) dryer outlet, except for the plug-in model, to verify their reliability and effectiveness. We assessed the models for compactness, ensuring they fit in both a tool bag and a shirt pocket, and measured their actual size for precise specifications. Models featuring extra tools like thermometers and flashlights were also examined to confirm their functionality.

To ensure our top picks were the safest and best, we consulted Terry Dussault, CEO of Yellowknife Consulting Services in Huntington Beach, California, and a safety expert with over 25 years of experience. Dussault recommends testers that feature noncontact voltage detection, audible alerts, and a broad voltage range to improve efficiency. He also emphasizes the importance of certification by recognized safety organizations like Underwriters Laboratories or Conformité Européenne.

Models that passed our tests were recognized for their strengths, while those that failed were removed, creating our list of top voltage testers.

Testing Stats
Products tested  8
Time spent testing  8 hours
Tests performed 5
Price range $18 to $280

What to Consider When Choosing a Voltage Tester

Here are the most important factors to consider when choosing a voltage tester, including designs and functions.

Design

There are three basic voltage tester designs: 

  • Pen testers are roughly the size and shape of a thick pen or marker. To operate, simply turn it on and touch the wire in question. Users can also place the tip inside an outlet to test for voltage.
  • Outlet testers are about the size of an electrical plug and work by plugging directly into an outlet. They can test for voltage (and usually polarity, to check that the outlet is wired correctly), though they’re unable to test circuits outside of an outlet.
  • Multimeters with voltage testers are the best of both worlds, though they’re significantly larger than pen or outlet testers. They have grooves or hooks to surround a wire and detect voltage as well as leads (the wires and points connected to the tester) for testing contacts like outlets and terminals. 

Functionality

Generally, voltage testers are only useful for checking alternating currents, such as the electricity in a dwelling or commercial building. They don’t help detect the direct current in a vehicle.

But that doesn’t mean that all voltage testers are one-trick ponies. Some pen testers have built-in features like flashlights, measuring lasers, and infrared thermometers. Many outlet testers can alert the user if the wiring is backward. Multimeters can test for AC and DC voltage, resistance, amperage, and more. 

Each user’s needs will determine the necessary functions for a voltage detector. To test a wire for power, a pen tester can do the trick without confusing buttons or switches. If tackling various electrical projects, a multimeter might be a real asset.

Lozano says that one of the best ways to get the hang of using a voltage tester is the “live-dead-live” test, which can ensure the testing equipment is working. “Take the meter to something you know is working to test if it is live, then turn it off to test if it detects it is dead,” he says. Finally, test it again on the live part. “That will tell you if the testers are working and if the meter is in the right setting.”

Compatibility

Voltage testers aren’t compatible with every electrical device a DIYer might encounter. Certain types of voltage, or voltages outside the range the tester can detect, won’t cause the tester to alert.

Pen and outlet testers are excellent for testing electricity within the home, including switches, outlets, and fixtures, but they’re typically useless for checking for issues with a vehicle’s electrical system. Many pen testers also have voltage working ranges—such as 90 to 1,000V—so some may not be able to detect low voltages.

If taking on electronic device repairs (computers, drones, or televisions, for example) or working on a vehicle, look for a multimeter with a built-in voltage tester. A multimeter can switch between alternating and direct current and test for resistance and amperage. An HVAC multimeter can check an HVAC system’s fuses, switches, and other components.

Longevity

For long-term use and durability, choose a voltage tester from one of the trusted manufacturers in the electrical tools industry. These companies specialize in creating electrical tools for pros, and their products are top-notch—many pros still use meters and testers they purchased decades ago.

Battery life is also a consideration. Many of the best voltage testers have automatic shut-off functions. If they don’t detect voltage within a certain amount of time (usually around 15 minutes), the tester will automatically shut off to prolong battery life.

FAQs

Q. Is a voltage tester the same as a multimeter?

No, voltage testers and multimeters are not the same, though some multimeters feature voltage testers. Voltage testers indicate only the presence of voltage. Multimeters can test the amount of voltage, amperage, or resistance in a fixture or circuit.

Q. Are voltage testers safe?

Yes, voltage testers are safety tools, and they’re safe to use. They have insulation to protect against current transfer, so the tester can’t transfer electricity to the user’s body.

Q. How do I know if the tester is functioning?

Most voltage testers feature battery indicators that automatically alert you to advise that the tester is working. Others might require you to activate the battery test. If unsure, check an outlet you know is working to ensure the tester is functioning.

Meet the Tester

Tom Scalisi is a full-time DIY and construction writer for many of the largest websites in the industry, including BobVila.com, This Old House, Family Handyman, and Forbes. He also owns and operates a pest control blog, RiddaBugs.com

The post The Best Voltage Testers, According to Our Tests appeared first on Bob Vila.

]]>
en-US2025-01-21T11:53:44-05:00